Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 7,8,9 có đáp án Bản WORD (Theo chương trình Tiếng Anh mới nhất) Bùi Văn Vinh by Dạy Kèm Quy Nhơn Official

TÀI LIỆU MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6,7,8,9

vectorstock.com/26951472

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN EBOOK PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 7,8,9 có đáp án Bản WORD (Theo chương trình Tiếng Anh mới nhất) Bùi Văn Vinh (Nguồn: www.minh-pham.info) WORD VERSION | 2020 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

BÙI VĂN VINH (Chủ biên) DƢƠNG THỊ HỒNG ĐIỆP

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN (Theo chương trình Tiếng Anh mới nhất của Bộ giáo dục và Đào tạo)

NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

Unit MY HOBBIES 1

Lời nói đầu Sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 7 dựa vào phương pháp dạy ngôn ngữ giao

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

tiếp (Communicative Language Teaching Method). Sách tập trung vào việc phát triển các kỹ năng ngôn ngữ cho học sinh Trung học cơ sở thông qua các dạng bài bổ ích, trong đó tập trung vào luyện ngữ âm, từ vựng, kỹ năng đọc hiểu, viết

1. The present simple (Thì hiện tại đơn): (Diễn tả hành động sự việc xảy ra theo thói quen, thƣờng xuyên xảy ra hoặc lặp đi lặp lại ở hiện tại).

và sử dụng ngôn ngữ tổng hợp thông qua các bài kiểm tra (Tests), giúp cho

The present simple is often used with the following words and phrases:

người học có khả năng tổng hợp kiến thức hiệu quả nhất.

- Adverbs: always, usually, often, sometimes, rarely, never - Phrases: every Monday/ week/ etc.

Mỗi bài học trong cuốn sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 7 được biên soạn

each Monday/ week/ etc.

once/ twice a week/ month/ etc.

three times a week/ month/ etc.

Note: Remember that these adverbs usually go before the verb, but after the verb “To be”.

theo chủ điểm quen thuộc với học sinh Trung học cơ sở. Mỗi đơn vị bài học được chia thành 3 mục lớn như sau:

Ex: I often play football with my friends. I am often late for my piano lessons.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

2. The future simple (Thì tƣơng lai đơn): (Diễn tả hành động sự việc sẽ xảy ra trong tƣơng lai; sự tiên đoán; lời đề nghị hay yêu cầu hoặc những quyết định ở thời điểm hiện tại).

PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS

- Express facts about the future:

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR C. READING

The new airport will be the biggest in Europe.

- Express predictions:

You’ll have a great time in Ha Long Bay.

- Express offers or requests:

We’ll help you get ready for your holiday.

- Express decisions made now:

I know! I’ll go to China this summer.

3. Love/ like/ hate and enjoy:

D. WRITING

We can use the verbs “like”, “love”, “hate” and “enjoy” to explain our likes and dislikes:

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

Ex: - I love chocolate.

Sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 7 được biên soạn dựa trên thực tiễn của việc dạy và học tiếng Anh. Đây là nguồn tài liệu tham khảo bổ ích cho giáo viên và học sinh và rất thiết thực trong giao lưu quốc tế nhằm nâng cao khả năng sử

- He likes classical music. If we use a verb, it must be in the “-ing” form: Ex: - I love listening to music. - I like walking in the park.

dụng ngôn ngữ tiếng Anh trong thời kỳ hội nhập. Tác giả mong nhận được những ý kiến đóng góp của các nhà giáo, đồng nghiệp, phụ huynh học sinh và độc giả quan tâm để cuốn sách ngày một hoàn thiện hơn.

Trân trọng!

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

Mi:

I like collecting glass bottles.

Elena:

Really? That’s very unusual. Is it (3)

Mi:

Not at all, I just keep the bottles after we use them. What (4) doll collecting? Is it expensive?

Elena:

I guess so, but all of my dolls (5) uncle always give me dolls on special occasions.

D. sister

Mi:

Your dolls are all very different.

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. bird B. girl C. first

presents. My aunt and

2. A. burn 3. A. nurse

B. sun B. picture

C. hurt C. surf

D. turn D. return

Elena:

Yes, they’re (6)

Nick:

I don’t know why girls collect things. It’s a piece of cake.

4. A. neighbor

B. favorite

C. culture

D. tourist

Mi:

Do you have a difficult hobby, Nick?

5. A. hobby

B. hour

C. hotel

D. hot

Nick:

Yes, I (7)

Mi:

But Nick, there are no mountains around here!

Nick:

I know. I’m in a mountain climbing club. We travel to mountains around Viet mountains in other countries too. Nam. In the future, I’ll (8)

II. Put the word into the correct column according the underlined part. camera

bird

learn

culture

natur natural

heard

sir

final fin girl

signal

bir irthday

again

yesterday

neighb neighbor

turn

word third

world w assistant ssistant

first

/ə/

all over the world!

mountain climbing.

III. Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions. 1. Mr. Porter is nice

everyone.

2. Kathy was absent

class yesterday. the test?

3. Are you ready

/ɜː/

Greg.

4. I’m angry 5. I’m mad

Peter.

6. Are you afraid

dogs?

7. Sometimes people aren’t kind 8. One inch is equal 9. I’m thirsty

animals. 2.54 centimeters. a big glass of ice water. everyone.

10. Joe has good manners. He’s always polite 11. I'm not familiar

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

that book. Whose is it?

12. John’s thermos bottle is full

I. Find which word does not belong to each group. 1. A. reporter

B. collector

C. gardener

D. newspaper

2. A. stamp

B. album

C. collector

D. mountain

3. A. skating

B. climbing

C. gardening

D. horse-riding

4. A. hate

B. enjoy

C. love

D. like

5. A. unusual

B. favourite

C. popular

D. common

coffee.

IV. Choose the correct answer in each sentence. 1. Are you interested for/ in photography. 2. This is my best/ favourite book. It’s David Copperfield, by Dickens. 3. I’ve decided to make/ join the local swimming club. 4. Kate usually passes/ spends most of her time reading. 5. Tim has a very interesting fun/ hobby. He builds small boats.

II. Read the dialogue and fill the correct words in the blanks, use the words in the box.

6. What do you like doing in your empty/ spare time?

are

from

enjoy

climb

7. Wendy is a member/ team of the drama club.

show

collecting

expensive

about

8. Anna likes going to the cinema/ cinema.

Nick:

Hi Mi, welcome to our house!

Elena:

Come upstairs! I’ll (1)

Mi:

Wow! You have so many dolls.

Elena:

Yes. My hobby is (2)

V. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1. Sally and her family love (go)

you my room. dolls. Do you have a hobby? 5

to the park in the summer.

2. Her mum likes (lie) favourite magazines.

on the blanket and loves (read)

3. Anna’s family (like)

the park because they love (be)

her outdoors. 6

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. I enjoy (collect)

dolls and it becomes my pleasure.

new films, and we (go) 5. We love (watch) watch a new Hollywood film next weekend. 6. My brother hates (do)

(8) to expensive restaurants with his friends. He also (9) lot of books about strange things. I can’t wait to see him perform live. I (10) him so much.

III. Choose the most suitable word for each space.

the same things day after day.

your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2) What do you like doing best (1) in the country and (3) photos. Sometimes he (4) with his friends, at the park or at the beach. They always (6) a good time. His and they (5) on walking. He spends most of the (8) at home. brother Chris isn’t (7)

badminton once a week.

7. Our uncle (play) 8. I (collect)

a lot of stamps from foreign countries so far.

9. In 2100, people (travel)

in flying cars.

10. I’m so hungry, Mum.

1. A. for

you some sandwiches.

- I (make)

B. when

C. in

D. at

2. A. for walks

B. walks

C. a walk

D. to walk

3. A. making

B. having

C. taking

D. doing

I. Read the text and choose the correct answer.

4. A. travels

B. gets up

C. sees

D. goes out

If you enjoy cycling for pleasure, doing it in London can be a shock. There are not enough lanes especially for bikes, and making your way through the traffic can be very risky. But if you have great passion, cycling in London can be exciting, and it is an inexpensive way of keeping fit if you live there. Some cyclists don’t mind spending a lot of money on expensive bikes. However, if you just want a basic bike that is only for occasional use, there are many cheap choices. Several markets have cheap bikes on sale which may not be impressive to look at but should be satisfactory. You should buy a cycling helmet if you want to cycle in London. Wearing a cycling helmet is not compulsory in Britain, but it is a good idea to wear one for protection.

5. A. enjoy

B. have fun

C. hobby

D. go

C. READING

B. Cheap bicycles

C. Bicycle markets

D. Cycling in London

B. 5

D. keen

8. A. other

B. time

C. people

D. money

2. You/ can learn many things, such/ the geography/ a country/ stamps. 4. It/ make stamp collecting/ become very popular. 5. As you look at the pages/ a stamp album, you/ can learn interesting details/ foreign customs/ arts/ literature/ history/ culture.

C. tiring

D. boring

C. excitement

D. doing exercise

6. Their colors/ can make/ you feel relaxed/ happy. 7. Collecting stamps/ can become/ a business. 8. If you are lucky/ finding/ special stamp, it/ will bring/ you some money besides knowledge/ pleasure.

4. The difficulty of cycling in London is described in lines A. 2

D. like

C. decided

1. Stamp collection/ be/ interesting hobby.

3. The word “it” in line 3 refers to B. passion

C. do

B. out

I. Use the words and phrases to write a passage.

2. According to the passage, cycling in London is

A. cycling

B. make

7. A. interested

3. Postal stamps/ be a source/ interesting facts/ important dates/ every country/ the world.

A. Cycling helmets

B. difficult

6. A. have

D. WRITING

1. What is the main idea of the passage?

A. easy

C. 5-6

D. 8-9

.....................................................................................................................................

5. According to the passage, all the followings are true EXCEPT that

.....................................................................................................................................

A. It is compulsory to wear a helmet when cycling in Britain.

.....................................................................................................................................

B. Some bikes in London are cheap.

.....................................................................................................................................

C. There are not many lanes especially for bikes.

.....................................................................................................................................

D. Some cyclists don’t want to buy expensive bikes.

.....................................................................................................................................

II. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in the list. like (2)

live

travel

sing

read

write

make

a famous rock star. He (2) in This is my favourite singer. He (1) America. He (3) all around the world and (4) in rock concerts. He (5) his songs and (6) his own video dips. In his free time, he (7) staying at home listening to his CDs. At weekends, he usually

.....................................................................................................................................

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

II. Rewrite the sentences, using the given words.

5. If the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help. A. Unless the homework is easy, I won’t ask you for help.

1. What is the price of this watch?

How much...................................................................... ?

B. Unless the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help.

2. What is the price of these beautiful scarves?

C. Unless the homework is easy, I will ask you for help.

How much...................................................................... ?

D. Unless the homework isn’t difficult, I won’t ask you for help.

3. Can you tell me the way to Dong Nai Post office?

6. I’ll let you borrow the book but you must promise to return it next week.

Can you tell me .............................................................. ?

A. If you promise to return the book, I let you borrow it.

4. Can you tell me the way to the station?

B. If you promised to return the book, I’ll let you borrow it.

Can you tell me .............................................................. ?

C. If you promise to return the book next week, I’ll let you borrow it. D. If you promise to return the book next week, I won’t let you borrow it.

5. They are fast typists.

They............................................................................... 6. Peter is a hard worker.

PART 3: test yourself

Peter............................................................................... 7. There are no bottles on the shelf.

There aren’t....................................................................

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

8. We have no time to prepare the speech.

We don’t have ................................................................ III. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first. 1. If you are not careful, you will cut yourself with that knife. A. Unless you are careful, you will cut yourself with that knife. B. If you are careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.

1. A. prefer

B. better

C. teacher

2. A. bear

B. hear

C. dear

D. worker D. near

3. A. collect

B. concern

C. concert

D. combine

4. A. absent 5. A. future

B. government B. return

C. dependent C. picture

D. enjoy D. culture

II. Complete by changing the form of the word in capitals.

C. Unless you are not careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.

1. Running after that thief was very

D. Unless you were careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.

2. You looked so

2. Because he doesn’t leave immediately, I call a policeman.

3. All four of my grandparents are still

A. Unless he leaves immediately, I won’t call a policeman. B. If he leaves immediately, I won’t call a policeman. C. Unless he leaves immediately, I will call a policeman.

COURAGE

of you!

when you fell asleep on the sofa.

LIVE

4. Did you vote in the last

5. It can be very difficult for

when they leave prison

ELECT PRISON

and go back into the community.

D. If he left immediately, I wouldn’t call a policeman.

and then

6. At the end of the film, you hear a single

3. Today isn’t Sunday, so the pupils can’t go swimming. A. If today is Sunday, the pupils could go swimming. B. If today were Sunday, the pupils could go swimming.

A1 Pacino falls to the ground.

SHOOT

7. It’s

BELIEVE

! I’ve lost my glasses again!

8. I think were all in

C. The pupils could go swimming unless today is Sunday.

that something must be done AGREE

about the problem.

D. The pupils could not go swimming if today isn’t Sunday.

9. Should I write “British” or “English” as my

4. Stop talking or you won’t understand the lesson.

NATION

when women earn as much

10. We’ll only have real

A. If you don’t stop talking, you won’t understand the lesson.

EQUAL

money as men.

B. If you don’t stop talking, you wouldn’t understand the lesson.

PEACE

III. Choose the correct answers A, B, C or D.

C. If you hadn’t stopped talking, you wouldn’t understand the lesson.

hours sitting in front of computers.

1. Nowadays people

D. If you hadn’t stopped talking, you wouldn’t have understood the lesson.

A. spend

B. last

C. set

D. take

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

2. I think you should take up swimming A. so 3. My family enjoys money. A. garden - to

it is suitable for your health condition.

B. because

C. although

A. most

C. gardening - with

B. money

C. greetings

2. I’ll share the sandwiches to/ with you, if you like.

to your friends as

3. They accused Tony of/ for telling lies, but he was telling the truth.

B. cooking

C. sports

4. Are you still angry with/ about me? 5. I’d completely forgotten for/ about the party. I’m not ready!

B. in danger B. a time

D. science

C. dangerous C. times

start

finish

have

work

D. endangered

walks plays

goes opens

needs get

gets practice

watches arrive

B. models

a week. D. timings

8. We often read the instructions carefully in order to make like best. A. meanings

6. Trudy is such a lovely baby. She always smiles at/ to you when you sing to her. V. Complete the text with the verbs in the box.

7. My sister is very keen on swimming, and she goes swimming three A. time

C. copies

B. interesting

D. uses

C. fit

10. If you choose sewing as your hobby, you will A. do 11. There are many A. answers 12. Will you A. pick up

B. make

your own clothes.

B. reasons B. look for B. difficult B. care B. others B. taking

17. What does your father do A. in

B. at

18. I think a hobby will always give you A. pleased - relax

D. find

3. The moon

and boring? C. danger

D. interesting in using colors.

C. creative

(not, rain) much in winter. (move) around the earth.

4. Mai

(be)) very happy because she has 3 good marks today.

5. I like

(play) tennis.

6. My brother (enjoy) playing football. He usually football every afternoon.

D. imagine

people.

7. My brothers

C. another C. make

(rise) in the east.

(be, not) engineers.

D. the other

8. Well, he is 40 years old, bald with a moustache. He and he (wear) glasses.

D. making

9. They

(have, not) any money.

10. Hoa

(visit) her parents once a year.

his free time? C. on

D. while

and help you

(play)

(have) large ears

B. pleasure - relaxed C. pleased - relaxing D. pleasure - relax

19. You can share your stamps A. with - at

1. The sun always 2. In my country, it

C. take up

16. I join a photography club, and all members love A. take

D. facts

making models in the future?

15. A hobby helps you to connect with A. other

VI. Put the verb in the parentheses into correct tenses.

C. details

14. I love my sister’s paintings because she is very A. careless

D. get

why it is important to have a hobby.

13. Do you think that hobby is A. easy

D. patient

C. take

lives

Peter doesn’t have a very normal routine. He (0) works in a night club, where he (1) the piano in a jazz band. The club (2) at 11.00 at night, but the members of the band usually (3) there at 9.00 and they (4) for a couple of hours. The first customers (5) at about 11.15 and the show (6) at midnight. It (7) at 5.00 in the morning. Then Leo and his friends (8) something to eat, before they (9) home. Leo (10) quite close to the club, so he (11) home. He (12) to bed at 8.00, but he only (13) about four hours of sleep, so he (14) up at midday. In the afternoon he (15) TV or he goes out.

of the things we

to follow eggshell carving because it may take two 9. You need to be weeks to complete one shell. A. careful

D. all

D. garden - of

D. products

6. My brother doesn’t like ice-skating because he thinks it is A. danger

you need is time.

C. some

1. Don’t blame the theft on/ for Tim. He didn’t steal anything. B. gardening - for

5. My sister’s hobby is sewing, and she can get the sewing patterns from the magazines. A. fashion

B. all of

IV. Circle the correct preposition to complete the sentence.

because we can sell vegetables and flowers

4. If your hobby is greeting card making, you can give your presents. A. hobby

20. I think this hobby does not cost you much, and

D. but

B. to - at

other collectors. C. with - in

D. to - in 11

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

VII. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

4. What does the RSPCA do with sick and homeless animals?

legal

immigration

early

immigrants

keep

community

prefer

Far East

percent culture

majority increase

integrate billion

employ population

A. Leave them in the streets B. Make them healthy again C. Give them to people who cure sick pets D. Sell them to pet shops 5. You can always be sure that every pet from the RSPCA

0. You mustn’t park there. It’s illegal. 1. In the nineteenth and

twentieth centuries the of to Australia were from Britain. Many of todays newcomers, however, are from the .

2. Next year the factory will will by over sixty 3. I like that new car but I

to my old one.

6. By the year 2050 the

into the local

of the world will be ten

B. is collected from a dustbin

D. always needs too much care

hobby. I make short video clips with my I have a very interesting and (1) digital camera. It was my birthday present from my parents last year. Since then, I have (2) three short films. It’s great fun! I started asking my friends and relatives to take (3) in the films. I have tried to write the story for my video clips. When I have finished the script, I make copies for the “actors”. Each scene is small and they can look at the words just (4) we start filming. We film at the weekend in my neighborhood, (5) no one has to travel far. When the video clip is finished, I invite all the “actors” and we watch the film at my house.

a lot more people. The numbers of jobs .

5. It isn’t always easy for minorities to they are from a different.

C. is strong and healthy

IX. Choose the correct answer A, B, C. or D to fill each blank in the following passage.

has always been important in the United States.

A. will never get sick

VIII. Read the text below and choose the best answer for each question after the text.

1. A. enjoyable

B. enjoyed

C. enjoying

D. enjoy

Many people like to keep pets. Dogs and cats are very popular pets. Some people, however, keep birds or goldfish. They need less space and are easier to look after.

2. A. done

B. made

C. played

D. watched

3. A. scene

B. role

C. part

D. film

If you wantt to have a pet, you can buy one from a pet shop but you must be careful not to buy a sick animal. It Is best if you know something about the pet you want. This helps you choose a healthy pet. However, if you do not have much money and know very little about abo animals, you can visit the Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (RSPCA).

4. A. until

B. after

C. only

D. before

5. A. so

B. because

C. but

D. although

X. Look at these underlined words in the text. They all have spelling mistakes. Write them correctly.

The first society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals was founded in England in 1821. It was set up to make sure that all animals are treated with kindness. The RSPCA in Hong Kong carries out this aim. The RSPCA officers collect animals which have no homes and are left in the street. They look after them until they are healthy again. People visiting the RSPCA may choose their pets from these animals and you can can be sure that you will get a healthy pet. If later your pet becomes ill, you can take it to the doctors at the RSPCA for treatment.

1. This is a photo of my freind, Stephanie. .................................................................................................................................... 2. She’s 18 and she’s French. She lives in a village near Toulouse. She studys engineering at university. .................................................................................................................................... 3. She has short black hair and very dark eyes. She is inteligent and funny, but sometimes she’s a bit sad too.

When you have a pet, it is very important that you look after it properly. You must remember to feed it at suitable times. You should also give it a clean and comfortable place to rest. Your pet will be happy and healthy if you love it and care for it properly.

.................................................................................................................................... 4. She loves music and she likes writting songs. She can play the guitar very well and she has a beautifull voice.

1. According to the passage, what kind of pet needs more space? A. A dog

B. A bird

C. A goldfish

....................................................................................................................................

D. A mouse

5. I like her because she’s allways there when I need her.

2. What can help you choose a healthy pet? A. Being careful with your money

C. Having a lot of money

B. Learning about a pet you want

D. Visiting many pet shops

3. The first society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals was founded A. in 1924

C. in England

B. more than 1000 years ago

D. in 1842

.................................................................................................................................... .

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

Unit HEALTH 2 PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

1. A. put

B. adult

C. junk

D. sun

2. A. itchy

B. riding

C. sick

D. swimming

3. A. chemical

B. children

C. headache

D. architect

4. A. regularly

B. identify

C. really

D. healthy

5. A. cycling

B. doctor

C. aerobics

D. calories D. temperature

III. Find the odd one out A, B, C or D.

1. Imperative with more and less. - We can use the imperative for direct commands, orders or suggestions. Ex: do more exercises; eat more fruit/ vegetables; sleep more wash your hands more; eat less junk food; sunbathe less

1. A. tired

B. weak

C. sick

2. A. do

B. although

C. and

D. but

3. A. allergy

B. fat

C. flu

D. stomachache

4. A. well

B. sick

C. healthy

D. fit

5. A. live

B. smile

C. sleep

D. happy

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

2. Compound sentences

I. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.

- When we want to join two ideas, we can link two simple sentences to form a compound sentence.

1. You should eat a lot of fruits and vegetables because they is good for the eyes.

- We can do this using a coordinating conjunction like: and (for addition); or (for choice); but (for contrast); so (for result)

A. run

B. take

- The Americans eat a lot, but they do not do enough exercises.

A. advices

- Children do more exercise than adults, so they are more active.

B. ideas

D. get

C. tip

D. tips

3. The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel A. itchy

B. weak

all over.

C. running

D. well

4. If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. physics

B. physic

5. Do more exercise A. and

A. PHONETICS

levvel fault

rough

live conversation feel

life

laugh cough give

enough enou Ste Stephen

surfing leaf

vast ast paragra paragraph

A. wake

lo lovingly

knives fast

activities.

C. physical

D. physically

eat more fruit and vegetables. B. so

C. but

D. although

6. After working in computer for long hours, you should relax.

I. Put the word into the correct column according the underlined part.

/f/

C. provide

2. The health from that diet expert is that you should eat less junk food and count your calories if you are becoming fat.

Examples:

save

vitamin A, which

B. rest

C. sleep

7. Eat less high-fat foods to keep you from A. gaining

B. reducing

A. managers

B. experts

9. Have a healthy A. lifeline

fat. C. getting

B. swiming B. brings

12. We need to spend less time A. playing 15

D. rising in order to keep fit.

C. people

D. workers

C. lives

D. lifestyle

outside even when it’s cold.

11. Rob eats a lot of fast food and he A. spends

and

and you can enjoy your life. B. lively

10. They go swims A.

eyes

D. sleep in

8. We should follow the advice from doctors and health

/v/

your

B. to playing

C. swimming

D. swam

on a lot of weight. C. takes

D. puts

computer games. C. play

D. to play 16

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

13. To prevent

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

, you should eat a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.

A. cold

B. Mumps

14. Be careful with

C. flu

10. If you spend less time on computer games have more time for outdoor activities.

D. headache

C. READING

you eat and drink.

A. who

B. this

C. what

15. Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your A. pain

B. stomachache

television programmes, you will

D. that

I. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

D. fitness

It’s important to (1) well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2) , you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) and vegetables. A chicken and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) fruit would be a light but (5) lunch. Many people around the world eat plain, boiled (6) two or three times a day. Pupils and a students often don’t eat (7) when they’re revising for an exam – they eat chocolate and (8) lots of black coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with healthy (9) . It’s also good for you to drink a lot of (10) through the day.

. C. obesity

II. Matching 1-8 with A-H. 1. A pain cause by something being wrong with one of your teeth.

A. Headache

2. A pain in your back.

B. Stomachache

3. A very serve pain that you feel in your head.

C. Toothache

4. Pain in your stomach.

D. Backache

5. A pain in the inside part of your ear.

E. Sore throat

1. A. launching

B. emitting

C. eat

D. peaking

6. A problem which is like a very bad cold, but which cause a

F. Cough

2. A. school

B. weapons

C. spaceships

D. rockets

3. A. to

B. towards

C. with

D. fish

temperature. 7. A pain in your throat.

G. Earache

4. A. as soon as

B. fresh

C. as well as

D. such as

8. A health problem that you make a lot of loud sounds.

H. Flu

5. A. burnt

B. explored

C. went off

D. healthy

6. A. rice

B. audience

C. observatories

D. watcher

7. A. sent back

B. returned to

C. well

D. except for

8. A. weightlessness

B. drink

C. wavelengths

D. length

9. A. space

B. atmosphere

C. vacant

D. breakfast

10. A. scientists

B. drivers

C. water

D. astronauts

III. Look at the advice for a healthy lifestyle, and complete the sentences using more or

less. 1. You have toothache. Eat 2 .Get up early and do

candy. exercise. TV.

3. The examination is coming. Watch 4. Watch

II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.

television and you can protect your eyes.

5. You look tired, sleep 6. She should eat

. fast food.

7. You are putting on weight. Eat 8. I will spend

warm water.

junk food and eat

fruit and vegetables.

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct conjunction: if, so, and, but, or, when. 1. Do more exercise

I don’t have time to

3. Eat more vegetables,

you will feel healthier.

4. Take up a new hobby

you’ll have some new friends.

5. Eat more fish, 6. He has toothache

you have a sore throat. give it up.

9. Sunbathe less,

you’ll get sunburnt.

ride calorie

How many calories can you burn in one hour? Well, it all depends on the activity. You use calories all the time, even when you are resting. Reading, sleeping, sitting and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an hour. Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, writing, knitting, shaving, driving driving and washing up. Light activities which use about 100 calories an hour include playing the piano, getting dressed and having a shower. Under moderate activities which use between 100 and 200 calories an hour we can put walking, doing housework, shopping and skating. Energetic activities use 200-400 200 400 calories. Those

he still eats a lot of sweets and cakes.

8. Smoke less

fit in

III. Read the following passage and write T (true) or F (false) for each statement.

you will be smarter.

7. Try to talk less

exercise energy

We get calories (7) the food we eat. If we get too much food and don’t take part pa (8) any activities, we can get fat quickly. So besides studying, we should do some (9) , play sports or do the housework, such as cleaning the floor, cooking etc., if we don’t eat enough, we feel (10) and weak.

you want to lose weight.

2. I have a lot of homework to do this evening, watch the football match.

from tired

to do the things every day. For example, when we walk We need calories or (1) or (2) a bike to school, we spend a certain amount of (3) and even when we sleep, we also use them. But how many calories should we (4) a day to stay in shape? It’s difficult (5) us to calculate. If people want to keep (6) , they should remember that everyone should have between 1600 and 2500 calories a day.

time on computer games.

9. You have a cough. Drink 10. We should eat

spend for

fast food.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

activities include horse riding, cycling, swimming, skipping and dancing. Finally there are strenuous activities which use up to 600 calories an hour. These activities include climbing stairs, jogging, digging the garden and playing football. 1. Horse riding uses the most amount of calories.

3. A. monopoly

B. melody

C. compound

4. A. paragraph

B. cough

C. although

D. concentrate D. enough

5. A. vegetarian

B. depression

C. essential

D. attention

II. Find the odd one out A, B, C or D.

2. Reading uses as many calories as writing. 3. The calories we burn for eating and washing up are the same. 4. Walking is a very light activity. 5. Sunbathing uses more calories than driving. 6. When we are resting, we don’t burn calories. 7. Having a shower uses only 100 calories an hour.

1. A. sunshine

B. sunburn

C. cough

D. flu

2. A. headache

B. sore throat

C. cough

D. weak

3. A. sore

B. fit

C. sick

D. tired

4. A. earache

B. unhealthy

C. sunburn

D. toothache

5. A. relax

B. work

C. sleep

D. rest

III. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word.

8. Cycling and dancing use the same amount of calories 9. Playing football uses fewer calories than swimming.

1. In order to have good

10. The amount of calories we use an hour depends on the activity we do.

A. spirit

D. WRITING

, you should eat lightly and laugh cheerfully. B. body

2. Do you believe that eating

I. Make correct sentences from the words and phrases given.

A. most

1. We/ keep/ our bodies/ warm/ avoid/ flu/ a cold.

C. health

D. mood

carrots helps you see at night?

B. the most

C. much more

D. less

3. We should try to keep everything around us clean and then flu will find it spread.

2. Getting/ enough/ rest/ help/ you/ concentrate/ school.

A. difficultly

B. difficulties

4. My father does morning 3. Vitamins/ play/ important/ role/ our diet.

A. running

C. difficult

D. difficulty

every day.

B. well

C. exercise

D. weak

5. We should play sports or do exercise in order to stay in 4. You/ not/ play/ more/ computer games/ free time.

A. fit

B. health

A. energy

B. allergy

7. Do you want to know how you can

II. Write a paragraph (100 - 150 words) to talk about HOW TO KEEP A HEALTHY LIFE?

A. make

B. have

D. shape .

C. sick

D. sore

healthy? C. stay

D. create

8. When you have a temperature, you should drink more water and rest

..........................................................................................................................................

A. least

..........................................................................................................................................

B. less

C. most

9. I forgot to wear a sun hat today and I got a

..........................................................................................................................................

A. backache

..........................................................................................................................................

B. headache

A. light

..........................................................................................................................................

B. faint

D. more

C. stomachache C. dry

11. Watching too much television is not good A. at

B. for

A. following

B. noisy

A. weigh

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. C. allergy C. knife

B. weightless

14. You can avoid some diseases by

D. calorie D. of

A. looking

B. bringing

D. weak

C. with

D. to nose.

C. runny

13. He eats a lot of burger and chips so he’s putting on B. triathlon B. life

D. earache

your eyes.

12. When you have flu, you may have a cough and a

PART 3: test yourself

10. He plays computer games and watches TV a lot so his eyes are often

..........................................................................................................................................

1. A. coordinate 2. A. leaf

C. look

6. Don’t eat that type of fish: you may have a/an

5. Doctor/ asking/ Mai/ questions/ about/ health problems.

D. runing .

C. weight

D. weighting

yourself clean. C. keeping

D. taking

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

15. The Japanese eat a lot of fish instead of meat A. although

B. so

they are more healthy. C. but

VII. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank.

D. because

Do you want to be fitter and healthier? Would you like to look younger? Do you want to feel (1) relaxed? Then try a few days at a health farm. Health farms are becoming (2) of the most popular places (3) a short break. I went to Henley Manor for a weekend. It’s (4) largest health farm in the country but it isn’t the most expensive. After two days of exercise and massage I (5) ten times better. But the best thing for me was the food. It was all very healthy of (6) , but it was expensive too!

IV. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box. allergy

toothache

suffer

worse

tired

bad

flu

sick

1. Some people have a very

habit in littering in public.

2. People who live in a dusty area often 3. Julia has a headache, and she feels 4. I have an

If you’re looking for something a (7) cheaper, try a winter break. Winter is the darkest and the coldest (8) of the year, and it can also be the (9) time for your body. We all eat too (10) and we don't take enough exercise. A lot of health farms offer lower prices from Monday to Friday from November to March.

on diseases. .

, so I choose food and drink very carefully.

5. You should spend less time playing computer games, or your eyes will be 6. Tom feel

7. Trung eats too many sweets so he has 8. In prevent

1. A. like

, but he doesn’t go to bed early. .

, we should keep our hands clean, our feet warm.

V. The word at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank. 1. Is she

enough to run one kilometer?

2. “Ow! Be careful with that coffee.” - “Look, now I have a of 39.50C

4. Don’t eat so quickly. You’ll get a 5. I have a 6. That’s a bad

in my back. I’m going to lie down. . Why don’t you have a glass

B. first

C. one

D. none

B. of

C. to

D. for

4. A. the

B. an

C. a

D. x

5. A. feel

B. felt

C. fell

D. fall

B. out

C. course

D. them

B. few

C. a little

D. a few

BURNING

8. A. period

B. moment

C. time

D. part

9. A. worst

B. good

C. best

D. great

10. A. many

B. a lot

C. lot of

D. much

TEETH

VIII. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.

PAINFUL

other illness

COUGHING

of water? .” - “Why don’t you telephone the doctor?” STOMACH

8. I feel

. Quick, I must get to the bathroom! after the table tennis match.

HURT

10. “I have a

.” - “That’s because you watch

HEAD

much nose

cure miserable

running symptoms

how from

You have a headache and you sneeze and cough. Your (1) is all stuffed up, and it keeps running, so you have to blow it every few minutes. You know by these (2) that you have a cold, and you feel completely (3) .

SICKNESS

9. My arm

Everyone suffers (4) the common cold at some time or other. It isn’t a serious (5) , but over a billion dollars a year is spent on different kinds of cold medicine every year.

too much TV.” VI. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

This medicine can relieve the symptoms. That is, it can make you cough (6) , make your head less intense, and stop your nose (7) for a while. However, it can’t cure your cold. So far, there is no (8) for the common cold and no medicine to prevent it.

he My friend, Ben, has had a few problems with his health. He didn’t feel well, (1) told his parents about that. His mom said, “You should eat (2) vegetables. You shouldn’t eat (3) every day.” His dad said, “You should go to bed (4) . You (5) stay up so late at night.” He phoned me and told me about the problems. I said “Don’t computer games. Go outside (7) play football.” play so (6)

Although there is no cure or preventive medicine for colds, people have all kinds of ideas about (9) to prevent and treat colds. Some people think that if you eat a lot of onions, you won’t catch cold. (10) say that you should avoid getting wet and chilled, or you will catch cold. However, this is apparently not so.

He didn’t go to school last week. He went to (8) the doctor. The doctor said “You should stay at home for a week. Don’t go out and don’t turn on your computer.”

Ben is (10)

2. A. once 3. A. with

7. A. little

7. “I have

At school today, he looked sad. We asked him, “What’s (9) happy. You weren’t here last week.”

D. Similar

6. A. all

TEMPERATE .

C. less

GOOD

on my arm” 3. Rob has a

B. more

? You should be

IX. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. 1. Nick/ wash/ hands a lot/ he/ not/ have the flu.

his school work from last week. He’s not happy at all.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

2. David/ eat/ lots of junk food/ he/ not do exercise.

Unit COMMUNITY SERVICE 3

3. doctor/ told Elena that she/ sleep more/ she/ try to relax more. 4. My sister/ play/ computer games/ she does exercise too.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

5. Eating/ carrots help/ you see objects / more clearly/ at night. 6. Going outside/ wet hair /give/ you a cold or flu. 1. The past simple:

* We use the past simple:

7. Eating/ fresh fish/ make/ you smarter.

- For actions which finished at a stated time in the past. Ex: She went to school by bus yesterday. - For actions that happened one after the other. Ex: First he had breakfast and then he left for work. * Time expressions: yesterday; then; last night/ week/month/year; a week/ month/ year ago; in 2010; when; etc. 2. The present perfect: * We use the present perfect: - For recent actions or states, or for actions which happened at an unstated time in the past. Ex: Mr. brown has bought a new house. - For recent actions or states which began in the past and continue up to the present. Ex: She has been a student in this school for two years. (She came to this school two years ago and she is still here.) * Time expressions: already; yet; just; ever, recently; so far; never; since; for; etc.

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part.

1. A. near

B. learn

C. dear

D. clear

2. A. knocked

B. needed

C. founded

D. wanted

3. A. volunteer 4. A. provide

B. collage B. individual

C. community C. situation

D. doctor D. children

5. A. tutor 6. A. cough

B. student B. laugh

C. university C. enough

D. discuss D. high

7. A. collect

B. clean

C. city

D. cracker

8. A. blanket

B. donate

C. calorie

D. allergy 24

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

school

green reen

sick

get

colour olour

chemical garden

classroom lassroom

community

group

culture ulture

kitchen itchen

cold

chemistry

game ame

call

clean lean

clothes

cancel

traffi traffic

/g/

(you/ start) painting?

2. A: How long ago

II. Put the word into the correct column according the underlined part.

(recently/ complete) a painting that the (ask) me to do a year ago.

B: Ten years ago. I National Gallery 3. A: Last night, I

(see) the latest James Bond film. (already/ see) it twice.

B: Oh, I

4. A: Do you know that Mrs Janet

/k/

(work) here for sixteen years? (start) working here ten years ago.

B: I thought she

III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct verb form. dinner when his friend called.

1. I (have) 2. Joan (travel)

around the world.

3. We (not begin)

to study for the test yet. .

4. Don’t get on a bus while it (run) 5. I (invite) (not come) 6. Look! Somebody (clean)

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

A. get

fat quickly.

B. got

C. gets

D. will get

2. The Japanese eat a lot offish and healthy food, A. so 3. Lan

B. because B. learn

they live for a long time.

C. or

D. but

C. learned

D. has learned

4. You should watch less TV because looking at screens in a long time A. hurt

B. hurts

5. Go Green A. to encourage

7. He

C. is hurting

your eyes.

D. to hurt

C. provided

B. collects

C. is collecting

8. Linh often uses her headphones when she listens to music like loud noise.

A. to be

B. but

D. has encouraged

B: Yes, last summer I

him since we (leave)

12. Football (be) in my free time.

my favourite sport. I like (play)

13. Jane (leave)

just a few minutes ago.

14. She (be)

extremely quiet since her husband died.

buildings (2)

D. helped

school. it

C. because

B. be

C. being

B. will enjoy

D. collected her parents don’t D. and D. A & C

Today, Kobe has been built. But people there still remember the outpouring of support they (10) from all over the world back in 1995.

going to work by bicycle. C. enjoying

January 17th, 1995, a powerful earthquake hit the city of Kobe, Japan. Many or collapsed.

Soon after the earthquake, people in Kobe (3) working together to save their city. Neighbours pulled each other out (4) collapsed buildings. Ordinary people (5) out fires even before the fire trucks arrived. Volunteers in Kobe organized themselves to people who needed. Other into (6) . They worked out a system to send (7) teams searched for belongings in damaged stores and homes. Some people (8) food, water, clothes, and electric generators to different part of the city. Some volunteers took of children who had lost their parents. Teams of volunteers from outside (9) Japan helped, too.

D. enjoy

III. Put the verbs in brackets into the past simple or the present perfect. 1. A:

11. I (not see)

(1)

outdoors with trees and flowers.

10. I think 10 years from now more people A. to enjoy

out in the evening.

I. Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.

C. encouraged

books for poor children for years.

A. so

at the moment. That’s why she can’t answer the phone.

people to recycle rubbish, such as glass, cans and paper.

B. spent

9. Ngoc loves

9. She (cook)

B. encourage

education for street children.

A. has collected

13 films and I think her latest is the best.

C. READING

6. Be a Buddy has A. given

looking for a job in January.

8. Timson (make) 10. She doesn’t mind (go)

English for more than a year but she can speak it very well.

A. learns

the room.

7. My brother (begin)

I. Choose A, B, C or D for each gap in the following sentences 1. He ate a lot of fried food so he

them to my birthday party yesterday, however, they .

(you/ ever/ meet) anyone famous? (sit) next to Brad Pit on a plane to LA.

1. A. in

B. at

C. on

D. from

2. A. is burning

B. burned

C. burning

D. burn

3. A. to begin

B. are beginning

C. begin

D. began

4. A. into

B. of

C. on

D. with 26

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

5. A. to put

B. putting

C. puts

D. put

6. A. teams

B. pair

C. group

D. friends

7. A. helped

B. helping

C. help

D. to help

8. A. brought

B. bringing

C. brings

D. brought

9. A. part

B. care

C. caring

D. note

10. A. received

B. is receiving

C. have received

D. receiving

1. Frank has done his homework and then listened to music. A

2. The children have put away their toys but they didn’t make their beds yet. A

3. Jim learned a lot since he started the language course. A

II. Read the passage, and then choose the best answers.

4. Helen has finished her lunch and she went out to play.

Each country has many good people who take care of others. For example, some of students in the United States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the elderly. They read books to the people in these places, or they just visit them and play games with them or listen to their problems.

5. They haven’t seen each other since September when they have met at Mary's party.

Other young volunteers go and work in the homes of people who are sick or old. They paint, clean up, or repair their houses, do the shopping. For boys who don’t have fathers, there is an organization called Big Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to basketball games or on fishing trips and help them to get to know things those boys usually learn from their fathers.

7. The hockey player hit his head on Friday and he was in hospital since then.

6. Peter has bought a new MP3 player yesterday but I haven’t seen it yet. A

B A

II. Use the words and phrases to complete sentences. 1. The lakes/ are full/ rubbish. We should/ ask our friends/ clean them this Sunday.

Each city has a number of clubs where boys and girls can go and play games. Some of these clubs show movies or hold short trip to the mountains, the beaches, museums, or other places of interest. Most of these clubs use a lot of students as volunteers because they are young enough to understand the problems of younger boys and girls.

2. The hurricane/ was terrible. Many houses/ are destroyed/ many people became homeless.

1. What do volunteers usually do to help those who are sick or old in their homes? A. They do the shopping, and repair or clean up their house.

3. They are cold/ hungry. They have/ live/ the street this winter. We should ask people/ help them.

B. They tell them stories and sing dance for them. C. They cool, sew, and wash their clothes. D. They take them to basketball games.

4. We/ can cook meals/ bring them/ homeless people.

2. What do they help boys whose fathers do not live with them? 5. We can ask people/ donate warm clothes/ help them/ rebuild their houses.

A. To learn things about their fathers. B. To get to know thing about their fathers.

6. Yesterday I/ go to school late because I/ miss the bus.

C. To get to know things that boys want from their fathers. D. To learn things that boys usually learn from their fathers.

7. Do you like/ work with children/ or with elderly people?

3 .Which activities are NOT available for the students at the clubs? A. playing games

B. learning photography

C. going to interest places

D. watching films

8. It’s good/ donate blood because you/ can save people’s lives. .

4. Why do they use many students as volunteers? – Because

III. Use the cues to make sentences in the present perfect.

A. they can understand the problems of younger boys and girls.

1. I/ buy/ a laptop/ but I/ not use/ it.

B. they have a lot of free time. C. they know how to do the work.

2. I/ write/ a blog/ but I/ not upload/ any photos to it.

D. they are good at playing games and learning new things. 5. Where don’t students often do volunteer work? A. hospitals

B. orphanages

C. clubs

3. We/ start/ the game/ half an hour ago/ hut we/ not finish/ it.

D. homes for the elderly

D. WRITING I. Circle the mistake and then correct it. 27

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. My dad/ be/ to London/ but he/ not see/ Big Ben.

A. donate - give

B. donated - gave

C. have donated - have given 5. I/ read/ my English book/ but I/ not do/ my English homework.

4. Volunteering is special

6. They/ have/ lunch/ but they/ not have/ dinner.

5. How many novels

7. I/ download/ some songs/ but I/ not listen/ to them.

6. We

A. at

D. have donated - gave me because I can help others.

B. for

A. did - write

C. with

B. have - written

A. flew- went

PART 3: test yourself

1. A. environment

B. bank

C. community

D. neighbourhood

2. A. students

B. homework

C. blood

D. tutors

3. A. orphan

B. grandparents

C. nursing home

D. elderly

4. A. rubbish

B. donate

C. collect

D. money

5. A. green

B. trees

C. plant

D. collect

1. My hobby is carving eggshells and now I (carve)

A. arrived A. cook A. taking in

an old man to go across

A. rising

A. doing A. give away

A. give

hundreds

A. activities 2. My brother and I A. have seen 3. I recently.

such as clean-up project or home repair.

B. things

C. labour

blood twice, and

C. see

B. raising

B. offering

D. visited

meals for homeless children. C. do

D. made

C. participating

D. jobs

C. getting

B. bring

C. teaching C. take off

D. put on

transportation, such as giving C. provide

D. donate .

B. living conditions D. earnings

A. ask 29

D. helping

A. live

B. but

19. Our school has a programme to Minh City.

presents to sick children in the hospital

D. taking

them to do homework before or after

C. ways of life

A. so

D. are seeing

D. making

moneyfor people in need, cooking and

warm clothes to homeless children in our city. B. give back

18. They have decided to ride to work environment.

a white tiger already. B. has seen

C. seen

17. Let’s help the street children because they have bad

III. Choose the correct answers. 1. Volunteers can do general

D. because

16. To help people in remote areas, we can rides to the elderly.

hundreds of old books and clothes for street children so far.

9. My sister wants to raise funds for street children so she (make) of postcards to sell them.

C. although

the volunteer activities in your community. B. taking part in

15. Let’s collect and

volunteer work last month.

8. I (collect)

B. offered

14. You can help young children by school.

volunteer work?

- Yes. I (do)

D. has given it is full of rubbish.

to Sa Pa? B. been

13. Traditional volunteer activities include giving food.

each other for 5 years.

6. Linh is my close friend. We (know)

D. to donate

C. have given

B. but

12. You should think of

Banh tet. She will try some this year.

7. You ever (do)

B. gave

11. We came to the remote village and

4. At Tet, my mother and her close friends often go to the hospitals to donate cakes, sweets and toys for the sick children there. She (do) it for many years. 5. Lan never (eat)

C. is donating

lectures to foreign tourists about traditional food and games recently.

10. “Have you ever

home late because there was a traffic jam near

3. Last Tuesday, I (go) my school.

D. have flown - went

B. has donated

A. so

nearly 100.

2. Going home from school yesterday, I (help) the street.

by train.

9. They have decided to clean up the neighbourhood

II. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form.

D. does - write

blood twenty times so far.

A. gives

I. Find which word does not belong to each group.

C. did - written B. has flown – went

A. donates 8. He

to Ha Noi several times, but last summer we

C. have flown - have gone 7. She

D. to

Charles Dickens

B. offer

it is good for their health and the C. although

D. because

children from poor families in Ho Chi C. tutor

D. volunteer 30

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. have to/ home/ I/ stay/ at/ because/ is/ raining/ it.

20. Americans the tradition of volunteering and helping one another since the early days of the country. A. have had

B. has had

C. had

D. to have

5. Vietnam/ because/ beautiful/ I/ it/ is/ love/ very.

IV. Fill in: “yet, already, just, ago, yesterday, since, for, always, ever, how long”. 1.

have you known Peter and Charlie?

2. Anna woke up at 9 o’clock

3. She hasn’t telephoned me

4. I have

8. passion/ swimming/ favourite/ my/ is.

been to Disneyland?

6. Is it really a year

we last went on holiday? 9. family/ here/ in/ moved/ my/ 2004.

finished my homework. I finished it two minutes ago.

8. Shakespeare was born over four hundred years 9. We have

7. English lessons/ and/ I/ on/ have/ Monday/ Tuesday.

wanted to travel abroad.

5. Have you 7. I have

6. born/ I/ in/ 1990/ was/ Vinh Phuc/ in.

. 10. her/ Mary/ that/ are/ is/ those/ and/ students.

been to Canada so we are going to USA this summer.

10. John has worked at this company

seven years.

VIII. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.

V. Correct the tense in these sentences.

1. You should clean this room every day.

1. I have collected coins when I was a little boy.

A .This room should be cleaned every day. A. This room should been cleaned every day.

2. I see a real elephant when I went to Ban Don last year.

B. This room should clean every day. C. This room should be clean every day.

3. We clean the beach last Sunday.

2. People must not leave bicycles in the hall. A. Bicycles must not be left in the hall.

4. I didn’t see her for two weeks.

B. Bicycles in the hall must not being left. C. Bicycles in the hall must not left.

5. Do you do your homework yet?

D. Bicycles must been not left in the hall. VI. Read the letter and fill in the blank with the correct words.

3. They cancelled all flights because of fog. A. All flights was cancelled by them because of fog.

Dear Grandma and Grandpa, Hi. I'm on holiday (1) Majorca with my friends, Tracy and Sharon. We arrived last Saturday. The first two days the weather wasn’t very (2) , so we did lots of photographs. (4) Wednesday we some sightseeing. I (3) hired a car and (5) out into the country. We (6) for lunch at lovely we found a beautiful beach. Last night we went little village and then in the (7) to (8) disco. We didn’t (9) back till about 4 am, so we got up (10) this morning and we decided to have a relaxing day by the hotel swimming pool. So that’s where I am now.

B. All flights because of fog were cancelled. C. All flights were because of fog cancelled. D. All flights were cancelled because of fog. 4. People should send their complaints to the head office. A. Complaints should be send to the head office by people. B. Complaints should be sent to the head office. C. Their complaints should send to the head office by people.

VII. Use the words and phrases to form the sentences.

D. Their complaints to the head office should be sent.

1. some/ she / bought / last weekend / interesting book.

5. They are building a new high way around the city. A. A new high way is been built around the city.

2. I/ love / basketball / volleyball/ watching/ and.

B. A new high way is being built around the city. C. A new high way around the city is being built.

3. teacher/ dances/ English/ gracefully/ my/ very.

D. Around the city a new high way is being built.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

6. They didn't offer Ann the job.

Unit MUSIC AND ARTS 4

A. The job wasn’t offered Ann by them. B. Ann wasn’t offered them the job. C. Ann wasn’t offered the job. D. Ann was offered the job by them

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

1. Comparisons - as + adjective + as to show that things are similar. - not as + adjective + as to mean something is “more” or “less” than something else. - the same as... to show similarity. - different from to show that two or more things are not similar. Examples: - Classical music is not as exciting as rock and roll. - The price of food is the same as it was last year. 2. too and either - too: is used to express agreement with a positive statement. - either: is used to express agreement with a negative statement. Examples: - My friend likes photography, photo and I like it, too. - My sister doesn’t like horror films, and my mother doesn’t, either. either

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Put the words into the correct column according to the underlined part. fashion

fiction

ocean

closure

musi musician

exhibition

optional

wash

stations

shoulder houlder

show special

essential

shark

shelter

ussually

short hort

vision

leisure

so social

/ʃ/

/ʒ/

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

A. so

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. collection

B. tradition

C. exhibition

D. question

2. A. version

B. pleasure

C. usual

D. design

3. A. closure

B. sure

C. pleasure

D. leisure

4. A. ocean

B. concert

C. musician

D. official

5. A. so

B. expensive

C. saxophone

D. music

B. as far as B. performance

C. perform

D. so intelligent that

B. place

6. Hoa ate bread with milk for breakfast. Hoa’s uncle ate bread with milk for breakfast.

C. note

D. notice

7. She didn’t watch TV last night. Her husband didn’t watch TV last night.

C. the most careful

D. carefully as

....................................................................................................................................

C. as soon as

D. soonest as

....................................................................................................................................

B. the same to

III. Give the correct form of the words in capital.

C. same as

D. the same

they were years ago. There is no change at all.

C. as friend as

D. as friendly as

10. Water puppetry Delta of North Viet Nam.

in the 11th century in the villages of the Red River

B. formed

11. The puppet shows present

14. Going by train isn’t

....................................................................................................................................

it was ten years ago.

B. not as friendly as

A. well-knows

.................................................................................................................................... 9. Milk is good for your health. Fruit juice is good for your health. 10. Betty does morning exercise. Betty’s aunt does morning exercise.

B. no sooner as

A. differently from

A. as – as

8. They mustn’t stay up late. Their friends mustn’t stay up late.

colors.

D. traditional - natural

9. The villagers are

13. The group is

....................................................................................................................................

I can.

8. My village is not

12. No one in my class is

....................................................................................................................................

B. tradition - natural

C. tradition – nature

A. city

5. She is swimming in the pool. Her children are swimming in the pool.

paper with beautiful

A. traditional – nature

A. originated

4. My father doesn’t drink beer. My mother doesn’t drink beer.

his father does. B. more carefully

6. Dong Ho paintings are made on

A. the same as

D. performed

almost every year

4. Since the 1970s, the festival in Glastonbury has taken and has grown in size.

A. sooner as

C. so intelligent as

7. I’ll be there

D. every day life - folk stories

3. I write diary every night. My mother writes diary every night.

her brother. B. intelligent as

A. careful as

C. everyday life - folk tales

.................................................................................................................................... D. as soon as

arts school in Britain.

A. more intelligent as

5. He drives as

B. every day life - folk people

2. He sings love songs very well. His sister sings love songs very well.

John. C. so well as

2. The Brit School is the most famous

A. part

A. everyday life - folk rock

....................................................................................................................................

1. No one else in the class plays the guitar

A. performing

D. A & B are correct.

in the countryside and

1. They can play table tennis. We can play table tennis.

I. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.

3. Jane is not

C. more

II. Combine into one sentence with “too” or “either”.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

A. as well

B. as

15. The performances of puppetry show

C. started

D. began

beautiful B. more - as

C. village

D. rural D. the - more

C. well-prepared

2. Tra Giang is one of the most famous Viet Nam. Many people love her.

ACT

3. I think that good knowledge of arts and music is a for anyone.

NECESSARY

4. The

PERFORM

for their albums and tours around the world. B. know-how

ART

she gave last night was marvelous.

ORIGIN

in the villages of the

6. The DAN BAU is a Vietnamese traditional instrument.

her. C. as - than

5. Water puppetry Red River Delta.

themes of Vietnamese villages.

B. urban

1. Tran Van Cam is my favourite He is famous for the painting “Little sister Diep”.

is the art or taking and processing photographs.

8. I don’t like pop music because it is not as rock and roll.

D. well-known

convenient as going by car.

MUSIC

PHOTOGRAPH EXCITE

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

9. Peter has received a letter of

to see a water

INVITE

Have you ever seen the film School of Rock? It’s about a rock musician who became a teacher. The film is based on a real music school which is run by Paul Green. Paul Green started the first School of Rock in 1998 in Philadelphia in the USA. He gave students rock music lessons after school, but he wanted to do more. Now he gives them the chance to play in rock concerts. “Some of our students have never played in front of a real audience before. We teach them how to do it.” he says. He has already taught hundreds of young people to be rock performers, and now there are 30 schools of rock in different towns in the USA.

puppet show this Sunday. 10. Mai wanted to share her

with other people.

PLEASE

IV. Complete the sentences by using as ... as; not ... as, different ... from. 1. Ms. Hoa is

Mrs. Lan. (attractive)

2. Her daughter is

her. (beautiful)

3. That dog

it looks. (not dangerous)

4. Living in Valencia

1. How many students has he taught?

living in Paris is. (not expensive)

5. Schools in Viet Nam are

2. How many schools of rock are there in the USA?

schools in the USA. (different)

6. Learning French is

learning English. (difficult)

7. These trees

3. When did Paul Green start his first rock school?

those. (same)

8. Vios

Mazda 3. (not luxurious)

9. His appearance is

4. What is the film School of Rock about?

what I have expected. (different)

10. His job is

mine. (important) 5. What does he teach his students to do?

C. READING I. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

D. WRITING

Hollywood. He records (2) for films. Kevin O’Donnell works (1) helped to He worked on his first film in 1980: Star Wars. He’s now 51 and he (3) make more than 100 films. In 1983, he did the sound on the film called Terms of Endearment. The film won five Oscars, but O’Donnell (4) win one. He was at the Oscars in he was only 26. 1983 (5)

I. Complete sentences with too or either. 1. We often go to the library on Sunday afternoon, they ................................................... 2. Susan can speak Japanese, Tom..................................................................................... 3. Minh didn't see the train, Nga ........................................................................................

to the Oscars 20 times. He worked on Top Gun, Now, he has (6) Terminator 3, Spider-Man, Transformers and other great films, but he hasn’t won an Oscar (7) . He has written 20 speeches so far, but has never been given one. (8) speeches are in a drawer in (9) house. Kevin doesn’t mind. He knows the sound in his films is amazing. He’s (10) to win one day!

4. Hoa will fly to Hong Kong next month, and her mother ................................................

II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.

8. I don’t know how to use a computer and my friends .....................................................

however

made

best

was

much

leaving

wrote

lived

the

5. The pineapples aren’t ripe. And the durians .................................................................. 6. March is hot, and May .................................................................................................. 7. The boys shouldn’t smoke cigarettes and the girls ......................................................... 9. She likes eggs, and her brothers .................................................................................... 10. They stayed at home last night, and their children........................................................ II. Combine the sentences. Use the words in brackets.

written in England in One of the first novels in the history of literature (1) 1719. It was Robinson Crusoe by Daniel Defoe. Daniel Defoe was born (2) London in the family of a rich man. When Daniel was a schoolboy, be began to write stories. After (3) school, he worked in his father’s shop and (4) articles for newspapers. Defoe visited many countries and met many people. That helped him (5) in his writings.

1. Mr Pike teaches history of arts. Mrs May teaches history of music. SAME SUBJECT 2. This bike is 800,000 VND. That bike is 600,000 VND (PRICE ... DIFFERENT) 3. Linda didn’t go to the concert show last night. Susan didn’t go to the concert show last night. (EITHER)

In 1719, when Defoe was sixty years old, he wrote the novel Robinson Crusoe which (6) him famous. Defoe used in his book a true story about a sailor who (7) on an island for four years. Robinson Crusoe in Defoes novel lived on an island for twenty-eight years. People liked (8) novel in England and in many other countries, Daniel Defoe wrote other books. (9) , his novel Robison Crusoe was the (10) famous. Defoe was not a rich man when he died in 1731.

4. Classical music is interesting. Folk music is interesting. (AS ... AS) 5. Mr. Owen speaks English. Mrs. Phan speaks English. (SAME LANGUAGE)

III. Read the passage, and then answer the questions. 37

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

C. more money as

III. Combine the sentences. Use the words in brackets. 1. She would come, and (He)

D. as much money as

3. For many people, a good knowledge of music and arts is regarded as a every student. A. in needs

2. Nobody knew why she was absent, and (WE)

B. necessity

4. Last year, Matt earned 3. Nothing can prevent her son from going there, and (HE) 4. The famers must be working very hard, and (SHE)

C. necessary

A. twice as much as

B. twice as many as

C. twice more than

D. twice as more as in education, especially for young children.

A. unimportant

B. unimportance

C. importantly

D. importance

6. Classical music is not A. exciting

PART 3: test yourself

as pop music. B. more excited

7. The test is not

difficult

A. as - as

B. so - as

A. different from

C. more - as

1. A. treasure

B. closure

C. exposure

D. ensure

2. A. happy

B. hard

C. similarity

D. talent

3. A. chorus

B. brochure

C. machine

D. chef

4. A. treasure

B. vision

C. discussion

D. decision

5. A. exhibition

B. action

C. question

D. tradition

A. either 10. He works A. harder

B. artist

C. saxophone

D. guitar

2. A. portrait

B. opera

C. camera

D. photograph

3. A. rock

B. rap

C. ballet

D. pop

4. A. film director

B. film producer

C. singer

D. actor

5. A. crayon

B. pencil

C. canvas

D. water puppet

A. too 12. Marie is not

B. advertisement

C. buffalo

D. detective

2. A. cavity

B. unhealthy

C. personal

D. shower

3. A. music

B. science

C. teacher

D. contain

4. A. paddle

B. invent

C. display

D. cartoon

5. A. information

B. direction

C. tomato

D. potato

A. more – as

A. curriculum A. money more than

B. education

C. school year

C. as good as

B. like that

D. as well as

. C. too

D. so

C. harder

D. so hard as

we do. B. as hard as B. either

C. so

intelligent

her sister.

B. so – so

C.so – as

A. to

B. from

14. I don’t work so hard my A. so

B. as

15. You can see many interesting A. portraits

B. actors

. D. however D. the – of

mine. C. with

D. as

C. than

D. more

father. in that art gallery. C. paints

D. colors

V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. On weekdays, I don’t have (1) free time. When I get home from school, I my homework, watch some TV (3) read a book. My parents usually (2) . bought me a new guitar for my birthday so I play that a lot (4) At the weekend, I usually (5) with my friends, John and Thomas. We really like playing music together. Thomas plays the keyboards and John plays the drums. John has a set of drums in his bedroom, so we usually practice at his house. John has (6) written some songs, so we are practicing them at the moment. My sister sometimes sings with some concerts one day! us and we are hoping to (7)

IV. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word.

2. Robert does not have

B. worse

13. My brother’s taste in art is quite different

III. Choose the word that has the different stress from the others. 1. A. adventure

D. A & B are correct.

11. Teenagers in Viet Nam like K-pop, and they like Korean films

II. Find which word does not belong to each group. 1. A. violin

D. as excited

it was last year.

9. I never watch ballet, and my sister doesn’t

I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part.

1. Today, subjects like music and arts are put into the school

C. as exciting

it was last month.

8. This year’s musical festival is not A. PHONETICS

D. need

his brother.

5. Arts are of great

5. Everyone knows that girl, and (I)

for

in Viet Nam. D. subjects

In the holidays, I sometimes (8) interested in science. That’s (9)

Peter does. B. as many money as 39

on day trips with my family. I am really we often go to the Science Museum. We usually 40

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

go to the beach in August. We always have a great (10) lying on the sand and listening to music on my iPod.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

3. He likes to join in the army, and (SHE)

, but the best thing is

....................................................................................................................................

VI. Fill in each blank with the comparative, superlative or (not) as ... as of the adjective given in brackets.

4. Karen’d rather go to school on time, and (MARY) ....................................................................................................................................

The New Orleans Carnival is (1. not/ big) the carnival in Rio de Janeiro, carnival in the USA. It is (3. colorful) the but it is (2. famous) carnival in Rio de Janeiro and it is (4. exciting) event in New Orleans that in Rio de every year. The weather in New Orleans is (5. not/ good) Janeiro, but people are (6. friendly) . The carnival season lasts for two weeks but (7. busy) time is the last five days. The carnival is (8. big) than ever during these five days. It is (10. good) and (9. exciting) time to visit New Orleans!

5. I have to take a bath right away, and (HE) .................................................................................................................................... X. Combine the sentences. Use the words in brackets. 1. Huyen My sings beautifully. Her sister sings more beautifully than her. (AS ... AS) .................................................................................................................................... 2. The new sculpture is 4 metres high. The old sculpture is 4.2 metres high. (AS ... AS) ....................................................................................................................................

VII. Read the following passage and write T (True) or F (False) for each statement.

3. Linh likes pop music. Her brother likes pop music. (TOO)

In the 1960s, The Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then, there have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is perhaps difficult now to imagine how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and none of them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own songs.

.................................................................................................................................... 4. Van Gogh is Dutch. Picasso is Spanish. (NATIONALITY .... DIFFERENT) .................................................................................................................................... 5. This house is green. That house is green. (COLOR .... DIFFERENT) ....................................................................................................................................

1. Prior to The Beatles, it was usual tor groups to write their own songs. 2. The Beatles were the most famous pop group in the 1960s. 3. The Beatles did not succeed with the songs by black Americans. 4. Some members of The Beatles studied music at school. 5. The Beatles achieved great success with the song they had written. VIII. Complete sentences with “too" or “either”. 1. They often go to the library on Sunday afternoon. He ................................................... 2. Lee can speak Japanese. I ............................................................................................. 3. Nam didn’t see the train. Nga ....................................................................................... 4. Linh will fly to China next month, and he ..................................................................... 5. The books aren’t red. And the ruler ............................................................................... 6. Today is hot, and yesterday .......................................................................................... 7. The boys don’t smoke cigarettes and the girls ............................................................... 8. I don’t know her and he ................................................................................................. 9. I likes eggs and her brother ............................................................................................ 10. I stayed at home last night, and they ........................................................................... IX. Combine the sentences. Use the words in brackets. 1. Everything is not OK, and (THIS PROBLEM) .................................................................................................................................... 2. My dog never barks, and (YOUR DOGS) .................................................................................................................................... 41

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

Unit VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK 5

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

1. Countable nouns and uncountable nouns: - Some nouns are countable: - Some nouns are uncountable:

C. caught

D. daughter

B. naughty

C. audience

D. water

1. A. beef

B. carrot

C. lamb

D. pork

rice

2. A. coffee

B. fruit juice

C. tea

D. tomato

3. A. cakes

B. chocolate

C. nuts

D. fish

4. A. apple

B. banana

C. lemon

D. pork

5. A. beans

B. eggs

C. salad

D. mushrooms

6. A. bean

B. pork

C. beef

D. chicken

7. A. pear

B. melon

C. peach

D. salad

8. A. yogurt

B. tea

C. butter

D. cheese

9. A. apple

B. banana

C. egg

D. grape

10. A. carrot

B. onion

C. potato

D. orange

- We use much with uncountable nouns in questions and negatives. Ex: How much coffee is there? There isn’t much coffee.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

- We use some in positive sentences with uncountable nouns and plural nouns some

bread

There are

I. Write the words in the correct column. Use the words in the box. pasta; beef; milk; salmon; tea; tuna; peas; beans; yoghurt; coffee; chicken; ice cream; rice; pork; bacon; sausages; butter; flour; bread; noodles; cucumber; wine; oranges; bananas; cod; peppers; beer; pears; strawberries; tomatoes; prawns; cream; lemonade; grapes; lamb; ham

on the table

oranges

- We use some in questions when we ask for things or offer things coffee, please? grapes?

(I know there is some coffee.) (I know there are some grapes.)

- We use any in questions and negative sentences with uncountable nouns and plural nouns

Does she have

B. aunt

4. A. document six eggs

There aren’t many ny eggs.

any

3. A. sauce

bread

Ex: How many eggs are there?

Is there

D. add

an egg

We use many with countable nouns in questions and negatives

Would you like

D. walk

C. water

II. Choose the word that is a different kind of food to the others.

2. A/ An; Some; Any; Much; Many

some

C. wall

B. bag

two books

Ex: Do you like ice-cream? cream? (Or) Do you like an ice cream?

Can I have

B. warm

2. A. pan

a book

- Some nouns are both:

There is

1. A. wash

water?

I don’t know if there is any water.

children?

Meat

Seafood

Fruit

Vegetables

Drinks

Dairy products

Cereals

...............

II. Complete these sentences with “some or any”, 1. Can I have ................... more milk, please? 2. Has Jane got ................... brothers or sisters? 43

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

3. I haven’t got ................... work to do.

Meals

When

What

5. I’ve got ................... news for you.

1. Breakfast......................

........................................

6. There isn’t ................... information on the computer about this.

2. .....................................

........................................

7. Would you like ................... help?

3. .....................................

........................................

4. Is there ................... news about the new project?

8. Could you get me ................... stamps, please?

II. Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage

9. We went out with ................... friends last night. 10. Is there ................... wine left? III. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. 1.

? - There’s some meat and some rice. A. What’s for lunch?

D. Where’s lunch for? .

A. favourite my drink

B. my favourite drink

C. drink my favourite

D. my drink favourite

3. What would you like? -

B. I’d like any apple juice.

C. I’d like some apple juice.

D. I’d like an apple juice.

A. cooking 5. We hate A. wash 6. I do not have A. any – any 7. Where is there A. drinking 8. There is A. any

kinds

for

when

introduction

dish

easy

dried

Ingredients used (6) Nem Ran comprise of lean minced pork, see crabs or unshelled shrimps, two kinds of edible mushroom (Nam Huong and Moc Nhi), (7) onion, duck eggs, pepper, salt and different (8) of seasoning. All are (9) thoroughly before being wrapped with transparent rice paper into small rolls. These rolls (10) then fried in boiling oil.

A. I like some apple juice. 4. My hobby is

special

mixed

This (1) is called Nem Ran by northerners and Cha Gio by southerners. In Ha Noi, the (2) of Nem Ran dates back to a time (3) Cha Ca had not existed. Although it ranks among Vietnam’s specialty dishes, Nem Ran is very (4) to prepare. Consequently, it has long been a preferred food on (5) occasions such as Tet and other family festivities.

B. What’s lunch?

C. What’s lunch for? 2. Coffee is

are

III. Read the passage and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each space.

B. cook

C. to cooking

D. cooked

C. washed

D. washing

The 25th meeting of the FAO Committee on Fisheries (COFI) that will take place in February 2003 comes at a (1) time in the quest for sustainable fisheries. Meeting in Johannesburg at the World Summit on Sustainable Development in 2002, world leaders (2) the vital role of marine fisheries to economic and food security and to biodiversity in general. Leaders aders established a number of fisheries commitments for the world community, (3) a call “to maintain or restore stocks to levels that can produce maximum sustainable (4) with the aim of achieving these goals for depleted stocks on an urgent basis and where re possible not later than 2015.”

the dishes. B. to washing oranges, but I have B. some – any

apples. C. any – some

D. a – some

C. drank

D. to drink

? B. drink

The mission of FAO in the field of fisheries is to (5) and secure the long-term long sustainable development and utilization of the worlds fisheries and aquaculture. Many of the issues (6) the agenda for the 2003 COFI meeting will contribute directly to the goal of restoring depleted fish stocks and to (7) other commitments.

fruit juice in the fridge. B. some

C. a

D. many

C. READING I. Read the texts and complete the chart.

If we are to fulfill these commitments, we must take (8) actions and set clear priorities. The most recent FAO statistics indicate that over 70 percent of fisheries are (9) overfished or are fished at their maximum capacity. In coming years, production from many key fisheries will likely decline. Demand for fisheries products, (10) , will continue to increase. The prospect of this growing shortfall poses our greatest fisheries challenge today.

I’m Roy and this is my wife, Joan. We live on a farm, so we have to get up early, at about 5.30. We start a day at 6 a.m with a big breakfast- bacon, sausages, eggs, tomatoes and mushrooms. We have toast, too, and two or three cups of tea. Our big meal of the day is lunch at 12 o’clock. We have meat with potatoes and vegetables, then a big pudding, such as apple pie and custard, and a cup of tea. At five o’clock we have tea. That’s a light meal- eggs perhaps, or cheese on toast, and then cakes or biscuits and another cup of tea. On Fridays and Saturdays we go to the pub in the evenings and we have a few pints of beer.

1. A. busy

B. critical

C. serious

D. fine

2. A. declared

B. claimed

C. accepted

D. acknowledged

3. A. giving

B. making

C. including

D. containing

4. A. volume

B. quantity

C. amount

D. yield

5. A. aid

B. meet

C. provide

D. facilitate

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

6. A. on

B with

C. in

D. for

7. A. advancement

B. advancing

C. advanced

D. advance

C. She is working here for three months now. D. It’s three months that she worked for.

8. A. determined

B. concentrated

C. concerted

D. focused

4. My career as a teacher began 14 years ago.

9. A. both

B. or

C. either

D. neither

A. I have started teaching for 14 years now.

10. A. however

B. consequently

C. so

D. therefore

B. For 14 years have I been a teacher.

D. WRITING

C. I was a teacher for 14 years.

I. Complete the sentences. Using “many” or “much”.

D. I have been a teacher for 14 years now.

1. I’ll try to call you tonight, but I don’t have ................ time.

5. It has always been my ambition to become a famous artist.

2. How ................ times do you brush your teeth every day?

A. I want to become a famous artist as soon as possible.

3. Shall I make some more tea? I didn’t make ................

B. Always in my life do I want to become a famous artist.

4. Kate only ate a sandwich because she didn’t have ................ money.

C. I have always dreamt of becoming a famous artist. D. Dreaming of becoming a famous artist, I always have that ambition.

5. There weren’t ................ seats. Some of us had to stand up. 6. Have you got ................ work, or do you want to come to the cinema?

IV. Rewrite the sentences, using the given words. 1. Tim is better at English than Susan.

7. We invited lots of people to our party, but not ................ turned up.

→ Susan isn’t .................................................................................

8. You’ll have to share, because there aren’t................ books.

2. We spent five hours getting to London.

9. I haven’t got ................ homework today.

→ It took ........................................................................................

10. Are there ................ apples on the tree? II. Write about your meals.

3. Listening to music gives him pleasure.

- List dishes you usually eat for breakfast, lunch, and dinner as in the chart below: Breakfast Dishes

Lunch

Dinner

- Eggs

.................................

- A cup of coffee

.................................

. .................................

.................................

. .................................

.................................

→ He enjoys................................................................................... 4. She is more beautiful than her younger sister. → Her ........................................................................................... 5. They began studying English in 2004.

→ They ......................................................................................... 6. You ought to go to school now.

→ It’s time .................................................................................... 7. My father works as a teacher at a high school.

III. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.

→ My.............................................................................................

1. Somebody might have stolen your car.

8. We can’t afford to buy the car.

A. Your car might have been stolen.

→ The car is ...................................................................................

B. Somebody might have been stolen your car.

9. People say that he beats his wife.

C. Your car might be stolen.

→ He is said to ...............................................................................

D. Your car might have be stolen by somebody.

10. She bought that house in 1990.

2. They think that the owner of the house has gone abroad.

→ She has ......................................................................................

A. The owner of the house is thought to go abroad. B. The owner of the house is thought to have been going abroad. C. The owner of the house is thought to have been gone abroad.

PART 3: test yourself

D. The owner of the house is thought to have gone abroad. 3. She started work three months ago. A. She had been working for three months.

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

B. It is three months since she started work.

1. A. one 47

B. bottle

C. coffee

D. pot 48

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

2. A. morning

B. what

C. problem

D. yogurt

A. orange juice

3. A. talk

B. salt

C. sausage

D. cause

C. jar of orange juice

B. bottle of orange juice

4. A. pork

B. flower

C. cow

D. flour

5. A. noodle

B. food

C. soon

D. cook

A. leave

II. Choose the INCORRECT word of each sentence.

9. There is

1. Let’s listen to some music/ musics.

B. to leave

A. cartons of yogurt

4. We haven’t got any bread/ breads.

C. carton of yogurt 11. Can you tell me A. to cook

7. Could I have some grape/ grapes, please?

12. What

8. Do you like butter/ butters on your bread?

14. “What is your

sugar.

A. favourite

money.

15. How many

3. This is

very good diet.

4. You need

oil in your diet, but not a lot.

5. I’ve got

A. orange

8. I’ll get

butter while I’m at the shop.

9. Would you like

A. cooker 18. What is your

apple?

A. nation

bars of chocolate for the party.

A. any left 2. A

D. some left

B. fast food

C. breakfast

B. Fast food

C. Sandwiches

D. Roasted duck

B. How much

C. How many

D. What

A. delicious

B. How long

7. How many

B. How many

B. most

C. best

D. liking

C. apple

D. apples

do you eat every day? B. milk

butter, eggs, and flour.

B. from

C. of

D. by

working at Metropolitan Restaurant. B. cooking

C. chief

D. chef

C. foreigner

D. favourite

drink? B. foreign

this new dish of noodle I have just cooked?” B. drink

C. try

B. best

C. healthy

D. make . D. well

2. Can I have some/ any water, please? 3. Would you like no/ some sugar in your coffee? 4. You can call me some/ any time you like. 5. There aren’t no/ any children in the park.

C. How many

D. How often

6. A: Do you drink much/many tea?

D. How often

7. A: Do you eat much/many vegetables?

B: No, but I drink much/ a lot of coffee.

bottles of milk does your family need for a week? A. How much

D. mostly

1. There isn't any/ no butter in my sandwich.

tomatoes do you need to make the sauce? A. How much

C. most of

V. Underline the correct words in the sentences.

D. lunch

water should I put into the glass? A. How

C. some leaving

is hot food that is quick to cook, and is served very quickly in a restaurant. A. Hot food

B. any leaving

D. ingredients

at a family gathering or anniversary

20. The eel soup that your father has just cooked tastes very

is a small meal that you eat when you are in a hurry.

A. snack 3.

A. like

for dinner, so I have to go to the market.

D. how to cooking

dish for breakfast? - “It’s beef noodle soup”

19. “Do you want to

IV. Choose the correct answers.

1. There isn’t

C. menu

B. almost

17. Lan’s brother is a

melon for dinner?

10. We need

A. in

more white paint.

7. Shall I get

C. cooking

B. material

16. Cakes in Viet Nam are made

information for you.

6. We don’t need

D. yogurt this dish?

do I need to cook an omelette?

A. most

III. Complete the sentences with: “a/ an” or “some/ any”.

D. any-some

B. packet of yogurt

13. In Viet Nam, spring rolls are served dinner.

10. I’ll get some cheese/ cheeses while I’m at the shop.

2. I haven’t got

C. some-any

B. how to cook

A. food

9. I need some glue/ glues to fix this.

D. left

sandwiches.

do you need?

3. Have we got any apple/ apples?

6. Would you like some egg/ eggs for breakfast?

C. leaving

B. any-any

10. How many

5. I’ll buy some vegetable/ vegetables when I go out.

in the refrigerator?

tofu, but there aren’t

A. some-some

2. Could you buy some toothpaste/ toothpastes?

1. I need

D. cartons of orange juice

8. Is there any butter

C. How

B: Yes, I eat much/many potatoes every day. I always have some for lunch.

do you want? 49

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

8. A: Do you buy much/many fruits?

when movie (10) across the continent started serving the snack. By 1947,85 percent of movie houses were selling popcorn at their concession stands.

B: Yes, on Saturdays, I always buy a lot of/much fruits at the market. I don’t buy any in the supermarket.

IX. Use the words and phrases to complete the text.

9. A: How much/many tomatoes do you usually put in a salad?

EATING HABITS IN VIET NAM

B: Not much/many - Just one or two.

1. Meals/ Viet Nam - lunch or dinner - must/ include rice. Traditionally, Vietnamese meals/ prepared by wives or mothers and the whole family/ is expected/ eat.

10. A: How many/much money do you spend on food every week?

....................................................................................................................................

B: Not much/many because I live on my own.

....................................................................................................................................

VI. Underline the correct word in each sentence.

2. However, families now may have only one meal a day at home, and it may not include all the family members.

1. Boil/ Cook some water, and pour it into the cup. 2. We usually bake/ fry the fish in oil.

....................................................................................................................................

3. At the end of the meal we paid the menu/ bill.

....................................................................................................................................

4. I always buy fresh food because I don’t like iced/ frozen food.

3. Tastes, cooking methods, and dishes/ be different among the 3 regions: the North, the Central,/ the South. Nowadays, these differences/ become small.

5. Lisa doesn’t eat meat. She’s a vegetable/ vegetarian. 6. Don’t forget to put the meal/ the food in the fridge.

....................................................................................................................................

7. When the food is made/ done, done take it out of the oven.

....................................................................................................................................

8. Could we have some more bread/ loaf please?

4. When family/ not have time to prepare meals, they/ eat out. Employees/ have lunch somewhere/ by the work places.

9. The cook/ cooker put the meat in the oven. 10. Jack bought a fresh chicken/ kitchen from the supermarket.

....................................................................................................................................

VII. Read the text about “fried rice” and reorder the sentences.

....................................................................................................................................

1. Remember to serve hot.

5. Since Viet Nam/ opened/ doors to foreign investors, more foreigners/ have stayed/ worked in Viet Nam.

2. Firstly, we beat the eggs with salt, pepper, onion. 3. Next, we add 2 tablespoons oil, add the rice, stir-fry stir fry for a few minutes, using chopsticks to break it apart, stir in the soy sauce.

4. We will prepare: 1-22 green onions, 2 large eggs, 1 teaspoon of salt, a teaspoon of pepper, 4 tablespoons of oil, 4 cups of cold cooked rice, 1-2 tablespoons of light soy sauce.

6. As/ result, more foreign restaurants/ been opened in Viet Nam, especially/ big cities. .................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................

5. Then we heat the pan and add 2 tablespoons of oil.

7. Young people/ Viet Nam now like fast food because/ its conveniences. Vietnamese fast food shops/ been opened, and the most successful/ food chain/ is Pho 24.

6. When the rice is heated through, we add the mixture back into the pan. 7. When the oil is hot, pour the mixture into the pan. Cook, stirring until they are lightly scrambled but not too dry. When it is hot, take it out and clean out the pan.

VIII. Read the passage and fill in the the blanks with the correct words. Use the words in the box. Thanksgiving religious

1621 popcorn

Indians 1930s

thousands go

8. In recent years, there/ been more Vietnamese fast food chains such/ Bun Bo Hue 3A3. ....................................................................................................................................

headdresses theatres

....................................................................................................................................

Popcorn is a delicacy that was developed by the (1) of North America, dated back (2) of years. Besides eating popped com, the Indians also used popped corn in (3) , necklaces and in (4) ceremonies. According to most sources, a deerskin bag full of (5) was served at the first (6) dinner at Plymouth Rock in (7) . Popcorn’s popularityy grew during the Depression of the (8) when people realised that a little popcorn could (9) a long way. But its success was clinched 51

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIETNAM

Unit 6

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

(+) S + be (am/ is/ are) + past participle (-)) S + be (am/ is/ are) not + past participle (?) Be (Am/ Is/ Are)+ S + past participle?

C. bath

D. father

B. advantage B. chapter

C. message C. literature

D. garage D. culture

4. A. language 5. A. student

B. passage B. graduate

C. danger C. gradual

D. angry D. soldier

1. A. pavilion

B. pagoda

C. tutor

2. A. comment

B. entrance

C. bamboo

D. blanket

3. A. teacher

B. college

C. professor

D. lecture

4. A. revision

B. decision

C. grocery

D. collection

5. A. learn

B. teach

C. study

D. locate

I. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word.

Many old trees and beautiful flowers are taken care of by the gardeners.

1. Khue Van Palivilion is

2. The past simple passive:

A. regarded

(+) S + be (was/ were) + past participle

as the symbol of HN city.

B. surrounded

2. Minh Mang Tomb

(-)) S + be (was/ were) not + past participle (?) Be (Was/ Were)+ S + past p participle?

C. expected

constructing in 1841, and

The Temple of Literature was not built in 1049.

PART 2: EXERCISES

C. started – completed

D. was started - complete

B. restored - were attracted

C. restored - attracted

D. was restored - attracted

A. visit

B. holiday

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

A. considered to be

B. is regarded as

C. is considered being

D. is regarded

feature

ch children

jam

sausage

subject

teacher charity

stranger stran ex exchange

originate

heritage encourage

cheerful ch culture

/tʃ/

B. will sell

7. The laboratory is

coa coach

A. in front A. was found

B. between B. was founded

9. The Imperial Academy was A. constructed B. constructing 10. You’d better A. will take

at the floating market in Can Tho. C. sell C. next

D. near

in 1070. C. find

D. found

in 1076 under Emperor Ly Nhan Tong. C. build

D. construct

an umbrella because it’s rainy. B. take

C. taking

11. Papers at the Royal examinations in the past were 53

D. are sold

to the main building.

8. The Temple of Literature

/dʒ/

D. trip

the oldest university in the English speaking world.

6. Many kinds of fruits and vegetables A. are selling

to the Temple of Literature C. walk

5. Oxford University

chest

and now

A. were restored – attract

A. PHONETICS jazz

three years later.

B. was started - was completed

4. Tom doesn’t know why many students pay a before their exam.

itchy journey

D. considered

A. started - was completed

3. Many beautiful Cham Towers in Ninh Thuan Province many domestic and foreign tourists.

Examples: - The One Pillar Pagoda was built in 1049.

passenger

D. temple

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

Examples: - Many precious relics are displayed in the Temple of Literature.

B. health

2. A. storage 3. A. feature

III. Find which word does not belong to each group.

1. The present simple passive.

1. A. theater

D. to take by the King. 54

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

A. correct

B. check

12. A lot of flowers A. growing

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

B. are grown

13. The University of Oxford A. is ranking

C. passed C. grow

B. being ranked B. of

C. ranks

D. grew

5. My sister is studying law at Viet Nam National University, Ho Chi Minh city now. This university (situate) in Thu Due District.

B. selecting

6. The Great Wall in China 7. David and his father

D. is ranked

8. The Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco

9. The University of Cambridge (form) in 1209. It is always considered to be one of the most prestigious universities in the world.

D. as from local examinations all over

C. selected

1. Phuong has been offered the opportunity

10. BurjKhalifa in Dubai, the highest building in the world, 2010.

D. was selected

4. Minh bought some souvenirs 6. The science books are

7. Was Diana given a lot of presents

2. She usually decorates the room at weekends.

the next exam

→ ................................................................................................................................ 3. Daisy always sings country songs.

→ ................................................................................................................................

the corner of the room.

4. She often gives her sister sweets.

her birthday?

→ ................................................................................................................................

8. Gangnam Style, by a 34 year-old South Korean Singer, Psy, first appeared YouTube in July.

5. Nam and Peter often water these trees.

→ ................................................................................................................................

III. Give the correct form of the words in capital. 1. Thong Nhat Palace is a

attraction in HCMC.

IMPORT

3. The school is quite normal, but its really beautiful.

SURROUND

are

→ ................................................................................................................................ 7. We don’t allow smoking in this restaurant.

→ ................................................................................................................................ 8. Do pupils clean the room every day?

for the final exam.

5. The university grows and receives society.

6. They produce cars in this country.

TOUR

2. The Temple of Literature is considered one of the most historical sites of Viet Nam.

4. The students were carefully

from the

PREPARE

→ ................................................................................................................................

RECOGNISE

C. READING

6. Was the of the first Doctors’ Stone Tablet ordered by King Le Thanh Tong?

ERRECT

I. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

7. Is Hung King’s Temple a

CULTURE

place in Viet Nam?

8. Many students and teachers have development of the school.

for the

UNIVERSE

10. Many curricula.

EDUCATE

and scholars discussed the change of the

of examinations. Examinations, (2) Almost all people have a (1) are a part of our lives and all school in Viet Nam have examinations. Examinations were first (3) in China about three thousand years ago. Scholars had (4) memorise long passages (5) from several books. Those who did well in examination (6) allowed to enter the government service. Nowadays, the main (7) of examination is well a person understands the subjects which have been (9) . They are to test (8) pressure. also used to find out how well student perform (10)

CONTRIBUTE

9. The was a great success and it became famous all over the world.

III. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. In the USA, students (1) their secondary education at the age of 11. First they (2) to Middle School for three years. Then they go for High School for four years, from the age 14 to 18. Some students (3) school when they are 16 and (4) jobs. But most students (5) at High School still they

IV. Supply the correct passive form of the verbs in brackets. 1. This computer 2. America 3. I think this institution

→ ................................................................................................................................

Professor Cook in this semester? the rack

(open)

1. He often does exercises every night.

study abroad.

his friends when he was in Nha Trang.

5. Is this course being taught

(complete) in 1937.

V. Turn these sentences into passive voice.

growing roses.

3. She’d better revise the lesson carefully

(build) many centuries ago. (visit) the Temple of Literature last week.

C. to

II. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. 2. His mother is very keen

(finish) in 1973.

the first university in Viet Nam.

15. The students of the Imperial Academy the country. A. were selected

4. Sydney Opera House in Australia

among the top five universities in the world.

14. The Imperial Academy was regarded A. for

D. graded

in Da Lat throughout the year.

(use) for two years. (discover) by Christopher Columbus. (widen) twice since 1999. 55

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

are 18. Then they (6) aren’t any national exams.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

6. They keep many ancient things in museums.

exams and they get “High School Diploma”. There

→ Many ancient things................................................................................................

English, maths, science, and All students at secondary school in the USA (7) other subjects, so they don’t all study the same subjects. P.E., but students (8)

7. Do four busy streets surround the Temple of Literature?

→ Is .......................................................................................................................... ?

About 90% of students in the USA go to (9) school. About 10% go to (10) schools. Most of the private schools are religious schools.

8. People make many famous films in Hollywood.

→ Many famous films .................................................................................................

III. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D tor each question.

9. Her mother is preparing the dinner in the kitchen.

The Temple of Literature is about 10 minutes away from Hoan Kiem Lake. It was constructed in 1070 under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty, first to honor Confucius and nowadays to celebrate the doctorate and high rank scholar of Vietnam. In 1076, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong continued the work and built the Imperial Academy as the first university of Vietnam.

→ The dinner .............................................................................................................. 10. I do all my homework on my computer.

→ All my homework ................................................................................................... II. Turn these sentences into passive voice.

The Temple is divided into five courtyards. The first courtyard is from the main gate to Dai Trung Gate. The second is with Khue Van Pavilion. The pavilion symbol is used on the street signs of Ha Noi. The third courtyard is the place where the doctorate names were listed on the stone tablets above tortoise backs. The fourth courtyard is dedicated for Confucius and his 72 honored students, as well as Chu Van An - one of the most famous teachers at the Imperial Academy. The last is also the farthest courtyard is Thai Hoc House, which was used as the Imperial Academy. Thai Hoc House holds a small collection of old-time costumes for students and scholars.

1. The bill includes service.

→ ................................................................................................................................ 2. Nana chooses the book carefully.

→ ................................................................................................................................ 3. We don’t use that room.

→ ................................................................................................................................

1. Where is the Temple of Literature?

4. They grow fruits in California.

→ ................................................................................................................................ 2. When and by whom was it built?

5. These jeans attract many young people.

3. How many courtyards are there in the Temple of Literature?

6. People don’t use this road very often.

→ ................................................................................................................................ → ................................................................................................................................

4. Which courtyard is with Khue Van Pavilion?

7. I wash the dishes in the evening.

→ ................................................................................................................................

5. What is the Pavilion symbol used on?

III. Turn these sentences into passive voice. 1. She bought the watch at the shop.

D. WRITING

→ ................................................................................................................................

I. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence.

2. They built the house in 1950.

→ ................................................................................................................................

1. People invented the wheel thousands of years ago.

3. We did the exercises last week.

→ The wheel ...............................................................................................................

→ ................................................................................................................................

2. My father waters these flower every morning.

4. The pupils sent the letters the day before yesterday.

→ These flowers .........................................................................................................

→ ................................................................................................................................

3. People use computers all over the world.

5. He learned the lesson two weeks ago.

→ Computers ..............................................................................................................

→ ................................................................................................................................

4. Are they building a statue of Chu Van An?

6. Nguyen Du wrote Kieu story.

→ Is .......................................................................................................................... ?

→ ................................................................................................................................

5. John invited Fiona to his birthday party last night.

7. She made the cake last night.

→ Fiona ......................................................................................................................

→ ................................................................................................................................ 57

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

8. Daisy washed the dishes last night.

A. kept

→ ................................................................................................................................

B. are kept

C. keep

7. The Imperial Academy was constructed A. behind

B. above

8. The Imperial Academy was

PART 3: test yourself

C. within young men for the country. B. used to educate

C. use to educate

D. used to educating by famous lecturers and tutors in many

1. A. chocolate

B. marching

C. chemistry

D. speech

2. A. chair

B. child

C. cheese

D. architect

3. A. stopped

B. carried

C. looked

D. watched

4. A. gift

B. region

C. geography

D. germ

5. A. children

B. chili

C. chaos

D. chicken

11. Bach Ma National Park 12. In 2010, the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets

A. are taught and supported

B. are taught and support

C. teach and support

D. taught and supported

10. The institution A. consists

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

D. under

A. used to educating 9. Students at Oxford University departments.

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

D. is kept Emperor Ly NhanTong.

A. is located

of many classrooms and libraries for students. B. is consist

C. is consisted

D. has been consisted

close to the sea.

B. is being located

C. locates

1. A. surprise

B. sugar

C. profession

D. success

2. A. advance

B. around

C. industry

D. imperial

3. A. natural

B. national

C. literature

D. suggestion

4. A. charming

B. champagne

C. children

D. charity

Passive voice: Nam

5. A. recognition

B. temple

C. tablet

D. emperor

A. has be awarded

B. has been awarded

C. has awarded

D. has was awarded

A. recognising

B. effect

C. locate

D. admire

2. A. form

B. found

C. establish

D. find

3. A. exchange

B. gather

C. invent

D. remain

4. A. village

B. high school

C. university

D. college

5. A. pagoda

B. encourage

C. collection

D. hamburger

A. oldest

B. elder

A. learned

2. The Temple of Literature things.

by old trees and

A. are erected 1. They will not

B. were spoken

A. is to built 6. Many precious relics

C. spoke C. build

(establish) in our province in the near future. (not reconstruct) until at the end of 2000.

5. The Imperial Academy

(consider) the first university in Viet Nam.

6. A lot of trees 8. My brother

(discover) about 2000 years ago. (graduate) from the University of Melbourne in 2012.

9. One-Pillar Pagoda in Ha Noi

D. photos

(build) in the 16th century.

(plant) around the school at the moment.

7. The site for Huong Pagoda

10. A painting by Picasso

(complete) in 1049. (sell) for 3 million dollars last year.

VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.

D. were speaking

over two hundred years ago.

B. was built

D. was erected

(provide) pencils at the test, so please bring your own.

2. A new university will

to Professor Marshall about the research topic two days ago.

A. have spoken

C. were erected

V. Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

3. In 2003, four of Emperor Ly Thanh Tong, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong, Emperor Le Thanh Tong and Chu Van An were built in the Temple of Literature.

5. Tan Ky House in Hoi An

in 1484.

B. erected

4. The old buildings

D. is surrounded - is contained

4. We

D. prepared

many interesting

C. surrounds – contains

C. stone tablets

C. studied

3. The Japanese Covered Bridge in Hoi An

B. surrounds - is contained

B. forms

B. taken

for the National

D. older

A. is surrounded – contains

A. statues

D. are recognised

a scholarship by Harvard University.

15. The first Doctors’ stone tablets

the United Kingdom.

C. old

C. recognised

14. The students of the Imperial Academy were carefully examinations first, and then the Royal examinations.

IV. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word. 1. I think the University of Cambridge is the second

B. were recognised

13. Active voice: Harvard University has awarded Nam a scholarship.

III. Find which word does not belong to each group. 1. A. forest

D. located

as a Memory of the World.

D. is built

1. I am 13 years old now. I prefer to talk

people my age.

2. We cannot complete the construction

the lecture hall until next month.

3. The school cafeteria only opens

in the Temple of Literature. 59

lunchtime.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. You must give an answer if you know

it.

IX. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered bank.

5. Fiona is getting better and better

writing compositions.

6. The teacher always reminds you

missed assignments.

for Chu Van An was born in 1292 and died in 1370. From his childhood, he was (1) part in exams to become his intelligence. He did not have the dream of (2) other students. Chu Van An stayed at (4) and taught mandarins (3) himself by reading books, and opened schools. His school quickly became famous in the region and many students from other places went there to (5) .

7. Our country is rich

oil and rubber.

8. My mother is very keen

growing roses.

VII. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

Chu Van An to be the principal of the Imperial Emperor Tran Minh Tong (6) Academy to teach his crown prince and other students to become (7) people for the country. In 1359, Emperor Tran Minh Tong gave his crown (8) his son, Tran Hien Tong, who was also a student of Chu Van An. Under the regime of Emperor Tran Hien , this period lasted only for 12 Tong, the court and the country were peaceful. (9) years. Then Emperor Tran Hien Tong died, and Tran Du Tong inherited the crown. The social situation became complicated, the people were very poor and many good people were killed.

a question, you (2) expected to give If the teacher (1) your hand an answer. If you do not understand the question, you should (3) and ask the teacher to repeat the question. If you do not know the answer, it is all right to tell she knows what you need to the teacher that you do not know. Then he (4) learn. There is no excuse for not (5) your homework. If you are absent, you should call your (6) or someone who is in your class and ask for the assignment. It is your responsibility (7) find out what assignments you have missed. It is not (8) teacher’s responsibility to remind you of missed assignments.

Chu Van An bravely submitted a petition which requested the Emperor to behead 7 “Seven Beheaded Petition” (That Tram So). perfidious mandarins, so it was (10) “Seven Beheaded Petition” became the symbol of the courageous attitude of the real intellectuals, and of Chu Van An’s spirit.

You must not be absent on a test day. If you are seriously ill, call and let the teacher know your teacher allows make-up tests, you you will not be there for the test. (9) should take the test within one or two days after returning to class. Serious illness is the (10) reason for missing a test. VIII. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as a Memory of the World. They are inscribed with the names of 2,313 doctorate holders who passed the royal examinations between 1442 and 1780. The stone tablets, which bear the name of Trang Nguyen, Bang Nhan, Tham Hoa, and Hoang Giap (the first, second, third, and fourth winning categories of the royal examinations), sit on the backs of stone turtles. These stone tablets are different from those in other Asian countries, including China which has influenced Viet Nam feudal education. The decoration on Viet Nam’s stone tablets were more diverse. By naming Viet Nam’s stone tablets as a Memory of the World, UNESCO acknowledges Viet Nam’s efforts to preserve and promote heritages to international community. The recognition would also help to raise the awareness in heritage preservation. True

False

UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as the World Heritage.

The stone tablets are inscribed with the names of more than 2300 Doctors who passed the royal examinations throughout its history.

The stone tablets in the Temple of Literature in Ha Noi unique because they are different from those in other Asian countries.

Viet Nam has made a lot of efforts to preserve and promote its heritage.

The recognition of UNESCO helps to make people more aware of the need of heritage preservation.

1. A. like

B. famous

C. Such as

D. Similar

2. A. approximately

B. expressively

C. taking

D. progressively

3. A. like

B. pioneering

C. pioneering

D. pioneers

4. A. custom

B. waiter

C. service

D. home

5. A. tourists

B. study

C. pilot

D. guess

6. A. invited

B. orbition

C. orbital

D. orbiting

7. A. constructed

B. designed

C. talented

D. painted

8. A. equipment

B. to

C. equivalent

D. furniture

9. A. invitation

B. ticket

C. space

D. However

10. A. called

B. departures

C. islands

D. destinations

X. Find ONE mistake in each of the following sentences and correct it. 1. Some flowers bought for his mother on her birthday yesterday. 2. A new high school builds in our town next year. 3. Tickets for the football match sold at the ticket booth. 4. Huong Pagoda Festival visited by thousands of tourists during the first three months of the Lunar Year. 5. Our school names after a great scholar of our country - Le Quy Don. 6. My Son Sanctuary located in Duy Xuyen District, Quang Nam Province. 7. The students in that university teach by famous professors and lectures.

8. The first Doctors’ stone tablets erected by King Le Thanh Tong. 9. The students of the Imperial Academy select carefully from local examinations all over the country. 10. Harvard considers the oldest university in the USA. XI. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

1. A lot of people use cell phones.

THE FIRST TERM TEST

→ Cell phones ............................................................................................................. 2. Miss. Diep hasn’t taught us since the last semester.

→ We..........................................................................................................................

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

3. Mr. Vinh teaches our English lessons.

→ Our English lessons ................................................................................................ 4. A student is doing that experiment.

→ That experiment ...................................................................................................... 5. Our teachers give us a free period this Saturday to prepare the festival.

→ We.........................................................................................................................

1. A. result 2. A. piano

B. unusual B. fish

C. uncle C. like

D. difficult D. badminton

3. A. rest 4. A. game

B. help B. arrange

C. garden C. skate

D. identify D. cake

5. A. over

B. doll

C. collect

D. hobby

II. Find the odd one out A, B, C or D.

6. Did you buy this dictionary two weeks ago?

→ Was ........................................................................................................................ 7. We should clean our teeth twice a day.

→ Our teeth................................................................................................................ 8. Alan’s knowledge about science and technology doesn’t impress me.

→ I..............................................................................................................................

1. A. sick

B. temperature

C. tired

D. weak

2. A. flu

B. stomachache

C. allergy

D. fat

3. A. sleep

B. happy

C. live

D. smile

4. A. cough

B. headache

C. weak

D. sore throat

5. A. sunburn

B. toothache

C. earache

D. unhealthy

III. Fill in each blank in the following letter with a suitable word.

9. Her father drive all of us to school every day.

Dear Mary,

→ All of us.................................................................................................................. 10. They are going to build a new school here next year.

my hobbies. My favourite hobby Thanks for your letter. Now I’ll tell you (1) is knitting. It is strange, isn’t it? My mother (2) me to knit two years ago. Now I them to my relatives and can knit scarves and sweaters. It’s great when I can (3) friends as gifts. Knitting is also imaginative (4) you can knit anything you can imagine of. Besides, it is quite cheap. You only need a pair of needles and some wool. I’m sending you a scarf next month. I’m knitting it. I (5) you’ll like it.

→ A new school ..........................................................................................................

Best wishes, Lan Anh IV. Read the text and mark the sentences as True (T) or False (F). Hi. My name is Nick. I live in the small town near Pert. My favourite sport is fishing. I often fish for hours without catching anything. But it doesn't worry me. Some fishermen are unlucky. Instead of catching fish, they catch old boots and rubbish. I am ven less lucky. I never catch anything even old boots. After having spent the morning on the river, I always go home with an empty bag. My friends advise me to give up fishing. But they don’t realise one important thing. I am only interested in sitting in the boat and doing nothing at all. Mark the sentences

True

False

1. Fishing is Nick’s favourite sport. 2. He often fishes for some hours. 3. He catches a lot of old boots and rubbish. 4. Nick enjoys sitting in the boat and doing nothing. 5. This passage is about cooking fish.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

6. They will ask us all several questions.

V. Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage. collecting

cooks

gets

likes

walking

cycling

goes

reads

have

listening

We shall ...................................................................................................................... 7. They must observe the rules of the games carefully. The rules......................................................................................................................

My family has six people. We (1) different hobbies. My grandfather (2) reading newspapers. He (3) newspapers every morning after to the market near breakfast. My grandmother doesn’t like reading them. She (4) my house every morning. She buys a lot of food. She (5) very well. Oh, I love all her food. My father likes (6) . He (7) up early and cycles around the West Lake all the year round. My mother doesn’t likes this sport. She likes (8) . She walks about four or five kilometers every morning. My brother doesn’t like any sports. He likes (9) to music and playing drums. He is a member of the Green Band. It is a well-known band in my country. I don’t like reading, cooking or playing sports. I love (10) stamps and coins.

things,

8. They were building a new stadium when I arrived. A new stadium............................................................................................................. 9. Newspaper are sold everywhere in the city. People ......................................................................................................................... 10. Did the woman buy those vegetables? Were those vegetables ................................................................................................. VIII. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form. 1. Does your brother like (listen)

such as

VI. Underline the correct preposition to complete the sentences. 1. What will you do on/in Monday?

to music in his free time?

2. I think in the future, more people (enjoy)

going out by bicycles.

3. My father says when he’s retired, he (go) the gardening.

back to his village to do

4. We are planting trees around our school now. Our school (be) lot of green trees.

2. It is often rainy at/in autumn. 3. What did you do in/at the afternoon?

surrounded by a this hobby

5. Lan says she loves collecting pens but she (not/continue) from next year.

4. I often get up on/at 7 o’clock. 5. Flowers are beautiful at/in spring.

6. You (think)

6. I watched a new film on/at midnight.

collecting stamps costs much money?

7. My father thinks mountain climbing (be)

7. My brother’s birthday is at/on 16th December.

me a nice doll on my birthday.

8. Every year, my mother (give)

8. Sam watched football on/in the evening. 9. Do you get presents on/in Christmas Day? 10. We had lunch at/on noon. 11. My father was born on/in 1970.

more dangerous than skating.

9. My brother (not like) bottles.

collecting stamps, he likes collecting glass

10. My sister likes (cook)

very much. She can cook many good foods.

IX. Fill each blank with a word/ phrase in the box.

12. It is very cold at/in winter. 13. Will you go to the club on/in Friday morning?

camping

dolls

fishing

14. What did you do at/in Easter?

bottles

photos

horse-riding gymnastics

15. We’ll go to a picnic in/on Saturday.

gardening

1. I like drawing very much. My hobby is

VII. Rewrite the sentences, active or passive. Jack ............................................................................................................................. 2. Has anyone told you about it yet?

the guitar

. . Now she has more than 100.

2. My sister likes collecting

1. The store was opened in 1932 by Jack.

painting

3. Her hobby is

. She plants many beautiful flowers in her garden.

4. My father likes time.

. He often goes to the lakes or rivers when he has free

5. When we have some days off, my close friends and I often go

Have you .....................................................................................................................

. She looks very fit.

6. My sister likes doing

3. Somebody accused him of stealing the money.

7. I always take a lot of

He ...............................................................................................................................

8. A: Can you play

4. People are going to build a bridge over my house.

when I go on holidays. ?

B: No, I can’t, but I can play the piano.

A bridge ...................................................................................................................... 5. They built many buildings to commemorate Uncle Ho’s birthday. Many buildings ........................................................................................................... 65

9. My brother’s hobby is watching

, he likes horses very much.

10. Her brother likes collecting

, especially glasses. 66

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

X. Use the words and phrase to complete the sentences.

Unit TRAFFIC 7

1. Chu Van An/ born in 1292 and/ die in 1370. From his childhood, he was famous/ his intelligence. 2. He/ not have the dream of taking part/ exams/ become mandarins like other students. 3. Chu Van An/ stay at home and taught himself/ reading books,/ opened schools. 4. His school quickly/ become famous in the region/ many students from other places/ go there to study.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

5. Emperor Tran Minh Tong/ invite Chu Van An to be the principal/ the Imperial Academy/ teach his crown prince/ other students to become talented people/ the country.

1. Used to: (Chỉ thói quen trong quá khứ)

6. In 1359, Emperor Tran Minh Tong/ give his crown to his son, Tran Hien Tong, who/ was also a student/ Chu Van An. Under the regime of Emperor Tran Hien Tong, the court/ the country/ were peaceful.

“Used to” is to talk about past habits. It has the same form in all persons, singular and plural. It forms its negative and interrogative form with did. Ex: I used to cry when I was a baby.

7. However, this period/ last only for 12 years. Then Emperor Tran Hien Tong/ die, and Tran Du Tong/ inherit the crown. The social situation/ become complicated, the people/ were very poor/ many good people/ killed.

I didn’t use to sleep late. Did you use to sleep late? 2. Distance

8. Chu Van An bravely/ submitted a petition which requested the Emperor to behead 7 perfidious mandarins, so it/ was called “Seven Beheaded Petition” (That Tram So). “Seven Beheaded Petition” became the symbol/ the courageous attitude/ of the real intellectuals,/ of Chu Van An’s spirit.

− How far is it from ....................... to .......................? − It is about + km (from ............ to ............)

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. rest

B. help

C. garden

D. identify

2. A. traffic 3. A. sign

B. pavement B. mistake

C. plane C. triangle

D. station D. drive

4. A. nearest 5. A. railway

B. head B. mail

C. bread C. sail

D. health D. captain

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of “used to” and the verb in bracket. 1.

(you/ enjoy) maths at school?

2. I

(not like) flying, but I love it now.

3. We

(be) friends, but we don’t get on now.

(John/ work) for IBM before he came here?

5. Winters 6. She 7. I 8.

(not/ be) as cold as they are now. (live) with her mother, but now she lives with her father. (not do) any exercise. (he/ play) for Manchester United?

II. Choose the correct option for each gap in the sentences. 67

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

1. Drivers have to

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

their seatbelt whenever they drive.

A. put

B. tie

2. We should wait for the traffic lights A. turn green

D. put on

A. traffic rules

D. to turn yellow

2. 384,400 km/ the Earth/ the Moon

D. regular

3. not very far/ Ha Noi/ Noi Bai Airport

when they ride a motorbike.

B. cap

5. He forgot to give a

.................................................................................................................................... C. traffic jam

4. Cyclists and motorists have to wear a

A. signal

....................................................................................................................................

strictly. B. traffic

A. hard hat

1. 120 km/ Ho Chi Minh City/ Vung Tau

before we cross the street.

B. to turn green C. turn yellow

3. All of us have to obey

III. Write sentences with “it”. Use these cues.

C. fasten

C. mask

....................................................................................................................................

D. helmet

4. 500 meters/ my house/ nearest shop

D. hand

5. 700 meters/ my house/ Youth Club

before he turned left and got a ticket. B. sign

C. light

....................................................................................................................................

does it take you to get to Ho Chi Minh City by plane? - About 2 hours. A. How far

7. There

B. How much B. used to have

6. five km/ my home village/ nearest town

C. use to have

....................................................................................................................................

D. were

C. READING

marbles when I was young, but now I didn’t.

A. play 9. “

D. How many

a bus station in the city centre, but it has been moved to the suburbs.

A. used to be 8. I

C. How long

....................................................................................................................................

B. used to play

C. have played

I. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words. D. didn’t use to play

C. walk through

D. walk across

C. in car

D. by bus

Who are the (1) drivers? Which drivers are the safest on the roads? According are the most likely to have an to a recent survey, young and inexperienced (2) accident. Older drivers are more (3) . Young men have the worst accident records of all. They often (4) faster cars with bigger engines. One of the (5) interesting facts in the survey is that passengers have an effect on the driver. When men have friends in the car, their driving become worse. When their wife or girlfriend is (6) , their driving is better. But opposite is true for women. Their driving is in the car, (7) (8) dangerous when their husband or boyfriend is in the car.

D. travel

II. Read the following text carefully and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each of the gap.

is it from your house to the nearest bus stop?” - “About 50 meters’

A. How far

B. How long

10. We should A. walk

B. walk on

11. Lan used to go to school A. with bicycle 12. Public

D. How much

B. by foot

in my town is good and cheap.

A. transport 13.

C. How often

the street at the zebra crossing.

B. tour

C. journey

When you are in Singapore, you can go about (1) taxi, by bus, or by underground. I myself prefer the underground (2) it is fast, easy and cheap. There are (3) buses and taxis in Singapore and one cannot drive along the road (4) and without many stops, especially on Monday morning. The underground is therefore usually quicker (5) taxis or buses. If you do not know Singapore very well, it is difficult (6) the bus you want. You can take a taxi, but it is (7) expensive than the underground or a you the names of the stations and bus. On the underground, you find good maps that (8) show you (9) to get to them, so (10) it is easy to find your way.

is not very far from here to the city center. A. That

B. This

C. It

14. When there is a traffic jam, it A. costs

B. takes

C. lasts

15. Mai’s dad usually drives her to school A. but

B. though

16. Yesterday Hoa and Lan A. cycle 17. Minh used to A. does 18. If people A. follow 19. You should A. see 20. Hurry up or we can’t A. keep

D. There

me a very long time to go home. D. spends

her school is very far from her house. C. because

D. or

round West Lake. It took them an hour.

B. cycles

C. cycling

1. 2. 3. 4.

D. cycled

his homework late in the evening. B. do

C. doing

D. did

the rules, there are no more accidents. B. take care of

C. obey

5. A. so 6. A. find 7. A. less 8. A. tell 9. A. who 10. A. how

D. remember

right and left when you go across the roads. B. look

C. be

D. take

the last bus home. B. follow

C. go

A. by A. but A. few A. quick

D. catch 69

B. in B. because B. a lot B. quickly

C. at C. when C. many C. quicker

D. on D. so D. some D. quickest

B. like B. to find B. more B. told B. what B. that

C. than C. finding C. most C. tells C. when C. when

D. as D. found D. much D. telling D. how D. where 70

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

6. We always gave our teachers presents at the end of term.

III. Read the conversation and answer the questions. Nga:

Hi, Laura.

Laura:

Hi, Nga.

Nga:

What did you do last Sunday?

Laura:

I went to the supermarket with my mother in the morning. In the afternoon, I cycled around West Lake.

Nga:

Oh, that sounds really healthy. How did you go to the supermarket?

Laura:

My mother and I cycled there. We usually go to the supermarket by bicycle on Sunday. My father used to drive us there when I was small.

1. Susan/ have/ a dog?

Nga:

Really? How far is it from your house to the supermarket?

Laura:

It’s about five kilometres.

2. people/ use/ mobile phones

Nga:

How long does it take you?

Laura:

It’s not long. About 15 minutes. I like cycling very much. Do you like to cycle around West Lake with me next Sunday?

Nga:

That sounds good. What time?

Laura:

How about 3 p.m. at my house?

Nga:

OK. See you then.

....................................................................................................... 7. Did you live next door to Mrs. Harrison? ....................................................................................................... 8. My brother wore glasses when he was young. ....................................................................................................... II. Write statements, negatives or questions with “used to”. (question)

....................................................................................................... (negative)

....................................................................................................... 3. he/ go/ swimming

(statement)

....................................................................................................... 4. they/ like/ jazz music?

(question)

....................................................................................................... 5. Olga’s family/ live/ in Moscow.

(statement)

.......................................................................................................

1. Does Laura usually go to the supermarket on Sunday?

6. we/ drink/ coffee

.......................................................................................................

(negative)

.......................................................................................................

2. Who does Laura usually go with?

7. my sister/ watch/ television

.......................................................................................................

(negative)

.......................................................................................................

3. How did Laura go to the market when she was small?

8. Tony/ work/ in a bank?

.......................................................................................................

(question)

.......................................................................................................

4. What’s Laura’s hobby?

III. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.

.......................................................................................................

1. As soon as I receive my result, I will phone you.

5. What will Laura and Nga do next Sunday?

A. I will ring you the moment I receive my result.

.......................................................................................................

B. Sooner or later after I receive my result, I will give you a ring.

D. WRITING

C. After receiving my result, I will call you.

I. Rewrite each sentence or question so it has the same meaning. Use “Used to”.

D. I will make a phone call to you when I get my result.

Ex: I was in the school tennis team.

2. When I was a young girl, chocolate was one of my favourites.

→ I used to be in the school tennis team.

A. When very young, I like eating chocolate cakes.

1. Anna had long hair when she was at school.

B. Chocolate used to be a favorite of mine when I was a young girl.

.......................................................................................................

C. My favourite was chocolate as was a little girl.

2. Mary didn’t listen when her teachers were speaking.

D. Being a little girl, I like chocolate.

.......................................................................................................

3. I haven’t seen my aunt for years.

3. Ricardo got up at 6.00 when he was training for the Olympics.

A. I haven’t meet my aunt for long ago.

.......................................................................................................

B. The last time I met my aunt was since years ago.

4. What did you usually do on Saturday evenings?

C. I last saw my aunt years ago.

.......................................................................................................

D. I didn’t see my aunt years ago.

5. Sophie was afraid of dogs when she was a little girl.

4. I think it’s necessary to tell Tim about it at once.

....................................................................................................... 71

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

A. Tim may be told about it at once.

6. A. sailing

B. railway

C. brainstorm

D. captain

B. Tim might be told about it at once.

7. A. safety

B. chat

C. taste

D. waste

C. Tim must be told about it at once.

8. A. centre

B. let

C. belt

D. security

D. Tim should be told about it at once.

9. A. safety

B. traffic

C. station

D. plane

II. Choose the correct answer by circling A, B, C or D.

5. It is essential that we meet him at the airport. A. He must be met at the airport.

B. He might be met at the airport.

C. He should be met at the airport.

D. He may be met at the airport.

1. Linda used to

B. does

2. My mum

IV. Complete the second sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the first.

C. doing

B. drives

C. goes

3. You should look right and left when you go

→ I used......................................................................................................................

A. down

2. There were some trees in the field, but now there aren’t any.

B. across

4. Bus is the main public

→ There used ..............................................................................................................

A. travel

3. Anna doesn’t live with her parents any more.

A. Therefore

4. He is not a poor man any more, but he become a rich businessman.

B. Despite

A. entertaining

6. My hair now is much longer than that in the past.

→ In the past my hair used ..........................................................................................

B. entertain

C. entertainment

B. Despite B. Why

A. break 12. I

A. used to

B. performer

B. lake

C. station

D. start

2. A. ancient

B. radio

C. village

D. nature

3. A. break

B. head

C. bread

D. heavy

4. A. wait

B. said

C. maid

D. sail

5. A. train

B. wait

C. said

D. paid

C. performance

D. performing

B. take

C. do

D. turn

B. break

C. can

D. may

before you turn left or right.

A. attend 15.

D. Which

down on the way to school?

B. turn A. sign 14. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to

I. Find the word which has a different sound in underlined part.

C. When

go on foot when I was in primary school.

13. Give a

PART 3: test yourself

D. Nevertheless

of that singer.

11. Does your bike ever

→ There ......................................................................................................................

C. Although

is La Tomatina celebrated? - Every August.

A. perform

→ Mr. Hung ................................................................................................................

D. entertained

” D. I’m sorry, I can’t.

10. My father liked the

10. There were traffic jams in this street during rush hours, but now the street become wider.

being frightened by the images, Lan still liked the film so much.

A. Where

→ Did you use.............................................................................................................

D. Although

C. Who is in it?

9. Mr. Hung often went to work by motorbike, but now he goes to work by bus.

D. vehicle

B. Sure. What film shall we see?

A. In spite

→ I used...................................................................................................................... 8. Did you often go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang?

C. transport

A. No, I don’t like it at all 8.

7. I don’t have time to collect stamps as when I was in primary school.

D. along

C. However

7. - “Do you like seeing a film?” - “

→ They didn’t use .......................................................................................................

C. up

, An saw it from beginning to end.

6. She’s sure that they will find the film

→ He used................................................................................................................... 5. They didn’t often go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

D. runs the road.

in Viet Nam. B. tricycle

5. The play was so boring.

→ Anna used...............................................................................................................

D. do

the bus to work every day, but I cycle.

A. catches

1. I usually stayed up late to watch football matches last year, but now I don’t.

1. A. came

morning exercise when she got up early.

A. did

B. join

C. sound

D. signal

the Carnival. C. perform

D. appear

the film was gripping, Tom slept from beginning to end. A. Therefore

B. Despite

C. However

D. Although

III. Read the text and fill in the blanks with correct words. Use the words in the box. in sleep

live are

their and

with or

from gets

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

The streets are crowded (1) the traffic. Taxis are bringing tired people (2) the airport and the train stations to the hotels. They hope to (3) a bringing fresh fruits and few hours before their busy day in the big city. Trucks (4) vegetables into the city. Ships are bringing food (5) fuel to the harbour.

VI. Put the words and phrases in the right order to make meaningful sentences. 1. takes/ art/ half/ gallery/ only/ hour/ to/ an/ the/ It/ to/ get. .................................................................................................................................... 2. mine/ book/ Her/ from/ is/ different.

the morning, the streets are filled again with people. By seven o’clock (6) in the big city, and millions of people who work in the big city Millions of people (7) offices. Everyone live in the suburbs, the commuters, are hurrying to get to (8) is in a hurry. Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others stop to buy the morning paper (9) to have breakfast.

.................................................................................................................................... 3. playing/ young/ brother/ the/ very/ piano/ My/ when/ was/ enjoyed/ he. .................................................................................................................................... 4. are/ I/ as/ as/ not/ thought/ These/ expensive/ clothes.

louder. The policemen blow their whistles to stop the

The noise of traffic (10) traffic or to hurry it along.

.................................................................................................................................... 5. new/ is/ next/ A/ to be/ going/ school/ built/ year/ here.

IV. Read the text and then choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

....................................................................................................................................

Yesterday, on the way home from school, I saw an accident. A boy was run over by a taxi when he was riding his bicycle. The boy’s leg was broken and it was bleeding badly. Someone there tried to stop the bleeding. They put pressure on it and held it tight. A man used his mobile phone to call the emergency service. Some minutes later, an ambulance arrived and sent the boy to the hospital. Two policemen came to the scene immediately. Some people told the police that the taxi driver was driving at a very high speed when the accident happened. Some others began talking about the traffic accidents these days and blamed the increasing number of accidents on the roads for careless driving and drunk drivers.

VII. Rewrite the following sentences in the way that their original meanings do not change. 1. Van Cao composed Viet Nam's anthem Tien Quan Ca.

→ Viet Nam’s anthem Tien Quan Ca .......................................................................... 2. Be careful or you’ll hurt yourself.

→ If you are ............................................................................................................... 3. What is the price of the bicycle?

→ How much ........................................................................................................... ?

1. What did the writer see yesterday? A. An accident

B. A fire

C. A fighting

2. The accident happened between a taxi and A. a bus

B. a bicycle

A. a police

B. a car

C. a passenger

B. head

5. You’re the best guitarist in the school.

D. motorbike

→ No one ...................................................................................................................

C. leg

B. slowly

VIII. Circle the mistake (A or B), then correct it.

D. an ambulance

1. Laura was taking off her coat and sat down.

C. carefully

D. shoulder

5. How was the driver driving when the accident happened? – Very A. fast

→ There .....................................................................................................................

4. What part of his body was hurt? – His A. arm

D. A crash

. C. a car

3. The boy was sent to the hospital by

4. The market does not have any carrots

2. While we were on holiday, we were spending most of our time sightseeing.

D. well

3. Paul listened to his iPod, so he didn’t hear the doorbell ring.

V. Put the means of transport into the correct group.

tram(streetcar); lorry; bicycle (bike); motorbike; underground; helicopter; caravan; moped; kayak; train; boat; bus; plane; car; van; coach; ship; taxi

4. While we were having a picnic, it was starting to rain. A

5. Helen was painting a picture when her mum was cooking. Road

Air

Sea

IX. Use the words and phrases to complete the passage. 1. In Sweden, it/ be necessary/ keep your headlights on 24 hours/ day. 2. We understand that/ it is required for places as cold/ Sweden during winter, but you cannot turn/ yours car’s lights even if it is June/ the weather/ look just fine. 3. If you/ are driving in Beijing/ you come/ a zebra crossing, don’t stop/ even try/ slow down/ because this will get you in trouble/ the law.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. In Thailand, it is compulsory/ wear a shirt while driving. Women/ who go/ topless while driving/ can be fined equal/ a few hundred bath.

Unit FILMS 8

5. In Cyprus, you should keep both hands/ the wheel. Drivers who unnecessarily raise/ hand from the steering wheel/ can get fines, although we think/ making some gestures at bad drivers/ is sometimes good. 6. Don’t yell or curse while you/ be driving in Rockville, Maryland, USA although you are right. It is illegal/ curse in public. You have/ pay a fine up/ $100 or go to prison/ to 10 days.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

7. Before you drive off with/ car in Denmark, you must check/ the children in your car/ have the best places. Maybe the reason/ is that they/ can read books/ Hans Anderson.

We use “although, in spite of, despite, however and nevertheless” to express contrast. (Chúng ta sử dụng các liên li từ nối diễn tả sự tương phản)

8. Drinking/ driving/ be illegal in Spain, but/ Macedonia, if you are drunk, you cannot sit/ the front seats.

1. Although + S + V, S + V

....................................................................................................................................

Ex: Although my homework was difficult, I finished it before bed time. (Or) I finished myy homework before bed time, although it was difficult.

....................................................................................................................................

2. in spite of/ despite + -ing ing form, subject + verb

....................................................................................................................................

(or) in spite of/ despite + noun, subject + verb

....................................................................................................................................

Ex: In spite of revising for hours, I didn't do well in the test. Despite my revision, I didn’t do well in the test.

....................................................................................................................................

(Or) I didn’t do well in the test, despite revising for hours.

....................................................................................................................................

3. S + V. However, S + V

....................................................................................................................................

Ex: We believed that we would find a solution. However, we went wrong. 4. S + V. Nevertheless, S + V

....................................................................................................................................

Ex: Thomas has lived in in the village for 10 years. Nevertheless, the villagers still considered him to be an outsider.

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS

....................................................................................................................................

I. Put the words in the box into two groups.

....................................................................................................................................

walked

looked

stopped

acted

volunteered

bored

convinced

terrified

appeared

laughed

amazed

fascinated

starred

washed

shocked

interested

/t/

/d/

wanted

disappointed

/id/

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. loved

B. liked

C. wished

D. gripped

2. A. safely

B. pavement

C. animation

D. female

3. A. bored

B. amazed

C. excited

D. enjoyed

4. A. filled

B. opened

C. played

D. wanted

5. A. ended

B. shocked

C. laughed

D. missed

14. We like the film very much. The gripping. A. characters 15. A

are unforgettable and the plot

B. acting

C. style

D. action

is a film that tries to make audiences laugh.

A. Horror

B. sci-fi

C. comedy

D. documentary

II. Choose the correct word. 1. We were all (horrifying/horrified) when we heard about the disaster.

III. Find which word does not belong to each group. 1. A. tired

B. exciting

C. bored

D. exhausted

2. It’s sometimes (embarrassing/embarrassed) when you have to ask people for money.

2. A. film

B. cartoon

C. cinema

D. comedy

3. Are you (interesting/interested) in football?

3. A. director

B. editor

C. actor

D. comedy

4. I enjoyed the football match. It was quite (exciting/excited).

4. A. science fiction

B. animation

C. documentary

D. romantic

5. A. shocking

B. acting

C. entertaining

D. exciting

5. It was a really (terrifying/terrified) experience. Afterwards everybody was very (shocking/shocked). 6. I had never expected to be offered the job. I was really (amazing/amazed) when I was offered it.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. The movie on TV last night made me A. bore 2. I was

B. boring

C. bored

B. interests

3. We were A. Satisfy

C. interested

B. satisfying

A. of

C. satisfactory

B. with

A. excites

C. in

B. excite

6. Mr. Beans Holiday is a A. hilarious A. excited

B. interested B. exciting B. boring

10. The cinema changed completely at B. the - a

11. I enjoyed the film on TV yesterday evening B. yet

12. Last night, I didn’t go to bed early

A. like

C. amused

B. in spite of

though they spent millions of

FUN SUCCEED

4. I love action films. The/re very

EXCITE

5. Big Ben Down is about a group of

who take

TERROR

6. We were Everything was terrible.

with the service at the cinema.

D. moving

7. There are always cowboys in a

D. pleased

8. The film is a big beginning to end.

. . It is boring from

SATISFY WEST DISAPPOINT

9. A drama is a play in a theatre or on television or radio, or plays generally. and

ACT

D. fascinating

THREAT

C. interested

D. acting

10. The film is about two hijackers who up the plane.

end of

1920s.

C. a - the

D. the - the

C. boring .

1. I was disappointing/disappointed with the film. I had expected it to be better. 2. Are you interesting/interested in football?

nobody in my family liked it. C. in spite of

3. The football match was very exciting/excited. I enjoyed it.

D. so

4. It’s sometimes embarrassing/embarrassed when you have to ask people for money.

being very tired. C. although C. would rather

to blow

IV. Choose the correct word.

5. Do you easily get embarrassing/embarrassed?

D. because

6. I had never expected to get the job. I was really amazing/amazed when I was offered it.

thrillers to action films. B. prefer

control of Big Ben.

D. exciting

. However, my father saw it from beginning to end.

9. We found the plot of the film

13. I

D. satisfied

about going to the cinema tonight.

8. The film was so

A. despite of

3. The film was dollars making it.

film - I was laughing from beginning to end. C. scary

IMPRESS

on me.

2. Have you ever seen this comedy? It’s really

D. on

C. excited

B. violent

7. We are really

A. although

1. This film made a strong

D. interesting

her acting.

5. Lets go to the Victor Cinema. I’m sure you'll find the film

A. an – the

III. Give the correct form of the words given to complete the sentence.

with the latest film of that director.

4. They were very disappointed

A. bored

8. Do you easily get (embarrassing/embarrassed)?

D. boredom

to learn that the director of that gripping film has won the first prize.

A. interest

A. interesting

7. The kitchen hadn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really (disgusting/ disgusted).

D. enjoy

7. She has really learnt very fast. She has made astonishing/astonished progress. 79

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

8. I didn’t find the situation funny. I was not amusing/amused.

Calvin meets King Arthur and Merlin, the wizard. King Arthur is played by joss Ackland and Merlin is played by Ron Moody. They think that Calvin is (6) because he plays to make rollerblades and them modern music on his CD player and he show them (7) a mountain bike. Calvin is trained to be a knight and he becomes more (8) . Calvin helps King Arthur to beat his enemy, Lord Belasco, and then Merlin sends Calvin back to the this time he wins the future. Calvin finds himself back in the baseball game, (9) game.

9. Why do you always look so boring/bored? Is your life really so boring/bored? boring/bored 10. He’s one of the most boring/bored people I’ve ever met. He never stops talking and he never says anything interesting/interested. interesting/interested V. Complete the sentences. Use “although” + a sentence from the box. I didn’t speak the language

he has a very important job

I had never seen her before

we don’t like them very much

It was quite cold

the heating was on

I’d met her twice before

we’ve known each other a long time

The special effects in A Kid in King Arthur’s Court are very good. Michael Gottlieb is a great director and the actors’ performances are good. The film is funny and (10) . It’s a comedy, a drama, and an action film all in one. 1. A. author

B. name

1. Although he has a very important job, job he isn’t particularly well-paid. paid.

2. A. played

B. did

C. made

D. created

3. A. classify

B. class

C. classic

D. classical

, I recognized her from a photograph.

3. She wasn’t wearing a coat

4. We thought hought we’d better invite them to the party

C. character

D. actress

4. A. terrify

B. terrible

C. terrifying

D. terribled

5. A. period

B. decade

C. moment

D. time

, I managed to make myself understand.

6. A. amazed

B. amazing

C. amaze

D. amazes

, the room wasn’t warm.

7. A. what

D. which

7. I didn’t recognize her

8. We’re not very good friends,

B. whatever

C. how

8. A. confident

B. confidence

C. confide

D. confided

9. A. although

B. but

C. despite

D. even

B. excited

C. excites

D. exciting

10. A. excite

C. READING

D. WRITING

I. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. explain

should

their

consisted

been

way

any

now

when

plenty

1. Although Tom was a poor student, he studied very well.

In spite of 2. Mary could not go to school because she was sick.

Because of

The world’s first film was shown in 1895 by two French brothers, Louis and Auguste Lumiere. Although it only (1) of short, simple scenes, people loved it and films have (2) popular ever since. The first films were silent, with titles on the screen to (3) the story.

3. Although the weather was bad, she went to school on time.

Despite 4. My mother told me to go to school although I was sick.

In spite of

Soon the public had (4) favorite actors and actresses and, in this (5) , the first film stars appeared. In the 1927, the first “talkie”, a film with sound, was shown and from then on, the public (6) only accept this kind of film.

5. Because there was a big storm, I stayed at home.

Because of

Further improvements continued, particularly in America, (7) produced 95% of all films. With the arrival of television in 1950s, (8) people went to see se films, but in (9) years audiences have grown again. More countries have started to produce films that influences film-making making and there are currently (10) national film industries.

6. Tom was admitted to the university although his grades were bad.

Despite 7. Although she has a physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.

Despite

II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

8. In spite of his good salary, Tom gave up his job.

“A Kid in King Arthurs Court” is directed by Michael Gottlieb. The main (1) in the film is a teenager called Calvin Fuller. Calvin is (2) Thomas Ian Nicholas. This film is a modern retelling of Mark Twain’s (3) book Connecticut Yankee.

Although 9. Though he had not finished the paper, he went to sleep.

Calvin lives in California, USA. He is a very shy boy and he is not very good at sports. At the beginning of the film, Calvin is playing baseball when there is a (4) earthquake. A hole opens in the ground and Calvin falls through it. He lands in the past, in the (5) of King Arthur.

In spite of 10. In spite of the high prices, my daughter insists on going to the movies.

Even though 81

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

13. The film has a silly plot.

PART 3: test yourself

A. Though 14. A

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. recommend

B. seatbelt

C. vehicle

D. investigate

2. A. performed 3. A. illegal

B. approached B. sign

C. advertised C. critic

D. murdered D. direct

4. A. terrified 5. A. talked

B. entertained B. needed

C. produced C. cooked

D. engaged D. booked

B. entertaining

C. frightening

D. exciting

2. A. because of

B. although

C. despite

D. in spite of

3. A. character

B. audience

C. actor

D. actress

4. A. horror

B. thriller

C. plot

D. document

5. A. feeling

B. annoy

C. enjoy

D. like

A. Action

A. thriller

B. comedy

C. drama

2. Not many people went to see the film; critics. A. however 3.

B. despite

A. Even

B. But

A. disgust 5.

B. Nevertheless

b. I went to work the next day .... I was still feeling unwell. b. She accepted the job .... the salary, which was rather low. 5. a. I managed to get to sleep .... there was a lot of noise. b. I couldn’t get to sleep .... the noise.

V. Give the correct form of the words given to complete the sentence. 1. Horror films

6. We didn’t find it funny A. in spite of 7. In Titanic, it A. directs

8. The end of the film was so A. shocking

C. exciting

9. I went to the cinema with my friends yesterday A. although 10.

B. in spite of

C. but

11. I found the book so A. gripping 12.

B. Despite

C. Although

Best

D. but

C. tiring

CRITIC

-fiction films have being from Mars. SCIENTIST for me.

film I’ve ever seen.

FRIGHT IMPRESS ACT

I like a lot of different actors, ( l ) Halle Berry.

D. stars

my real favourites are Daniel Craig and

Daniel Craig is British and he’s a really talented (2) . He’s been in a lot of different kinds of films including action adventure, science fiction, and romantic drama, but he always gives an excellent performance. He was brilliant in Tomb Raider as Alex West, but my (3) film is Casino Royale, I think Daniel Craig is a (4) James Bond.

D. boring feeling very tired. D. so

an actress, Halle Berry is American. She was a model, but then decided to (5) I like her (6) she’s beautiful. She’s a good actress and I think she has a great as Catwoman, but her sense of humour. I’m not keen on some of her films, (7) other films are excellent. My favorite is X-men which is a science fiction film. She plays the (8) character Storm, who has the ability (9) change the weather.

D. However D. shocking

careful preparation, we have a lot of difficulties in making a new film. A. With

from the public.

ROMANCE ROMANTIC

VI. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

that I couldn’t put it down. B. boring

10. Do you know Daniel Day-Lewis? He has won three Oscars for

beginning with a terrible disaster, the film has a happy ending. A. In spite

AMAZED

9. Dracula is the best

that many people cried.

B. moving

film. film, it has a sad ending.

8. I don’t like horror films because they are too

D. Although

C. acts

3. We are going to the cinema to see an

7. My favourite

Leonardo DiCaprio as Jack Dawson, a poor artist. B. shows

VIOLENT

6. His recent film received a lot of

D. disgusted

C. although

on TV.

5. He falls in love with a pretty girl. It’s a beautiful

it was a comedy.

B. despite

TERRIBLE

my younger sister.

2. I don’t think it is good for young kids to see 4. Although Titanic is a

D. Despite

C. When

D. terrible

4. a. She only accepted the job .... the salary, which was very high.

they spent a lot of money on the film, it wasn’t a big success. A. However

C. terrifying

b. .... we’d phoned everything carefully, a lot of things went wrong.

D. although

C. disgusting

B. terrified

3. a. I went home early .... I was feeling unwell.

B. disgusts

D. comedy

2. a. .... all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong.

D. animation

C. Although

C. thriller

as I did when I watched that horror film.

1. Although it rained a lot, we enjoyed our holiday.

he spent much money on the film, it wasn’t a big success.

4. Trung finds horror films really

B. documentary

A. terrify

, it received good reviews from C. but

D. Nevertheless

IV. Complete the sentences with “although/in spite of/because/because of”.

III. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. A film in which strange and frightening things happen is called a/an

C. Because

is a film that shows real life events or stories.

15. I have never felt as

II. Find which word does not belong to each group. 1. A. terrifying

, many people enjoyed it.

B. Moreover

B. However C. Such D. Despite 83

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

Daniel Craig and Halle Berry are both entertaining and talented actors. I love (10) their films.

Unit FESTIVALS AROUND 9 THE WORLD

VII. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box. safely

called in

acting

production

which

the

to see

because

performed

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

Modern cinema audiences expect (1) plenty of thrilling scenes in action films. These scenes (2) are known as stunts are usually (3) by stuntmen who are specially trained to dangerous things (4) . Anyone can in a film, you have to be extremely precise, sometimes crash a car, but if you are (5) you drive and stop right in front of the camera and film crew. At (6) early stage in the (7) , an expert stuntman is (8) to work out the action scenes and form a team. He is the only person who can against the words of the director, (9) he will usually only (10) this in the regards of safe.

1. Question words: When/ Where/ What/ Why/ How/ Who/ Whose/ Which Examples: − What time do you get up every day? − When were you born? − What did you do yesterday?

VIII. Complete each sentence using a word from the box:

− How long have you learnt English?

amusing/amused

annoying/annoyed

boring/bored

confusing/confused

disgusting/disgusted

exciting/excited

exhausting/exhausted

interesting/interested

surprising/surprised

− Why do you usually go to class late? − How did you get to school yesterday? − Which books does he read every day?

1. He works very hard. It’s not surprising that he’s always tired. 2. I’ve got nothing to do. I’m 3. The teacher’s explanation was

− Where do your parents live?

4. The kitchen hadn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really 6. There’s no need to get

2. Adverbial phrases

5. I seldom visit are galleries. I’m not particularly 7. The lecture was

− Who did you go with last summer vacation?

. Most of the students didn’t understand it.

− manner (chỉ cách thức)

in art.

Ex: We walked very carefully across the road.

just because I’m a few minutes late.

− place (chỉ nơi chốn)

. I fell asleep.

8. I’ve been working very hard all day and now I’m 9. I’m starting a new job next week I’m very

Ex: Here is where I was born.

− time (chỉ thời gian)

about it.

10. Steve is very good at telling funny stories. He can be very

Ex: Yesterday my dad went home late.

− frequency (chỉ tần suất)

IX. Make one sentence from two. Use the word(s) in brackets in your sentences.

Ex: We usually go to school from Monday to Saturday.

1. I couldn’t sleep. I was very tired. (despite) 2. They have very little money. They are happy. (in spite of)

PART 2: EXERCISES

3. My foot was injured. I managed to walk to the nearest village. (although) A. PHONETICS

4. I enjoyed the film. The story was silly. (in spite of)

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part

5. We live in the same street. We hardly ever see each other. (despite) 6. I got very wet in the rain. I was only out for five minutes. (even though)

1. A. those

B. they

C. than

D. Thanksgiving

2. A. cranberry

B. lantern

C. gather

D. apricot

3. A. abundant

B. travelling

C. character

D. biogas

4. A. diverse

B. drive

C. invention

D. crime 86

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

9. In La Tomatina, people get to throw tomatoes at

5. A. designs

B. sails

C. pedals

D. pollutes

6. A. perform

B. end

C. festival

D. elephant

7. A. cake

B. celebrate

C. racing

D. candle

8. A. desert

B. held

C. prefer

D. celebrate

A. themselves A. season

I. Find the word or phrases does not belong to each group. B. celebration

C. tradition

2. A. Halloween

B. turkey

C. pumpkin

D. costumes

3. A. tomatoes

B. flowers

C. carrots

D. potatoes

4. A. feast

B. Rice God

C. dancing

D. harvest

5. A. tent

B. picnic

C. camp

D. party

12. The

1. There are many

lights and red banners. (colour)

3. There were lively New Year

all over the town. (celebrate)

4. It is 6. What forms of

A. perform

B. performance

C. owner

B. at

C. performer

from

A. music

various

20. The D. performers

A. importance

a very serious way.

C. on

A. of A. takes 6. La Tomatina A hold

B. to

C. is held

7. Villagers voluntarily contribute money and other thing to A. open

B. celebrate

8. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to A. play

D. held

on the last Wednesday of August every year. B. held

B. take

C. remember

D. amazement

B. seasonal

C. year

D. annually

outside the homes during Halloween. B. lights

C. neon signs

D. bulbs

festival.

B. musical

c. musicians

D. musician

of the Rio Carnival is the Samba Parade. B. highlight

C. best

D. performance

Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is especially known as Tet Nguyen Dan, or Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen. The exact date changes from year to year. Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand. They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars. On the New Year’s Eve, people sit up to midnight to see New Year in, then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season. Tet lasts ten days. The first three days are the most important. Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year. As a result, they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible.

D. for

C. occur

C. amazed

festival to celebrate the tornado harvest.

I. Read the passage then answer the questions below.

every year at the end of August. B. takes place

D. be known

C. READING

D. with

C. with

C. known

B. amazing

19. Everybody has gone to the

4. The biggest prize of the Cannes Film Festival is the Palme d’Or, which is given the best film. 5. The festival

B. knew

18. People put pumpkin

D. owners

as The Oscars, are the most famous film

to see elephants racing in the Elephant Race Festival in DakLak.

A. season

3. People in Cannes take the Cannes Film Festival A. in

D. most importance

A. lanterns

D. art

holiday of the year in India. B. most important

A. amaze

1. The Elephant Race Festival in DakLak is a race between elephants that are ridden by their . B. owning

C. artistic

A. more important

17. La Tomatina is a

III. Choose the correct answers A, B, C or D.

A. own

activities are held as part of the Flower festival in B. artist

A. know

of spring and the start of the

D. village D. tradition

C. importance

16. It is

when she heard the news. (excite)

2. The Samba Parade in Rio Carnival has thousands of samba samba schools.

C. air

15. The Academy Awards, commonly awards in the world.

according to the Lunar calendar. (celebrate)

8. The Chinese New Year marks the Lunar New Year. (begin)

B. festival

A. arts

do you participate in during the festival? (entertain)

7. Her eyes were wide with

C. ethnic

14. Diwali, the Hindu Festival of Light, is the

in America to eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day. (tradition)

5. Vietnam’s New Year is

B. local

13. A lot of cultural and DaLat.

differences between the two communities. (culture)

2. Streets are decorated with

D. music

atmosphere is felt around all the village.

A. festive

II. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.

C. artistic

minorities in Phu Yen celebrate Hoi Mua Festival every

A. native

D. festival

D. each other

festivals?

B. harvester

11. People of March.

C. together

10. Which do you think are

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR 1. A. dishes

B. once

D. be held the festival.

1. What is Vietnam’s New Year known as?

D. set

the Rio Carnival. C. attend

2. Is Tet celebrated according to the Lunar calendar?

D. follow 87

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

1. It’s very likely that the company will accept his application. 3. When does the Lunar New Year begin?

A. The company needs accept his application. B. The company must accept his application.

4. What do Vietnamese people usually do to prepare for Tet?

C. The company might/ may accept his application. D. The company should accept his application.

5. Do people sit up to midnight on the New Year’s Eve?

2. Every student is required to write an essay on the topic. A. Every student might write an essay on the topic.

6. Does Tet last five days?

B. Every student must write an essay on the topic. C. They require every student write an essay on the topic.

7. Why are the first three days the most important?

D. Every student should write an essay on the topic. 3. It isn’t necessary for us to get a visa for Singapore.

II. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words.

A. We needn’t get a visa for Singapore.

holidays in the United States are Independence Day and Two of the most (1) Thanksgiving Day. The fourth of July marks the American (2) of independence from and Britain. Most towns, big or small, celebrate the fourth of July with (3) fireworks. Families (4) with barbecues or picnics. Thanksgiving Day is celebrated in fall, on the fourth Thursday in November. It is a day (5) people give thanks to the a large dinner with roast turkey. (7) Independence harvest. Most families (6) Day and Thanksgiving Day are national (8) .

B. We mustn’t get a visa for Singapore. C. We mayn’t get a visa for Singapore. D. We shouldn’t get a visa for Singapore. 4. The girl just said hello. She is Tom’s youngest sister. A. The girl who just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister. B. The girl saying hello is Tom’s youngest sister.

III. Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.

C. The girl just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister.

La Tomatina. The festival is held on the last Yesterday, Carlos went (1) Wednesday of August every year in Buñol, Spain. (2) were thousands of people there. In the morning, many people tried (3) up the pole to get the ham. At 11 a.m., they (4) a jet from the water cannons and the chaos began. Bags of tomatoes from trucks were (5) to the crowds, and they began throwing tomatoes at one another. They their eyes. all had to wear goggle (6)

D. The girl, who just said hello, is Tom’s youngest sister. 5. I’m waiting for the bus. It is late. A. The bus which I’m waiting is late. B. The bus whom I’m waiting for is late. C. The bus for that I’m waiting is late.

After one hour, they saw another jet and stopped (7) . The whole town square red with rivers of tomato juice. Finally, they tried tomato Paella, (9) Spanish (8) rice dish. Together with local people and tourists, they enjoyed the (10) food and drink. 1. A. at

B. in

C. to

D. from

2. A. There

B. They

C. That

D. This

3. A. climb

B. climbed

C. climbing

D. to climb

4. A. saw

B. see

C. seen

D. seeing

5. A. thrown

B. threw

C. throw

D. throwing

6. A. protecting

B. to protect

C. protected

D. protect

7. A. to throw

B. throw

C. throwing

D. thrown

8. A. were

B. are

C. was

D. is

9. A. tradition

B. traditional

C. traditionally

D. traditionalize

10. A. badly

B. better

C. well

D. good

D. The bus I’m waiting for is late. 6. This house was built years ago. It is still in very good shape. A. This house, which built years ago, is still in very good shape. B. This house, built years ago, is still in very good shape. C. This house, building years ago, is still in very good shape. D. This house, which was built years ago is still in very good shape. 7. Despite his inexperience in the field, John applied for the job. A. John was unable to do the job because he was inexperienced. B. John applied for the job because he has experience in the field. C. John did not apply for the job because of his inexperience in the field. D. John applied for the job even though he has no experience in the field. 8. In spite of heavy rain, my brother went to work. A. In spite it rained heavily, my brother went to work. B. Although it rained heavily, my brother went to work.

D. WRITING

C. Despite it rained heavily, my brother went to work.

I. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.

D. Although of heavy rain, my brother went to work. 89

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

II. Put question for the underlined part of each sentence: 1. Sarah left two hours ago. ....................................................................................................... 2. She is watching Tom and Terry.

7. A. shopping

B. exciting

C. fascinating

D. amazing

8. A. costumes

B. pumpkin

C. Halloween

D. turkey

9. A. celebrate

B. attend

C. held

D. organize

10. A. tradition

B. celebration

C. festival

D. dishes

II. Find the opposite meaning words.

....................................................................................................... 3. She likes watching comedy. ....................................................................................................... 4. I felt terrified before my last Maths test. ....................................................................................................... 5. She felt entertained when she watched a gripping film. .......................................................................................................

1. cheap

6. far

2. difficult

7. careful

3. happy

8. old

4. good

9. similar

5. noisy

10. interviewer

III. Choose the correct option for each gap in the sentences. 1. La Tomatina is a seasonal

6. It is 10 kilometers from here to ACB bank.

A. celebration

....................................................................................................... 2.

7. I have known Marie for nine years. .......................................................................................................

3. Do you

B. Which

III. Complete each second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.

Can you let me know ...................................................................... ? 2. Are there any cafes’ near here?

B. know B. Which

3. Does John like classical music? 7.

Do you know .................................................................................. ?

B. When B. When B. How

8. He thinks elephants are

5. Why did you do that?

A. fascinated A. see

D. How

C. What

D. How

C. Why

D. How

C. Which

D. When

C. fascinates

D. fascinate

elephants racing. B. to see

10. La Tomatina is

PART 3: test yourself

C. What

animals.

B. fascinating

9. It must be amazing

Could you tell us............................................................................. ?

D. have

festival do you choose? - I choose Elephant Race Festival. A. What

I wonder if you could tell me ..........................................................

C. understand

does the teacher say La Tomatina sounds unusual? A. What

4. Where’s the post office?

D. Why

often is Burning Festival held? - It’s held every year. A. Which

Could you tell me if ........................................................................ ?

C. When

do people do at Burning Festival? A. Why

1. How much will the holiday cost?

D. game

anything about music festival called Burning Man?

A. like

.......................................................................................................

C. festival

do you like about La Tomatina? A. What

8. Yes, they used to be friends at the university.

to celebrate the tomato harvest.

B. parade

C. seeing

D. saw

in Spain, in a small town.

A. holds

B. hold

C. holding D. held

IV. Read the text and fill in the blank with suitable words. Use the words in the box. I. Find which word does not belong to each group. 1. A. joyful

B. funny

C. prefer

D. happy

2. A. party

B. elephant

C. camp

D. desert

3. A. festival

B. local

C. traditional

D. cultural

4. A. harvest

B. rice god

C. feast

D. dancing

5. A. artist

B. dancer

C. celebration

D. performer

6. A. ham

B. flowers

C. tomatoes

D. Spain

such

favourite

beautiful

and

went

festivals

Last summer holiday my family (1) back to the UK and we went to a music festival on the Isle of Wight. It is one of the most famous music (2) in our country, which takes place every June. When we got there, I was impressed (3) the huge number of people. You know about sixty thousand people went to the event. We didn’t the camp site. It was lots of fun. We listened to stay at a hotel but put up a tent (4) a lot of songs by many bands (5) as The Killers and The Stone Roses. Guess 91

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

what? We met Jon Bon Jovi! He’s my dad’s (6) singer. He and his band stirred up the crowd in nearly three hours with the hit songs. We also went to the Bohemian Woods, woodland down by the river. There we enjoyed a mix of good music from a (7) escaped the busy and noisy festival for a white. around the world (8) V. Read the text and answer the questions. Italy There is custom in Italy for young couples to get engaged on Valentine’s Day. Some shops sell baskets and cups which are filled with sweets and tied with ribbons. The young lovers offer these to each other as a sign of their love. Korea On February 14th many young women give sweets to their boyfriends, and on March 14th their boyfriends buy them chocolate. However, the young who do not have a girlfriend or boyfriend can celebrate their own day on April 14th. On this special day, called “Black Day”, these young people sit with their friends, who are in the same situation, and eat jajang noodles, which are black. This ensures that everyone has a day to celebrate. United State of America Most people in the USA take Valentine’s Day as an opportunity to express their feelings towards their loved one or to offer the hand of friendship to others. However, it is popular on these days to send an “anti-valentine” card. These cards either have an insulting message (to person you hate) or say goodbye (to your current partner). If you receive a card with the message C-Ya! (See you), it means your boyfriend or girlfriend wants to end your relationship.

D. at

C. fouth day

D. four-days

4. A. built

B. build

C. to build

D. building

5. A. result

B. price

C. respect

D. prize

1. How do you go to school? 2. How far is it from here to your house? 3. How old are you? 4. How are you today? 5. How is your new house different from your old one? 6. What is your middle name? 7. Where do you live? 8. Who are you talking to? 9. Why are you unhappy? 10. Which class are you in?

a. Pretty good. b. Because I miss my family. c. It’s Van. d. I walk. e. Miss Ngoc. f. 12A. g. About 7km. h. It’s bigger. i. 78 Hoang Hoa Tham Street j. 13 years old.

1. The people watched the game. None of them will ever forget it. A. None of the people that watched the game will ever forget it B. The people watched the game none of whom will ever forget it C. Nobody that watched the game will ever forget it D. Both A and C are correct.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Quang is very good at drawing. His father is a famous painter.

2. What is April 14th called in Korea?

A. Quang whose father is a famous painter is very good at drawing.

....................................................................................................................................

B. Quang, whose father is a famous painter is very good at drawing.

3. What do young Koreans who do not have a boyfriend or girlfriend do on April 14th?

C. Quang, whose father is a famous painter, is very good at drawing.

....................................................................................................................................

D. Quang’s father, who is a famous painter, is very good at drawing.

....................................................................................................................................

3. That’s the man. I told you about him yesterday.

4. What is popular for Americans on Valentine’ Day?

A. That’s the man about whom I told you yesterday.

....................................................................................................................................

B. That’s the man whom I told you yesterday.

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that the best fits the blank space in the following passage.

C. That’s the man about that I told you yesterday. D. That’s the man I told you yesterday.

Brazil’s most popular and festive holiday is Carnival. In fact, many people (1) Carnival one of the world’s biggest celebrations. Each spring, on the Saturday before Ash Wednesday, the streets of Brazil’s largest city, Rio de Janeiro, come alive (2) parties, festivals and glamorous dances.

4. He drives more carelessly than he used to. A. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to. B. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to. C. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.

The Samba School Parade is the highlight of the (3) event. About 3000 performers, in colourful costumes embellished with feathers, beads and thousands of sequin for the dance down the parade route into the Sambadrome - a dance stadium (4) event. Judges award a (5) to the most spectacular group of dancers. C. consider

C. of

B. four-day

VIII. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.

1. What do Italians give for their lovers on Valentine’s Day?

B. regard

B. in

3. A. four days

VII. Match column A with the column B.

VALENTINE’S DAY AROUND THE WORLD

1. A. believe

2. A. with

D. He doesn’t drive as carefully he does. 5. No one in our club can speak English as fluently as Mai. A. Mai speaks English more fluently than no one in our club.

D. hope

B. Mai is the worst English speaker in our club. 93

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

C. Mai speaks English as fluently as other people in our club.

Peter:

D. Mai speaks English the most fluently in our club.

Paul:

That’s lucky! (7)

Peter:

Yes! We were having a Maths lesson.

6. The sooner you stop smoking cigarettes the better you’ll feel.

No, luckily his classroom is on the ground floor. you there at the time?

A. As soon as you feel better, you’ll try to stop smoking.

Paul:

So (8)

B. You feel so much better since he stopped smoking.

Peter:

We ran outside to help him. We were all laughing, though!

C. Though you feel better, you still smoke.

Paul:

(9)

D. When you stop smoking, you’ll begin to feel better.

Peter:

Not at first, but he laughed about it afterwards.

did you all do? he think it was funny, too?

7. No one in the class is taller than Dave. A. Dave is taller student in the class. B. Dave is the tallest student in the class. C. Dave is the taller student in the class. D. Dave is tallest student in the class. 8. The crowd became increasingly angry at the long delay. A. The crowd became very angry because the delay was so long. B. The longer the delay was, the angrier the crowd became. C. The more increasingly the crowd became, the longer the delay was. D. The more the crowd became angry at the delay, the longer they feel. 9. In spite of all our efforts, we failed in the final match. A. Although we tried very hard, we failed in the final match. B. We made all our efforts so that we could gain success in the final match. C. Whatever efforts we had made, we weren’t able to win in the final match. D. We failed in the final match as a result of all our great efforts. 10. Although old-age pensions have risen considerably, they haven’t kept pace with the cost of living. A. The cost of living is so high that they couldn’t keep with it. B. Despite the fact that old-age pensions have risen considerably, the cost of living isn’t going down. C. Old-age pensions may have risen considerably, but they haven’t kept pace with the cost of living. D. The cost of living hasn’t been kept with no matter how high the old-age pensions are. IX. Write one word in each gap. Paul:

Hi, Peter! (1)

Peter:

I’m fine. (2)

you heard about Mr. Watkins, the Maths teacher?

Paul:

No. (3)

happened to him?

Peter:

He fell out of the window of his classroom!

Paul:

(4)

Peter:

No one!

Paul:

So how (5)

are you?

pushed him? it happen?

Peter:

He was sitting on the windowsill and he just fell backwards!

Paul:

Oh dear! Poor Mr. Watkins. (6)

he hurt? 95

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

Unit SOURCES OF ENERGY 10

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Put the words in the table in the correct column according to their stress pattern.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

1. The future continuous (Tƣơng lai tiếp diễn) - We use the future continuous tense for an action in progress at a definite point of time in the future.

convenience

calendar

similar important biogas polluting

(+) S + will be + V-ing

exercise

travelling

marvelous

excellent

familiar

wonderful

abundant

convenient

scientist dangerous

musician excellent

energy plentiful

Stress on 1st syllable

Stress on 2nd syllable

(-) S + will not be + V-ing (?) Will + S + be + V-ing? Ex: - At this time next week, we will be studying Unit 11. - This time next month, I will be sitting on the beach. - I will be waiting for you when you come out. - At 12 o’clock next Saturday, I’ll be fishing with my grandson.

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

- This time next Sunday, I’ll be skiing with my friends.

1. A. atmosphere

B. plentiful

C. effective

D. natural

2. A. constancy

B. sympathy

C. generous

D. suspicious

(+) S + will be + Vp2 + by O

3. A. unfortunate

B. continuous

C. renewable

D. artificial

(-) S + will not be + Vp2 + by O

4. A. recommend

B. abundant

C. solution

D. increasing

(?) Will be + S + Vp2 + by O?

5. A. confident

B. memorable

C. excited

D. interested

6. A. motorbike

B. generate

C. advantage

D. atmosphere

7. A improvement

B. different

C. develop

D. enormous

8. A. seriously

B. personally

C. carefully

D. correctly

2. The future simple passive (Bị động tƣơng lai đơn)

Ex: - We will use low energy light bulbs.

→ Low energy light bulbs will be used. - People will use the sun’s energy to heat water.

III. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

→ The sun’s energy will be used to heat water. - Another renewable source will replace coal.

→ Coal will be replaced by another renewable source.

1. A. hydroelectric

B. environment

C. solar

D. biogas

2. A. pleasure

B. feed

C. heat

D. meat

3. A. plentiful

B. electric

C. renewable

D. energy

4. A. few

B. knew

C. new

D. sew

5. A. nuclear

B. truck

C. abundant

D. dump

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word. 1. At this time next week we down campaign. A. are cycling

to work to support the air pollution cutting

B. will be cycling

C. will cycle

D. will be cycled

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

2. Someone’s carbon their activities produce. A. footprint 3. Remember to A. turn on

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

→ ................................................................................................................................

B. energy

C. effect

5. Hydro power is A. abundant 6.

D. amount

6. They will build a hydro power station in this area.

the lights before going to bed. B. stop

C. turn

4. We will cut down in the use of natural gas because it is environment. A. available

5. The smoke from factories will pollute the air.

is a measurement of the amount of carbon dioxide that

B. abundant

C. plenty

→ ................................................................................................................................ D. turn off

III. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense forms to complete the sentences.

and harmful to the D. limited

C. limited

B. Non-renewable

C. Renewable

D. unlimited

5. I

B. coal

C. hydro

8. We are looking for cheap, clean and A. serious

B. dangerous

D. Natural

A. used

B. have used

D. solar D. efficient

9. You you?

A. serious 12. We should put A. equipment

more D. will be using

C. wasting

1. We should use them alternative sources of power.

D. increasing

B. expensive

3. I think that solar energy can be an energy in the near future.

D. abundant

on our roof for the heating and hot water. C. solar energy

4. We should reduce the use of

D. solar panels

13. In many countries, people think that electricity, gas and water are not luxuries but . A. necessities 14. We should use A. a bit energy 15. A hydropower station A. will be built

B. appliances

C. sales

D. consumers

C. low energy

D. little energy

C. was built

RENEW

, plentiful and clean. source of

D. were built

II. Turn into passive.

ALTER ELECTRICAL

at home.

5. It’s a clean source of energy. Sailboats couldn’t move without this .

POWERFUL

6. Waves will be used as an

ENVIRONMENT

8. Solar power can be used to

in the North of the country next year. B. has been built

ECONOMY

friendly source of energy.

7. Limit car trips by relying on biking, walking, public .

light bulbs in our homes. B. efficient

(play) computer games in my

and try to find out

2. Solar energy is

B. cracks

IV. Give the correct form of the words given to complete sentences.

and cheap for cooking and heating. C. plenty

(work)

(meet) your former teachers at 9 a.m. tomorrow morning, won’t

10. At this time tomorrow evening, I bedroom.

electricity, we will have to pay a lot next month.

A. turning on B. widened 11. Biogas is

C. uses

(lie) on the beach.

8. My uncle can’t come to your party tomorrow night because he night.

9. By the middle of the 21st century, people in developing countries renewable energy. 10. If we go on

(arrive) in Ha Noi around March.

7. Next week at this time, you

sources of energy. C. effective

(have) dinner then. (wear) when she arrives?

(send) in my application tomorrow.

6. Linda

7. Which of the following is NOT renewable source of energy? A. wind

(wait) for her when her plane arrives tonight?

4. What clothes do you think she

source of energy is the source that can’t be replaced after use. A. Effective

(study) at 8.00 tomorrow.

2. You

3. Don’t phone me between 7 and 8. We

because dams cannot be built in certain areas. B. enough

1. I

TRANSPORT

or cool our houses.

HOT

9. Energy is used to

a lot of electrical things.

PRODUCT

10. There will be a

of energy in the near future.

SHORT

C. READING

1. Students will use public transport to go to school.

I. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

→ ................................................................................................................................ 2. Solar power will generate a great deal of electricity this summer.

In Western countries, electricity, gas, and water are not (1) Companies now realize that consumers want (2) effectively, (3) save money.

→ ................................................................................................................................ 3. Will they install the solar panels on the roof of the house tomorrow?

→ ................................................................................................................................

but necessities. that will not only work

For most North American households, lighting (4) for 10 percent to 15 percent of the electricity (5) . However, this amount can be (6) by replacing an ordinary 100-watt light bulb with an energy-saving bulb. These bulbs use a (7)

4. Local people won’t burn plants to heat this winter.

→ ................................................................................................................................ 99

100

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

of the electricity of standard bulbs and last eight times (8) . Therefore, consumers can save about US$7 to US$21 per bulb. In Europe, there is a labeling scheme for refrigerators, freezers, washing machines and tumble dryers. The label tells the consumers how much energy efficiency each model has, compared (9) other appliances in the same category. Ultimately, these innovations will save money as well the earth’s resources as (10) 1. A. launching

B. luxuries

C. coming

D. peaking

2. A. tickets

B. weapons

C. spaceships

D. products

3. A. but also

B. towards

C. with

D. into

4. A. as good as

B. like as

C. accounts

D. such as

5. A. burnt

B. bill

C. went off

D. banged

6. A. reduced

B. audience

C. observatories

D. watcher

7. A. sent back

B. returned to

C. separated from

D. quarter

8. A. weightlessness

B. longer

C. wavelengths

D. length

9. A. space

B. atmosphere

C. with

D. universe

10. A. conserve

B. drivers

C. tourists

D. astronauts

5. We are asking the question, “What will happen when there is no oil, coal, and gas on . the earth?” because A. we are now depending so much on oil, coal, and natural gas B. other sources of energy can come from the sun, wind, and water C. we are looking forward to seeing great changes D. we are looking for other alternative sources of energy D. WRITING I. Rewrite the sentences so that it has similar meaning as the sentence printed before, using the words given. 1. They will install solar panels on the roof of our house next week.

→ Solar panels 2. They will build a new school for poor children next month.

→ A new school 3. Will the plumber check cracks on the water pipes in two days?

→ Cracks 4. They sell these chemicals everywhere in my hometown.

II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

→ These chemicals

in modern life. People use energy to (2) machines, Energy is very (1) heat and cool their homes, cook, (3) light, transport people and products place. Most energy nowadays (5) from fossil fuels from place (4) such as petroleum, coal, and (6) gas. However, (7) fossil fuels causes pollution. In addition, if we don’t find new (8) of energy, we will (9) up other kinds of all the fossil fuels in the 21st century. Scientists are working to (10) energy for the future. What might these sources of energy be?

5. They won't show the film on types of future energy sources next Friday.

→ The film 6. Some people will interview the new president on TV.

→ The new president 7. They will destroy the old thermal power plant at the end of this year.

→ The old thermal

III. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

8. They will widen the road to our village next year.

Almost all our energy comes from oil, coal, and natural gas. We call them fossil fuels. The earth’s fossil fuels are running out. What will happen when there is no oil, coal and gas on the earth?

→ The road 9. We will be using biogas for cooking and heating at this time next month.

→ Biogas

Scientists are trying to find and use other alternative sources of energy. We can use energy from the sun, the wind, and the water.

10. They got the first prize at the competition.

→ The first

Solar energy is unlimited. The sun supplies all the energy used to grow plants, to evaporate water for rain, and to maintain the temperate of the planet. All are necessary for human life. If we are able to collect solar energy, we will be sure to have this abundant source od power.

II. Use the cues given to write correct sentences. 1. Many countries/ already using/ solar energy. ....................................................................................................................................

1. From which do plants on the earth get energy? A. stars

B. the Mars

C. the moon

2. save/ energy/ one/ best/ way/ conserve/ natural/ resources.

D. the sun

....................................................................................................................................

2. What are the other words or phrase for fossil fuels? A. natural gas

B. oil

C. coal

3. Natural sources of energy are energy from A. wind

B. the sun

C. water

D. oil, gas, natural gas

B. limited

C. natural

....................................................................................................................................

4. plant/ tree/ create/ shade/ around/ house/ help/ keep/ cool.

D. the sun, wind, water

4. The word “abundant” in the passage is closet in meaning with A. plentiful

3. At present/ most/ our electricity/ come/ use/ coal, gas, oil or nuclear power.

....................................................................................................................................

5. This power/ could/ provide/ sun.

D. necessary

....................................................................................................................................

101

102

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

6. not leave/ fridge/ open/ cold air/ escape/ use/ lot/ electricity.

A. private cars

....................................................................................................................................

B. public transport

8. “Why is it called a quickly.”

7. One percent/ solar energy/ reach/ earth/ enough/ provide power/ the total population.

A. renewable

....................................................................................................................................

B. non-renewable

9. We must

8. Turn/all/light/every/time/leave/room.

B. narrow

10. Wave energy is a source of

PART 3: test yourself

B. serious

C. effective

D. regular

B. countryside

C. energy

D. volunteer

3. A. incapable

B. sincere

C. loyalty

D. success

4. A. development

B. satisfaction

C. population

D. education

5. A. interfere

B. convenient

C. referee

D. cigarette

6. A. attraction

B. humorous

C. acquaintance

D. unselfish

7. A. changeable

B. dioxide

C. countryside

D. natural

8. A. important

B. plentiful

C. familiar

D. convenience

B. helps

C. plays

D. environmentally friendly

2. A. transport

B. power

C. report

D. short

B. enjoyed

C. decided

D. played

4. A. many

B. carbon

C. large

D. hard

5. A. blood

B. spoon

C. noon

D. tool

C. natural resource

2. Fossil fuels are very common in our society but they A. waste

B. pollute

3. All the houses in our village will be A. frozen

4. Several governments try to A. waste

C. reduce

6. Low energy light bulbs should be used to A. convert 7. It is a good idea to use

B. save

C. install

D. fossil fuel

D. waste sources of energy.

C. changeable

D. alternative CHEAP

sources

EFFECT

3. I know it is also clean and safe to the environment. But does it cost a lot of money to install the panels on the roofs?

SUN

4. More renewable energy sources will be used to solve the . problem of

POLLUTE

5. Because our major sources of energy are running out while . the solar energy is abundant and

LIMIT

D. provide

, fossil fuels are harmful to the environment.

7. Energy is used to produce a lot of

things.

FORTUNATE ELECTRICAL

D. heightened

8. The by next Friday.

9. It can be found in only some places of the earth. It comes inside the earth. from

DEEP

D. increase

10.

ENERGY

of wind turbines will be completed

particles reach the Earth in just 8 minutes.

INSTALL

D. installed

V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

D. buy

There is now increasing concern about the world’s energy (1) , particularly about those involving fossil (2) . In less than a hundred years we shall probably use up all the present (3) of oil and gas. The world’s coal reverses should last longer but,

electricity. C. spend

B. costly

2. Scientists are looking for clean and of energy.

a wind turbine in our garden.

B. will be installing

C. cut

1. I don’t think so. The solar panels are becoming and easy to install.

the use of fossil fuels.

B. save

5. At this time next week, we A. will installed

C. heated

D. will be putting

IV. Give the correct form of the words given to complete sentences.

by solar energy.

B. widened

C. will put

electricity? B. save

A. cheap

D. be

in the dining room.

15. The wind, the sun, and the wave are some types of

the environment.

C. renew

D. was

C. will be

B. will put be

A. take

, but it is dangerous. B. non-renewable

B. is

14. What should we do to

underlined word. A. renewable

C. is

cooking in the kitchen at 7 PM tomorrow.

A. will be put

III. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the

1. Nuclear energy is

developed in the near future.

B. will be

13. Some new energy-saving bulbs

D. looks

3. A. listened

D. reduce

B. environmentally friendliness

A. will

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. wants

C. lower

A. environmental friendly

12. She

2. A. dangerous

D. specific

C. environment friendly A. has been

1. A. different

C. effective

energy.

11. Alternative sources of energy I. Choose a word in each line that bas different stress pattern.

D. taxis

the amount of water our family use every day.

A. lessen

....................................................................................................................................

C. cars

source?” - “Because it can be replaced easily and

when travelling long distances. 103

104

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

C. A and B are incorrect

once used, these cannot be (4) . It is important, therefore, that we should develop such sources of energy as solar energy as well as water and wind power, classed as (5) renewable energy.

D. A and B are correct 3. Radioactivity from nuclear power

VI. Read the following passage and choose the best option.

A. alters a new kind of energy

It’s hard to imagine education without (1) . Without energy, people’s ability to get . Education is acknowledged as a crucial factor a decent education is severely (2) in helping people escape (3) poverty. In communities without energy children are cooking (5) or earn money. When often forced out of school to help (4) they do go to school it has to be in (6) , which restricts their hours especially as many children walk for hours to get there. When they arrive home to do their schoolwork, they to study and all that greets them is darkness. Or they have to rely on have no (7) kerosene to provide precious light, which is both expensive and dangerous; if a lamp is knocked over it can cause serious burns. Computers, radio or TV are important tools in the (8) education. A (9) of electricity restricts the (10) for children to further their education. And teachers don’t want to work in communities where there are no lights, little equipment, no TVs, computers or life after dark.

B. is necessary to cure diseases C. can have good effects on the future generations D. causes cancer and has bad effects on the future generations 4. We should use coal, oil, and gas

A. as much as possible

B. carelessly

C. as economically as possible

D. all are incorrect

5. According to the passage, using nuclear power is A. interesting

B. dangerous

C. safe

. D. cheap

VIII. Correct the mistake in these sentences. 1. Wind power will be using at this time next year.

1. A. like

B. energy

C. such as

D. similar

2. The power station will be rebuild at the beginning of next year.

2. A. approximately

B. expressively

C. affected

D. progressively

3. They will be put solar panels in the back yard next Saturday.

3. A. from

B. pioneering

C. pioneering

D. pioneers

4. We will be taken a test on source of energy at 10 o’clock on Tuesday.

4. A. custom

B. waiter

C. collect

D. pill

5. At this time next week, we will be stay with my brother in SLHPP.

5. A. tourists

B. materials

C. pilot

D. guess

6. A. Orbit

B. Orbition

C. Orbital

D. daylight

7. A. light

B. designed

C. draw

D. painted

8. A. equipment

B. tool

C. modern

D. furniture

9. A. invitation

B. lack

C. space

D. aviation

10. A. landscape

B. departures

C. islands

D. opportunity

IX. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. Governments will make more regulations to reduce industrial pollution.

→ More regulations 2. People won’t burn fossil fuels for energy in the future.

→ Fossil fuels 3. People will construct more wind turbines in that area to produce electricity.

VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

→ More wind turbines

Many people still believe that natural resources will never be used up. Actually, the world’s energy resources are limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fuel is left. However, we also should use them economically and try to find out alternative sources of power. According to Professor Marvin Burnham of the New England Institute of Technology, we have to start saving coal, oil and gas before it is too late; and solar power is the only alternative.

4. Shall we reduce our electricity bills to 20% in five months?

→ Will our electricity 5. People will develop alternative sources of energy.

→ Alternative sources 6. We will be providing electricity this time next year.

However, many people do not approve of using nuclear power because it’s very dangerous. What would happen if there was a serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes cancer and may badly affect the future generations. The most effective thing is that we should use natural resources as economical as possible.

→ Electricity 7. Scientists will find solutions to reduce pollution in our city.

→ Solutions

1. How much fuel left?

8. They will increase the tax on petrol to 15% next September.

A. there is a lot of fuel

B. Let’s use it as much as we would like

C. No one knows exactly

D. It will never be used up

2. According to professor Mavin Burnham,

→ The tax 9. With that device people will change the wave energy into electricity.

→ With that device the wave energy

A. solar power is the only alternative

10. We shall replace ordinary 100- watt light bulls with energy- saving ones.

B. we have to save coal, oil, and gas

→ Ordinary 105

106

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

X. Use the cues given to write correct sentences.

Unit TRAVELING IN THE FUTURE 11

1. Solar panels/ place/ the roof/ a house/ and/ sun’s energy/ use/ heat water. .................................................................................................................................... 2. There/ many/ thing/ do/ home/ help/ family/ more/ energy/ efficient. .................................................................................................................................... 3. The energy/ store/ a number of days.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

.................................................................................................................................... 4. Shut/ computer/ TV/ other/ electrical/ stuff/ when/ not/ use. ....................................................................................................................................

We use the simple future tense with “will”

5. Viet Nam/ an advanced technology/ solar energy.

− To make predictions or general statements about the future.

....................................................................................................................................

In the next century the world will run out of oil.

6. Cars/ use solar energy/ gas/ by the year 2030.

This medicine won’t do you any good.

....................................................................................................................................

− To express a decision made at the moment of speaking.

7. On/ cloudy/ you/ use/ solar energy/ too.

A: The television’s very loud.

....................................................................................................................................

B: OK. I’ll turn it down.

8. take/ short/ shower/ instead/ long/ bath/ help/ save.

− In the main clause of the first conditional.

....................................................................................................................................

If you drink this, you’ll feel better. ∗

We use first conditionals to predict the effects of a real or probable action or event. If you lie in the sun so long, you’ll get sun burnt. We won’t go out if it rains.

PART 2: EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. dear

B. heart

C. hear

D. fear

2. A. stupid

B. studio

C. study

D. student

3. A. brother

B. thick

C. they

D. that

4. A. cheer

B. parachute

C. champagne

D. machine

5. A. doctor

B. hospital

C. pollution

D. tomorrow

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

107

1. A. scholar

B. aching

C. chemist

2. A. thought

B. laugh

C. eight

D. approach D. height

3. A. valentine

B. imagine

C. discipline

D. magazine

4. A. promise

B. despite

C. economize

D. enterprise

5. A. decided

B. engaged

C. expected

D. attracted 108

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

C. Would you mind send this letter to my boss?

III. Complete the chart with the correct form of the word. Noun death

Verb die

Noun

D. Would you mind sending this letter to my boss?

Adjective

death

3. Yesterday we decided to paddle around West Lake in a canoe.

dead

A. We decided to ride around West lake in a canoe yesterday.

waste

honesty

belief

variety

madness

promise

mystery

feeling

beauty

A. That was the first time Mary went to Viet Nam.

advice

wealth

B. That wasn’t the first time Mary went to Viet Nam.

description

success

C. That was the second time Mary went to Viet Nam.

invention

comfort

government

peace

B. We decided to walk around West lake in a canoe yesterday. C. We decided to run around West lake in a canoe yesterday. D. We decided to go around West lake in a canoe yesterday. 4. Mary went to Viet Nam last year and it was her second time.

D. That was the last time Mary went to Viet Nam. 5. There are many places worth seeing in London. A. There are many places of interest in London.

III. Choose the correct answer.

B. There are not many places of interest in London.

1. I have to revise tonight because we are having/ will have an exam tomorrow.

C. There are no places of interest in London.

2. I am remembering/ will remember this day for the rest of my life!

D. There are many places which interesting in London.

3. Do you go/ Are you going to Australia next Christmas?

VI. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions to complete the sentences.

4. I’m sure you are passing/ will pass your driving test. Don’t worry.

1. If you have a problem, ask

5. If you want me to. I will complain/ am going to complain to the manager about it.

2. Can I speak

6. Oscar says he is doing/ will do the washing-up after dinner. 7. I’m a bit scared because I am seeing/ will see the dentist this afternoon. 8. What are you going to do/ do you do this evening?

2. 3. These are 4. This is 5.

. (your, his)

sister. That’s

. (his, my)

pen is red.

9. Put

are there. (ours, their)

shoes. Those are

you about most things, but not politics. her while you’re out.

her horse and hurt her wrist.

8. Don’t forget to turn

. (mine, her)

books are here.

useful information.

7. She fell

IV. Choose the best one which fits the space to complete the sentence. hat. It’s

dogs.

4. This guide book is full

6. Don’t worry about the baby. I’ll look

10. My dad will grow/ is going to grow a beard, but my mum doesn’t like the idea. 1. It isn’t

you for a minute?

3. My children are afraid 5. I agree

9. Shall you tell/ Will you tell Paul I’m sorry about yesterday?

help.

the lights when you go to bed.

your warm coat. It’s cold today.

10. Could I try

these shoes, please? Size nine.

C. READING I. Read the text and fill in the blanks, use the words in the box.

is blue. (hers, your)

V. Circle the sentence or question that has similar meaning to the first one.

journey

passengers

make

successful

1. I want to visit a beautiful beach in Viet Nam. Could you suggest one?

already

carry

will

from

A. Do you mind if you suggested one beautiful beach in Viet Nam?

Martin Halstead is only 20 but he (1) owns an airline company. Alpha make its first flight on 14 December this year. The One Airways (2) the Isle of Man (an island between England and Ireland) to plane will fly (3) Edinburg, the capital of Scotland. It won’t (4) a lot of passengers because it is a small plane. The (5) will take about 45 minutes. Tickets will be cheap and (6) won’t get any food or drink on the flight. Will the company (7) money? Nobody knows – but most people think that Martin Halstead will be (8) one day.

B. Would you mind if you suggest one beautiful beach in Viet Nam? C. Do you mind suggesting one beautiful beach in Viet Nam? D. Could you suggested one beautiful beach in Viet Nam? 2. Could you help me to send this letter to my boss? A. Would you mind to send this letter to my boss? B. Do you mind send this letter to my boss?

109

110

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

2. Theatre programmes usually have lots of information.

II. Read the email. Choose the correct answers.

There is

Dear Peter,

3. London has more than thirty theaters.

pen-pal. I am seven years old My name is Helen and I want to be (1) and I am from England. My parents are doctors. I (2) brothers. They are got any brothers or sisters? In students at the University of London. Have (3) my free time, I go to the cinema with my brothers or hang out with my friends. My best friend (4) Laura; (5) mother is from Thailand and her father is from all about your family and friends. Australia. Please write soon and tell (6)

There are 4. The garden has a swimming pool. There 5. The system has both private and state schools. There

Best wishes,

6. I accomplished this task in three months.

HELEN 1. A. you

B. your

C. yours

2. A. have got

B. do

C. be

D. can

3. A. your

B. yourself

C. yours

D. you

A. am

It took

D. yourself

B. are

C. is

D. were

5. A. Her

B. hers

C. herself

D. she

6. A. I

B. my

C. mine

D. me

7. Jane spent three hours a week sorting out stamps. Sorting out her stamps 8. The pictures that are taken will have to travel for three minutes before they reach the earth. The pictures will take 9. She wrote the letter in thirty minutes.

D. WRITING

It took

I. Rewrite the sentences so that they have the same meaning as the original ones.

10. John finished his essay in two hours.

1. We will use renewable energy in the future.

It took

Renewable energy 2. This is our school. This school is

PART 3: test yourself

3. What is the distance between Vinh and Ha Noi city? How 4. I often walked to school when I was a student.

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

I used 5. Although they are short, they still love playing sports. In spite of 6. They will use solar energy to protect the environment. Solar energy 7. Although she eats lots of food, she is still very slim.

1. A. flood

B. typhoon

C. groom

D. balloon

2. A. hobby

B. hour

C. humor

D. hole

3. A. dynamite

B. terrify

C. deny

D. symbol

4. A. thunder

B. earthquake

5. A dump

B. nuclear

C. gather C. bulb

D. plumber

D. healthy

II. Find which word does not belong to each group.

In spite of 8. What is the distance between Hanoi and HCM city? How far 9. I find English interesting. I am 10. Our roof will be fixed tomorrow.

1. A. automatic

B. driverless

C. pilotless

D. man

2. A. ship

B. sailor

C. boat

D. train

3. A. drive

B. pedal

C. ride

D. sail

4. A. helicopter

B. plane

C. flying

D. aeroplane

5. A. ocean

B. taxi

C. sea

D. beach

III. Match (1-6) with (a-f).

They

1. Bye for now! 2. Give me that piece of cake! 3. Where’s your homework?

II. Rewrite the sentences so that the meaning stays the same to the first. 1. The café has a lot of tables. There 111

a. Don’t worry, I won’t forget. b. I’ll bring it tomorrow, I promise. c. No, I won’t! It’s mine. 112

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. What would you like to eat? 5. Where are we going to meet? 6. Please remember to call me.

C. environmentally friendship

d. I’ll have a sandwich, please. e. Bye, I’ll see you later. f. I’ll see you outside the cinema.

A. her

2. Peter has got a cat. That’s

cat.

4. You and Robbie have got scarves. These are 5. Paul has got a kite. The kite is

6. Mum has got a new bag. That’s

bag.

A. before

7. Environmental

A. have 17. Which

is every body’s responsibility. (protect)

10. My brother can repair electric

A. may

on the street names. (know) by solar energy. (hot)

A. appears

B. appeared

A. forward

in another place

B. famous

4. My brother and I often come to school A. at B.in 5. Skycycling tubes will be easy

A. my

B. I

C. mine

D. occur

C. meanings C. rush hours

D. means . D. walking

vehicle, will be a success.

B. two wheels

C. two wheel

B. backward

C. round

D. two-wheel .

D. fly

spaghetti sauce is delicious! .

is much better. It tastes as good as Anna’s.

B: Do you like Anna’s spaghetti sauce? I think (her/ hers)

is too salty.

A: Maybe. (My/ Mine) mother makes good spaghetti sauce too. (Her/ is thick and rick. Hers)

D. on

B: In truth, making spaghetti sauce is easy, but everyone’s sauce is just a little different.

D. to ride

2. A: Nick really likes (his/ him) How do you like (your/ yours)

. D. of mine

B: (My/ Mine)

7. We try to make the future green by using vehicles or kinds of energy that are A. environmentally friendly

B. traffic jams

A: Oh, no. (Your/Yours)

foot.

A. drive B. to drive C. ride 6. The white cat is Helen’s, and the black cat is

C. take

B: Thank you, but it’s not as good as (your/ yours)

D. gridlocked

C. by .

B. meaning

1. A: Mary, (your/ yours)

D. reappears

C. difficult

D. sunlight

VII. Choose the correct completion in the brackets.

3. Every day over 1,000 new cars add to the city and the city of over 20 million people is getting more and more . A. expensive

C. sun

20. With the Segway, the driver pulls the handle to go back or pushes it to go

D. would

C. reappear

D. natural gases

a lot of space.

19. The Segway, which is a A. two-wheels

2. With teleportation, you disappear at a place, and then seconds later.

D. on

of transport do you think will be used in the future?

A. traffic

very well. (apply)

C. will

around 30kph.

18. We are looking for types of vehicles that help us to avoid

have electric taxis very soon. B. might

D. pollutant

energy in the future.

B. bring

A. mean

VI. Choose the correct answers. 1. I think we

C. pollute

C. fuel

B. sunny

16. A jet pack doesn’t of water. (short)

9. In the future, many buildings will be

D. until

G. in

B. gases

A. solar

. (friend)

8. Taxi drivers have to have good

C. during

price will increase next month?

15. We will use more

has gone up again. (electric)

6. If it doesn’t rain soon, there’ll be a great

B. at

A. fossil fuels

of microphone. (invent)

5. People in the countryside is

the year 2050.

B. polluted

14. Do you think the

will conserve the earth’s resources. (innovate)

4. The price of

D. take

the most serious problem?

A. with

that will save money. (product)

3. D.E Huges was the

C. use

13. We believe that urban transport pods can travel

watch.

D. comfortable

traffic jams and crashes.

B. after

A. pollution

V. Supply the correct form of the word to complete the sentence. 2. These

C. unpleasant

B. have

11. People won’t use flying cars 12. Is

7. My friends and I have got sweets. The sweets are

1. We want to buy

B. pleasant

A. prevent scarves.

D. their

to ride a jet pack in bad weather because it doesn’t have a roof.

A. enjoyable

, too. C. our

10. A sky safety system can help cars to

3. My brothers have got bikes. The bikes are

8. I’ve got I watch. This is

B. hers

9. It will be

IV. Complete the sentences. Use the correct possessive adjective or possessive pronoun. 1. Look at my hat. This hat is

D. environmental friendly

8. This is Linda’s hat, and those shoes are

is cheap, but it’s very reliable.

3. A: Excuse me. Is this (your/ yours)

B. environment friendly

new bicycle. It is very light and fast. ? umbrella?

B: I don't have an umbrella. Ask Ken. Perhaps it is (him/ his) 113

. 114

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. A: When do (your/ yours)

classes begin?

B: September 2nd. How about (your/ yours) When do (your/ yours)

4. My father’s office are on the second floor.

begin? begin on August 23rd.

A: (My/ Mine)

5. Peter earned many money last year.

VIII. Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions. 1. Life

a big city is not so quiet as

2. Most

them are fond

3. He’s familiar

6. Your new car is more cheaper than John’s.

the country. fiction books.

7. Why does Suzie and Guy feel tired?

his topic.

4. Let’s get

bookshop and have a look

5. It’s difficult

walk

6. I’m afraid

riding in busy streets.

7. I intend to buy something 8. It’s very kind

the section picture books.

8. He left college when he is 17.

the busy streets.

9. How long does it take you getting to school?

our house. you to help me.

9. What are you doing? - Oh, I’m looking 10. These boys always laugh

10. Craig starts work at eight o’clock yesterday.

my pen.

the newcomers.

IX. Read the text, and then fill in the blanks with the correct words. Use the words in the box.

will

won’t

than

from

ready

expensive

plane

called

takes

fly

worit than from ready

expensive plane called takes fly of the future. British engineers and It is a computer drawing of the (1) scientists have published plans for a new hypersonic plane (2) the A2. It will be very fast. At the moment, a flight from London in the UK to Sydney in Australia (3) about twenty-one hours but with the A2 the same flight will take about four hours. The flight will (4) of over 10,000 metres.

at 4,5000 kilometres per hour and will fly at an altitude

have any windows because It will carry 300 passengers but it (5) scientists haven’t found glass that is strong enough. It (6) be better for the other planes because the engines won’t produce gases that environment (7) cause pollution. In the future, will people travel (8) London to Australia for the Weekend? It’s possible! But how much will a ticket cost? The planners say that it won’t be very (9) - about £2,000. The A2 will be (10) for its first flight in 2020. X. Find and correct the mistakes to complete the sentences. 1. London is a expensive city. 2. He is a most intelligent student in our class. 3. The party was such boring that I decided to leave early. 115

116

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

Unit AN OVERCROWDED WORLD 12 PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

1. A. disease

B. service

C. standard

D. tourist

2. A. agriculture

B. industrial

C. behavior

D. economy

3. A. nutrition

B. consider

C. experience

D. atmosphere

4. A. consider

B. industry

C. million

D. density

5. A. economic

B. community

C. population

D. overcrowded

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word.

1. Comparisons of quantifiers: more, less/ fewer

1. Don’t leave anything behind,

− more + traffic/ pollution/ food/ problems/ solutions ...... than − less + nutrition/ clean water ...... than − fewer + diseases/ criminals ...... than

A. do you

B. don’t you

A. happen

2. Tag questions

A. different

B. affect

C. cause

A. is it

- Overpopulation is a serious problem, isn’t it?

D. reduce

city.

B. same

C. diverse

D. diversity

C. is that

D. isn’t that

4. That isn’t Bill driving,

Examples:

D. shall we

both the rich and the poor.

3. Rio de Janeiro is a very culturally

A tag question is a short question. It follows statement. It’s added at the end, after a comma.

B. isn’t it

5. I think in the future cities will be more crowded and the traffic will get

- Traffic jam is the most serious problem, isn’t it?

A. good

Note: A positive sentence has a negative tag.

B. well

C. worst

A. density

B. illiteracy

A. did she 8. Diseases A. come

A. PHONETICS

D. malnutrition

B. does she

C. doesn’t she

D. she does

more quickly in overcrowded areas. B. travel

C. move

D. spread

9. It’s very in the city. Some rich people live in large villas, while many poor people live in small slums.

I. Put the world into the correct column according the stress pattern. perform

behind

disaster

megacity

Easter

natural

pollution

population

enormous

crowded

overcrowded

imagine

water

criminal

energy

enjoy

slavery

festival

explosion

affect

A. diverse

B. equal

A. was she

C. spacious

B. is she

C. wasn’t she

11. In Manila, over 30% of the population lives in A. poverty

Stress on the 3rd syllable

A. involve

D. healthy

10. Mary wasn’t angry,

B. schooling

12. Some poor people may Stress on the 2nd syllable

C. immigration ?

7. Susan doesn’t like oysters,

PART 2: EXERCISES

D. worse

6. The major cause of death for children living in the slums is

A negative sentence has a positive tag.

Stress on the 1st syllable

C. will you

2. Overpopulation problems

D. was Mary .

C. crops

D. shortage

crime when they need money.

B. arrive

C. commit

D. accept

C. wasn’t he

D. isn’t she

13. Your grandfather was a millionaire, ? A. was he

B. is he

14. Everyone is ready for the game, A. aren’t they 15. The city has to find A. earnings

117

B. is there

? C. is it

D. isn’t it

to homeless people immediately. B. systems

C. calories

D. solutions

118

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

II. The word at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank.

C. READING

1. The first symptom of the disease is a very high .

TEMPERATE

2. The long hot summer has led to serious water .

SHORT

3. To have hundreds of people sleeping in the streets of a rich city like London is a crime.

HOME

4. Average

Modern cities (1) over the world face the same problems. One of them is poor housing. People often live in old houses or huts that don’t have electricity or sanitation. As , governments don’t have the money to (3) modern city population (2) apartment buildings. city air and rivers more and more. Waste that Cars and industries are (4) people throw away is burned or ends up in landfills. All of this makes modern cities an (5) place to live in.

EARN

for skilled workers are rising.

5. We lived in rented this house.

I. Fill in the blank to complete the passage.

Especially during morning and evening rush hours cities become packed with (6) . Daily traffic jams make it impossible for people to get to work in time.

ACCOMMODATE

before buying

many countries in Africa 6. Drought has after a long period of dry weather.

AFFECT

City authorities are (7) taking other steps to reduce (8)

7. Nuclear power can be used for military purposes.

PEACE

8. The government is trying to limit population

GROW

9. A megacity is a very large city with big

POPULAR

. Crime, alcoholism and drug addiction is Cities of today face many social (9) especially high in cities. Many young people are unemployed. Government organizations work hard to get rid of poverty. They try to give such people (10) education and jobs.

care to 10. Healthcare workers who offer others are some of the lowest paid people in the country.

II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the blanket.

MEDICINE

crime prices

III. Complete each of the following sentences with a correct question tag. 1. Mr. White is a tailor,

3. Mr. Vinh is a teacher,

4. Your grandparents don’t prefer living in the city,

6. The tourists will never be allowed to visit the slums again,

7. I am clever,

8. He’s unable to solve that problem alone,

10. Dai Dong used to be a fishing village with only three thousand people,

IV. Fill in each blank with fewer, less, more or some. 1. Minh has

patience than Nam.

2. So far I’ve saved 3. She drinks 5. They give me

money.

6. Next year, we will have 7. She has 8. Let’s wait for

homework.

free time than this year.

10. There used to be

Next to the open sewers are water pipes which can crack and take in sewage. Dharavi slum is based around this area. There are toxic wastes in the slum including hugely dangerous heavy metals. Dharavi is made of 12 different neighbourhoods and there are no maps or road signs. The further you walk into Dharavi from the edge, the more crowded area becomes. People live in very small slums, often with many members of their extended families.

minutes and try to call her again.

9. We prefer living in the countryside because it has

by and

Mumbai, which is located in the western coast of India, is the capital of Maharashtra state. It is home to Bollywood, the centre of Hindu movie industry, and the film “Slumdog Millionaire” was based there. Poor people have to live in slums. In the slum, people have to live with many problems. People have to go to the toilets in the streets and there are open sewers. Children play among sewage wastes and doctors deal with 4,000 cases of death a day because of lack of hygiene.

water than me. countries than Mai.

becomes more

III. Read the text carefully, and then answer the question below.

money than my close friend.

4. Phong has visited

better between

demand and High cost of living is another effect. As difference (8) supply continues to expand due to overpopulation, it raises the (9) of various commodities including food, shelter and healthcare. This means that people have to pay (10) to survive and feed their families.

9. We must hurry,

fewer exceeds

The effects of overpopulation are quite severe. One of these is rise in unemployment. overpopulated, it gives rise to unemployment as there When a country (4) are (5) jobs to support a large number of people. Rise in unemployment gives rise to (6) as people will steal various items to feed their family and (7) them basic amenities of life.

5. It isn’t ready yet,

caused provide

Overpopulation is an undesirable condition where the number of existing human the carrying capacity of Earth. Overpopulation is (2) population (1) medical facilities, a number of factors such as reduced mortality rate, (3) depletion of precious resources.

2. I think that is an overcrowded bus,

more and more money on public transportation and are in cities.

pollution than the city.

unemployed people in this city five years ago. 119

120

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

1. Where are the toilets in the slum?

PART 3: test yourself

2. Where is Mumbai? I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

3. Is Mumbai famous for the film industry? Why or why not? 4. How many neighbourhoods are there in Dharavi? 5. What happens to water pipes in Dharavi?

1. A. megacity

B. education

C. overcrowded

2. A. enough

B. affect

C. narrow

D. malnutrition D. require

3. A. peaceful

B. labour

C. diverse

D. wealthy

4. A. physician

B. criminal

C. average

D. skyscraper

5. A. homeless

B. violence

C. skyscraper

D. describe

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

D. WRITING

B. countryside

1. A. density

I. Rewrite the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. Jakarta doesn’t have as many skyscrapers as Shanghai.

→ Shanghai........................................................................................................... 2. You forgot to turn off the T.V last night, didn’t you?

→ You didn’t remember ........................................................................................ ?

C. reason

D. list

2. A. sugar

B. slum

C. cutting

D. luck

3. A. fact

B. place

C. malnutrition

D. traffic

4. A. spacious 5. A. decrease

B. delicious B. healthcare

C. social C. sea

D. decision D. disease

III. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentences.

3. The countryside doesn’t suffer as much pollution as the city.

1. The children can read English,

→ The countryside ................................................................................................

A. can’t they

4. I think you should go to work by bike.

B. can they

C. they can

2. Overcrowded places have a lot of problems,

→ Who don’t......................................................................................................... ?

A. doesn’t it

5. New York has more billionaires than Tokyo.

B. have they

D. they can’t ?

C. don’t they

D. does they

3. The immigrants will hardly find accommodation in the city,

→ Tokyo ..............................................................................................................

A. will it

6. We will plant more trees along this street.

B. won’t it

C. will they

D. won’t they

4. Disease spreads more quickly in overcrowded areas,

→ More trees.........................................................................................................

A. doesn’t it

7. Does overpopulation cause a lot of social problems in this area?

B. is it

5. Your brother’s here,

→ Overpopulation ................................................................................................ ?

A. is he

8. Is pollution the most serious problem?

6. When

→ Pollution is ....................................................................................................... ?

C. isn’t it

D. does it

C. isn’t he

D. aren’t he

? B. are he

people live in a small lace, life can be very difficult.

A. too much

9. A group of foreigners visited the slums last week, didn’t they?

B. too many

C. a few

D. few

7. Living in the country is healthier than that in the city because in the countryside, there is traffic.

→ Did ................................................................................................................... ? 10. Mr Lam lived in the country when he was a child.

A. more

→ Mr Lam used ....................................................................................................

B. less

8. Tom didn’t see her, A. did Tom

C. Higher

B. did he

C. do Tom

9. Children in the slums have more diseases than A. those

B. Ø

C. them

10. People move to the city with the hope that they can get healthcare. A. less

D. fewer

B. fewer

C. more

D. does he in wealthy areas. D. that food and better D. bigger

IV. Complete each of the following sentences with a correct question tag. 1. They won’t stop long, 121

? 122

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

2. His brother has lived in Jakarta for more than ten years, 3. You asked for mustard,

The Philippines has one of the fastest growing populations in Southeast Asia. From having fifty million inhabitants in 1980, the Philippines today is home to around ninety-eight million people with 12 million living in Manila only.

4. These houses cannot provide enough accommodation, 5. He speaks too quickly,

Manila, the Philippine capital, is one of the most overpopulated places on earth. There are few other areas where so many people live so closely together: On average there are 66,140 people per square kilometer, but in some slum regions there are as many as 90,000 people living per square kilometer.

6. Your sister works for a big foreign company in the city, 7. He will arrive soon,

8. There were nearly one million people living in this city in 2010, 9. The milk may be sour,

The world overpopulation is a growing and complex problem. But for the residents of Manila the result is quite simple. They are running out of space. Families live in home-made shacks built in cemeteries, of between railroad tracks or under bridges. They live wherever they can find some space. Even the city’s toxic garbage dumps are home to people who eat, sleep and live surrounded by rotting trash. With so many residents, the city’s resources are strained to the limit. Large parts of Manila’s 12 million residents lack clean drinking water, work, and access to healthcare and education.

10. We shouldn’t go to those streets when it turns dark,

V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. Today many people in the world are leaving (1) small villages in the cities. This means that they are renounce the (3) country for big and (2) hills, mountains, fields and rivers of the countryside for the busy world of . Many people come to (5) in streets, building, traffic and (4) town and cities (6) they need work. After one or two factories have been (7) or near a town, people come to find (8) and soon an industrial nearby to the factory workers live. The area begins to grow. There is usually an (9) families of these workers need school, hospital and markets, so (10) and more people are to live in the area to provide these service and so a city grows.

1. What is the average density in manila? 2. What do most of manila’s residents lack? 3. What was the population of the Philippines in 1980?

VI. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank. increasing

poverty

administrations

order

conditions

megacities

contributes

population

although

development

4. Where do homeless people in manila live? 5. How many inhabitants are there in manila?

now live in shanty towns, which Approximately one-sixth of the world’s (1) are seen as “breeding grounds” for social problems such as crime, drug addition, alcoholism, and unemployment. (2)

VIII. Add question tags to the following statements. 1. Baird didn’t produce the first TV picture before 1920, 2. There are many interesting programs tonight,

of megacities brings enormous challenges to governments, social and The (3) environmental planners, architects, engineers and the inhabitants of the megacities. Just one example: the London population grew from one million to eight million in 150 years, while the population of Mexico City grew from one million to over 15 million people in only 50 years.

? ?

3. Linh didn’t feel confident in her favorite clothes,

4. The two cities are not the same in some ways, 5. Her listening isn’t excellent,

No wonder that the (4) number of people living in cities more demands, in areas such as housing and services. The destruction of our environment and have to take care of. poverty are two other concerns, which city (5)

6. Maryam couldn’t stay for longer time,

7. My sister has to make this room tidy,

8. This poet has mentioned the Ao Dai in poems,

9. Lan used to walk past the mosque on her way to primary school,

Megacities influence a variety of living (6) for citizens. Although traffic more jams, poor air quality and increasing health risks, make life in (7) difficult, people continue to choose to live there. Therefore it is essential, that more to help improve living conditions government programmes are carried out in (8) for the inhabitants of metropolitan areas.

10. Nobody wrote poems yesterday,

IX. Use the words in brackets to complete the sentences. Use “much/ a bit” ... + a comparative form. Use than where necessary. 1. Her illness was much more serious than we thought at first. (much/ serious)

However, megacities also offer great chances: they offer opportunities to look for jobs, especially for young people. According to the authority, Mexico City and São Paulo produce around 50% of the income of their countries. Bangkok (9) more than 40% to the GDP, (10) it is home only to 10% of the population of Thailand.

2. This bag is too small. I need something 4. It was very hot yesterday. Today it’s

. (a bit/ cool)

VII. Read the following passage and answer the questions below.

5. I enjoyed our visit to the museum. It was

I expected. (far/ interesting)

3. I’m afraid the problem is

123

. (much/ big) it seems. (much/ complicated)

124

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

6. You’re driving too fast. Can you drive 7. It’s lot/easy)

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

? (a bit/ slowly)

THE SECOND TERM TEST

to learn a foreign language in a country where it is spoken. (a

8. I thought she was younger than me, but in fact she’s

. (slightly/old)

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others. 1. A. diverse B. drive C. invention D. crime

X. Which is correct “older” or “elder”? Or both of them? 1. My older/elder sister is a TV producer. (older and elder are both correct) 2. I’m surprised Diane is only 25. I thought she was older/elder.

2. A. nature

B. poverty

C. question

D. future

3. Jane’s younger sister is still at school. Her older/elder sister is a nurse.

3. A. convenient 4. A. designs

B. social B. sails

C. ocean C. pedals

D. special D. pollutes

5. A. measure

B. breakfast

C. appear

D. spread

4. Martin is older/elder than his brother.

II. Find the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. l.

A. another

B. plentiful

C. dangerous

D. limited

B. pollution

C. holiday

D. effective

3. A. expensive

B. different

C. abundant

D. convenient

4. A. petroleum

B. advantage

C. enormous

D. tendency

2. A. attention

III. Choose the best options to complete these sentences.

1. ............. books are here. ............. are there. A. Theirs – ours

B. Their – our

C. Theirs – our

D. Their – ours

C. Segway

D. Teleporter

2. ............. is a single-wheel bike. A. Mono wheel

B. Hover scooter

3. Choose the word having different stress from the others. A. harvest

B. parade

C. music

D. pumpkin

4. ............. the film was gripping, Tom slept from beginning to end. A. Therefore

B. Despite

C. However

D. Although

5. You should look right and left when you go ............. the road. A. down

B. across

C. up

D. along

C. interested

D. acting

6. You found the plot of the film ............. A. boring

B. bored

7. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to ............. the Carnival. A. attend

B. join

C. perform

D. appear

C. will be replaced

D. replaces

8. Nuclear power ............. in the future. A. will replace

B. replaced

9. Wind, hydro and solar are ............. resources. A. modern

B. renewable

C. non-renewable

D. new

10. It’s really difficult to ............. a bicycle up the hill. A. fly

B. drive

C. pedal

D. sail

11. At this time next week, we ............. a test on sources of energy. A. will take

B. take

C. will be taking

D. are taking

12. My children often sleep while they are ............. a plane. A. on 125

B. in

C. by

D. X 126

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

13. Have you ever ............. to Sapa? A. seen

B. be

VI. Read the following passage and decide if it is T or F. C. visited

D. gone

Many people still believe that natural resources will never be used up. Actually, world’s energy resources are limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fuel is left. However, we also should use them economically and try to find out alternative sources of power. According to Professor Marvin Burnharm of the New England Institute of Technology, we have to start

14. Don’t eat that type of fish, you may have a/an ............. A. energy

B. sick

C. sore

D. allergy

C. material

D. ingredients

15. What ............. do I need to cook an omelet? A. menu

B. food

conserving coal, oil and gas before it is too late; and nuclear power is the only alternative. However, many people disagree to use nuclear power because it’s very dangerous. What would happen if there was a serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes cancer and may badly affect the future generations. The most effective thing is that we should use natural resources as economical as possible.

16. My cousin, Hoa, is the same age ............. me. A. as

B. of

C. too

D. like

17. A lot of flowers ............. in Da Lat throughout the year. A. grow

B. grew

C. are grown

D. grown

True/ False

18. ............. bottles of milk does your family need for a week? A. How

B. How many

C. How much

D. How old

19. My brother doesn’t like ice-skating because he thinks it is ............. A. dangerous

B. endangered

C. danger

D. in danger

20. Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your ............. A. fitness

B. obesity

C. pain

1. Natural resources will run out.

2. The world’s energy resources are unlimited.

3. We should use fuel economically.

4. Many people agree to use nuclear power as an alternative energy.

VII. Reorder the words/ phrases to make complete sentences.

D. stomachache

1. this time tomorrow/ English/ They/ will be learning.

IV. Fill in the missing preposition of time. It was one of my usual days. I got up (1) 7 o’clock (2) the 7.30. Then I went to my office. morning, washed, dressed and had breakfast (3) There I worked with the documents till 1 o’clock (4) the afternoon. Then I had 1.30. After that I looked at my diary and saw that I had an important lunch (5) meeting with my companions (6) 3 p.m. in the cafe (7) Monday afternoon. I was short of time. I was in a hurry and forgot to take some important documents with me. I was forced to return to my office. As you could guess I was late. It was awful! I was in the café (8) 20 minutes. Luckily my companions were still there. I apologized for my being late and explained what had happened. Then we discussed some questions about the company. It was a hard day.

2. to save/ will reduce/ our energy/ the use of electricity/ We. 3. biogas/ is/ cooking and heating/ I think/ for/ abundant and cheap. 4. we use/ travelling long distances/ public transportation/ Will/ when /? VIII. Rewrite these sentences so that the meaning stays the same to the first. 1. We will use sources of energy more effectively for our future.

Sources of energy

V. Read the passage and answer the following questions.

2. We will solve the problem of energy shortage by using solar energy.

Among the many special dishes in Ha Noi, pho is the most popular. It is a special kind of Vietnamese soup. We can enjoy Pho for all kinds of meals during the day, from breakfast to dinner, and even for late night snack. Pho has a very special taste. The rice noodles are made from the best variety of rice. The broth for pho bo (beef noodle soup) is made by stewing the bones of cows for a long time in a large pot. The broth for another kind of pho, pho ga (chicken noodle soup) is made by stewing chicken bones. The chicken meat served with pho ga is boneless and cut into thin slices... It’s so delicious.

The problem of energy shortage 3. They will replace coal by another renewable source. Coal 4. They will use flying cars to travel from place to another place.. Flying cars IX. Rewrite the sentences, using the frequency of adverbs in bracket.

1. When can we enjoy pho?

1. Have you been to London? (ever) 2. How is the chicken meat served with pho ga? 2. Peter doesn’t get up before seven. (usually) 3. What are the rice noodles made from? 3. Our friends must write tests. (often) 4. How is the broth for pho bo made?

127

128

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

4. They go swimming in the lake. (sometimes)

ANSWER KEY

5. The weather is bad in November. (always)

UNIT 1

6. Peggy and Frank are late. (usually)

part 2: exercises

7. I have met him before. (never)

A. PHONETICS

8. John watches TV. (seldom)

I. 1. D

9. I was in contact with my sister. (often)

2. B

3. B

4. D

5. B

II. 10. She will love him. (always)

/ə / /ɜː/ final; assistant; neighbor; culture; heard; turn; girl; third; first; bird; natural; camera; again; yesterday; signal learn; birthday; word; world; sir

X. Add tag questions to the following sentences. 1. Everyone can learn how to swim,

2. Nobody cheated in the exam,

3. Nothing went wrong while I was gone, 4. I am invited,

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

l. D

5. This bridge is not very safe, 6. He has a bicycle,

7. Peter would like to come with us to the party, ?

9. You have never been to Paris,

10. Something is wrong with Jane today,

3. C

4. A

5. A

II.

8. Those aren’t Fred’s books,

2. D

1. show

2. collecting

3. expensive

4. about

5. are

6. from

7. enjoy

8. climb

1. to

2. from

3. for

4. at/ with

5. at

6. of

7. to

8. to

9. for

10. to

11. with

12. of

1. in

2. favourite

3. join

4. spends

5. hobby

6. spare

7. member

8. the cinema

III.

IV.

V. 3. likes - being

4. collecting

5. watching (/ to watch) - will go

1. going / to go

2. lying - reading

6. doing

7. plays

8. have collected

10. will make

9. will travel

C. READING I. l. D

2. B

3. A

4. A

5. A

l. is 6. makes

2. lives

3. travels

4. sings

5. writes

7. likes

8. goes

9. reads

10. like

l. C

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. B

6. A

7. D

8. B

II.

III.

129

130

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

D. WRITING

VI.

1. rises

Stamp collection is an interesting hobby. You can learn many things, such as the geography of a country from stamps. Postal stamps are a source of interesting facts and important dates about every country in the world. It makes stamp collecting become very popular.

2. does not rain

6. enjoys – plays 7. are not

3. moves

4. is

5. playing

8. has – wears

9. do not have

10. visits

VII. 1. early/ majority/ immigrants/ the Far East 2. employ/ increase/ percent

As you look at the pages of a stamp album, you can learn interesting details of foreign customs, arts, literature, history and culture. Their colors can make you feel relaxed and happy.

3. prefer/ keep

4. Immigration

5. integrate/ community/ culture

6. population/ billion

Collecting stamps can become a business. If you are lucky in finding a special stamp, it will bring you some money besides knowledge and pleasure.

VIII.

II.

IX. 1. How much is this watch? 2. How much are these beautiful scarves?

l. A

2. B

3. C

4. B

5.C

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. A

1. friend

2. studies

3. intelligent 4. writing – beautiful

3. Can you tell me how to get to Dong Nai Post office?

5. always

4. Can you tell me how to get to the station? 5. They type fast. 6. Peter works hard.

UNIT 2

7. There aren’t any bottles on the shelf. 8. We don’t have any time to prepare the speech.

part 2: exercises

III. l. A

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. C

6. C

A. PHONETICS I.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

/f/

/v/

rough, life, laugh, fault, feel, cough, enough, surfing, Stephen, leaf, fast, paragraph

save, level, live, conversation, lovingly, knives, vast, give

I. l. A

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. B

II. 1. courageous

2. peaceful

3. alive/ living

4. election

5. prisoners

6. shot

7. unbelievable

8. agreement

9. nationality

10. equality

II.

III. l. A

2. B

3. B

4. D

5. A

6. C

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. B

11. B

12. C

13. B

14. C

15. A

16. B

17. A

18. D

19. C

20. D

2. with

3. of

4. with

5. about

2. opens

3. get

4. practice

5. arrive

6. starts

7. finishes

8. have

9. go

10. lives

11. walks

12.goes

13. needs

14. gets

15. watches

3. B

4. B

5. A

l. D

2. B

3. B

4. B

5. D

6. at

V. 1. plays

2. B

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

IV. 1. on

1. A III.

1. C

2. C

3. A

4. C

5. A

6. B

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. C

11. D

12. A

13. C

14. C

15. C

II. 1. C

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. G

6. H

7. E

8. F

III. 131

132

1. less

2. more

3.less

4. less

5. more

1. C

2. C

3. C

4.C

5. D

6. less

7. less

8. less

9. more

10. less – more

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. B

10. C

11. B

12. C

13. C

14. C

15. B

1. if

2. so

3. and

4. and

5. and

6. but

7. when

8. and

9. or

10. or

1. bad

2. suffer

3. sick

4. allergy

5. worse

6. tired

7. toothache

8. flu

IV. IV.

C. READING V.

I. l. C

2. A

3. D

4. B

5. D

6. A

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. C

1. energy

2. ride

3. calories

4. spend

5. for

6. fit

7. from

8. in

9. exercise

10. tired

1. F

2. F

3. T

4. F

5. F

6. F

7. T

8. T

9. F

10. T

II.

III.

1. well

6. cough

2. burn

7. stomachache

3. temperature

8. sick

4. toothache

9. hurts

5. pain

10. headache

VI.

D. WRITING I. 1. We should keep our bodies warm to avoid flu or a cold. 2. Getting enough rest helps you (to) concentrate well at school. 3. Vitamins play an important role in our diet.

1. and

6. many

2. more

7. and

3. junk food/ fastfood

8. see

4. earlier

9. wrong

5. shouldn’t

10. doing

VII.

4. You should not play more computer games in your free time. 5. The doctor is asking Mai some questions about her health problems. II.

1. B

2. C

3. D

4. A

5. B

6. C

7. A

8. C

9. A

10. D.

VIII.

Health is so undeniably important that everyone wishes to have a healthy life. First of all, it is important to stay physically active. Doing exercises is the best way to keep fit and to prevent some diseases such as heart ailment, high blood pressure, lung disorder and so on. This also helps build up our muscle and strengthen the immune system. Moreover, a suitable and nutritious eating habit is of great necessity if one wants to stay healthy. In addition, a healthy mind is part of a healthy body. When people are in a good state of mind, they make good decisions for themselves about their jobs, their lifestyle, and their health. It is advisable to reduce stress, make time for things that are fun and get enough sleep every day. Finally, regular health care visit is essential for a healthy life. The practice ensures timely diagnosis and treatment of potential diseases. In conclusion, it requires a combination of practices to maintain good health.

1. nose

2. symptoms

3. miserable

4. from

5. illness

6. less

7. running

8. cure

9. how

10. others

IX. 1. Nick washes his hands a lot, so he doesn’t have the flu. 2. David eats lots of junk food, and he doesn’t do exercise. 3. The doctor told Elena that she should sleep more, or she should try to relax more. 4. My sister plays computer games, but she does exercise too. 5. Eating more carrots helps you see objects more clearly at night. 6. Going outside with wet hair gives you a cold or flu.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

7. Eating more fresh fish makes you smarter.

I. 1. A

2. D

3. B

4. C

5.C

l. A

2. D

3. B

4. B

5. B

II.

III. 133

134

1. The lakes are full of rubbish. We should ask our friends to clean them this Sunday.

UNIT 3

2. The hurricane was terrible. Many houses are destroyed and many people became homeless.

part 2: exercises

3. They are cold and hungry. They have to live on the street this winter. We should ask people to help them.

A. PHONETICS

4. We can cook meals and bring them to homeless people.

5. We can ask people to donate warm clothes and help them to rebuild their houses 1. B

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. D

7.C

8. B

6. Yesterday I went to school late because I missed the bus.

II.

7. Do you like working with children or with elderly people? /g/

8. It’s good to donate blood because you can save people’s lives.

/k/ III.

get; group; game; kitchen; cold; chemistry; call; clean; clothes; cancel; traffic; school; sick; colour; chemical; classroom; garden; green community; culture

1. I have bought a laptop, but I have not used it. 2. I have written a blog, but I have not uploaded any photos to it. 3. We started the game half an hour ago, but we have not finished it.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

4. My dad has been to London, but he has not seen Big Ben.

I. l. B

2. A

3. D

4. B

5. D

6. C

7. A

8. C

9. D

10. B

5. I have read my English book, but I have not done my English homework. 6. They have had lunch, but they had not had dinner. 7. I have downloaded some songs, but I have not listened to them.

II. 1. Have you ever met – sat

2. did you start - have recently completed – asked

3. saw - have already seen

4. has worked – started

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

III. 1. was having

2. has travelled

3. haven’t begun

4. is running

5. invited - didn’t come

6. is cleaning

7. began

8. has made

9. is cooking

10. going

11. haven’t seen - left

l2. is playing

13. left

l. B

2. C

3. A

4. A

5. D

II. 1. am carving

2. helped

3. went

4. has done

5. has never eaten

6. have known

7. Have you ever done/ did

14. has been

8. have collected

C. READING

9. has made

III.

I. l. C

2. B

3. D

4. B

5. D

6. A

7. C

8. A

9. B

10. A

II. l. C

2. B

3. D

4. B

5. D

6. A

7. C

8. A

9. B

10. A

I. 2. B (haven’t made)

3. A (has learned)

4. A (finished)

5. B (met)

6. A (bought)

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. A

6. D

7. B

8. D

9. D

10. B

11. B

12. B

13. B

14. D

15. A

16. C

17. B

18. D

19. C

20. A

IV.

D. WRITING 1. A (did)

l. A

1. How long

2. yesterday

3. yet

4. always

5. ever

6. since

7. just

8. ago

9. already

10. for

V. 1. have collected → collected

2. see → saw

3. clean → cleaned

4. didn’t see → haven’t seen

5. Do you do → Have you done

7. B (has been)

VI.

II. 135

136

1. in

2. nice

3. took

4. On

5. drove

6. Hoa ate bread with milk for breakfast, and Hoa’s uncle did, too.

6. stopped

7. afternoon

8. a

9. get

10. late

7. She didn’t watch TV last night, and her husband didn’t, either.

VII.

8. They mustn’t stay up late, and their friends mustn’t, either.

1. She bought some interesting books last weekend.

9. Milk is goodd for your health, and fruit juice is, too.

2. I love watching basketball and volleyball.

10. Betty doesn’t do morning exercise, and Betty’s aunt doesn’t, either.

3. My English teacher dances very gracefully.

III.

4. I have to stay at home because it is raining.

1. artist

2. actor

3. necessity

4. performance

5. I love Vietnam because it is very beautiful.

5. originated

6. musical

7. photography

8. excited

9. invitation

10. pleasure

6. I was born in 1990 in Vinh Phuc. 7. I have English lessons on Monday and Tuesday.

IV.

8. Swimming is my favourite passion. 9. My family moved here in 2004. 10. That is Mary and those are her students. VIII. l. A

2. A

3. D

4. B

5. B

6. C

1. as attractive as

6. as difficult as

2. as beautiful as

7. are the same as

3. isn’t as dangerous as

8. isn’t as luxurious as

4. isn’t as expensive as

9. different from

5. different from

10. as important as

C. READING

UNIT 4

part 2: exercises

1. in

2. sound

3. has

4. didn’t

5. when

6. been

7. yet

8. The

9. his

10. going

l. was

2. in

3. leaving

4. wrote

5. much

6. made

7. lived

8. the

9. However

10. most

II.

A. PHONETICS I. /ʃ/

/ʒ/

III. 1. He has already taught hundreds of young people.

fashion, fiction, ocean, musician, exhibition, closure, stations, usually, vision, optional, wash, shoulder, show, essential, leisure shark, shelter, special, short, social

2. There are over 30 schools of rock in different towns in the USA. 3. He started the first School of Rock in 1998. 4. It’s about a rock musician who became a teacher.

II. 1. D

2. D

3. B

4. B

5. He teaches them to be rock performers.

5. D

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

D. WRITING

I. l. C 6. D 11.D

2. A 7. C 12. A

3. C 8. A 13. D

4. B 9. D 14. D

5. D

1. they do, too.

2. Tom can, too.

10. A

3. Nga didn’t, either.

4. her mother will, too.

15. C

5. the durians aren’t, either.

6. May is, too.

7. the girls shouldn’t, either.

8. my friends don’t, either.

9. her brothers do, too.

10. their children did, too.

II. 1. They can play table tennis, and we can, too. II.

2. He sings love songs very well, and his sister does, too. 3. I write diary every night, and my mother does, too.

1. Mr. Pike teaches history of arts and Mrs. May teaches the same subject.

4. My father doesn’t drink beer, and my mother doesn’t, either.

2. The price of this bike is different from that bike.

5. She is swimming in the pool, and her children are, too.

3. Linda didn’t go to the concert show last night and Susan didn’t, either 137

138

4. Classical music is as interesting as folk music.

1. Huyen My doesn’t sing so beautifully as her sister.

5. Mr. Owen speaks English and Mrs. Phan speaks the same language.

2. The new sculpture is not so / as high as the old sculpture. 3. Linh likes pop music and her brother does, too.

III. 1. he would, too.

2. we did, either.

4. she must, too.

5. I do, too.

3. he can’t, either.

4. The nationality of Van Gogh is different from the one of Picasso. 5. This house’s color is not different from that house’s one.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. 1. D

2. B

3. A

4. C

5. C

1. B

2. B

3. C

4. C

5. D

l. C

2. B

3. D

4. A

5. A

1. A

2. D

3. D

4. A

5. D

6. C

7. D

8. C

9. A

10. B

11. A

12. C

13. B

14. B

15. A

UNIT 5

II. part 2: exercises

III.

A. PHONETICS I.

IV.

V. 1. much

2. do

3. or

4. too

5. relax

6. also

7. play

8. go

9. why

10. time

l. B

2. C

3. B

4. A

l. B

2. D

3. D

4. D

5. B

6. A

7. D

8. B

9. C

10. D

II.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

VI.

meat

seafood

fruit

vegetables

drinks

dairy products

Cereals pasta

1. not as big as

2. the most famous

3. as/so colorful as

4. the most exciting

beef

salmon

oranges

peas

tea

milk

6. friendlier

chicken

tuna

bananas

beans

coffee

yogurt

rice

7. the busiest

8. bigger

pork

cod

pears

cucumber

wine

ice cream

flour

9. more exciting

10. the best

bacon

prawns

strawberries pepper

beer

butter

bread

grapes

lemonade

cream

noodles

5. not so/as good as

sausages

VII. 1. F

2. T

3. F

4. F

tomatoes

lamp

5. T

ham

VIII. 1. He does, too.

2. I can, too.

3. Nga didn’t, either.

4. He will, too.

1. some

2. any

3. any

4. any

5. some

5. the ruler isn’t, either.

6. yesterday is, too.

6. any

7. some

8. some

9. some

10. any

7. The girls don’t, either.

8. he doesn’t, either.

9. her brother does, too.

10. they did, too.

l. A

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. C

7. D

8. B

II.

III.

IX. 1. Everything is not ok, and this problem isn’t, either.

C. READING I.

2. My dog never barks, and your dogs don’t, either. 3. He likes to join in the army, and she does, too. 4. Karen’d rather go to school on time, and Mary would, too. 5. I have to take a bath right away, and he does, too. X. 139

140

Meals 1. Breakfast

When 6 a.m

2. Lunch

12 o’clock

3. Dinner (Light meal)

5 p.m

II.

What bacon, sausages, eggs, tomatoes, mushrooms, toast, two or three cups of tea. meat, potatoes, vegetables, pudding such as apple pie, custard, a cup of tea. eggs, or cheese on toast, cakes or biscuits and another cup of tea.

2. introduction

3. when

4. easy

5. special

6. for

7. dried

8. kinds

9. mixed

10. are

2. D

3. C

4. D

5. D

6. A

7. B

8. C

9. C

10. A

I. 2. many 7. many

3. much 8. many

4. much 9. much

5. many 10. many

Breakfast - eggs - a cup of coffee - toast - noodles

Lunch - potatoes - meat - rice - soup

2. D

3. B

4. D

Dinner - vegetables - beef - rice - soup

9. glues

10. cheese

1. some

2. any

3. a

4. some

5. some

6. any

7. a

8. some

9. an

10. some

1. A

2. A

3. B

4. B

5. C

6. B

7. D

8. D

9. C

10. A

11. B

12. D

13. D

14. A

15. D

16. B

17. D

18. D

19. C

20. A

1. any

2. some

3. some

4. any

5. any

6. much – a lot of

7. many – many

8. much- a lot of

9. many – many

1. Boil

2. fry

3. bill

4. frozen

5. vegetarian

6. the food

7. done

8. bread

9. cook

10. chicken

VIII.

5. C

1. Indians

2. thousands

3. headdresses

4. religious

5. popcorn

6. Thanksgiving

7. 1621

8.1930s

9. go

10. theatres

IX. 1. Meals in Viet Nam - lunch or dinner - must include rice. Traditionally, Vietnamese meals are prepared by wives or mothers and the whole family is expected to eat.

2. It took us five hours to get to London.

2. However, families now may have only one meal a day at home, and it may not include all the family members.

3. He enjoys listening to music.

3. Tastes, cooking methods, and dishes are different between the 3 regions: the North, the Central, and the South. Nowadays, these differences have become small.

4. Her younger sister isn’t as beautiful as she is. 5. They have studied English since 2004.

4. When family do not have time to prepare meals, they eat out. Employees have lunch somewhere nearby the work places.

6. It’s time for you to go to school. 7. My father is a teacher at a high school.

5. Since Viet Nam opened its doors to foreign investors, more foreigners have stayed and worked in Viet Nam.

8. The car is too expensive for us to buy. 9. He is said to beat his wife.

6. As a result, more foreign restaurants have been opened in Viet Nam, especially in big cities.

10. She has bought that house since 1990.

7. Young people in Viet Nam now like fast food because of its conveniences. Vietnamese fast food shops have been opened, and the most successful fast food chain is Pho 24.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. 3. C

8. butter

4–2–5–7–3–6–1

1. Susan isn’t as good at English as Tim.

2. B

7. grape

VII.

IV.

l. A

6. egg

VI.

III. l. A

5. vegetables

10. much – much

II. Dishes

4. breads

D. WRITING 1. much 6. much

3. apple

IV.

III. l. B

2. toothpastes

III.

II. 1. dish

1. musics

4. A

8. In recent years, there have been more Vietnamese fast food chains such as Bun Bo Hue 3A3.

5. D 141

142

5. These trees are often watered by Nam and Peter.

UNIT 6

6. Cars are produced in this country. 7. Smoking isn’t allowed in this restaurant. 8. Is the room cleaned by pupils every day?

part 2: exercises

C. READING

A. PHONETICS

I. /tʃ/

/dʒ/

1. fear

2. however

3. held

4. to

5. taken

6. were

7. purpose

8. how

9. taught

10. under

1. start

2. go

3. leave

4. find

5. stay

6. take

7. study

8. choose

9. state

10. private

II.

itchy, chest, feature, children, jazz, journey, jam, sausage, subject, cheerful, teacher, culture, charity, stranger, originate, heritage, passenger, exchange, coach encourage

III. II.

1. It is about 10 minutes away from Hoan Kiem Lake. 1. D

2. D

3. B

4. C

5. A

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. C

5. D

2. It was constructed in 1070 under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty.

III.

3. There are five courtyards. 4. The second is with Khue Van Pavilion.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

5. It is used on all street signs of Ha Noi.

D. WRITING 1. A

2. A

3. A

4. A

5. B

6. D

7. C

8. B

9. A

10. B

1. The wheel was invented thousands of years ago.

11. C

12. B

13. D

14. D

15. A

2. These flowers are watered by my father every morning.

1. to

2. on

3. for

4. for

4. Is a statue of Chu Van An being built?

5. by

6. on – in

7. on

8. on

5. Fiona was invited to his birthday party by John last night.

II.

3. Computers are used all over the world.

III.

6. Many ancient things are kept in museums. 1. tourist

2. important

3. surroundings

7. Is the Temple of Literature surrounded by four busy streets?

4. prepared

5. recognition

6. erection

8. Many famous films are made in Hollywood.

7. cultural

8. contributed

9. university

9. The dinner is being prepared in the kitchen by her mother.

10. educators

10. All my homework is done on my computer.

IV.

II. 1. has been used

2. was discovered

1. Service is included in the bill.

3. has been widened

4. was finished

2. The book is chosen carefully by Nana.

5. is situated

6. was built

3. That room isn’t used.

7. visited

8. was completed

4. Fruits are grown in California.

9. was formed

10. was opened

5. Many young people are attracted by these jeans.

6. This road isn’t used very often. 1. Exercises are often done (by him) every night.

7. The dishes are washed in the evening.

2. The room is usually decorated (by her) at weekends.

III.

3. Country songs are always sung by Daisy.

1. The watch was bought at the shop (by her).

4. Her sister is often given sweets.

2. The house was built in 1950. 143

144

XI.

3. The exercises were done last week. 4. The letters were sent by the pupils the day before yesterday.

1. Cell phones are used by a lot of people.

5. The lesson was learned (by him) two weeks ago.

2. We haven’t been taught by Miss Diep since the last semester.

6. Kieu story was written by Nguyen Du.

3. Our English lessons are taught by Mr. Vinh.

7. The cake was made by her last night.

4. That experiment is being done by a student.

8. The dishes were washed by Daisy last night.

5. We are given a free period by our teachers this Saturday to prepare the festival. 6. Was this dictionary bought two weeks ago? 7. Our teeth should be cleaned twice a day.

part 3: TEST YOURSELF

8. I am not impressed by Alan’s knowledge about science and technology.

I. 1. C

2. D

3. B

4. A

9. All of us are driven to school by her father every day.

5. C

10. A new school is going to be built here next year.

II. 1. B

2. C

3. D

4. B

5. A

1. A

2. D

3. A

4. A

5. B

1. A

2. A

3. A

4. C

5. B

6. B

7. D

8. B

9. A

10. A

11. A

12. B

13. B

14. D

15. C

III.

THE FIRST TERM TEST

IV. part 2: exercises I.

V. 1. provide

2. be established

3. was built

4. weren’t reconstructed

5. was considered

6. are being planted

7. was discovered

8. graduated

9. was completed

10. was sold

2. of

3. at

4. about

5. at

6. of

7. in

8. on

3. C

4. B

5. A

1. B

2. D

3. B

4. C

5. A

1. about

2. taught

3. give

4. because

5. hope

1. T

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. F

1. have

2. likes

3. reads

4. goes

5. cooks

6. cycling

7. gets

8. walking

9. listening

10. collecting

1. on

2. in

3. in

4. at

5. in

6. at

7. on

8. in

9. on

10. at

11. in

12. in

13. on

14. at

15. on

III. IV. V.

VII. 1. asks

2. are

3. raise

4. or

5. doing

6. teacher

7. to

8. the

9. If

10. only

1. False

2. False

3. True

4. True

5. True

1. B

2. C

3. A

4. D

5. B

6. A

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. A

VI.

VIII.

VII.

IX.

1. Jack opened the store in 1932. 2. Have you been told about it yet? 3. He was accused of stealing the money.

X. 1. bought => were bought 3. sold => are sold 5. names => is named 7. teach => are taught 9. select => were selected

2. C

II.

VI. 1. to, at

1. D

4. A bridge is going to be built over my house.

2. builds => will be built 4. visited => is visited 6. located => is located 8. erected => were erected 10. consider => is considered

5. Many buildings were built to commemorate Uncle Ho’ birthday. 6. We shall be asked several questions. 7. The rules of the games must be observed carefully.

145

146

8. A new stadium was being built when I arrived.

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. A

9. People sell newspapers everywhere in the city.

11. D

12. A

13. C

14. B

15. C

10. Were those vegetables bought by the woman?

16. D

17. B

18. C

19. B

20. D

10. D

III.

VIII. 1. listening

2. will enjoy 3. will go

4. is

5. will not continue

1. It is about 120kms from Ho Chi Minh City to Vung Tau.

6. Do you think

7. is

9. does not like

10. cooking

2. It is about 384,400kms from the Earth to the Moon.

1. painting

2. dolls

3. gardening

4. fishing

5. camping

4. It is about 500 meters from my house to the nearest shop.

6. gymnastics

7. photos

8. the guitar

9. horse-riding

10. bottle

4. It is about 700 meters from my house to Youth Club.

8. gives

3. It is not very far from Ha Noi to Noi Bai Airport.

IX.

5. It is about 5kms from my home village to the nearest town. C. READING

Chu Van An was born in 1292 and died in 1370. From his childhood, he was famous for his intelligence. He did not have the dream of taking part in exams to become mandarins like other students. Chu Van An stayed at home and taught himself by reading books, and opened schools. His school quickly became famous in the region and many students from other places went there to study.

I. 1. best

2. drivers

3. careful

4. choose

5. most

6. their

7. however

8. more

II.

Emperor Tran Minh Tong invited Chu Van An to be the principal of the Imperial Academy to teach his crown prince and other students to become talented people for the country. In 1359, Emperor Tran Minh Tong gave his crown to his son, Tran Hien Tong, who was also a student of Chu Van An. Under the regime of Emperor Tran Hien Tong, the court and the country were peaceful. However, this period lasted only for 12 years. Then Emperor Tran Hien Tong died, and Tran Du Tong inherited the crown. The social situation became complicated, the people were very poor and many good people were killed.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. B

5. C

6. B

7. B

8. A

9. D

10. B

III. 1. Yes, she does. 2. She usually goes with her mother. 3. Her father used to drive her family there when she was small.

Chu Van An bravely submitted a petition which requested the Emperor to behead 7 perfidious mandarins, so it was called “Seven Beheaded Petition” (That Tram So). “Seven Beheaded Petition” became the symbol of the courageous attitude of the real intellectuals, and of Chu Van An’s spirit.

4. She likes cycling very much. 5. They will cycle around West Lake next Sunday. D. WRITING I. 1. Anna used to have long hair when she was at school.

UNIT 7

2. Mary didn’t use to listen when her teachers were speaking. 3. Ricardo used to get up at 6.00 when he was training for the Olympics. 4. What did you use to do on Saturday evenings?

PART 2: EXERCISES

5. Sophie used to be afraid of dogs when she was a little girl.

A. PHONETICS

6. We used to give our teachers presents at the end of term.

I. 1. C

2. A

3. B

4. A

7. Did you use to live next door to Mrs. Harrison?

5. D

8. My brother used to wear glasses when he was young.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

II.

I. 1. Did you use to enjoy

2. did not use to like

3. used to be

4. Did John use to work

5. did not use to be

6. used to live

7. did not use to do

8. Did he use to play

1. C

3. A

1. Did Susan use to have a dog? 2. People didn’t use to use mobile phones. 3. He used to go swimming. 4. Did they use to like jazz music?

II. 2. B

4. D

5. Olga’s family used to live in Moscow.

5. A

6. We didn’t use to drink coffee. 147

148

7. My sister didn’t use to watch television.

5. A new school is going ing to be built here next year.

8. Did Tony use to work in a bank?

VII. 1. Viet Nam’s anthem Tien Quan Ca was composed by Van Cao.

III. 1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. A

2. If you are not careful, you’ll hurt yourself.

IV.

3. How much is the bicycle?/ How much does the bicycle cost? 4. There are not any carrots in the market.

1. I used to stay up late to watch football matches.

5. No one in the school plays the guitar better than you (do).

2. There used to be some trees in the field.

VIII.

3. Anna used to live with her parents.

2. B (spent)

1. A (took off)

4. He used to be a poor man, but now he becomes a rich businessman.

3. A (was listening)

4. B (started)

5. A (while)

5. They didn’t use to go to the cinema every Sunday.

IX.

6. In the past my hair used to be shorter.

In Sweden, it is necessary to keep your headlights on 24 hours a day. We understand that it is required for places as cold as Sweden during winter, but you cannot turn off yours car’s lights even if it is June and the weather looks just fine.

7. I used to have time to collect stamps when I was in primary school. 8. Did you use to go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang?

If you are driving in Beijing and you come across a zebra crossing, don’t stop or even try to slow down because this will get you in i trouble with the law.

9. Mr. Hung used to go to work by motorbike, but now he goes to work by bus. 10. There used to be traffic jams in this street during rush hours, but now the street becomes wider.

In Thailand, it is compulsory to wear a shirt while driving. Women who go topless while driving can be fined equal to a few hundred baths. In Cyprus, you should keep both hands on the wheel. Drivers who unnecessarily raise a hand from the steering wheel can get fines, although we think that making some gestures at bad drivers is sometimes good.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. 1. D

2. C

3. A

4. B

5. C

6. D

7. B

8. D

9. B

Don’t yell or curse while you are driving in Rockville, Rockville, Maryland, USA although you are right. It is illegal to curse in public. You have to pay a fine up to $100 or go to prison up to 10 days.

1. D

2. A

3. B

6. A

7. B

8. B

4. C

5. C

9. C

10. C

Before you drive off with a car in Denmark, you must check that the children in your car have the best places. Maybe the reason is that they can read books by Hans Anderson.

11. A

12. A

13. D

14. C

15. D

1. with 6. in

2. from

3. sleep

4. are

5. and

7. live

8. their

9. or

10. gets

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. C

5. A

II.

Drinking and driving are illegal in Spain, but in Macedonia, if you are drunk, you cannot sit in the front seats.

III.

UNIT 8

IV. V.

PART 2: EXERCISES Road:

tram (streetcar); lorry; bicycle (bike); motorbike; underground; train; bus; car; taxi; van; caravan; moped; coach

Air:

helicopter; plane

Sea:

kayak; boat; ship

A. PHONETICS I. /t/

/id/

/d/

walked, looked, stopped, volunteered, amazed, acted, wanted, convinced, laughed, bored, terrified, appeared disappointed, fascinated, started, interested washed, shocked

VI. 1. It only takes half an hour to get to the art gallery. 2. Her book is different from mine. II.

3. My brother enjoyed playing the piano when he was very young.

1. A

4. These clothes are not as expensive as I thought. 149

2. C

3. C

4. D

5. A

150

2. Because of being sick, Mary couldn’t go to school.

III. 1. B

2. C

3. D

4. D

3. Despite the bad weather, she went to school on time.

5. B

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

4. In spite of my sickness, my mother told me to go to school.

5. Because of a big storm, I stayed at home. 1. C

2. C

3. D

4. B

5. D

6. Despite Tom’s bad grades, he was admitted to the university.

6. A

7. A

8. C

9. B

10. D

7. Despite her physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.

11. A

12. B

13. B

14. A

15. C

8. Although Tom got a good salary, he gave up his job. 9. In spite of having not finished the paper, he went to sleep.

II.

10. Even though the prices are high, my daughter insists on going to the movies.

1. horrified

2. embarrassing

3. interested

4. exciting

5. terrifying – shocked

6. amazed

7. disgusting

8. embarrassed

1. impression

2. funny

4. exciting

5. terrorists

6. unsatisfied

7. western

8. disappointment

9. acting

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

III.

10. threaten 2. interested

3. exciting

4. embarrassing

5. embarrassed

6. amazed

7. astonishing

8. amused

9. bored .... boring

2. B

3. B

4. C

5. B

1. B

2. B

3. B

4. C

5. A

III.

IV. 1. disappointed

1. C II.

3. unsuccessful

1. A

2. A

3. C

4. C

5. D

6. C

7. D

8. B

9. B

10. B

11. A

12. D

13. D

14. B

15. B

IV.

10. boring - interesting V. 2. Although I had never seen her before.

2. a. In spite of

b. though

3. a. because

b. although

4. a. because of

b. in spite of

5. a. although

b. because of

3. although it was quite cold

1. terrify 6. criticism

4. although we don’t like them very much 5. Although I didn’t speak the language

2. violence 7. science

3. amazing 4. romantic 5. romance 8. frightening 9. impressive 10.actor

VI.

6. Although the heating was on 7. although I’d met her twice before

1. but

2. actor

3. favourite

4. fantastic

5. become

8. although we’ve known each other a long time

6. because

7. such

8. main

9. to

10 . watching

VII.

C. READING

1. to see

2. which

1. consisted

2. been

3. explain

4. their

5. way

3. performed

4. safety

6. would

7. which

8. fewer

9. recent

10. many

5. acting

6. the

1. C

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. D

6. B

7. C

8. A

9. B

10. D

II.

7. production

8. called in

9. because

10. do

VIII.

D. WRITING

1. surprising

3. confusing

4. disgusting

5. interested

6. annoyed

1. In spite of being a poor student, Tom studied very well. 151

2. bored

152

7. boring

8. exhausted

9. excited

10. amusing

7. Because Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year. II.

IX. 1. I couldn’t sleep despite being very tired.

1. important

2. declaration

3. parades

2. In spite of having very little money, they are happy.

4. celebrate

5. when

6. have

3. Although my foot was injured, I managed to walk to the nearest village.

7. Both

8. holidays

III.

4. I enjoyed the film in spite of the silly story. 5. Despite living in the same street we hardly ever see each other. 6. Even though I was only out for five minutes, I got very wet in the rain.

1. C

2. A

3. D

4. A

5. A

6. B

7. C

8. C

9. B

10. D

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. A

5. D

6. B

7. D

8. B

D. WRITING I.

UNIT 9 II. PART 2: EXERCISES

1. When did Sarah leave?

A. PHONETICS

2. What is she watching?

3. Which film does she like watching? 1. D

2. D

3. A

4. C

4. How did you feel before your last Maths test?

5. D

6. A

7. D

8. C

5. How did she feel when she watched a gripping film?

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

6. How far is it from here to ACB bank?

7. How long have you known Marie? 1. A

2. B

3. B

4. C

5. D

8. Did they use to be friends at the university?

II.

III. 1. cultural

2. colourful

3. celebrations

1. Can you let me know how much the holiday will cost?

4. traditional

5. celebrated

6. entertainment

2. Could you tell me if there are any cafes’ near here?

7. excitement

8. beginning

3. Do you know if John likes classical music?

III.

4. I wonder if you could tell me where the post office is. 1. D

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. B

6. C

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. D

11. C

12. A

13. C

14. B

15. C

16. B

17. B

18. A

19. B

5. Could you tell us why you did that? PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

20. B

C. READING I.

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. C

6. D

7. A

8. C

9. B

10. D

II.

1. It is especially known as Tet Nguyen Dan, or Tet. 2. Yes, it is.

1. expensive

2. easy

3. unhappy/ sad

3. It begins between January twenty- first and February nineteen.

4. bad

5. quiet

6. near

4. They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars.

7. careless

8. young

9. different

10. interviewee

5. Yes, they do.

III.

6. No, it doesn’t. Tet lasts ten days.

1. C 6. C 153

2. A 7. C

3. B 8. B

4. C 9. B

5. D 10. D 154

IV.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR 1. went

2. festivals

3. by

4. in

5. such

6. favourite

7. beautiful

8. and

V. 1. They give baskets and cups which are filled with sweets and tied with ribbons for their lovers.

1. B

2. A

3. D

4. D

5. C

6. B

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. C

11. D

12. D

13. A

14. C

15. A

II.

2. It is called “Black Day”.

1. Public transport will be used to go to school by students.

3. Young Koreans who do not have a boyfriend or girlfriend sit with their friends, who are in the same situation, and eat jajang noodles.

3. Will the solar panels be installed on the roof of the house tomorrow?

2. A great deal of electricity will be generated by solar power this summer.

4. It is popular to send an “anti-valentine” card to person they hate (with an insulting message), to their current partner (with a goodbye message) or to end their relationship (with C - Ya message).

4. Plants won’t be burnt to heat this winter by local people. 5. The air will be polluted by the smoke from factories. 6. A hydro power station will be built in this area.

VI. 1. C

2. A

3. B

4. A

5. D

1. d

2. g

3. j

4. a

5. h

5. c

6. i

7. e

8. b

10. f

1. D

2. C

3. A

4. A

5. D

6. D

7. B

8. B

9. A

10. C

III.

VII.

VIII.

2. Have

3. What

4. Who

6. Was

7. Were

8. what

9. Did

2. Will you be waiting

3. will be having

4. will be wearing

5. will send

6. will arrive

7. will be lying

8. will be working

9. will be meeting

10. will be playing

1. economically

2. renewable

3. alternative

4. electricity

5. power

6. environmentally

7. transportation/ transport

8. heat

9. produce

10. shortage

IV.

IX. 1. How

1. will be studying

5. did

C. READING

UNIT 10

I. PART 2: EXERCISES

1. B

2. D

3. A

4. C

5. B

6. A

7. D

8. B

9. C

10. A

1. important

2. run

3. give

4. to

5. comes

6. natural

7. burning

8. kinds

9. use

10. find

1. D

2. D

3. D

4. A

5. D

II.

A. PHONETICS I. Stress on 1st syllable

Stress on 2nd syllable

III.

calendar, exercise, travelling, similar, marvelous, convenience, familiar, important, excellent, wonderful, biogas, scientist, energy, abundant, convenient, musician, dangerous, excellent, plentiful polluting

D. WRITING I.

II.

1. Solar panels will be installed on the roof of our house next week. 1. C

2. D

3. D

4. A

2. A new school will be built for poor children next month.

5. C

6. C

7. B

8. D

3. Will cracks on the water popes be checked in two days (by the plumber)?

1. B

2. A

3. C

4. D

III.

4. These chemicals are sold everywhere in my hometown. 5. A

5. The film on types of future energy sources won’t be shown next Friday. 155

156

6. The new president will be interviewed on TV.

1. using

→ used

2. rebuild → rebuilt

7. The old thermal power plant will be destroyed at the end of this year.

3. be

→ Bỏ

4. taken

8. The road to our village will be widened next year.

5. stay

→ staying

→ taking

IX.

9. Biogas will be used for cooking and heating at this time next month.

1. More regulations will be made to reduce industrial pollution by governments.

10. The first prize was gotten at the competition.

2. Fossil fuels won’t be burnt for energy in the future.

II. 1. Many countries are already using solar energy.

3. More wind turbines will be constructed in that area to produce electricity.

2. Saving energy is one of the best ways to conserve natural resource.

4. Will our electricity bills be reduced to 20% in five months?

3. At present, most of our electricity comes from the use of coal, gas, oil or nuclear power.

5. Alternative sources of energy will be developed.

4. Plant trees because trees create shade around your house and help keep it cool.

6. Solutions will be found to reduce pollution in our city by scientists.

5. This power could be provided by the sun.

7. The tax on petrol will be increased to 15% next September.

6. Don’t leave the fridge door open because cold air escapes and this uses a lot of electricity.

8. With that device the wave energy will be changed into electricity.

5. Electricity will be being provided at this time next year.

10. Ordinary 100- watt light bulls will be replaced with energy-saving ones.

7. One percent of the solar energy that reaches the earth is enough to provide power for the total population.

X. 1. Solar panels are placed on the roof of a house and the sun’s energy is used to heat water.

8. Turn off all the lights every time you leave the room.

2. There are many things you can do at home to help your family more energy efficient. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

3. The energy can be stored for a number of days.

4. Shut down the computer, TV and other electrical stuff when you aren’t using it.

1. C

2. D

3. C

4. A

5. B

6. B

7. B

8. B

1. C

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. A

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. C

5. B

6. B

7. B

8. A

9. D

10. D

11. B

12. C

13. A

14. B

15. D

5. Viet Nam has an advanced technology of solar energy. 6. Cars will use solar energy instead of gas by the year 2030.

II.

7. On cloudy days you can use solar energy, too. 8. Talking a short shower instead of a long bath can help save energy.

III.

UNIT 11

IV. 1. cheaper

2. effective

3. solar

4. pollution

5. unlimited

6. Unfortunately

A. PHONETICS

7. Electrical

8. installation

9. deep

PART 2: EXERCISES

1. B

10. Energetic

2. C

3. B

4. A

5. C

4. A

5. B

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

V. 1. resources

2. fuels

3. sources

4. renewed

5. alternative

1. D

VI. 1. B

2. C

3. A

4. C

5. B

6. D

7. A

8. C

9. B

10. D

2. D

3. D

4. C

5. B

2. B

3. A

II.

VII. 1. C VIII. 157

158

Noun

Verb

Noun

7. In spite of eating lots of food, she is still very slim.

Adjective

8. How far is it from Hanoi to HCM city?

death

die

death

dead

waste

honesty

honest

belief

believe

variety

various

advertise

madness

mad

promise

mystery

mysterious

2. There is much information in the theatre programmes.

feeling

feel

beauty

beautiful

3. There are more than thirty theatres in London.

advice

advise

wealth

wealthy

4. There is a swimming pool in the garden.

description

describe

success

successful

5. There are both private and state schools in the system.

invention

invent

comfort

comfortable

6. It took me 3 months to accomplish this task.

government

govern

peace

peaceful

7. Sorting out her stamps took Jane 3 hours a week.

9. I am interested in English. 10. They will fix our roof tomorrow. II. 1. There are a lot of tables in the café.

8. The pictures will take 3 minutes to reach the earth.

III. 1. are having

2. will remember

3. Are you going

4. will pass

5. will complain

6. will do

7. am seeing

8. are you going to do

9. Will you tell

10. is going to grow

9. It took her 30 minutes to write the letter. 10. It took him 2 hours to finish his essay. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

IV. 1. her – mine

2.Their – Ours

3. your – his

4.his – mine

5. Her - Yours

V. 1. B

2. D

3. A

4. C

VI. 1. for

2. to

3. of

4. of

5. with

7. off

8. off

9. on

10. on

3. D

4. C

5. B

1. D

2. B

3. B

4. C

5. B

1. e

2. c

3. b

4. d

5. f

6. a

IV.

C. READING

1. mine

2. his

3. theirs

4. your

5. his

6. her

7. ours

8. my

I. 1. already

2. will

3. from

4. carry

5. journey

6. passengers

7. make

8. successful

II. 1. B

2. B

III.

5. A

6. after

1. A II.

2. A

3. D

4. C

5. A

6. D

D. WRITING

1. products

2. innovations

3. inventor

4. electricity

5. friendly

6. shortage

7. protection

8. knowledge

9. heated

10. appliances

VI.

I. 1. Renewable energy will be used in the future. 2. This school is ours. 3. How far is it from Vinh to Hanoi city? 4. I used to walk to school when I was a student.

1. C

2. C

3. D

4. D

5. B

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. C

10. A

11. D

12. A

13. B

14. C

15. A

16. C

17. D

18. B

19. D

20. A

VII.

5. In spite of being short, they still love playing sports.

1. your – yours – Yours – hers – My – Hers

6. Solar energy will be used to protect the environment.

2. his – yours – Mine 159

160

3. your – his

1. isn’t she?

2. isn’t it?

3. isn’t he?

4. your – yours – yours – Mine

4. do they?

5. is it?

6. will they?

7. aren’t I?

8. isn’t he?

9. mustn’t we?

VIII. 1. in/ in

2. of/ of

3. with

4. into/ at

5. to/ in

6. of

7. for

8. of

9. for

10. at

10. didn’t it IV.

IX. 1. plane

2. called

3. takes

4. fly

6. will

7. than

8. from

9. expensive 10. ready

5. won’t

1. less

2. more

3. less

4. more

5. some

6. less

7. less

8. some

9. less

10. fewer

1. all

2. grows

3. build

4. polluting

5. unhealthy

6. vehicles

7. spending

8. traffic

9. problems

10. better

C. READING I.

X. 1. a → an

2. a → the

3. such → so

4. are → is

5. many → a lot of

6. more → bỏ “more”

7. does → do

8. is → was

1. exceeds

2. caused

3. better

4. becomes

5. fewer

9. getting → to get

10. starts → started

6. crime

7. provide

8. between

9. prices

10. more

II.

III. 1. The toilets are in the streets.

UNIT 12

2. Mumbai is located on the western coast of India. 3. Yes, it is. Because it is home to Bollywood, the centre of Hindu movie industry. 4. There are 12 different neighbourhoods in Dharavi.

PART 2: EXERCISES

5. They can crack and take in sewage.

A. PHONETICS

D. WRITING

I. st

Stress on the 1 syllable Easter, natural, crowded, megacity, water, criminal, energy, slavery, festival

Stress on the 2 syllable

Stress on the 3 syllable

1. Shanghai has more skyscrapers than Jakarta.

perform, behind, disaster, imagine, affect, pollution, enormous, enjoy, explosion

population, overcrowded

2. You didn’t remember to turn off the T.V last night, did you? 3. The countryside suffers less pollution than the city. 4. Why don’t you go to work by bike? 5. Tokyo has fewer billionaires than New York.

II. 1. A

2. A

3. D

4. A

6. More trees will be planted along this street.

5. B

7. Overpopulation causes a lot of social problems in this area, doesn’t it?

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

8. Pollution is the most serious problem, isn’t it?

I. 1. C

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. D

7. B

8. D

9. A

10. A

11. A

12. C

13. C

14. A

15. D

9. Did a group of foreigners visit the slums last week? 10. Mr Lam used to live in the country when he was a child. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

II.

I. 1. temperature

2. shortages

3. homeless

4. earnings

5. accommodation

6. affected

7. peaceful

8. growth

9. population

1. A

2. C

3. C

4. A

5. D

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. B

1. A 6. B

2. C 7. B

3. C 8. B

4. A 9. A

5. C 10. C

II.

10. medical

III.

161

162

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

IV.

III. 1. will they

2. hasn’t he

1. D

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. B

3. didn’t you

4. can they

6. A

7. B

8. C

9. B

10. C

5. doesn’t he

6. doesn’t she

11. C

12. A

13. D

14. D

15. D

7. will he

8. weren’t there

16. A

17. C

18. B

19. A

20. B

9. may not it

10. should we

1. at

2. in

3. at

4. in

5. at

6. at

7. on

8. in

IV.

V. 1. their

2. noisy

3. peaceful

4. crowds

5 live

6. because

7. built

8. work

9. area

10. more

V. 1. We can enjoy Pho during the day.

VI. 1. population

2. poverty

3. development

2. The chicken meat served with pho ga is boneless and cut into thin slices.

4. increasing

5. administrations

6. conditions

3. The rice noodles are made from the best variety of rice.

7. megacities

8. order

9. contributes

4. The broth for pho bo (beef noodle soup) is made by stewing the bones of cows for a long time in a large pot.

10. although VI.

VII.

1. T

1. It is 66,140 people per square kilometers.

2. F

3. T

4. F

VII.

2. They lack clean drinking water, work, and access to healthcare and education. 3. It was fifty million people/ inhabitants.

1. They will be learning English at this time tomorrow.

4. They live in home-made shacks built in cemeteries, or between railroad tracks or under bridges. / They live wherever they can find some space.

3. I think biogas is abundant and cheap for cooking and heating.

5. There are 12 million (inhabitants).

4. Will we use public transportation when travelling long distances?

2. We will reduce the use of electricity to save our energy.

VIII.

VIII. 1. did he?

2. aren’t there?

3. did she?

1. Sources of energy will be used more effectively for our future.

4. are they?

5. is it?

6. could she?

2. The problem of energy shortage will be solved by using solar energy.

7. doesn’t she?

8. hasn’t it?

9. didn’t she?

3. Coal will be replaced by another renewable source. 4. Flying cars will be used to travel from place to another place.

10. did they? IX.

IX. 1.

2. much bigger

1. Have you ever been to London?

3. much more complicated than

4. a bit cooler

2. Peter doesn’t usually get up before seven.

5. far more interesting than

6. a bit more slowly

3. Our friends must often write tests.

7. a lot easier

8. slightly older

4. They sometimes go swimming in the lake.

5. The weather is always bad in November. 2. older

3. older or elder

4. older

6. Peggy and Frank are usually late. 7. I have never met him before. 8. John seldom watches TV.

THE SECOND TERM TEST

9. I was often in contact with my sister. 10. She will always love him.

I. 1. C

2. B

3. A

4. D

1. A

2. C

3. B

4. D

5. C

1. can’t they 2. did they 3. did it 6. doesn’t he 7. wouldn’t he 8. are they

II.

163

4. aren’t I 9. have you

5. is if 10. isn’t it 164

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 – Có đáp án

CONTENTS UNIT 1:

MY HOBBIES ......................................................................................4

UNIT 2:

HEALTH .............................................................................................15

UNIT 3:

COMMUNITY SERVICE ..................................................................24

UNIT 4:

MUSIC AND ARTS ...........................................................................34

UNIT 5:

VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK ................................................43

UNIT 6:

THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIETNAM .......................................53

THE FIRST TERM TEST ....................................................................................64 UNIT 7:

TRAFFIC.............................................................................................68

UNIT 8:

FILMS .................................................................................................78

UNIT 9:

FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD .............................................86

UNIT 10:

SOURCES OF ENERGY....................................................................97

UNIT 11:

TRAVELING IN THE FUTURE .....................................................108

UNIT 12:

AN OVERCROWDED WORLD .....................................................117

THE SECOND TERM TEST .............................................................................126 ANSWER KEY ....................................................................................................130

165

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

BÙI VĂN VINH (Chủ biên) DƢƠNG THỊ HỒNG ĐIỆP

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN (Theo chương trình Tiếng Anh mới nhất của Bộ giáo dục và Đào tạo)

NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

LỜI NÓI ĐẦU Sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 8 dựa vào phương pháp dạy ngôn ngữ giao tiếp (Communicative Language Teaching Method). Cuốn sách tập trung vào việc phát triển các kỹ năng ngôn ngữ cho học sinh Trung học cơ sở thông qua các dạng bài bổ ích, trong đó tập trung vào luyện ngữ âm, từ vựng, kỹ năng đọc hiểu, viết và sử dụng ngôn ngữ tổng hợp thông qua các bài kiểm tra (Tests), giúp cho người học có khả năng tổng hợp kiến thức hiệu quả nhất. Mỗi bài học trong cuốn sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 8 được biên soạn theo chủ điểm quen thuộc với học sinh Trung học cơ sở. Mỗi đơn vị bài học được chia thành 3 mục lớn như sau: PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW PART 2: PRATICE A. PHONETICS B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR C. READING D. WRITING PART 3: TEST YOURSELF Sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 8 được biên soạn dựa trên thực tiễn của việc dạy và học tiếng Anh. Đây là nguồn tài liệu tham khảo bổ ích cho giáo viên và học sinh và rất thiết thực trong giao lưu quốc tế nhằm nâng cao khả năng sử dụng ngôn ngữ tiếng Anh trong thời kỳ hội nhập. Tác giả mong nhận được những ý kiến đóng góp của các nhà giáo, đồng nghiệp, phụ huynh học sinh và độc giả quan tâm để cuốn sách ngày một hoàn thiện hơn. Trân trọng!

UNIT 1: LEISURE ACTIVITIES

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

II. USES (cách dùng)

Unit 1

LEISURE ACTIVITIES

1. Subject (Danh động từ làm chủ ngữ) Ex: Going to the cinema is fan. Reading books is my hobby. 2. Stand after a preposition (Đứng sau giới từ) Ex: I am thinking about going camping in the mountain.

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

She is afraid of going there. Một số động từ và tính từ có giới từ theo sau bởi danh động từ.

A. VOCABULARY Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

To look forward to (trông mong); surprised at (ngạc nhiên); busy (bận rộn); to insist on (khăng khăng, nài nỉ); to be interested in (thích thú).

adore

(v)

/əˈdɔː/

yêu thích, mê thích

3. Object (Danh động từ làm tân ngữ sau một số động từ)

addicted

(adj)

/əˈdɪktɪd/

nghiện n (thích) cái gì g

beach game

(n)

/biːtʃ ɡeɪm /

ên bãi bi biển trò thể thao trên

bracelet

(n)

/ˈbreɪslət/

vòng đeo tay

communicate

(v)

/kəˈmjuːnɪkeɪt/

giao tiếp

community centre

(n)

/kəˈmjuːnəti ˈsentə/

trung tâm văn ăn hoá ccộng đồng

craft

(n)

/krɑːft/

đồ thủ công

craft kit

(n)

/krɑːft kɪt/

àm thủ th công bộ dụng cụ làm

cultural event

(n)

/ˈkʌltʃərəl ɪˈvent/

sự kiện vănn hoá

detest

(v)

/dɪˈtest/

ghét

DIY

(n)

/diː aɪ ˈwaɪ/

đồ tự làm, tự ự sửa

remember

don’t mind

(v)

/dəʊnt maɪnd/

i, không ghét lắm l không ngại,

forget

hang out

(v)

/hæŋ aʊt/

ạn bbè đi chơi với bạn

regret

I must remember to post the letter.

be hooked on sth

(phr)

/bi hʊkt ɒn/

đam mê/nghiện ện cái gì g like

I don‟t like getting up so early.

prefer

I don‟t like to wake him up so early.

stop

It’s right up my street!

(idiom)

/ɪts raɪt ʌp maɪstriːt/

Đúng vị của tớ!

join

(v)

/dʒɔɪn/

tham gia

leisure

(n)

/ˈleʒə(r)/

sự thư giãn nghỉỉ ngơi

leisure activity

(n)

/ˈleʒə ækˈtɪvəti/

hoạt động ng lúc rảnh rả rỗi

Ex: He likes swimming. I have finished doing my homework. Một số động từ đƣợc theo sau bởi danh động từ: to finish, to prevent (ngăn cản), to avoid (tránh), to delay (hoãn lại), to enjoy (thích), to deny (chối bỏ), to dislike, to consider (cân nhắc), to imagine (tưởng tượng), to risk (liều lĩnh), to support (ủng hộ), to suggest (đề nghị), to quit (từ bỏ)... Chúng ta cũng có thể đặt “not” trƣớc “gerund” để chỉ nghĩa phủ định. Một số động từ dùng với cả “to infinitive” và “gerund” (ing -form). Nghĩa của chúng sẽ khác nhau. Verbs

Examples -

I don‟t remember posting the letter. (Tôi không nhớ là đã gửi thư rồi.) (Tôi phải nhớ gửi lá thư.) (<=> chưa gửi.)

hate

(Tôi không thích dậy sớm.) (Tôi không muốn đánh thức anh ấy dậy sớm.) She stopped singing. (Cô ấy ngừng hát.) She stopped to sing. (Cô ấy ngừng lại để hát.)

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW GERUNDS: Danh động từ

PART 2: EXERCISE I. FORMATION (Cách thành llập) Danh động từ (gerund) được thành ành lập l bằng cách thêm ING sau động từ thường. ờng.

A. PHONETICS

Ex: to go - going; to think – thinking; to read - reading; to swim - swimming, etc...

I. Find the word which has different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. laughed 2. A. beds

B. washed B. dogs

C. danced C. porters

D. played D. books 6

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 1: LEISURE ACTIVITIES

B. watches

C. buses

D. brushes

1. Susan hates

boxing but she loves football.

4. A. homework

B. mother

C. open

D. judo

2. I don‟t like

in the pool at the sports centre.

5. A. leisure

B. eight

C. celebrate

D. penalty

3. Does she like

shopping in the supermarket?

6. A. fun

B. sun

C. surf

D. cut

4. Peter loves

judo.

7. A. bracelet

B. cake

C. make

D. hat

5. They enjoy

the Olympics on TV.

8. A. although

B. laugh

C. paragraph

D. enough

6. My brother and I really like

9. A. comedy

B. letter

C. princess

D. cinema

10. A. high

B. sight

C. this

D. find

3. A. pictures

in the Alps in February.

C. READING I. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements that follow are True (T) or False (F).

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.

3. A. library

B. museum

C. melody

D. favourite

4. A. protection

B. addicted

C. computer

D. goldfish

In my opinion, using the computer as your hobby can be harmful to both your health and your social life. Firstly, sitting all day in front of the computer can cause health problems such as eyetiredness and obesity. Secondly you may get irritated easily. Besides, if you use the computer too much, you will not have time for your family and friends. In short, computers should only be used for a limited time.

5. A. skateboard

B. sticker

C. adore

D. leisure

1. A. satisfied

B. socialize

C. volunteer

D. exercise

2. A. information

B. technology

C. community

D. activity

1. Using the computer too much can make your eyes tired.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

2. Using the computer too much is not good for you.

I. Choose the best answer.

3. We still can spend a lot of time with our family and friends.

4. According to the writer, we can use the computer for a long time.

5. Computers should only be used for a limited time.

1. My dad doesn‟t mind A. pick up

my mom from work every day. B. picked up

C. picking up

D. picks up

2. Using computers too much may have harmful effects A. on

B. to

C. with

3. I love the people in my village. They are so A. friendly

B. vast

4. Among the

your minds and bodies. D. onto

C. slow

D. inconvenient

, the Tay people have the largest population.

A. groups

B. majorities

C. ethnic minorities

5. People in the countryside live A. happy

D. ethnic cultures.

than those in the city.

B. more happily

6. Viet Nam is

C. happily

D. less happy

multicultural country with 54 ethnic groups.

A. a

B. an

C. the

D. A and C

crafts, especially bracelets. (make)

3. The children used to 4. They hate

1. Does the boy like riding on the electric train in the town square?

a long way to school. (go)

............................................................................................

their son texting his friends all day. (see)

5. Do you fancy

My father sometimes takes me to the market town nearby where he sells our home products like vegetables, fruits, eggs... He then buys me an ice cream and lets me take a ride on the electric train in the town square. I love those trips.

Answer the following questions.

a buffalo? (ride)

you ever

MY VILLAGE I live in a village by Mekong River. Every day, like most of my friends, I walk to school. It is three kilometers away. After class, I often help my mother to collect water from the river and feed the chickens. At the weekend, the villagers often gather at the community hall where there is a TV. The adults watch TV, but more often they talk about their farm work and exchange news. The children run around playing games and shouting merrily. Laughter is heard everywhere.

On starry nights, we children lie on the grass, looking at the sky and daring each other to find the Milky Way. We dream of faraway places.

II. Give the correct form of the following verbs. 1. Mai enjoy

II. Read the passage carefully.

and hospitable.

2. What do the children do on starry nights?

in the park this Sunday? (skateboard)

............................................................................................ 3. Do you like to live in the countryside or in the city? Why?

III. Complete the sentences with the verb + -ing. do

play

ski

............................................................................................ swim

watch

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

III. Supply suitable words to complete the following passage. (1) Monday to Friday. Our classes take place for three hours every morning (2) twenty and the average is ten. We use modern The maximum class size methods of (3) and learning, and the school has a language laboratory, a video (4) improving your English, camera and recorder. You will only be successful (5) speaking English as much as you can. You will however, if you work hard and (6) in English as soon as you arrive. In this way, we can put you in a take a short (7) at the most suitable level. (8) the elementary level; one is for complete There are two classes beginners and the (9) is for students who know a (10) English. In both classes, you will practise simple conversations. D. WRITING I. Use the words and phrases to write a passage. 1. In/ 1970s, skateboarding suddenly/ become very popular. 2. At first, skateboarders/ move slowly/ flat, smooth areas. 3. Then they/ begin/ ride quickly. This/ be called “freestyle” skateboarding. 4. Soon they/ be skateboarding skillfully up ramps/ doing tricks in the air. 5. This/ be called “ramp” skateboarding. Then they/ start skateboarding/ doing tricks/ the street. 6. This/ be “street-style” skateboarding - a combination of freestyle/ ramp. 7. For this, the skateboarders/ need protective clothing/ as knee and elbow pads/ helmets. This/ allow them/ skateboard safely. 8. Today skateboarding is still/ very popular sport, and there/ are lots of competitions.

UNIT 1: LEISURE ACTIVITIES

III. Rearrange the sentences to make a suitable by writing the correct number (1-10) in each blank. A. One study stated that “sending text messages and using Facebook while doing homework were bad for overall GPA”. B. According to Facebook, in 2012, there are over 618 million active users per day, and over a billion active users per month. C. But does too much time on social networking sites harm students‟ schoolwork? D. One small girl said that checking text messages and Facebook on her smartphone was the biggest obstacle to her homework. E. Several studies have showed opposite results. F. Some students are turning on software such as “Block Facebook” to block certain websites on their computers, and allow them to have only certain amounts of time on Facebook so that they can focus on homework. G. In this study, there was no relation between an excess of social media and a below average grades. H. One 2010 study showed that only 37% of “heavy” media users had grades lower than the average, while 35% of “light” social users had lower in average grades. I. Other studies have found a negative relationship between social medial usage and overall Grade Point Average (GPA). J. Social networking can help connect people with friends, give people the chance to share pictures online, and help people communicate easily. IV. Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions: “in, at, on, after, under, between, beside, out of, above, beneath”. 1. There is a bus station ..................... the end of this road. 2. Keep those medicines ..................... the children‟s reach. 3. I lost my keys somewhere ..................... the car and the house. 4. Come ..................... and sit ..................... your sister. 5. D comes ..................... C in the alphabet. 6. The boat sank ..................... the waves. 7.

Don‟t shelter ..................... the trees when it‟s raining.

8. Please put these books ..................... the bookshelf ..................... the desk. II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

1. My house is smaller than your house. → Your house ......................................................................... 2. I love listening to music. → I like.................................................................................... 3. The black dress is more expensive than the white one. → The white dress ..................................................................

I. Find the word which has different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. stopped

B. agreed

C. listened

2. A. meat

B. seat

C. great

D. cleaned D. mean

3. A. call

B. land

C. fall

D. ball

4. A. rather

B. them

C. neither

D. think

4. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary. → Mary .................................................................................. 9

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 1: LEISURE ACTIVITIES

7. Laura fell asleep during the lesson

II. Match a word in column A with its antonym in column B. A

Answer

1. slim

a. shy

2. careful

b. boring

3. quiet

c. short

4. interesting

d. hard-working

5. generous

e. careless

6. curly

f. fat

7. beautiful

g. noisy

8. lazy

h. selfish

9. tall

i. straight

10. confident

j. ugly

10.

A. so

4. I‟m

A. what

6. I am

A. will be 15. We A. haven‟t heard 16. If I A. would be

than her sister. (BEAUTY)

17. The children sang

7. They enjoy the

summer evenings in the countryside. (PEACE)

8. Those cats look

. (LOVE)

A. happily 18. This newspaper

of him to offer to pay for us both. (GENEROUSITY) in developing communication skills. (HELP)

A. is publishing

B. have gone

2. What will you do if you A. will pass A. will be 4. I asked him A. where 5. It rained hard. A. Therefore

C. pass

D. going

B. where

C. what 6 o‟clock

B. at / in

D. who the morning.

C. in / at

D. at / at

C. would be

D. would

come back later. B. will

anything from James since we left school. B. heard

C. don‟t hear

D. didn‟t hear

C. am

D. will be

C. unhappy

D. happy

C. published

D. is published

a bird, I would be a dove. B. were during the trip. B. happiness everyday. B. publish

B. didn‟t you

C. did you

D. have you

English very much. B. learnt

C. learning

D. to learn

D. will go

V. Complete the text with the comparative or superlative of the adjectives in brackets. D. passed

Who are the

best

(0- good) drivers?

longer.

B. is

C. were

D. has been

C. what

D. which

he came from. B. who

, my father went to work. B. However

6. Your sister writes poems and stories,

C. went

the final examinations?

B. would pass

3. I wish my summer holiday

A. does

A. learn

to the countryside two months ago.

A. go

D. in

C. to go

19. You have lived in this city since 1998, A. haven‟t you

1. We

B. go

20. My students enjoy

IV. Choose the correct answer; A, B, C or D.

C. among

I have just bought is every cheap.

A. which

. (FRIEND)

D. whose 8:00 am to 10:00 am.

jogging every morning.

13. We will start our trip 14. He said he

D. sugar

C. whom

B. from

A. went 12. The bike

enough to have a lot of friends. (LUCK)

10. Role-play is

B. which

A. between

writer. (HUMOR)

9. It was

C. candies you met at the party yesterday?

11. The doctor advised me

sorry for the delay. (EXTREME)

5. She looks more

B. eggs

10. Tomorrow the director will have a meeting

is a child whose parents are dead. (ORPHANAGE)

3. L.A Hill is a

C. because D. therefore

do you want?

A. bananas

A. in / in

2. An

B. but

8. How much 9. Do you know the man

III. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. People in my country are very warm and

she was tired.

B. doesn‟t

C. Because

D. So

she? C. will

D. won‟t

Which drivers are the survey, young and inexperienced drivers are the (3- old) drivers are accident. difference, too. Young men have the

(1- safe) on the roads? According to a recent (2- likely) to have an (4- careful). Gender makes a (5- bad) accident records of all. They

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

are generally choose

UNIT 1: LEISURE ACTIVITIES

(6- aggressive) (8- fast) cars with

(7- old) drivers. They also (9- big) engines.

(10- interesting) facts in the survey is that passengers have One of the an effect on the driver. When young male drivers have their friends in the car, their driving becomes (11- bad). When their wife or girlfriend is in the car, however, their (12- good). But the opposite is true for women. Their driving is driving is (13- dangerous) when their husband or boyfriend is in the car! VI. Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in brackets. 1. There are four ................................. in my house.

bookshelf

2. The photocopy is between the ................................. and the drugstore. bake 3. Is your brother an .................................?

act

4. Mai‟s sister is a .................................

sing

5. We must be ................................. when we cross the road.

care

6. This tree has a lot of green .................................

leaf

7. Is your father a .................................?

business

8. I‟m Vietnamese. What‟s your .................................?

nation

from 10 to 4 on Sunday, too. Restaurants (5) pubs usually open from 11 a.m to 11 come for a few hours in (7) afternoon. People p.m. Some (6) a meal between 1 and 2 in the afternoon and between 7 and 9 in the usually (8) evening. Clubs don‟t usually open (9) about 10 or 11 p.m and they close at 2 or 3 dose at 5 or 6 p.m. a.m. Museums normally open at about 10 a.m and (10) IX. Read the following passage and choose the correct answer for each gap. I surf the Internet every day, but I‟ve never (1) more than an hour at a time the Internet online. I‟ve got a laptop and also a smartphone, so I can (2) anywhere. Today, for instance, I‟ve been (3) three times. my friends. I read online magazines and I look (5) Mainly I just (4) I‟ve never bought anything information, too. I also compare prices of things, (6) online because I don‟t think it‟s safe. . One friend of mine I‟m not an Internet addict, but some of my friends (7) because he spends all night online. Although he‟s got a lot always looks (8) of bad marks for the exams, he hasn‟t (9) his habits. In my experience, it‟s very useful for people who use the Internet (10) 1. A. spend

B. spending

C. spent

2. A. have

B. use

C. play

3. A. online

B. Internet

C. computer

4. A. write

B. email

C. send

VII. Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences.

5. A. at

B. in

C. for

1. look / does / she / what / like?

6. A. because

B. but

C. although

7. A. is

B. were

C. are C. happily

9. Air ................................. is a big problem in many cities in the world. pollute 10. Yoko is from Japan. She is .................................

Japan

2. is / she / as / Mai / easy-going / not / as.

8. A. tired

B. hard

9. A. change

B. to change

C. changed

3. classroom / to / they / the / outside / the / prefer.

10. A. sensible

B. sensibly

C. sensibleness

=> 4. time / I / most / my / with / spend / of / Hoa => 5. in / sun / the / rises / East / the => 6. a / received / Lan / letter / yesterday / her / from / friend. => 7. not / get / is / she / to / old / married / enough. => 8. long / is / a / girl / she / with / nice / hair. => VIII. Read the text and fill in the blank with the suitable word. The normal working day in Britain is (1) 9 a.m to 5 p.m, so most offices are open 9-5. Schools usually start at 9 o‟clock, too, but they (2) at about 3.30. Shops usually (3) from 9 to 5.30 Monday to Saturday and (4) shops open 13

X. Read the following passage and answer the questions. THE OLYMPIC GAMES Every four years people all over the world watch the Olympic Games. It is a time for all kinds of people to unite in peace. Some of them join together to compete for gold medals. Millions of other people watch them on television. Why do we have the Olympics? How did they begin? The first Olympic Games were in Greece in 776 B.C. There was only one event. People ran a race the length of the stadium. The Games lasted one day. Slowly people added more events. The Games were only for men, and women could not even watch them. Only Greeks competed. They came from all parts of the Greek world. The time of the Games was a time of peace, and the government let everyone travel safely. Kings competed against common people. The winners became national heroes. The first modern Games were in 1896 in Athens. The Greeks built a new stadium for the competition. Athletes from several countries competed. Then there were Olympics every four years in different cities in Europe and the United States until 1952. After that they were held in Melbourne, Tokyo, Mexico City, and Montreal besides in European cities. Each year there were 14

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

athletes from more nations. The first Winter Olympics were in 1924. The athletes compete in skiing and other winter sports. Today there must be Olympic Games every four years. The Games must have at least fifteen events, and they cannot last more than sixteen days. There is no age limit people of any age can compete.

UNIT 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

Unit 2

The competitors must not be professionals. They must be amateurs. The athletes compete for gold medals. The winners are still national heroes, as they were in the early Olympic Games in Greece. In 1956, Egypt, Iraq, and Lebanon boycotted the Games. They did not compete in the Games because several countries took the Suez Canal from Egypt that year. Other countries boycotted the Games in 1964 and 1976. In 1980, the United States and other countries boycotted the Games in Moscow. In 1984, the Soviet Union and other countries boycotted the Games in Los Angeles. How can the nations of the world solve this problem? Maybe the Games should be in Greece every year, where they began. Then athletes from all over the world could compete without any boycotts. Questions 1. What was the only event in the first Olympic Games? ......................................................................................................................... 2. How many nations played in the first Games? ......................................................................................................................... 3. What is the age limit? ......................................................................................................................... 4. Are the competitors professionals or amateurs? ......................................................................................................................... 5. Where and when is the next Olympic Games? .........................................................................................................................

LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

beehive

(n)

/ˈbiːhaɪv/

tổ ong

brave

(adj)

/breɪv/

can đảm

buffalo-drawn cart

(n)

/ˈbʌfələʊ-drɔːn kɑːt / xe trâu kéo

cattle

(n)

/ˈkætl/

gia súc

collect

(v)

/kəˈlekt/

thu gom, lấy, sưu tầm ầm

convenient

(adj)

/kənˈviːniənt/

thuận tiện, tiện nghi

disturb

(v)

/dɪˈstɜːb/

làm phiền

electrical appliance

(n)

/ɪˈlektrɪkl əˈplaɪəns/

đồ điện

generous

(adj)

/ˈdʒenərəs/

hào phóng, rộng rãi

ger

(n)

/ger/

C lều của dân du lụcc Mông Cổ

/ˈgəʊbi ˈhaɪlənd/

Cao nguyên Gobi đồng cỏ

Gobi Highlands grassland

(n)

/ˈɡrɑːslænd/

harvest time

(n)

/ˈhɑːvɪst taɪm/

mùa gặt

herd

(v, n)

/hɜːb/

chăn dắt/ bầy, đàn

local

(adj, n)

/ˈləʊkl/

ịa phương ph địa phương, dân địa

Mongolia

(n)

/mɒŋˈɡəʊliə/

Mông Cổ

nomad

(n)

/ˈnəʊmæd/

dân du mục

nomadic

(adj)

/ˈnəʊmædɪk/

thuộc về du mục

paddy field

(n)

/ˈpædi fiːld/

đồng lúa

pasture

(n)

/ˈpɑːstʃə(r)/

đồng cỏ

pick

(v)

/pɪk/

hái (hoa, quả...)

vast

(adj)

/vɑːst/

rộng lớn, bát ngát

expect

(v)

/ɪkˈspekt/

mong đợi

harvest

(n, v)

/ˈhɑːvɪst/

ho vụ thu hoac, gặtt hái, thu hoạch

chore

(n)

/tʃɔː/

thám hiểm, thăm dò

UNIT 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

envious

(adj)

/ˈenviəs/

ghen tị, thèm muốn

explore

(v)

/ɪkˈsplɔː/

thám hiểm, thăm dò

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others. 1. A. nomadic

B. generous

C. colourful

D. countryside

2. A. popular

B. calculus

C. beehive

D. disturb

3. A. harvest

B. collect

C. peaceful

D. whisper

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW

4. A. charade

B. transport

C. expect

D. paddy

COMPARATIVE ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS (So sánh h hơn củaa tính từ và trạng từ)

5. A. opportunity

B. inconvenient

C. facility

D. optimistic

Ta sử dụng So sánh hơn để so sánh gi giữa người (hoặc vật) này với người (hoặc ặc vật) vậ khác. 1. Comparative adjectives (So sánh h hơn của tính từ)

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

Cấu trúc:

I. Write the comparison of these adjectives and adverbs.

− Short Adj: S + be + adj + er + than + Noun/ Pronoun

Tính từ/ Trạng từ

− Long Adj: S + be + more + adj + than + Noun/ Pronoun

1. beautifully

Ex: China is bigger than India. (Trung Hoa to lớn l hơn Ấn Độ.) Gold is more valuable than silver. (Vàng có giá tr trị hơn bạc.)

So sánh hơn ...................................................

2. hot

...................................................

3. crazy

...................................................

2. Comparative adverbs (So sánh h hơn với trạng từ):

4. slowly

...................................................

Cấu trúc:

5. much

...................................................

- Short Adv: S + V + adv + er + than + Noun/ Pronoun

6. little

...................................................

- Long Adv: S + V + more / less + adv + than + Noun/ Pronoun

7. badly

...................................................

Ex: - They work harder than I do. do = They work harder than me. (Họ làm việc ệc chăm ch chỉ hơn tôi.)

8. well

...................................................

- My friend did the test more carefully than I did. = My friend did the test more carefully than me. (Bạn tôi làm bài kiểm ểm tra ccẩn thận hơn tôi.)

9. attractively

...................................................

10. big

...................................................

*Một số tính từ/ trạng từ bất ất qui tắc: t good/well – better, bad/badly – worse, little – less, many/ much – more, far - farther/ further, late – later, old – older/ elder

II. Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets.

Ex: I believe you will be better next time.

1. Iceland is considered the most 2. A

country in the world. (peace)

lifestyle has its advantages and disadvantages. (nomad)

3. My brother has been a stamp

PART 2: EXERCISE

4. It is a/ an (convenience)

A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

for several years. (collect)

place to hold a picnic because it is too far from the road.

5. Drinking water in some areas may be

. (safe)

6. During my stay in the village, I was

with several local farmers. (friend)

7. Encouraging children to eat and drink

is very important. (health)

1. A. neighbor

B. cough cou

C. although

D. drough ght

2. A. entertain

B. rainn

C. air

D. strain

3. A. try

B. facility facilit

C. typhoon

D. supplyy

8. Local people in the village often wear their (tradition)

4. A. supermarket

B. ruler ler

C. pollution

D. urban

9. Please give

5. A. nature

B. migrant migr

C. facility

D. away

10. The baby slept very

6. A. traffic

B. relaative

C. tragedy

D. jam

costumer during the festivals.

to that charity to help the homeless after the flood. (generous) because the bed was really comfortable. (sound)

7. A. apartment

B. offeer

C. prefer

D. anotheer

III. Complete the sentences. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

8. A. nature

B. pressure press

C. urban

D. supply pply

1. It is ....................... in the city than it is in the country.

9. A. create

B. pea eaceful

C. increase

D. easily

10. A. accessible

B. press ssure

C. illness

D. success ss

A. noisily

B. more noisier

C. noisier

D. noisy

2. The English test was ....................... than I thought it would be. A. the easier

B. more easy

C. easiest

D. easier

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

3. English is thought to be ....................... than Math. A. harder

B. the more hard

V. Choose the best answers of these sentences.

C. hardest

D. the hardest

C. more cheap than

D. cheaper than

A. cheap than

B. cheaper

C. farther

D. farer

B. more far

3. Pat‟s cat is (faster/ fastest) thhan Peter‟s. 4. This poster is (colourfuler/ more colourful) than the one in the hall.

5. Her office is ....................... away than mine. A. father

1. Of the four dresses, I like the red one (better/ best). 2. Bill is the (happier/ happiest) person we know.

4. My house is ....................... hers.

5. Does Fred feel (weller/ better) today than he did yesterday? 6. This vegetable soup tastes very (good/ best).

6. Tom is ....................... than David. A. handsome

B. the more handsome

7. Jane is the (less/ least) athletic of all the women.

C. more handsome

D. the most handsome

8. My cat is the (prettier/ prettiest) of the two. 9. This summary is (the better/ the best) of the pair.

7. He did the test ....................... I did. A. as bad as

B. badder than

C. more badly than

D. worse than

10. The colder the weather gets, (sicker/ the sicker) I feel.

C. more slow

D. more slower

C. READING

8. A boat is ....................... than a plane. A. slower

B. slowest

9. My new sofa is ....................... than the old one. A. more comfortable

B. comfortably

C. more comfortabler

D. comfortable

I. Read the information about France and Spain. Complete the sentences about the countries, using a comparative form of the words in bracket. FRANCE

10. My sister dances ....................... than me. A. gooder

B. weller

C. better

D. more good

11. This road is ....................... than that road. A. narrower

B. narrow

C. the most narrow

D. more narrower

12. He drives ....................... his brother. A. more careful than

B. more carefully

C. more carefully than

D. as careful as B. the coldest

550,000 sq km

Population:

64 million

SPAIN Size:

500,000 sq km

Population:

40 million

Summer temperature: 18 degree C

Summer temperature: 24 degree C

Winter temperature: 5 degree C

Winter temperature: 11 degree C

Rainfall:

Rainfall: 300mm

650mm

1. France .................................. Spain. (big) 2. Spain .................................. France. (smaller)

13. It was ....................... day of the year. A. the colder

Size:

C. coldest

D. colder

3. Spain‟s population ................................... France‟s population. (large) 4. France‟s population ..................... not ..................... Spain‟s population. (small))

14. She is ....................... student in my class. A. most hard-working

B. more hard-working

5. Spain .................................. France in summer. (hot)

C. the most hard-working

D. as hard-working

6. Spain .................... not ................... France in winter. (cold) 7. Spain .................... not .................... France. (rainy)

15. Jupiter is ....................... planet in the solar system. A. the biggest

B. the bigger

C. bigger

D. biggest

8. France .................................. ...... Spain. (rainy)

IV. Complete the sentences. Write one word of comparison in each space.

II. Read the following passage and choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

1. This book is better ....................... the other one.

Sydney is Australia‟s most exxciting city. The history of Australia begins here.. In 1788 Captain Arthur Philips arrived in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sydney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sydney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. Ther There are two things that make Sydney famous: its beautiful harbor, the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973.

2. Jim is not ....................... tall as his sister. 3.

I like running. It‟s ....................... interesting than swimming.

This film is funnier ....................... the last one we saw.

Do this exercise first. It‟s ....................... important than that one.

These books are cheaper ....................... the other ones.

Don‟t worry! It‟s not ....................... bad as you think.

This road is longer ....................... I thought.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

1. Where did Captain Arthur Philips arrive in 1788?

1. According to the passage, living in the country has

A. South Pacific

B. Sydney Harbor

A. both good and bad points

B. only bad points

C. Britain

D. Sydney

C. only good points

D. no disadvantages

2. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage?

2. How many advantages does living in the country have?

A. Sydney‟s Opera House

B. The history of Sydney

C. Sydneys beaches and harbors

D. An introduction of Sydney

A. Two

B. Four

C. Three

3. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sydney? A. Sydney is not a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. B. Sydney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world.

A. there are few shops

B. there is less traffic

C. there are fewer people

D. there are few services

A. The country is only suitable for retired people.

D. Sydney is the biggest port in the South Pacific.

B. It‟s hard to find entertainment in the country.

4. How many beaches are there close to Sydney? B. over 20 beaches

C. nearly 20 beaches

D. 770 beaches

C. There are fewer shops and services in the country. D. People in the country tend to be friendlier than people in the city. 5. Having few friends is

5. When was the Sydney Harbor Bridge built? A. 1788

B. 1973

4. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

C. Sydney is the most exciting city in Australia.

A. 11 beaches

D. No

3. Living in the country is safer for young children because

A. one of drawbacks to life in the country C. 1932

B. the only disadvantage of living in the country

D. 1625

C. one of certain advantages to life outside the city III. Read the text and fill in the blanks with the words in the box, using comparative or superlative of the adjectives. the best

warmer

drier

the biggest

the largest

the most important

the most beautiful

the worst

richer

the most famous

California is (1) state in the USA. It isn‟t (2) state; population and it‟s certainly (4) state that‟s Alaska. But it‟s got (3) than most countries in the world). The coast had one for the US economy (it‟s (5) of (6) climates in the USA; it‟s (7) and (8) than state! But California has most places. Some people would also say it‟s (9) some problems; Los Angeles has one of (10) crime rates of nay US city.

D. one of certain drawbacks to life outside the city D. WRITING I. Complete the sentences with the correct comparison. Name: Nam Home: a farm/ the country/ Vinh Phuc/ Vietnam Likes: summer – climb/ mountains; winter – go fishing Reason: relaxing/ quiet Dislikes: city life/ not safe enough/ walk around alone/ too dangerous/ cycle/ street/ heavy traffic 1. Nam lives 2. In summer, he

IV. Choose the item among A, B, C or D that best answers the question about the passage.

3. In winter, he

Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. However, in reality, it has both advantages and disadvantages.

4. He really likes it because

There are certainly many advantages of living in the country. First, you can enjoy peace and quietness. Moreover, people tend to be friendlier. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is safer for young children. However, there are certain disadvantages or drawbacks to life outside the city. First, because there are fewer people, you are likely to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is difficult to find, particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services so it is quite hard to find jobs. As a result, you may have to travel a long way to work, which can be extremely expensive. In conclusion, it can be seen that the country is more suitable for some people than others. On the whole, it is often the best place for those who are retired or who have young children. In contrast, young or single people who have a career are better provided for in the city. 21

5. He thinks city life is not 6. He also thinks it is too II. Rewrite each sentence so it has the same meaning. Use a comparative form of the adjective in brackets. 1. Tim is older than Sarah. (young) Sarah ............................................................................................................... 2. Our house is large than yours.

(small)

Your house is .................................................................................................. 3. Bill is not as tall as David.

(short)

Bill is .............................................................................................................. 22

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

4. Jack‟s marks are worse than mine.

UNIT 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

(good)

My marks ........................................................................................................ 5. This book is the same price at that one. (expensive) That book is ..................................................................................................... 6. Your bike is slower than mine.

(fast)

My bike ...........................................................................................................

17. People dive fast. Many accidents happen. −˃ The faster ....................................................................... .................................................................................................... ............................. 18. I meet him much. I hate him much. −˃ The more..................................................................................................... 19. My boss works better when he is pressed for time. −˃ The less....................................................................................................... .....................................................................................

III. Rewrite the sentences of comparison. 1. Her old house is bigger than her new one.

20. As he has much money, he wants to spend much. −˃ The more.....................................................................................................

−˃ Her new house ............................................................................................ 2. No one in my class is taller than Peter.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

−˃ Peter............................................................................................................ 3. The black dress is more expensive than the white one. −˃ The white dress ........................................................................................... 4. According to me, English is easier than Maths. −˃ According to me, Maths .............................................................................. 5. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary. −˃ Mary ........................................................................................................... 6. No river in the world is longer than the Nile. −˃ The Nile ...................................................................................................... 7. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. −˃ No mountain ............................................................................................... 8. This is the first time I have ever met such a pretty girl, −˃ She is .......................................................................................................... 9. He works much. He feels tired. −˃ The more..................................................................................................... 10. This computer works better than that one. −˃ That computer ............................................................................................. 11. The apartment is big. The rent is high. −˃ The bigger................................................................................................... 12. We set off soon. We will arrive soon. −˃ The sooner .................................................................................................. 13. The joke is good. The laughter is loud. −˃ The better.................................................................................................... 14. She gets fat. She feels tired.

I. Choose the word (A, B, c or D) which is pronounced differently from the others. 1. A. fun

B. sunn

C. surf

2. A. leisure

B. eight ght

C. celebrate

D. penalty nalty

3. A. populated

B. loaded load

C. harvested

D. lived

4. A. fields

B. flowers flower

C. lemons

D. parks

II. Write the comparative and superlative of these adjectives. Adjective

Comparative

Superlative

interesting

more interesting

the most interesting

expensive thick friendly fine thin difficult warm wise easy wonderful sunny fat long

−˃ The fatter .................................................................................................... 15. As he gets older, he wants to travel less. −˃ The older..................................................................................................... 16. The children are excited with the difficult games. −˃ The more..................................................................................................... 23

D. cut

III. Fill in each blank with the suitable preposition. 1. Please wait

me a few minutes.

2. You can use dictionary to find 3. They are very proud

new words. their new house.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

10. Can you help me (move) 4. My sister is not very good

math.

5. Tim should work harder

his Spanish pronunciation.

11. Nam always (get) B.

ghosts?

7. I got good grades

English and History.

1. Tea is

1. There is a

of books on the shelf. (collect)

2. It is very

for people in remote areas to get to hospitals. (convenience)

3. He is very

with his hands. (skill)

4. It is said that water collected from the local streams is

to drink. (safe)

5. We want

relations with all countries. (friend)

6. I like to eat

, so I eat a lot of fruits and vegetables every day. (health)

C. listening – hang

D. listening – hanging D. inconvenient

C. less peaceful

D. much more peaceful D. give

C. How many

D. How often

6. Vietnamese people have many ............... customs and crafts. A. tradition

B. traditional

C. culture

D. cultural

VI. Complete the sentences with the correct verb form. (hunt) in the forests. He‟d like to find some

2. My father sometimes goes more food for our family.

(pick) up a stone and threw it in to the river.

3. The boy 4. He

(collect) stamps from many countries since he

5. Which sports do you like 6. Hoa‟s teacher wants her (spend) 7. I promise I (try) 8. Sandra needs (improve) 9. You should (underline) 25

French in grammar? (easy) my old bed. (comfortable) than the book. (interesting)

stories

mountain

any

riding

with

life

IX. Read the text and decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F).

(play) badminton in the winter

1. John adores

the Red River. (long)

Some villagers now live in brick houses instead of earthen ones. Our houses are better equipped (3) .......................... electric fans and TVs. Thanks to the TV, we now know more about (4) .......................... outside our village. We don‟t use oil lamps (5) .......................... more. We have electric lights which are much brighter. More villagers are using motorcycles for transport instead of (6) .......................... a horse or walking. We – village children – no longer have to walk a long way and cross a stream to get (7) .......................... school, which is dangerous in the rainy season. Now there‟s a new school nearby. We also have more (8) .......................... from the city. They come to experience our way of life.

5. ............... month is the Hoa Ban festival of the Thai people held in? B. Which

elephants. (heavy)

visitors

4. The boys often help their parents to ............... water from the village well.

A. When

me. (tall)

6. Blue whales are

I live in a (1) .......................... village. My parents often tell me (2) .......................... about their life in the past. It‟s not much like the village I can see nowadays.

B. much peaceful

C. absorb

a buffalo. (powerful)

5. My sister is

VIII. Read the text and choose the suitable words with the correct blank spaces.

A. peaceful

B. collect

4. A tractor is

10. The film about my village town is

3. Life in a small town is ............... than that in a big city.

A. gather

the town. (beautiful)

9. My new bed is

2. Don‟t worry. It is ............... to travel to that village even at night. C. difficult

than the old one. (effective)

3. The countryside is

8. Do you think English is

1. Teenagers enjoy ............... to music and ............... out with friends. B. to listen – to hang

coffee. (cheap)

2. The new harvest machine is

7. The Mekong River is

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentence. A. listen – hang

so successful.

VII. Use the adjective in brackets in their correct forms of comparison to complete the sentences.

IV. Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets.

B. unsafe

grade A in Physics, but last semester he (get)

12. They were proud of (be)

6. Do you believe

A. safe

this table?

(be) eight.

(play)?

Tokyo at night is a very different place from Tokyo in daytime. Millions of neon lights are switched on and nowhere in the world is more attractive. A town is not its buildings alone; it is an atmosphere, its pleasure, its sadness, its madness, and above all its people. Tokyo may lack architectural beauty but it has character and excitement; it is alive. I found it a mysterious and lovable city.

more time on math. my best next semester. her English writing. the word you want (learn)

Tokyo is a famous city. There are a few good buildings and impressive temples; there are a few parks worth visiting. Everything has to be small in Tokyo: houses, rooms, shops. Long-side streets consist of tiny houses only, and this often creates a toy-like, with small women tip-toeing along in their kimonos.

There are many beautiful buildings in Tokyo.

. 26

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

There is nothing to see in the parks in Tokyo.

Many small houses found along long road.

At night, Tokyo is not as attractive as many other cities.

Tokyo has beautiful architecture.

The author likes Tokyo.

UNIT 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

Unit 3

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

X. Make up sentences using the words and phrases given. 1. It/ to/ quite simple/ is/ cook Thang Co. ......................................................................................................................... 2. to/ do/ you/ like/ in/ live/ the big city /or the countryside? ......................................................................................................................... 3. becoming/ is/ the/ better/ traffic. ......................................................................................................................... 4. life/ in/ is/ better/ the/ changing/ country. ......................................................................................................................... 5. Ho Chi Minh city/ Mr. Hung/ tonight/ arriving/ in/ is. ......................................................................................................................... 6. I/ countryside/ the/ last Sunday/ went/ my uncle/ to/ and. .........................................................................................................................

PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

A. VOCABULARY Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

ancestor

(n)

/ˈænsestər/

ông cha, tổ tiên

basic

(adj)

/ˈbeɪsɪk/

cơ bản

complicated

(adj)

/ˈkɒmplɪkeɪtɪd/

tinh vi, phức tạp

costume

(n)

/ˈkɒstjuːm/

trang phục

curious

(adj)

/ˈkjʊəriəs/

tò mò, ham tìm hiểu

custom

(n)

/ˈkʌstəm

tập quán, phong tục

diverse

(adj)

/daɪˈvɜːs/

đa dạng

diversity

(n)

/daɪˈvɜːsəti/

sự đa dạng, phong phú

ethnic

(adj)

/ˈeθnɪk/

(thuộc) dân tộc

ethnic minority people

(n)

/ˈeθnɪk maɪˈnɒrəti ˈpiːpl /

người dân tộc thiểu số

gather

(v)

/ˈɡæðə(r)/

thu thâp, hái lượm, tập hợp

XI. Rewrite the sentences, using the given words.

heritage

(n)

/ˈherɪtɪdʒ/

di sản

1. Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees. Today it‟s only six degrees.

hunt

(v)

/hʌnt/

săn bắt

=> It‟s....................................................................................................................

insignificant

(adj)

/ˌɪnsɪɡˈnɪfɪkənt/

không quan trọng

majority

(n)

/məˈdʒɒrəti

đa số

minority

(n)

/maɪˈnɒrəti/

thiểu số

=> We ..................................................................................................................

multicultural

(adj)

/ˌmʌltiˈkʌltʃərəl/

đa văn hóa công nhận, xác nhận

7. is/ home/ so/ dark/ should/ It/ we/ go/ getting ......................................................................................................................... 8. grandfather/ Saturday/ I/ my/ am/ on/ visiting. .........................................................................................................................

2. The journey takes four hours by car and five hours by train. => It takes ............................................................................................................. 3. We were very busy at work today. We are not as busy as that every day. 4. Jane cooks better than her sister.

recognise

(v)

/ˈrekəɡnaɪz/

=> Jane‟s sister .....................................................................................................

shawl

(n)

/ʃɔːl/

khăn choàng (khăn piêu)

5. Tom is the best football player in this team.

speciality

(n)

/ˌspeʃiˈæləti/

đặc sản

stilt house

(n)

/stɪlt haʊs/

nhà sàn

terraced field

(n)

/ˈterəst fiːld/

ruộng bậc thang

=> Nobody in this team ........................................................................................

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. MẠO TỪ KHÔNG XÁC ĐỊNH : A/ AN A. Lý thuyết 27

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

1. A đứng trước một phụ âm hoặc một nguyên âm (a, e, i, o, u) có âm là phụ âm.

1. Trước tên quốc gia, tên châu lục, tên núi, tên hổ, tên đường.

- a game (một trò chơi); a boat (một chiếc tàu thủy)

Europe (Châu Âu), South America (Nam Mỹ), France (nước Pháp)

- a university (một trường đại học); a year (một năm)

2. Khi danh từ không đếm được hoặc danh từ số nhiều dùng theo nghĩa chung nhất, chứ không chỉ riêng trường hợp nào.

- a European (một người Âu); a one-legged man (một người thọt chân) 2. An đứng trước một nguyên âm hoặc một h câm. - an egg (một quả trứng); an ant (một con kiến) - an honour (một niềm vinh dự); an hour (một giờ đồng hồ) 3. An cũng đứng trước các mẫu tự đặc biệt đọc như một nguyên âm. - an SOS (một tín hiệu cấp cứu); an MSc (một thạc sĩ khoa học), an X-ray (môt tia X) 4. A/An có hình thức giống nhau ở tất cả các giống. - a tiger (một con cọp); a tigress (một con cọp cái) - an uncle (một ông chú); an aunt (một bà dì)

- I don‟t like French beer. (Tôi chẳng thích bia của Pháp.) - I don‟t like Mondays. (Tôi chẳng thích những ngày thứ Hai.) 3. Trước danh từ trừu tượng, trừ phi danh từ đó chỉ một trường hợp cá biệt. - Men fear death. (Con người sợ cái chết.) (But) - The death of the President made his country acephalous. (Cái chết của vị tổng thống đã khiến cho đất nước ông không có người lãnh đạo). 4. Sau sở hữu tính từ hoặc sau danh từ ở sở hữu cách - My friend, chứ không nói My the friend - The girl‟s mother = the mother of the girl (Mẹ của cô gái)

B. Ví dụ:

5. Trước tên gọi các bữa ăn

1. Trước một danh từ số ít đếm được. - We need a computer. (Chúng tôi cần một máy vi tính) - He eats an ice-cream. (Anh ta ăn một cây kem) 2. Trước một danh từ làm bổ túc từ (kể cả danh từ chỉ nghề nghiệp) - It was a tempest. (Đó là một trận bão dữ dội) - She‟ll be a musician. (Cô ta sẽ là một nhạc sĩ) - Peter is an actor. (Peter là một diễn viên) 3. Trong các thành ngữ chỉ số lượng nhất định - a lot (nhiểu); a couple (một cặp/đôi); a third (một phần ba) - a dozen (một tá); a hundred (một trăm); a quarter (một phần tư) 4. Trong các thành ngữ chỉ giá cả, tốc độ, tỉ lệ ...

-They invited some friends to dinner. (Họ đã mời vài người bạn đến ăn tối) 6. Trước các tước hiệu - President Roosevelt (Tổng thống Roosevelt) - King Louis XIV of France (Vua Louis XIV của Pháp) 7. Trong các trường hợp sau đây - Women are always fond of music. (Phụ nữ luôn thích âm nhạc.) - Come by car/ by bus (Đến bằng xe ôtô/ xe buýt) - In spring/ in autumn (Vào mùa xuân/ mùa thu), last night (đêm qua), next year (năm tới), from beginning to end (từ đầu tới cuối), from left to right (từ trái sang phải) - Play golf/ chess/ cards/ football/.............. (chơi gôn/ đánh cờ/ đánh bài)

- 90 kilometres an hour (chín mươi kilomet/giờ)

PART 2: EXERCISE

- 4 times a day (bốn lần mỗi ngày) - 2 dollars a litre (hai đô la một lít)

A. PHONETICS

(a/an = per (mỗi))

I. Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

5. Trong các thành ngữ chỉ sự cảm thán

1. A. notice

B. surface

C. contact

D. effect

- What a pity! (thật đáng tiếc!)

2. A. humid

B. airmail

C. discuss

D. pancake

- Such a picturesque hill! (một ngọn đồi thật thơ mộng!)

3. A. area

B. comfort

C. market

D. concern

- What a beautiful painting! (một bức tranh tuyệt vời!)

4. A. customer

B. delicious

C. grocery

D. resident

5. A. organize

B. discussion

C. restaurant

D. neighbor

6. a có thể đứng trước Mr/Mrs/Miss + họ - a Mr Smith, a Mrs Smith, a Miss Smith

II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently the others. II. MẠO TỪ XÁC ĐỊNH : THE

1. A. tasty

B. mall

C. stadium

D. change

The dùng cho cả danh từ đếm được (số ít lẫn số nhiểu) và danh từ không đếm được.

2. A. grocery

B. month

C. comfort

D. money

The truth (sự thật)

The time (thời gian)

3. A. just

B. summer

C. much

D. ruler

The bicycle (một chiếc xe đạp)

The bicycles (những chiếc xe đạp)

4. A. around

B. delicious

C. house

D. ground

5. A. exhibition

B. neighborhood

C. hot

D. humid

• Không dùng mạo từ xác định: 29

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

4. Would you pass me

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the correct answers.

A. a

1. Is this a person / the person you told me about?

salt, please? B. the

5. Can you show me

2. This is the only cinema/an only cinema in the area.

A. the – the

3. Philip has just bought the Thames barge / a Thames barge.

B. an

7. You‟ll get

7. The Prime Minister / Prime Minister will give a speech this afternoon.

10. Here is a thousand pounds / the a thousand pounds I owe you.

B. the – an

11.

14. I think I prefer the other restaurant on the whole / on whole. 16. I was in pain / in a pain after I twist my ankle. 18. Excuse me, but you‟re in the way / in a way.

B. The – Ø B. a

20. The burglar hit me on my back of the neck / the back of my neck.

15. There was

B. an – a

4. I‟m collecting money for .......................... poor.

A. the – a

6. Can you play .......................... guitar?

A. a

young. D. the – a

C. a – the

D. the – the

expensive shop.

B. an

C. a parties and

B. a – the

18. She works seven days

D. a – an

old and corner.

B. an – the

17. Like many women, she loves

5. Brian hasn‟t found .......................... job yet.

D. Ø English scientist?

C. an – the

collision at

A. the

3. Some people think that .......................... moon is made of cheese!

D. an – x

week after next.

C. a – the

16. My mother thinks that this is

2. Kate has bought .......................... new car.

C. Ø – a

story about

B. the – the

A. the – a

1. What‟s .......................... matter? Are you all right?

D. an

14. There‟ll always be a conflict between A. the – the

II. Complete each sentence with a, an or the.

C. Ø

C. the

13. Would you like to hear A. an – the

19. Sue felt seasick on the cross- channel ferry / a cross- channel ferry.

D. The – Ø

college.

12. Are you going away next week? - No, A. an

17. Jack recovered from his accident and is now out of danger / out of the danger.

C. an – Ø

B. a eldest boy is at

A. a – the

15. How many hours do you work, on average / on the average, every week?

D. the – the school.

prison to visit him?

A. the

13. I managed to sell the old painting at a profit / at profit.

D. an – the honest man.

C. an – an

B. Ø – the

10. Do you go to

12. I have to go I‟m in a hurry/ hurry.

C. a – a

youngest boy has just started going to A. A – Ø

11. I was under an impression / under the impression that you had left.

D. Ø

old customer and

A. an – the 9.

9. I haven‟t been to an open-air theatre / open-air theatre before.

C. the

live wire with that screwdriver.

B. Ø – the

8. Mr. Smith is

8. The computer / Computer has already changed our lives dramatically.

D. a – the

shock if you touch

A. an – the

6. Do you have a milk jug / milk jug?

C. the – a

interesting book.

A. a

5. Are you going to church / the church on Sunday?

D. Ø

station?

B. a – a

6. She has read

4. I‟m going to the British Museum /British Museum this afternoon.

C. an

way to

D. Ø gifts.

C. a – a

D. Ø – Ø

C. an

D. Ø

week. B. the

7. Don‟t forget to turn off .......................... television. 8. There‟s .......................... knife in .......................... second drawer.

C. READING

9. .......................... art museum is in .......................... city center.

I. Read the following passage and choose the item (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the questions about it.

III. Choose the best answers A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. We are looking for A. the-the

place to spend B. a-the

2. Please turn off A. the-the

B. a-a

3. We are looking for people with A. the 31

C. a-a

lights when you leave

B. a

C. the-a

D. the-a

2. Check a bicycle before using it and make sure that the brakes and steering-wheel work properly and the tyres have enough air in them.

D. a-the

3. When riding a bicycle, always use a cycling track at the side of the road when there is one.

room.

experience. C. an

HOW TO USE BICYCLE 1. Don‟t ride a bicycle which is not the right size for you.

night.

D. Ø

4. Don‟t ride too fast, especially when going down hills and turning corner. 5. Control the speed of your bicycle with your brakes, but always use them gently. 32

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

6. When in a group, always ride in single file.

III. Read the following text, and fill in the blanks with the suitable words given.

7. Always keep to the side of the road, do not ride in the middle of the road or weave back and forth on the road. 1. You should ride a bicycle which is

A. higher than you are

C. your right size

B. with high seat

D. your favorite C. The tyres

B. The back wheel

D. The steering wheel

A. When riding along the roads

C. When going down hills

B. When turning corner

D. B and C are right

4. Which part of a bicycle do you use to control the speed? C. The chains

B. The lights

D. None of the above

5. When you are in a hurry you can

houses

which

history

opened

year

All houses, gates, village gates and wells are (5) architectural complex, a unique village (6) in the North of Vietnam.

3. When is the most dangerous to ride fast?

A. The brake

that

located

in Duong Lam Commune at a 45 km distance from Duong Lam Village is (1) Ha Noi. It is the birthplace of two kings in the (2) of Vietnam, Phung Hung (or up the long-term self-control and Bo Cai Dai Vuong) andNgo Quyen, who (3) 938. independence period of Viet Nam after Bach Dang Victory in the (4)

2. Which part of a bicycle is used for changing direction? A. The front wheel

built

and many other historical At present, there are still nearly old 200 (7) monuments such as Phung Hung Temple, Ngo Quyen Royal Tomb, Mong Phu Communal House, Ho Gam Hill at (8) Phung Hung killed tigers to rescue villagers and the temple at which the diplomat Giang Van Minh is worshiped. D. WRITING

A. ride in the middle of the road

B. weave back and forth

C. ride dangerously

D. ride in a cycling track quickly

II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. COMMUNAL HOUSE (RONG HOUSE) in villages to the north of the Central Highlands, The Rong House can only be (1) especially in Gia Lai and Kon Turn provinces. It is a large, imposing, beautifully decorated stilt house built (2) in the middle of the village. It is where community activities , meetings, wedding ceremonies, or playing ceremonies. It is also the place (3) for reception of guests. The Rong house of each ethnic group has its own architectural style, . In the village, it is often (5) house design, and decor. Yet there are shared (4) roofed with yellow-dried thatch leaves and having 8 big wood columns. The rafters are decorated with patterns of bright colour, depicting religious scenes, legendary stories about ancient heroes, stylized animals, and other familiar things of the village life. The most distinction of the decor of the Rong House is the (6) of the brilliant God of Sun. The Rong House is a (7) of the culture of Central Highlanders, an age-old and stable culture. The bigger the house, of the whole village. the wealthier the village is. It is a (8)

I. Complete the with the correct answer, using the given words. start

decided

tired

looked

sky

mountain

nobody

into

down

arrived

above

stopped

shouted

Terence Magee likes walking in the mountains. Last week, he was (1) ...................... holiday with his family (2) ...................... Scotland. One afternoon, he was on his way (3) ...................... a mountain when he (4) ...................... at a chairlift. There was (5) ...................... on it. But Mr Magee was (6) ......................, so he jumped (7) ...................... one of the chairs and the chairlift lifted him up into the (8) ...................... A few seconds later, the lift (9) ...................... Mr Magee waited, but the lift didn‟t (10) ...................... again. He (11) ...................... down. He was about fifteen metres (12) ...................... the ground, so he (13) ...................... that it wasn‟t a good idea to jump down. He waved and (14) ......................, but it was no good. There was nobody on the (15) ...................... Soon it was dark and it was very cold. II. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Your work is better than mine. My work 2. Dick is the youngest in the family.

1. A. found

B. find

C. to find

D. finding

Nobody

2. A. on

B. in

C. at

D. under

3. I lose the key, so I cannot get into the house.

3. A. happens

B. take on

C. take place

D. occurs

4. A. features

B. cultures

C. customs

D. designs

4. They are too young to join the army.

5. A. a big

B. a bigger

C. biggest

D. the biggest

They are not

6. A. portrait

B. photo

C. image

D. painting

5. She won‟t come unless you invite her

7. A. signal

B. sign

C. symbol

D. scene

8. A. design

B. pride

C. proud

D. respect

of laterite creating an is typical for villages in the midlands

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

6. We can‟t hang the picture on the wall. It is heavy.

4. I think Angela

to buy that coat, it‟s really lovely.

A. must

The picture 7. They were tired. They were hungry.

B. ought

5. We‟ll go swimming today A. so

They were not only 8. They finish their work. They went home.

B. because

6. Let me

9. She goes out in the rain. She gets wet.

B. to carry

7. I tried

10. Tom can‟t lift the table. He isn‟t strong enough.

B. to remember

8. We live in the room A. above

Tom is

B. on

A. work 10. The

I. Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others. 1. A. beneath

B. scissors

C. wardrobe

D. cover

2. A. frying

B. towel

C. socket

D. include

3. A. chemical

B. precaution

C. electric

D. destruction

4. A. remember

B. dangerous

C. vegetable

D. opposite

II. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Nga eats more

than Tung does because she likes fast food. (healthy)

2. Viet Nam is a (cultural)

country with different peoples, religions and traditions.

3. Most of the Central Highlands is 4. The (commune)

5. To become friendlier, you should 6. Paul used to be 8. I am

A. year

to soft drinks, but now he seldom drinks them. (addiction)

10. Do villagers today dress

is a large piece of furniture where you can hang your clothes. A. Wardrobe

2. Alec said to A. he 3. Children A. must 35

B. Refrigerator

C. Desk C. himself

D. myself

drink milk every day. - It‟s good for them. B. ought

C. don‟t have to

D. exercises

C. stove

D. oven

B. which

C. annual

D. annually

C. When

A. some 14.

B. a

C. the

D. How D. Ø

do the cattle provide for the nomads? - Dairy products, meat, and clothing,, A. What

B. Where

15. The crops

C. Why B. depend heavily

C. affect heavy

D. affect heavily

16. Mai studies Maths a little bit A. bad

B. badly

C. good

17. During the festival, they fly many A. colour A. riding

D. smartly

kites in different shapes and sizes.

B. colourless

18. An old woman was 19.

D. How

on the weather.

C. colourful

D. colouring

the goats up the mountainside. B. taking

C. herding

D. running

is the festival celebrated? – Every year. B. How often

A. view

B. a view

C. How

D. What

in our village. C. some view

D. the view

D. Counter

that he was lucky to be alive. B. his

C. job

Thai people.

A. When 1.

D. up

in the Central Highlands.

20. There are no high buildings to block

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

C. over

B. Where

. (nomadic)

as in the past? (tradition)

D. to remembering

does Hoa Ban Festival take place? - In Lai Chau. A. What

. (train)

of her hometown with a lot of paddy fields. (envy)

C. remembering

13. It is typical of the cultural life of

with your workmates. (socialisation)

9. The cattle are herded to a new pasture by the

B. cooker

A. depend heavy

7. Like my aunt, I want to become a professional dog

D. carrying

B. chores

A. cook

. (mountain)

houses of many ethnic groups are used to worship the ancestors.

C. to carrying

put too much salt in the food.

11. The Gong Festival is held 12.

D. then

the store.

9. It‟ll take me an hour to do the household

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

C. so that

her name but I couldn‟t.

A. remember

D. have

your bag.

A. carry

Finishing

C. should it‟s hot.

D. must not

IV. Read the following passage and choose the item (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the questions about it. Hi! My name is John. I live in Liverpool. Liverpool is a large city in the north of England. I live with my parents, my two brothers and my sister. We live in a large house.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

In our house, there is a big kitchen, a dining room, a large living room, and a toilet. There is also a separate room for our washing machine and freezer. Upstairs there are five bedrooms, two bathrooms, and another toilet. Outside, there is a large garden. There are two garages. 1. Where does John live? A. In England

B. In Wales

C. In Scotland

D. In France

C. 6

D. 7

C. 13

D. 14

2. How many people are there in John‟s family? A. 4

B. 5

3. How many rooms are there in John‟s house? A. 10

B. 11

4. Dining room is the room in a house where you

A. usually relax in comfortable chairs

B. eat meals

C. cook food and wash dishes

D. wash your body

5. Which of the following is not true? A. John‟s family live in a large house. B. John‟s house is big but doesn‟t have any gardens. C. The kitchen in John‟s house is big. D. John‟s house has two garages.

(3) first museum building was designed by French architects, and construction began in 1951 and was finished by May 1916. (4) featuring (6) arranged (8) found.

Museum has played (5) important role in preserving sculpture items cultural, spiritual and ritual lives of (7) Cham people. They displays in order to (9) areas where (10) objects were

VII. Read the passage and complete with the correct prepositions. We send our children (1) school to prepare them (2) the time when they themselves. They learn their own language so that will be big and will have to work (3) they will be able to tell others clearly what they want and what they know and understand what order to be able to benefit (5) others tell them. They learn foreign languages (4) what people (6) other countries have written and said, and in order to make other countries understand what they themselves mean. Nearly everything they people (7) school has some practical use (9) their life. We go to school study (8) all to learn how to learn, so that, when we have left school, we can continue to (10) learn. VIII. Write full sentences about the Cham ethnic group, using the words and phrases given. Add words if necessary to make sentences meaningful.

V. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces.

1. The Cham ethnic group/ a population/ about 100,000.

Dear Grandma and Grandpa, Hi! How are you? We‟re (1)

the living room of our new house. Well, we finally moved! This is a picture (2) It‟s really huge. There are lots of (3) so it‟s very sunny. (4) , we don‟t have (5) yet. We (6) a beautiful couch actually, a sofa bed. We an ultra-modern table to put (8) of it. Please visit soon after want (7) we get our new couch. Love, Sharon and Alex 1. A. fine

B. good

C. well

D. all are correct

2. A. on

B. with

C. about

D. of

3. A. rooms

B. windows

C. couches

D. cushions

4. A. Of course

B. For example

C. Because

D. Soon

5. A. much furniture

B. many furnitures

C. much furnitures

D. many furniture

6. A. buy

B. buys

C. are buying

D. bought

7. A. get

B. getting

C. to get

D. to getting

8. A. beside

B. behind

C. in front

D. next

VI. Fill each blank with a, an or the to complete the following passage. (1)

history of Da Nang Museum of Cham Sculpture started in 1891 when (2) French scientist began to collect Cham sculptures that had been discovered in scattered areas of Quang Nam Province and brought them to Da Nang.

2. They/ live mostly/ the coast/ between Ninh Thuan/ Binh Thuan Provinces/ or/ the Cambodian border/ around Chau Doc. 3. The Cham/ a tradition/ wet rice cultivation. 4. Handicrafts/ fairly well-developed/ especially silkworm textiles/ handmade pottery wares. 5. Both men/ women/ wear/ long-piece sarongs/ cloth wrappers. 6. Main colour/ their daily dress/ cotton white. 7. Chief means/ transporting goods/ farm produce/ black-basket. 8. Most important festival/ called Bon Kate/ held/ near the Cham towers/ the tenth month/ Lunar year.

the

IX. Rewrite the sentence that has the same meaning with the previous sentence. 1. I fed the chickens this morning. The chickens ...............................................................................................................

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

2. The question is so difficult that all the students can‟t answer it. It is such ..................................................................................................................... 3. It is 5 years since Tom and Mary got married. Tom and Mary.............................................................................................................

UNIT 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS

Unit OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS 4

4. The film was so boring that I fell asleep. Because .......................................................................................................................

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

5. Although the weather was bad, it did not delay the traffic. In spite of ................................................................................................................... 6. They built a new bridge over the river.

A. VOCABULARY

A new bridge...............................................................................................................

Word

Type

7. You feel unhealthy because you don‟t take any exercise.

If you ..........................................................................................................................

break with

8. I last wrote to my pen-pal two months ago. I haven‟t ......................................................................................................................

Pronunciation

Meaning

(v)

/əkˈsept/

chấp nhận, nhận

(v)

/breɪk wɪð/

không theo

clockwise

(adv)

/ˈklɒkwaɪz/

theo chiều kim đồng hồ

compliment

(n)

/ˈkɒmplɪmənt/

lời khen

In spite .......................................................................................................................

course

(n)

/kɔːs/

món ăn

10. Where does your brother work?” she asked me.

cutlery

(n)

/ˈkʌtləri/

ìa, ddĩa, dao) bộ đồ ăn (gồm thìa,

She asked me ..............................................................................................................

filmstrip

(n)

/ˈfɪlmstrɪp/

đoạn phim

host

(n)

/həʊst/

chủ nhà (nam)

hostess

(n)

/ˈhəʊstəs/

chủ nhà (nữ)

generation

(n)

/ˌdʒenəˈreɪʃn/

thế hệ

offspring

(n)

/ˈɒfsprɪŋ/

con cái

oblige

(v)

/əˈblaɪdʒ/

bắt buộc

palm

(n)

/pɑːm/

lông bàn tay

pass down

(v)

/pɑːs daʊn/

truyền cho

prong

(n)

/prɒŋ/

đầu đĩa (phần có ăang)

reflect

(v)

/rɪˈflekt/

phản ánh

sharp

(adv)

/ʃɑːp/

chính xác, đúng

9. Although he is strong, he can‟t move that stone.

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. SHOULD ới động độ từ nguyên mẫu (do, go...): 1. Chúng ta dùng “should” với I should do a lot of homework tonight. Dùng “should” giống ng nhau cho tất t cả các ngôi: I/ you/ he/ she/ it/ we/ they should come. 2. Thể phủ định là “shouldn’t”: You shouldn’t work all day. 3. Chúng ta dùng “I should” ho hoặc” “We should” đề nghị những điều tốtt chúng ta n nên làm: I should go home. It’s midnight. 39

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS

We should invite them to our wedding. Chúng ta dùng “I shouldn’t” hoặc “We shouldn’t” nói về những việc không nên làm vì chúng không có lợi cho chúng ta:

6. A. letter

B. twelve

C. person

D. sentence

7. A. included

B. received

C. remembered

D. annoyed

8. A. enough

B. young

C. country

D. mountain

I shouldn’t eat so much food.

9. A. speech

B. March

C. machine

D. children

Chúng ta dùng “should/ shouldn‟t đưa ra lời khuyên:

10. A. face

B. commercial

C. center

D. city

You should look for a better place to eat. “Should” được dùng có tác dụng không mạnh mẽ bằng “must‟ hoặc “have to”. Hãy so sánh:

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.

You should drink more milk. (It‟s a good idea.)

1. A. resident

B. cutlery

C. ancestor

D. permission

You must drink more milk, said the doctor. (It‟s very important)

2. A. generation

B. presentation

C. necessity

D. obligation

4. Chúng ta sử dụng dạng câu hỏi “Should I/ we...?” để xin lời khuyên:

3. A. respect

B. mention

C. expert

D. worship

What should I say to Peter?

4. A. pagoda

B. complement

C. society

D. tradition

I need a new passport. Where should I go?

5. A. custom

B. explain

C. chopstick

D. manner

5. Chúng ta có thể nói “I think we should”, “I don’t think you should” v.v... khi đƣa ra ý kiến: I think we should get two tickets.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets.

Chúng ta thƣờng không nói: I think you shouldn‟t Chúng ta có thể sử dụng “Do you think I should...?” để xin lời khuyên: Tom hasn’t replied to my letter. Do you think I should phone him?

1. Is he

to break the customs of her family? (permission)

2. Today, we are going to discuss the 4. My dad is the

II. HAVE TO 1. Cách dùng: Chỉ sự bắt buộc ai đó phải làm gì theo yêu cầu của người khác 2. Công thức: Sử dụng “have to” như một động từ thường. (+) S + have/ has to + V (infinitive)

. (oblige)

of this wedding anniversary party. (hostess)

5. Do you have to follow the traditions

? (strict)

6. Ao dai is one of the

items of Vietnam. (tradition)

7. She was taught a lot

skills by my parents. (society)

(-) S + don’t/ doesn’t have to + V (infinitive)

8. In some ethnic groups, the elderly (obligation)

(?) Do/ Does + S + have to + V (infinitive)?

9. I have learned several

Yes, S + do/ does.

of traditions. (necessary)

3. The offspring will follow the customs without

their next generations to accept the customs. lessons from the folk tales. (morally)

10. We were impressed by the

of Ha Long Bay. (beautiful)

No, S + don't/ doesn't. 3. Ví dụ − I have to wear school uniform on Monday and Friday. (The school insists.) − He has to be at cafeteria at 8 p.m this evening. (He has got the appointment.)

PART 2: EXERCISE A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. sound

B. touch

C. down

D. account

2. A. design

B. preserve

C. basic

D. physical

3. A. occupation

B. occasion

C. shake

D. miraculous

4. A. concerned

B. received

C. attached

D. concealed

5. A. teacher

B. clear

C. reason

D. mean

II. Complete the sentences with a form of “have to” or “should”. Make the verbs negative when necessary. 1.

You

If you need some help with your homework, you

come with me if you don‟t want to. I‟ll go on my own.

If you have a ticket, you

You

Nick works too much. I think he

Your hair‟s too long. I think you

Your clothes are dirty. You

I‟m going to bed. I

I‟d like to meet your best friend. You

10.

go to the library.

queue. You can go straight in.

tell lies. It‟s wrong. take it easy. get it cut. wash them. get up early tomorrow. invite him/ her round.

tell my parents where I am, then they don‟t worry.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D. 1. My parents usually ............................. work very early. A. go to

B. going to

C. went

D. to go

2. There is a computer ............................. the middle ............................. the room. A. in / of

B. in / in

C. on / of

D. on / in

C. ought to

D. need to

3. Nam has to leave to tidy his room every day. A. should

B. must B. will to

C. are going to

6. 7.

C. more happy

B. received

C. receives

D. more happily D. receiving

3. A. on

B. at

C. to

D. in

4. A. likes

B. liked

C. like

D. to like

B. enough old not

5. A. old not enough

D. not enough old

D. good enough

II. Read the passage about family traditions in Viet Nam, and fill in the blanks with the suitable words. importance

there

because

ancestors

arrange

responsible

look

after

B. yourselves

C. yourself

D. youselves

We must put all the small objects such as beads out ............................. children‟s reach. B. in

C. on

D. to

You are too thin. You ............................. eat much more meat. B. ought not

C. ought to

D. ought not to

I and my pen friend ............................. Ho Chi Minh‟s Mausoleum last Sunday. A. visit

B. visited

C. visits

D. visiting

10. Let us ............................. to the school‟s library next Monday. A. going

B. to go

C. to going

D. go

11. Peter doesn‟t talk much in public. He‟s rather ............................. A. kind

B. sociable

C. humorous

D. reserved

12. You must not let children play in the street because it is ............................. A. suitable

B. dangerous

C. safe

D. careful

13. He‟ll come ............................. to pick you ............................. A. over / up

B. over / on

C. in / up

A. rise/ set

B. rises/ set

C. rises/ sets

D. has risen/ set

15. He spends most of his time ............................. charity work. A. to do

B. did

C. doing

D. with doing

C. READING I. Read the conversation and choose the correct answer. Hoa:

Hello, Lan.

Lan:

Hi, Hoa. You seem (1) ............................

Hoa:

I am. I (2) ............................ a letter from my friend Nien today.

Lan:

Do I know her?

Marriage and family are very important in Viet Nam. In the countryside, parents often (1) marriages; divorce remains uncommon, though is (2) frequent in cities. In traditional Vietnamese families, roles are rigid. The man of the house is primarily (3) for the family‟s economic well-being. Older children help after younger siblings. Discipline is viewed as a parental duty. to (4) The woman of the house looks (5) her parents, husband and children. In rural the areas, women also do much agricultural work. Vietnamese women live (6) “four virtues”: hard work, beauty, refined speech and excellent conduct. to two traditional family obligations: The Vietnamese attach great (7) to care for their parents in their old age and to worship them after death. In each Vietnamese is at least one altar on which there are the pictures of their ancestors. family, (8) they think parents after death Family members worship their ancestors (9) will go to live in another world and this altar is the place where the ancestors‟ souls live in. As a result, every day Vietnamese people lay flowers or sometimes fruits on the altar for the belief that those (10) will enjoy them.

D. on / in

14. The sun always ............................. in the East and ............................. in the West.

Hoa:

I don‟t think so. She was my next - door neighbor (3) ............................ Hue.

Lan:

What does she look (4) ............................?

Hoa:

Oh. She‟s beautiful. Here is her photograph.

B. happily

2. A. receive

A. youself

A. ought 9.

C. well enough

Oh, no. She was (5) ............................ to be in my class.

1. A. happy

Boys and girls, you‟ll have to do this experiment ............................. this afternoon.

A. of 8.

B. enough good

Hoa:

D. is going to

5. Lan isn‟t ............................. to go to school today. A. enough well

What a lovely smile! Was she your classmate?

C. not old enough

4. Nga ............................. have a holiday in Da Lat next summer. A. is going

Lan:

III. Read the passage about introducing Vietnamese customs to foreigners, and then choose the best answer A, B, C or D. The Vietnamese are known to be polite, hospitable and sensitive. They have a casual and friendly (1) . They regard friendship as being very important throughout one‟s life. They are always open to visits from friends. Drop-in visits are welcome. The Vietnamese are very to their family. (2) you a gift, the Vietnamese will usually speak lightly about it. Even When they (3) though it is an expensive gift, they may pretend it is of no great monetary value. 4,000 years of civilization, the Vietnamese are proud people who like to recite to a (4) myth that they are descendants of an angel and a dragon. If you happen to be in their homes at meal time, the Vietnamese will probably (5) you to . Let them know that you enjoy their food is sit down and share whatever food is (6) a better relationship with them. one way in successfully (7) When they invite you to their homes for a meal, celebration, or special occasion, some (8) - usually food, fruits, chocolate or liquors - should be offered to the host‟s family. 44

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS

1. A. tradition

B. feature

C. culture

D. manner

III. Find and correct the mistakes of these sentences

2. A. closed

B. closing

C. close

D. being closed

3. A. offer

B. carry

C. send

D. sell

..................................................................................................................

He don‟t go to the class today.

4. A. Of

B. With

C. At

D. In

5. A. take

B. require

C. speak

D. invite

..................................................................................................................

I didn‟t went to the cinema last night.

6. A. good

B. present

C. available

D. delicious

7. A. setting

B. building

C. taking

D. being

..................................................................................................................

8. A. gifts

B. invitations

C. offers

D. situations

Mr Brown doesn‟t lives in a big city. He lives in the countryside. My sister hasn‟t breakfast very often.

.................................................................................................................. D. WRITING

I. Complete the sentences using “should” or “shouldn’t” .

..................................................................................................................

Ex: You shouldn’t study (You/ study) so hard. Have a holiday.

I enjoyed that play. We should go (We/ go) to the theatre more often. (You/ park) here. It‟s not allowed.

1. 2.

(I/ cook) for breakfast this morning?

What

Phuc isn‟t enough strong to lift the bag. They have a full of flowers garden.

.................................................................................................................. 7.

They no from Greece.

..................................................................................................................

(You/ wear) a raincoat. It‟s raining outside.

(You/ smoke). It‟s bad for you.

..................................................................................................................

(We/ arrive) at the airport two hours before the flight.

(I/ send) now or later?

..................................................................................................................

(I/ apply) for this post?

7. Do you think

(I/ write) in this space on the form?

8. What do you think

(I/ eat) cakes anymore. I‟ve already eaten too much.

9. 10. This food is awful.

(We/ complain) to the manager.

11. Which dress do you think

(I/ buy)?

10.

This coffee is too heavy for drink. Our new car is greens. Mr and Mrs John is on holiday.

.................................................................................................................. 11.

The farmer is worked in the field now.

.................................................................................................................. 12.

We finished our dinner half a hour ago.

II. Rewrite and complete the sentences using “should”.

..................................................................................................................

Ex: If I were you, I‟d go to the doctor‟s.

13.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 45

Ian paid for the tickets and left.

I think you should go to the doctor’s.

..................................................................................................................

It‟s a good idea to wear a warm coat.

14.

You .....................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................

My advice is to leave early.

15.

I think you............................................................................................

..................................................................................................................

Mrs. John alway goes to work by bus. Rivers usually flow from the sea.

It‟s a good idea to take more exercise.

16.

You .....................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................

In my opinion, it‟s a good idea for you to read a lot.

17.

I think ..................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................

Do you know that man whose is smoking over there? How many do you read a newspaper? - 3 times a week.

It‟s a good idea to do that.

18.

You .....................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................

My advice is for you to ride a bike.

19.

I think ..................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................

If I were you, I would buy a dog.

20.

I think ..................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................

If it costs too many, I‟ll buy a small one. I will gives it to them when they visit us. As so as he finishes his work, he will go home. 46

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

You shouldn‟t ......................................................................................

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. 1. A. canoe

B. water

C. sugar

D. island

2. A. resort 3. A. sight

B. hotel B. tribe

C. except C. seaside

D. rescue D. magnificent

4. A. railway 5. A. island

B. daily B. florist

C. airport C. stream

D. train D. sight

A. How long is your friend?

B. How old is your friend?

C. How is your friend?

D. How tall is your friend?

The coffee is very weak. It didn‟t keep us awake. B. The coffee is too strong to keep us awake. C. The coffee is not weak enough to keep us awake. D. The coffee is weak enough to keep us awake. Shall we go to the cinema at 7.00? A. Why do we have to go to the cinema at 700? B. Which cinema shall we go to at 7.00? C. Let‟s go to the cinema at 7.00. D. I don‟t like to go to the cinema at 7.00.

It is important for you to find the book. A. You ought to not to find the book. B. You mustn‟t find the book. C. You can find the book if you want. D. You have to find the book.

Mike painted the house without any help. A. Someone helped Mike paint the house. B. Mike painted the house and helped some. C. Mike painted the house himself. D. Mike didn‟t paint the house alone.

III. Rewrite the sentences using “should/ shouldn’t”. 1.

Don‟t touch this switch.

This switch .......................................................................................... 2.

Don‟t trip over the step into the kitchen.

You shouldn‟t ...................................................................................... 5.

You can‟t park here because it‟s a restricted area.

You shouldn‟t ...................................................................................... 6.

Why didn‟t they tell me about these changes earlier?

I should have been ............................................................................... 7. 8.

What is your friend‟s age?

A. The coffee is not strong enough to keep us awake.

Don‟t lean against the newly-painted wall.

You shouldn‟t ......................................................................................

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D. 1.

It isn‟t a good idea for you to drink so much alcohol.

It isn‟t a good idea for you to put so much salt in the soup.

Don‟t smoke too many cigarettes.

You shouldn‟t ...................................................................................... 9.

Children are advised to go to bed early.

Children should ................................................................................... 10.

You had better not to stay up late.

You shouldn‟t ...................................................................................... IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1.

The wai is the traditional A. greeting

C. customary

D. dance people older than you.

C. say

D. speak

sticky rice served with grilled chicken for the celebration.

B. five-colours B. passed to

C. five-colour

D. five colours

through the generations. C. passed down

D. passed out

in England, we have to use a knife and folk at dinner. B. table manners

C. behaviours

D. differences

our shoes when we go inside a pagoda. B. give off

In Australia, you shouldn‟t A. dislike

D. tradition

C. habit

B. talk

We have to A. put on

10.

B. tradition

According to the A. table ways

D. kiss

of Thai ethnic people.

A tradition is something special that is A. passed

B. customer

We are going to prepare A. five-coloured

C. touch

In Viet Nam you shouldn‟t use only the first name to A. address

D. greetings

each other‟s noses.

way to welcome people in Tibet?

The xoe dance is a spiritual A. customs

B. feel

Do you know the A. custom

C. goodbye

When two Maori people meet, they A. take

of people in Thailand.

B. hello

B. criticize

C. turn off

D. take off

on a person‟s accent. C. hate

D. comment

You shouldn‟t ......................................................................................

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS

V. Read the information about customs in some countries, and then give the answers to the questions.

Why does David buy a spider brooch?

Canada and the US: Don‟t arrive early if you‟re invited to someone‟s home.

Where does David put the present on Christmas Eve?

Indonesia: Never point to anything with your foot.

Korea: Don‟t pass something to an older person or superior with only one hand. Muslim countries: Don‟t eat with your left hand. Samoa: Don‟t eat while you‟re walking in public.

VII. Complete the conversation between Nick and Mai about Vietnamese table manners with the sentences given (A-H). Practise the conversation with your partner.

Thailand: Never touch anyone except a child on the head.

A. No. You should wait to be shown where to sit, and the oldest person should sit first.

In which country is foot considered a dirty part of the body?

B. Yeah, you should try to finish everything on your plate.

....................................................................................................................................

C. You should bring a small gift, such as fruits, sweets, flowers...

In which country should we pay attention to eating in public?

D. You shouldn‟t bring handkerchiefs, anything black, or yellow flowers.

....................................................................................................................................

E. They are chopsticks and a flat spoon.

In which country/ countries should we eat with the right hand?

E. You should rest your chopsticks on top of your rice bowl.

In which country/ countries shouldn‟t we arriving early at a party? ....................................................................................................................................

H. Chopsticks should be placed on the table or a chopstick holder after a few mouthful or when breaking to drink or speak.

In which country should you show high respect to older people or superiors?

Peter: What should I do first if I am invited to a Vietnamese home for dinner, Huong?

....................................................................................................................................

G. Yes, and remember to cover your mouth when using a toothpick.

Huong: (1) Peter: Which kinds of gift shouldn‟t I bring?

VI. Read the passage and answer the questions below

Huong:

David wants to buy a Christmas present for a very special person, his mother. David‟s father gives him $5.00 pocket money a week and David puts $2.00 a week into his bank account. After three months David takes $20.00 out of his bank account and goes to the shopping mall. He looks and looks for a perfect gift.

Peter:

Can I sit at the dining table as I would like to?

Huong:

(3)

Suddenly he sees a beautiful brooch in the shape of his favourite pet. He says to himself, “My mother loves jewelry, and the brooch costs only $17.00.” He buys the brooch and takes it home. He wraps the present in Christmas paper and places it under the tree. He is very excited and he is looking forward to Christmas morning to see the joy on his mother‟s face.

Peter:

Where should I place my chopsticks when breaking to drink or speak?

Huong:

(5)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

(2)

Peter:

What are the most common utensils for a meal in Viet Nam?

Huong:

(4)

Peter:

Is there anything else that I have to pay attention to during the meal? (6)

But when his mother opens the present she screams with fright because she sees a spider.

Huong:

Who does David get his money from?

Peter:

What should I do when I finish dinner?

.............................................................................................................

Huong:

(7)

What does David want to buy his Mother?

Peter:

Do Vietnamese people often use toothpicks after finishing a meal?

.............................................................................................................

Huong:

(8)

How much money does David take to the mall?

Peter:

Thank you so much, Mai.

.............................................................................................................

Huong: You‟re welcome. I hope you‟ll enjoy having a meal with a Vietnamese household.

What does David buy his mother? .............................................................................................................

VIII. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.

What does David do with the present when he takes it home?

1. As a tradition, we visit our grandparents on Lunar New Year.

.............................................................................................................

A. Our grandparents traditionally visit us on Lunar New Year.

Why does David‟s mother scream?

B. We traditionally visited our grandparents on Lunar New Year,

.............................................................................................................

C. Our grandparents are traditionally visited on Lunar New Year.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

2. When I‟m home, I have to say hello to everyone in my family. A. Saying hello to everyone in my family when I‟m home is I must. B. I must go home to say hello to everyone in my family. C. Everyone in my family says hello to me when I‟m home.

Unit 5

FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

3. When you are invited to a dinner, you shouldn‟t be late. A. You are late for a dinner, let me invite you once.

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

B. If someone invites you to a dinner, please be late. C. Don‟t be late if someone invites you to a dinner. 4. The elderly will give lucky money to the children at Tet. A. The elderly will be given lucky money to the children at Tet. B. Lucky money will be given to the children by the elderly at Tet. C. Lucky money will be given by the children at Tet. 5. In Britain, citizens mainly use cutlery to eat meals. A. British eat meals mainly by using cutlery. B. British eat main meals with cutlery. C. British used to eat meals with cutlery in the past.

A. VOCABULARY Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

anniversary

(n)

/ˌænɪˈvɜːsəri/

ngày kỉ niệm

archway

(n)

/ˈɑːtʃweɪ/

mái vòm

carnival

(n)

/ˈkɑːnɪvl/

lễ hội

ceremony

(n)

/ˈserəməni/

nghi lễ

clasp

(v)

/klɑːsp/

bắt tay

IX. Find the mistakes of the sentences.

commemorate

(v)

/kəˈmeməreɪt/

ng niệm kỉ niệm, tưởng

command

(n)

/kəˈmɑːnd/

hiệu lệnh

companion

(n)

/kəmˈpæniən/

bạn đồng hành

defeat

(v)

/dɪˈfiːt/

đánh bại

emperor

(n)

/ˈempərə(r)/

đế chế

float

(v)

/fləʊt/

thả trôi nổi

gong

(n)

/ɡɒŋ/

tộc) cồng (nhạc cụ dân tộ

rice flake

(n)

/raɪs /fleɪk/ /

cốm

incense

(n)

/ˈɪnsens/

hương, nhang

invader

(n)

/ɪnˈveɪdə(r)/

kẻ xâm lược

joyful

(adj)

/ˈdʒɔɪfl/

vui vẻ

lantern

(n)

/ˈlæntən/

đèn trời, đèn thảả sông

offering

(n)

/ˈɒfərɪŋ/

lễ vật, tặng phẩm

procession

(n)

/prəˈseʃn/

đám rước

preserve

(v)

/prɪˈzɜːv/

bảo tồn

ritual

(n)

/ˈrɪtʃuəl/

nghi thứcc (trong lễ hội, h tôn giáo)

/ˈrɔɪəl kɔːt ˈmjuːzɪk/

nhã nhạc cung đình ình

/ˈwɜːʃɪp/

tôn thờ, thờ cúng ai

The girl is not enough tall to touch the top of the shelf. A

I am going to playing chess with my friend tonight. A

C B

You have to making sure children don‟t put anything into the sockets. A

A 5.

Nam drew the picture hisself because his sister didn‟t help him. B

He worked with people who could neither speak and hear. A

royal court music worship

(v)

UNIT 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW

7. donate

22. explode

8. erect

23. discuss

2. Compound sentence (Câu ghép): 1 câu ghép gồm 2 hoặc 3 mệnh đề độc lập ập hay những câu đơn được nối với nhau, sử dụng ụng các từ nối như: and; or; but; so;....

9. found

24. celebrate

10. locate

25. educate

II. Complex sentences (câu phúc)

11. apply

26. commemorate

Câu phức bao gồm một mệnh đề độ độc lập (mệnh đề chính) và ít nhất một mệnh nh đề phụ thuộc, sử dụng các từ phụ tố trước mệnh nh đề phụ như: when; while; because; although; even though; if ...

12. generate

27. invade

Examples:

13. oblige

28. preserve

I. Simple sentences and compound sentences 1. Simple sentence (Câu đơn): 1 câu đơn là 1 câu chỉ chứa 1 mệnh đề gồm chủ ủ ng ngữ và vị ngữ

She felt sad because she failed her written examination.

14. reflect

29. recommend

Although Peter tried to get up early, he went to school late.

15. converse

30. present

I am looking forward to the trip now; therefore, I can‟t focus on anything.

II. Choose the best answer. 1. You should

information about a custom or tradition.

A. finds

PART 2: EXERCISE

B. found

C. finding

2. A custom is something that has become an

A. PHONETICS

A. to be accept

I. Find the word which has different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. mention

B. question ques

C. action

D. education tion

2. A. populated

B. loaded load

C. harvested

D. lived

3. A. community

B. computer comp

C. museum

D. customs stoms

4. A. minority

B. ethnic

C. tradition

D. religion

A. have to

B. are having

4. In Viet Nam, you A. should

B. ritual

C. preserve

D. fortune

A. However

2. A. scenery

B. invader

C. childhood

D. archway

6. In 2010, Ha Noi

3. A. historian

B. speciality

C. oriental

D. preparation

4. A. belonging

B. fisherman

C. procession

D. performance

5. A. commemorate

B. companion

C. reunion

D. ceremony

A. celebrated A. visitings

16. organize

2. compose

17. compare

3. consider

18. attend

4. construct

19. recognize

5. coordinate

20. animate

6. depress

21. consume

Nouns

B. Moreover

A. leave

C. Because

B. commemorated

D. have to , every

D. Therefore

C. worshipped

D. remembered

in Viet Nam. C. reunions

D. seeings

B. When

A. will see A. if 12. We A. had 13. The animal A. hurt

C. Nevertheless

D. However

C. leaving

D. B&C

at 6.10 has been delayed. B. which leaves

10. This is the first time she 11. Would you mind

D. having to

its 1000th anniversary.

B. meeting

9. The flight

I. Complete the table of verbs with appropriate nouns.

use

spring comes, many Vietnamese villages prepare for a new festival season. A. While

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

1. concentrate

C. has to C. shouldn‟t

7. Tet is an occasion for family 8.

Verbs

D. accepted

use only the first name to address people older than you. B. must

1. A. incense

Nouns

C. accepting

3. In the UK, there are lots of customs for table manners. For example, we knife and fork at dinner.

5. At the Mid-Autumn Festival, kids can sing, dance, and enjoy moon-cakes. child likes it very much.

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.

Verbs

B. to accept

D. find way of doing things.

rice paddies.

B. sees

C. has seen

D. saw

I borrowed your dictionary? B. when

C. that

D. Ø

lots of photos on vacation last summer. B. took

C. did

D. made

in the forest fire was a wild pig. B. hurted

C. hurts

D. hurting 54

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

14. Would you mind

UNIT 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

the window?

A. to close

B. closing

15. Welcome

Springfield!

A. at

B. to

C. about closing

A. is

18.

C. in

B. are

C. has

B. going

D. for

10. The doctor will be ready in ten minutes. Take a seat while you

D. have

C. READING

A. Waterfall

D. gone

Tet is a national and (1) festival in Vietnam. It is an occasion for every Vietnamese to be reunited to think (2) their past activities an and hope for good luck (3) the year to come.

B. Cave B. standing

20. Do you mind if I

D. Lake

C. is standing

Before Tet all houses are white washed and (4) with yellow apricot flowers and colorful lanterns. Everybody is looking (5) to a more favorable life. (6) the New Year‟s Eve, children are smaartly dressed. They are hoping to (7) money put in small red envelopes as they are wishing longevity to their grandparents and parents. Wrong doings (8) be absolutely avoided on these days.

B. will borrow

21. Ann asked me not

C. am going to borrow

D. borrowed

anybody what happened.

A. tell

B. telling

22. After

D. stood

your atlas for a minute?

A. borrow

C. to tell

D. told

breakfast, I went out for a walk.

A. finish 23. cement.

C. Bay

on the shelf is very beautiful.

A. stands

B. having finished

C. finished

D. had finished

is a type of white or gray stone containing calcium, used for building and making

A. Slope

B. Limestone

24. China has huge

C. Site

D. Sand

and onshore oil reserves.

A. seaside

B. remote

25. Do you mind

C. outside

B. waiting

26. It was late, so we decided A. take

D. waited

C. taking

D. took

27. The council should be able to help families who have no accommodation. C. a place to buy meal and eat it A. on

D. a place to work as soon as it rang.

B. up

C. in

D. off

III. Give the correct form of the following verbs 1. My mother always tells me that I have to 2. When I came, the whole family 3. Children should 5. Laura lives in a big city. If she a dog.

D. summer D. for

3. A. in

B. at

C. on

D. when

4. A. decorate

B. decorates

C. decorating

D. decorated

5. A. at

B. for

C. after

D. forward

6. A. In

B. At

C. On

D. When

7. A. receive

B. buy

C. sell

D. make

8. A. ought

B. need

C. should

D. have

kept Therefore

celebrate served

traditional However

home by 9 p.m. (be) dinner around a big dinning table. (have)

prepare and must be (8) ......................... immediately after they are cooked, so they are often made at home.

things from adults with both hands. (take)

4. In Australia, you mustn‟t

6. I

C. after

Tet is the biggest festival in Vietnam. To (1) ......................... Tet, Vietnamese people make many tasty (2) ......................... foods. The most important food includes Chung cakes, sausages, boiled chicken, (3) ......................... rolls, and sticky rice. Chung cake is made of sticky rice, pork, green beans, and other spices, wrapped in green leaves; (4) ......................... this cake needs a lot of preparation. This cake can be (5) ......................... for a long time, even though the weather is often humid during Tet. Other significant foods that cannot be missed to worship the ancestors are sausages, spring rolls, and sticky rice. (6) ......................... sausages are difficult to make, people often buy them from famous suppliers. (7) ........................., sticky rice and spring rolls are easier to

B. a place to watch sport matches

28. He picked the phone

C. music

B. about

spring Because

a taxi home.

A. a place to live

B. modern

2. A. to

II. Read and complete the passage with words in the box.

C. about waiting

B. to take

1. A. traditional

D. offshore

here for just a minute?

A. to wait

. (wait)

I. Choose the option that best fits each of the blank spaces.

C. to go

is a large hole in the side of a mountain or under the ground.

19. The vase

(play) in a swimming pool all day.

very expensive.

down to the sea is very rough.

A. goes

(see) in the zoo yesterday?

8. What the children

D. closed

9. They prefer

16. Accommodation in London 17. The road

(not / buy) that book.

7. If I were you, I

III. Read the passage and answer these questions below.

on a person‟s accent. (comment) (live) in the country, she

(learn) Italian for the past three years.

(have)

TET holiday is celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam. Some weeks before the New Year, the Vietnamese clean their houses and paint the walls. New clothes are bought for the occasion. One or two days before the festival, people make Bank Chung, Chung which is

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

the traditional cake, and kinds of jam. On the New Year‟s Eve, the whole family gets together for a reunion dinner. Every member of the family should be present during the dinner in which many different kinds of dishes are served. On the New Year morning, the young member of the family pays their respects to the elders. And the children receive lucky money wrapped in red tiny envelops. Then people go to visit their neighbors, friends and relatives. 1. Is TET holiday celebrated on the second day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam? ............................................................................................................. 2. What do the Vietnamese often do some weeks before the New Year? ............................................................................................................. 3. Who do people often visit on TET holiday? ............................................................................................................. 4. How many kinds of dishes are served in the reunion dinner? ............................................................................................................. IV. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the correct words. on the first of September each year. Generally, it is (2) for Teachers Day (1) appreciation to their teachers who (4) guided school children to show (3) . It is a time to (6) the bad experiences students may them in their (5) their teachers scolding and punishing them. Students (8) their have (7) teachers flowers and gifts. Such gestures are small in (9) to the teacher‟s dedication of fun and amusement in the school. and hard work. Parties are held and there is an (10)

UNIT 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

4. At the Mid-Autumn Festival, kids can sing, dance, and enjoy mooncakes. Every child likes it very much. (therefore) ............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 5.

The water is highly polluted. We cannot swim in this part of the river. (because)

Mr. Minh is admired. He dedicates all his life to protecting environment. (since)

Give me a ring. You‟ll hear some news. (when)

The TV program will end. I‟ll do my homework. (after)

I‟ll go to work. I‟ll have a bath. (before)

D. WRITING I. Identify a mistake in each sentence and correct it. 1.

In Australia, you mustn‟t to comment on a person‟s accent. .............................................................................................................

In my family, children has to get permission before leaving the dining table.

When I came, the whole family is having dinner around a big dining table.

2. While many people/ go to pagodas or churches/ New Year‟s Day to pray/ the coming year, many others/ remain in their home in/ of the altar/ welcome the ancestors through prayer.

3. Although people from Western countries/ not follow ancestor worship, ancestor worship/ consider a type of religious practices/ some Asian countries.

Lang Lieu couldn‟t buy any special food while he was very poor. .............................................................................................................

4. Because Xoan singing is still in the memory/ folk artists/ Phu Tho Province, they always/ try their best/ hand down offspring the old style of singing in the activities/ the clubs.

II. Combine each pair of sentences to make one sentence, using the words given in brackets. 1.

Lang Lieu couldn‟t buy any special food. He was very poor. (because)

During Tet, Vietnamese people buy all kinds of sweets. They make Chung cakes as well. (so)

.............................................................................................................

The Giong Festival/ held/ the 6th/ the 12th/ the 4th lunar month/ several venues around Ha Noi.

The festival/ commemorate/ Saint Giong/ who/ defeat/ the An.

............................................................................................................. 3. The Hung King Temple Festival was a local festival. It has become a public holiday in Viet Nam since 2007. (however) ............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 57

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

It/ also/ an opportunity/ hope for abundant harvests/ happy lives/ and express patriotism.

9. Could you talk

A. more quiet

B. quieter

10. I thanked my classmate 8.

During/ festival/ villagers/ the statue bathing/ processions of bamboo flowers/ Soc Temple.

A. for

C. quietlier

D. more quietly

helping me with my homework.

B. about

C. of

D. Ø

11. Halloween is the night of 31st October, when people once believed that ghosts A. can see 9. The festival/ provide/ many entertaining activities/ including/ folk games/ traditional singing performances.

12. She

B. can be seen

D. could be seen

C. asked

D. suggested

C. of

D. for

B. told playing the piano.

A. in

B. on

14. The fire is made A. with

matches or lighters. It is made in the traditional way. B. without

15. She seems very

C. of

D. by

C. happily

D. seriously

today.

A. sleepy

B. sleepily

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

16. Ten countries participated in the discussions.

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.

17. The journey from the airport to the university

A. took part in 1. A. festival

B. man

C. fat

D. grand

2. A. carol

B. tomb

C. patron

D. custom

3. A. upset

B. custom

C. museum

D. unsuitable

4. A. saint

B. tailor

C. explain

D. said

5. A. beach

B. catch

C. church

D. Christmas

1. Presents

A. are wrapped B. are wrap

3. Greg

B. bird-watch

C. watch-bird

A. said to

B. told to

A. in

C. asked

D. explained

D. passes

A. Patron saint

B. Blessed saint

19. The

C. Holy saint

D. Fairy godmother

festival was held in the communal house yard.

A. rice-cook

B. rice-cooker

C. rice-cooking

D. rice-cooked

C. asked

D. suggested

that I didn‟t know what to do.

A. said

B. told

C. of

B. comes from

D. for

B. Poem B. were

8. They recently returned B. for

4. Our teacher said that the sun always rises in the east. C. is made of

D. is made from

5. Many Vietnamese people prepare for the holiday by pay their debts and cleaning their homes.

is a religious song that people sing at Christmas.

7. Galileo said that the earth

III. Choose the underlined part that needs correction.

3. If you are interested on helping, just show up on Saturday.

cows and goats.

A. belongs to

A. to

C. want

is a saint regarded as protecting a particular person or place.

2. Chris said that the twins couldn‟t go to school this day because they were ill.

the idea. B. on

5. Milk

A. was

B. takes

D. arranged about half an hour.

1. Christmas tree is usually decorated by colored lights and shiny balls. D. watching-bird

me that he liked rock music.

4. Sally is quite keen

C. are wraped D. are wrapping

. He spends lots of hours watching the birds.

A. bird-watching

A. Carol

C. went to

in colored paper and put under the Christmas tree.

2. Tom likes

B. held

A. spends 18.

20. I II. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below.

me she didn‟t know what to do.

A. said 13. Anita is fond

10. The festival/ recognized/ UNESCO/ as an intangible cultural heritage/ mankind.

C. could see

C. Christmas card

D. Patron saint

C. has been

D. was being

IV. Choose the option that best fits each of the blank spaces.

D. Ø

Harvest Festival is (1) part of the Christian tradition. It (3)

round. Paris from London. C. towards

October. It is a very ancient (2) but it is also a new crops and food. Children often bring fruit,

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

vegetables and cereals into school. Schools usually give the food to hospitals or to old people. (4) the past, people sometimes (5) traditional dolls out of corn. 1. A. in

B. at

C. on

D. from

2. A. thing

B. festival

C. vacation

D. holiday

3. A. gives

B. supplies

C. celebrates

D. holds

4. A. In

B. At

C. On

D. Since

5. A. make

B. are making

C. making

D. made

V. Read the following passage and choose the best answers to each of the questions below. th

Hi! I‟m Dean. I‟m from England. My favorite time of the year is Christmas, which is on 25 December. That‟s when Christians celebrate the birth of Christ. In the middle of December we send a lot of cards to our friends and family, here and abroad. Then we get a big tree and decorate it with lights and other things. On Christmas Day, we give each other presents. We have one enormous meal with turkey, and after that, we have Christmas pudding. 1. When is Christmas held? A. On 25 December

B. In the middle of December

C. In the middle of the year

D. no information

2. Christmas is held because Christians want to

A. have a good time

B. celebrate the birth of Christ

C. visit their friends and family

D. decorate big trees

3. What does the word „decorate’ in line 4 mean? A. make something look nicer

B. paint something

C. make something look worse 4. On Christmas Day, people

D. buy something

villages and families begin to hold their own rites. During the rite, the people (7) their health and prosperity. ancestors and gods with the help of a shaman, and then pray (8) The actual festivals (9) after the rites. It is a combination of traditional music and dance, including some activities (10) performances of Ginang Drum and Saranai Flute or the traditional dance of Cham girls. 1. A. organize

B. being held

C. hold

D. organized

2. A. see

B. commemorate

C. watch

D. love

3. A. However

B. Nevertheless

C. Moreover

D. Therefore

4. A. fortune

B. happy

C. lucky

D. dream

5. A. Therefore

B. However

C. Because

D. Although

6. A. beautiful

B. charm

C. beautifully

D. Charming

7. A. shout 8. A. to

B. ask B. about

C. call C. for

D. speak D. of

9. A. take the place

B. take places

C. take part

D. take place

10. A. like

B. so

C. such

D. like as

VII. Combine the sentences to complete the sentences, using the words in brackets. 1. The building is very old. He lives there. (where) .......................................................................................................................................... 2. I will tell you something. You didn‟t know it before. (which) .......................................................................................................................................... 3. I‟ll never forget the day. I met you then. (when) .......................................................................................................................................... 4. It was cold. However, Tom still went swimming. (although)

A. give each other presents

B. have an enormous meal with turkey

C. have Christmas pudding

D. all answers are correct

5. Which of the following is not true? A. Dean is English. B. At Christmas, people get big trees and decorate it. C. Dean prefers Halloween to Christmas. D. In the middle of December, people send a lot of Christmas cards to their friends and family.

.......................................................................................................................................... 5. John is very sad. He fails the final exam. (because) .......................................................................................................................................... 6. He never left the house. He had been born there. (where) .......................................................................................................................................... 7. I met the man. He works in a bank. (who) .......................................................................................................................................... 8. Here are the letters. They arrived this morning. (which)

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Kate Festival is (1) by the Cham people for 3 days at the beginning of October. This event is held in a large space in the three Champa Towers (Po Nagar, Po Klong Garai and Po their heroes like Po Klong Garai and Rome). The main purpose of the festival is to (2) , the festival is a chance for the local people to relax, to meet and wish one Po Rome. (3) in the future. another (4)

.......................................................................................................................................... 9. My grandfather is very old. He is still young at heart. (although) .......................................................................................................................................... 10. Tom gets a lot of money. He works hard. (because) ..........................................................................................................................................

This is one of the biggest and most important events of the Cham people in Vietnam. (5) , it is a good opportunity for the visitors to explore the (6) in the Cham culture, from architecture to costumes, instruments and traditional songs that are used to praise their kings in the past. The Kate festival in each tower starts at the same time on the same day, and the day after, 61

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

VIII. Complete the sentences about Nha Trang Sea Festival, using the words and phrases given. You can add some words and make changes. 1. Nha Trang Sea Festival/ take place every two years/ a week in around June/ Nha Trang City, Khanh Hoa Province.

UNIT 6: FOLK TALES

Unit 6

2. This/ is a colorful/ dynamic sea festival/ which honors natural beauty/ Nha Trang - the charming city overlooking the sea.

FOLK TALES

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY

3. The first Nha Trang Sea Festival/ held in 2003 when Nha Trang Beach/ proclaimed as a member/ the Most Beautiful Bays/ the World Club.

4. Coming/ Nha Trang at the time of festival, visitors/ be able to take part/ various cultural/ recreational events.

5. First of all/ be an abundant opening ceremony/ Vietnamese and international art groups.

6. Besides, many interesting activities also/ take place during the festival/ seafood competition/ wine festival/ beach volleyball/ art kite flying festival/ underwater group wedding, etc.

7. The festival/ be also a great chance for tourists/ know more about Viet Nam/ special events.

8. Nha Trang Sea Festival/ definitely give you an unforgettable impression/ Viet Nam‟s charming beauty as/ as time-honored traditional values.

Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

brave

(adj)

/breɪv/

dũng cảm, gan dạ

Buddha

(n)

/ˈbʊdə/

Bụt, Đức phật

cruel

(adj)

/ˈkruːəl/

độc ác

cunning

(adj)

/ˈkʌnɪŋ/

xảo quyệt, gian giảo

dragon

(n)

/ˈdræɡən/

con rồng

emperor

(n)

/ˈempərə(r)/

hoàng đế

evil

(adj)

/ˈiːvl/

xấu xa về mặt đạo đức

fable

(n)

/ˈfeɪbl/

truyện ngụ ngôn

fairy

(n)

/ˈfeəri/

tiên, nàng tiên

fairy tale

(n)

/ˈfeəri teɪl/

truyện thần tiên, truyệện thần kì

fierce

(adj)

/fɪəs/

hung dữ, dữ tợn

folk tale

(n)

/fəʊk teɪl/

truyện dân gian

fox

(n)

/fɒks/

con cáo

generous

(adj)

/ˈdʒenərəs/

hào phóng, rộng rãi

giant

(n)

/ˈdʒaɪənt/

người khổng lồ

hare

(n)

/heə(r)/

con thỏ

knight

(n)

/naɪt/

hiệp sĩ

legend

(n)

/ˈledʒənd/

truyền thuyết

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. Past simple 1. Form: Positive:

ed / 2 S + V-ed

Negative:

S + didn’t + V (bare-inf) (bare

Questions:

Did (not) + S + V(bare-inf)...? > Yes, S +did. / No, S + didn’t.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 6: FOLK TALES

2. Use:

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

Thì quá khứ thường được dùng để chỉ sự vật, hiện tượng đã xảy ra và đã kết thúc tại một thời điểm cụ thể trong quá khứ.

I. Choose the correct answers.

3. Example:

2. What were you doing/ did you do when I called?

Last year I worked at the cinema, studied for my degree and wrote a column for the local newspaper.

3. I didn’t visit/ weren’t visiting my friends last summer holiday.

6. My sister was eating/ ate hamburgers every weekend last month.

1. Form:

7. While we were running/ run in the park, Mary fell over.

S + was / were + V-ing Negative:

8. Did you find/ Were you finding your keys yesterday?

S + wasn’t / weren’t + V-ing Questions:

4. It rained/ was raining heavily last July. 5. While people were talking to each other, he read/ was reading his book.

II. Past continuous: Positive:

1. Alice saw/ was seeing the accident when she was catching the bus.

9. Who was she dancing/ did she dance with at the party last night?

Was / Were (not) + S + V-ing ...?

10. They were watching/ watched football on TV all day.

> Yes, S +was/ were. / No, S + wasn’t/ weren’t. II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

2. Use:

Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn được dùng để chỉ sự vật, hiện tượng đã xảy ra ở một thời điểm cụ thể trong quá khứ hoặc một khoảng thời gian không xác định trong quá khứ. Example: - It happened at five in the afternoon while he was watching the news on TV. - He was doing his homework in his bedroom when the burglar came into the house

A. pick up 2.

1. A. school

B. architect

C. change

D. chemical

2. A. buffalo

B. minority

C. gold

D. close

3. A. end

B. pencil

C. open

D. bench

4. A. wanted

B. washed

C. watched

D. stopped

5. A. remote

B. explore

C. relax

D. diverse

C. with

B. vast

C. slow

A. ethnic minority

B. majorities D. ethnic cultures

D. onto D. inconvenient

Can you speak English .................... My English is not good. B. more slowly

C. quickly

D. more quickly

Viet Nam is .................... multicultural country with 54 ethnic groups. B. an

C. the

D. A and C

Which ethnic groups have the largest population in Viet Nam? A. Kinh

B. to

C. ethnic minorities

A. a 7.

D. picks up

The .................... people in the village are very friendly.

A. slow

I. Choose the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

C. picking up

I love the people in my village. They are so .................... and hospitable. A. friendly

PART 2: EXERCISE

B. picked up

Using computers too much may have harmful effects .................... your minds and bodies. A. on

3. 4.

A. PHONETICS

My dad doesn‟t mind .................... my mom from work every day.

B. Muong

C. Tay

D. Hmong

The Lao are one of .................... many Thai- speaking peoples. A. the

B. a

C. an

D. A and C

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others. 1. A. reflect

B. fable

C. spindle

D. legend

III. Find the mistakes.

2. A. ancestor

B. origin

C. stepmother

D. continue

I was play football when she called me.

3. A. capture

B. granny

C. command

D. swallow 2.

Was you study Math at 5 p.m. yesterday?

What was she do while her mother was making lunch?

Where did you went last Sunday?

4. A. rescue

B. religion

C. servant

D. tortoise

5. A. emperor

B. woodcutter

C. announce

D. suddenly

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

5. 6.

UNIT 6: FOLK TALES

They weren‟t sleep during the meeting last Monday.

We (see)

them every week, but then we (have)

.................................................................................................

She (play)

tennis a lot before she (break)

He got up early and have breakfast with his family yesterday morning.

She (drive)

a lot before she (have)

.................................................................................................

We (have)

a garden, but then we (move)

She didn‟t broke the flower vase. Tom did. .................................................................................................

C. READING

Last week my friend and I go to the beach by bus.

I. Fill the gaps with the words/ phrases in the box.

................................................................................................. 9.

While I am listening to music, I heard the doorbell.

10.

Peter turn on the TV, but nothing happened.

In addition In my opinion

.................................................................................................

IV. Put the correct verb form of the past tenses. In my last holiday, I went to Hawaii. When I (go) 1 ........................ to the beach for the first time, something wonderful happened. I (swim) 2 ........................ in the sea while my mother was sleeping in the sun. My brother was building a castle and my father (drink) 3 ........................ some water. Suddenly I (see) 4 ........................ a boy on the beach. His eyes were blue like the water in the sea and his hair (be) 5 ........................ beautiful black. He was very tall and thin and his face was brown. My heart (beat) 6 ........................ fast. I (ask) 7 ........................ him for his name with a shy voice. He (tell) 8 ........................ me that his name was John. He (stay) 9 ........................ with me the whole afternoon. In the evening, we met again. We ate pizza in a restaurant. The following days we (have) 10 ........................ a lot of fun together. At the end of my holidays when I left Hawaii I said good-bye to John. We had tears in our eyes. He wrote to me a letter very soon and I answered him. V. Put the verb in correct tense or form. Trung‟s father (teach) twelve years old. (be)

How

your brother (go)

him how (ride)

a bicycle when he

to work everyday?

- He usually

(drive).

We (go)

to Ha Long Bay this weekend.

You (use)

to play so much when you (live)

Yesterday Hoang (spend)

He (live)

in London before he (go)

I (earn)

a lot of money, but then I (lose)

I‟m surprised that they (join)

5. 67

That radio (work)

As I have noted I think

his computer set.

abroad.

(3) other cultures. (4) interesting. (5)

music from other countries is also good for teenagers to understand that, the lyrics are easy to understand and , it can improve my English and listening skills. (6) , music is an important part of my life and it helps me love my life more.

II. Read the following passage, and answer the questions below. Duong Lam Village is located in Duong Lam Commune at a 45km distance from Hanoi. It is the birthplace of two kings in the history of Vietnam, Phung Hung and Ngo Quyen, who opened up the long-term self-control control and independence period of Vietnam after Bach Dang Victory in the year 938. All houses, gates, village gates and wells are built of laterite creating an architectural complex, a unique village that is typical for villages in the midlands in the North of Vietnam. At present, there are still nearly old 200 houses and many other historical monuments such as Phung Hung Temple, Ngo Quyen Royal Tomb, MongPhu Communal House, Ho Gam Hill at which Phung Hung liked tigers to rescue villagers and the temple at which the diplomat diploma Giang Van Minh is worshiped.

a lot before you (become) it.

2. Who were the two kings whose birthplace is Duong Lam Village? 3. What is Duong Lam typical for? 4. How many old houses are there in Duong Lam?

my job.

the tennis dub. They (not/ like) before I (drop)

(1) , listening to music not only helps me relax but also provides me with musical knowledge. I (2) like the time that I can lie lazily in bed, put on the small earphone with my iPod and enjoy any favorite songs of many kinds of music: pop, hip-hop, rock or jazz. I like pop music very much because I think it is gentle and suitable for teenagers. I listen to rock music when I am sad and after that I feel cheerful and happy.

1. Where is Duong Lam village?

two hours (repair)

you (travel)

to a different house.

in the countryside?

VI. Write these sentences, putting one verb into the correct form of “used to” and the other into the past simple.

an accident.

MY FAVORITE LEISURE ACTIVITY IS LISTENING TO MUSIC

.................................................................................................

also Besides

an argument. her leg.

tennis. a teacher?

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 6: FOLK TALES

III. Complete the first part of the story Cinderella. Use the verbs from the box in the Past Simple Tense. sleep

love

have (x2) run

wash

see

say (x2)

be (x2)

scrub

tear

live

come

iron 8. The houses/ were once lived in by fishermen/ but have now been converted into shops.

Once upon a time, there (1) a pretty young girl named Cinderella. She with her mean stepmother and two jealous stepsisters. Poor Cinderella (3) (2) to do all of the cooking and cleaning. She (4) in a dusty attic and (5) nothing to wear but old clothes. But no matter how mean her stepmother and , Cinderella was always cheerful. Even the animals (7) to be stepsisters (6) near her. One day a letter (8) , inviting everyone to the King‟s palace for a ball. Cinderella‟s stepmother (9) work.”

, “Cinderella, you may go, but only if you finish your

, (11) and (12) floors all day. Cinderella (10) Meanwhile, Cinderella‟s little friends made her a lovely gown. When Cinderella‟s stepsisters (13) the gown, they (14) it to pieces. “That‟s my ribbon!” cried one. “And those are my beads!” the other shouted. Cinderella (15) “Now I can‟t go to the ball,” she cried. “Don‟t cry, my child,” (16)

7. The area/ old houses known/ The Lanes is/ very attractive shopping centre,/ visitors can buy souvenirs/ antiques.

9. Not far/ The Lanes is a modern shopping centre/ licensed restaurants and tables outdoors/ you can enjoy/ drink in good weather.

10. Brighton is within easy reach/ London and has been/ popular day out for Londoners/ many years.

to the garden in tears.

a gentle voice.

“I am your fairy godmother, and I have come to help you." D. WRITING I. Use the words and phrases to complete the story. THE STORY OF A TOWN

II. Connect each pair of sentences, using the conjunction or conjunctive adverb given in brackets. 1. The weather in India is rather hot all year round. You shouldn‟t wear shorts or sleeveless shirts when visiting a pagoda. (but) 2. Lim Festival is the festival of “Quan Ho” singing. It is also space for various folk games. (moreover)

1. Brighton is/ largest seaside resort/ the south-east of England. 2. At first the town/ be a fishing village and/ not become popular until about 1800.

3. Rich people/ begin to visit Brighton in large numbers/ when King George IV/ decided/ build a house there, it/ become very fashionable.

3. People believe that the first person who visits their home during Tet holiday may determine their fortune for the whole year. The person who sweeps the floor on the first three days of this festive occasion might sweep away the wealth. (however)

4. Lion dances are held when opening a new company, or connecting an activity. These dances are believed to bring good luck and prosperity and drive away evil. (because)

4. The King/ continue to visit it until 1827, but Queen Victoria/ not like the house. 5. You come and visit a Chinese family. You should bear in mind not to give an odd number of presents. Odd numbers are considered unlucky in China. (if; because) 5. It is open/ the public every day/ there is a special exhibition there/ the summer.

6. Brighton/ offers all kinds/ entertainment, from concerts/ plays in the theatre to local attractions like the Aquarium.

III. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1.

Tea is cheaper than coffee. > Coffee ..................................................................................................................................

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 6: FOLK TALES

I adore listening to music every day.

5. I wish you

to her why we couldn‟t go.

A. would explain

> I enjoy..................................................................................................................................

B. to explain

6. If we hurry, we might get there

3. The red car is more expensive than the black one.

A. right

> The black car .......................................................................................................................

B. in time

7. Cut the cake into six

4. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary.

A. same

> Mary .................................................................................................................................... 5. Son Tung M-TP performs the song “Chung ta khong thuoc ve nhau” very beautifully. .............................................................................................................................................

B. like

A. eager

A. after

C. transmit

D. safety

2. A. equipment

B. upset

C. end

D. help

3. A. folk

B. mother

C. photo

D. neighbor

4. A. fairy

B. train

C. afraid

D. wait

5. A. excited

B. prince

C. once

D. escape

6. A. south 7. A. nice

B. sound B. wife

C. mouth C. children

D. touch D. knife

8. A. fair 9. A. tall

B. straight B. ball

C. awake C. call

D. moderate D. adjective

10. A. worked

B. looked

C. naked

D. cooked

1. You can use my bicycle A. as long as 2. My brother always A. cheated

B. although B. lied B. for

C. tricked

B. offered

D. deceived

driving himself home. C. of

4. Fill in the form as indicated and return in the envelope A. provided

D. in spite of

at cards. No wonder he won every game.

3. He was so tired that he wasn‟t capable A. to

C. nevertheless

C. prepared

A. process

D. from . D. given

D. recollect

C. to reach

B. trial

D. reached

C. charge

D. conviction

up to three eggs a day.

A. lie

B. lay

16. The nurse was on

C. put

D. place

in the hospital all night.

A. work

B. alarm

17. I suggest we

C. duty

D. service

outside the cinema tomorrow at 8:30.

A. meeting

B. meet

C. met

D. will meet

playing professional basketball, she also enjoys tennis. A. Besides

19. She

B. Moreover

C. Apart

D. Together

C. criticized

D. accused

him of lying to her.

A. threatened A. loan

you bring it back tomorrow.

C. remind the South Pole?

B. who reaches

B. blamed

20. Did Ms. Brown

II. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence.

D. to

of the murderer lasted six weeks

15. A chicken can

18.

C. over

B. recall

A. reaching

B. pan

D. an

so much work in future.

him to buy some potatoes on the way home.

A. remember

14. The

D. spread

C. any

B. on

13. Who was the first person

1. A. match

C. stretch

B. some

12. If he phones,

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

D. keen

and I couldn‟t open my eye properly.

11. The doctor advised me not to take

8. I moved to Ha Noi five years ago.

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

D. equal

uniform when I worked in the hotel.

A. a

> I have ..................................................................................................................................

C. alike C. interested

B. grow

10. I had to wear

7. My house is bigger than your house. > Your house ..........................................................................................................................

D. before time

on camping holidays.

B. enthusiastic

A. swell

> A duck .................................................................................................................................

C. on time

9. The mosquito bit and made my eyelid

6. A fish swims faster than a duck.

D. will explain

pieces.

8. Our neighbors are very

> The song “Chung ta khong thuoc ve nhau” ...........................................................................

C. explained to catch the early train.

the operator‟s manual from the library? B. borrow

C. lend

D. send

III. Complete the following sentences with prepositions of time: at, on, in if necessary. 1. I don‟t like going out alone

night

2. I‟m afraid I can‟t come to your birthday party 3. What do you usually do 4. Can you play football with us

Sunday.

the weekend? next Sunday?

5. We went to bed late

last night.

6. They are leaving for Hue

next Friday.

7. Will you be at home

this evening? 72

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 6: FOLK TALES

8. I always feel relaxed

the evening.

9. We went to Nha Trang

last summer.

10. I won‟t be out so long. I‟ll be back

and costs an average of fifteen thousand dollars, one-tenth of what it would cost an average ship around the Horn. More than fifteen thousand ships pass through its locks each year. ten minutes.

IV. Read the following passage, answer/ complete the questions/ statements below it. Once, there was a boy named Boly. He lived with his aged grandmother in Kanchi Village. His grandmother always woke up very early in the morning and made little buns and cakes. She sold them in the market place. With the money she earned, she sent Boly to school. Boly was a good boy. He was an orphan. He loved his grandmother a lot. After school, he always went home quickly. Then, he would have his lunch and do his homework. In the evenings, Boly would go round the village selling the cakes his grandmother made. Boly and his grandmother lived quite happily. One day, Boly‟s grandmother fell ill. She could not make any more cakes. Boly now had to look for work. He went from house to house doing odd jobs. It was in one of these houses that a kind gentleman asked Boly why he was working at such a tender age. After listening to Boly‟s story, the man said that he wanted to adopt Boly. He was willing to take care of Boly‟s grandmother too. From then on, Boly and his grandmother led a very happy life. 1. The phrases of words “very old” is similar to the word ......................... in the text. 2. Boly was living with his grandmother because ........................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................ 3. Boly‟s grandmother could afford to send him to school by ..................................................... 4. After school, Boly would immediately .................................................................................... 5.

Boly had to look for work because...........................................................................................

V. Read the following passage and fill in the blanks with the correct words. , it crashed (2) When a light passenger plane flew off course some time (1) the mountains and its pilot was killed. (3) only passengers, a young of winter. Snow lay woman and her two baby daughters were unhurt. It was the (4) the ground. The woman knew that the nearest village was miles (6) . When thick (5) a bed and put the children inside it, covering them it grew dark, she turned a suitcase (7) (8) all the clothes she could find. During the night, (9) got terrible cold. The to the children and even tried to get into the case woman kept as near as she (10) morning, she heard planes passing herself, but it was too small. Early the (11) a signal. Then she had an idea. She overhead and wondered how she could (12) stamped out the letters “SOS” in the snow. Fortunately, a pilot saw the signal and sent a message radio to nearest town. It was not (14) before a helicopter arrived on (13) the survivors of the plane crash. the scene and (15)

The French initiated the project but sold their rights to the United States. The latter will control it until the end of the twentieth century when Panama takes over its duties. 1. “Initiated” is nearest in meaning to ........................................... 2. The passage is about................................................................. 3. On the average, it would cost $150,000 to travel....................... 4. The construction on the canal probably began .......................... 5. Despite all the .........................involved, the project is beneficial. VII. Read the following passage and fill in the blank spaces with the suitable words. world was an English stamp. It was made (2) 1840. The first stamp in (1) every letter they received and Before that time people paid money to the postman (3) the postman didn‟t give letters to anybody (4) didn‟t pay him. name is Rowland Hill thought much about it. One day he An English teacher (5) for them and not the (7) who said that people who wrote the letters must (6) it to people in the government. got the letters. He spoke (8) Soon all the (9)

began to sell little pieces of paper (10)

a stamp on them.

VIII. Answer the following questions, using the suggested words or phrases in brackets. Example: Where did the children go after the lesson? (the park) They went to the park after the lessons. 1. When did you begin learning English? (three years ago) => ................................................................................................. 2. How many exercises did you do last night? (four exercises) => ................................................................................................. 3. What time did the man telephone his wife? (at two o‟clock) => ................................................................................................. 4. How many years was Mr. Green in Viet Nam? (for ten years) => ................................................................................................. 5. What time did you get up this morning? (half past five) => ................................................................................................. 6. What did you have for breakfast this morning? (bread and omelets) => ................................................................................................. 7. What time did you leave home? (six o‟clock) => ................................................................................................. 8. How did you go to school this morning? (by bicycle)

VI. Read the following passage and complete the sentences.

=> .................................................................................................

In 1920, after some thirty - nine years of problems with disease, high costs, and politics, the Panama Canal was officially opened, finally linking the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans by allowing ships to pass through the fifty-mile canal Zone instead of traveling some seven thousand miles around Cape Horn. It takes a ship approximately eight hours to complete the trip through the canal

9. What did you do after your homework last night? (watch television)

=> ................................................................................................. 10. What time did you go to bed last night? (at ten o‟clock) => ................................................................................................. 74

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

MIDDLE TERM TEST

IX. Complete the following sentences with prepositions of time: at, on, in, before, after. 1. I haven‟t seen Mai for a few days. I last saw her 2. The price of petrol will go up

A. PHONETICS

November.

3. I‟ll phone you

Tuesday morning

4. His father died

2005.

MIDDLE TERM TEST

Tuesday. about 10 o‟clock. Isn‟t it OK?

Choose the words that have the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. 1. A sound

B. cloud

C. found

D. favourite

2. A. tool

B. noon

C. door

D. school

3. A. know

B. show

C. now

D. low

4. A. crafts

B. comics

C. streets

D. stamps

5. A. mention

B. question

C. action

D. education

6. A. leisure 7. A. minority

B. pleasure B. ethnic

C. ensure C. tradition

D. measure D. religion

8. A. recognised 9. A. country

B. designed B. cloud

C. displayed C. loudly

D. entered D. mouse

10. A. camel

B. cattle

C. paddy

D. buffalo

X. Rewrite the sentences, using “the past continuous” and “while” or “when”.

11. A. populated

B. loaded

C. harvested

D. lived

1. We were having dinner and they were listening to the radio.

12. A. normal

B. visitor

C. transport

D. chore

 We were ..................................................................................

13. A. nomad

B. badly

C. adore

D. language

2. She was sleeping and the fire started.

14. A. behaved

B. bored

C. hoped

D. tried

 The fire ...................................................................................

15. A. looked

B. cooked

C. naked

D. booked

5. Are you doing anything special 6.

the weekend?

Sunday afternoons I usually go for a walk.

7. Mr. Brown enjoys walking around his garden 8. I woke up 9. Mai‟s birthday is

five o‟clock

night.

the morning.

April 10th.

10. My brother graduated from high school

June 2004.

11. Did you phone your teacher the day

yesterday?

12. My parents will get back from their holiday the day

tomorrow.

3. It began to rain and what were you doing?  What .......................................................................................

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

4. The farmer started whistling and he was ploughing the field.

I. Choose A, B, C, D for each gap in the following sentences.

 When .......................................................................................

1. My mother enjoys

5. You came and what were they doing?  What ....................................................................................... 6. She came and what was happening?  What was ................................................................................ 7. She was reading a book and the man came in.  The man ................................................................................... 8. They were working in the field and the volcano erupted.  The volcano ............................................................................. 9. The ship was leaving the harbor and the lava hit the town. 10. The headmaster was going to his car and someone hit him on the head.

B. to cook

2. My father sometimes goes our family. A. hunt

B. hunting

A. picking A. tidy

B. close

A. more convenient

C. driving

D. playing D. vast

D. so convenient

6. He is surprised A. to understand

C. dense B. as convenient

that there are 54 ethnic groups in our country. B. to study

7. The Viet (or Kinh) have B. the large

C. to know

D. find

number of people, account for about 86% of the population. C. larger

D. the largest

ethnic group has a larger population, the Tay or the Ede? A. What

D. hunted

than living in the country?

C. most convenient

A. large

C. to hunt

here in the countryside because there are no buildings to block the view.

5. Is living in the city

D. cooked

the buffaloes.

B. herding

4. The sky is

C. cooking

in the forests. He‟d like to find some more food for

3. Look! Some children are

 The lava ..................................................................................  Someone hit the headmaster ....................................................

traditional food for our family, especially at Tet holiday.

A. cook

B. Which

C. Why

D. Who

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

MIDDLE TERM TEST

2. There (be)

II. Use the gerund of the verbs in the box to complete the sentences. play; listen; eat; do; collect; ride; take; wash; watch; write 1. My sister enjoys

aerobics in the morning.

2. Lucia fancies

emails after dinner.

3. In his free time, Quang likes

3. Mr. An (not/ drink)

a motorbike, but last month he sold it and bought a car.

5. I (not/ like)

her but we are best friends now.

6. They came to live in the city last year. They (live) the country.

photographs. handball, Peter?

7. My sister (play)

5. Vinh‟s brother loves

foreign coins, doesn‟t he?

8. When I was a child I (not/ study)

7. I prefer

coffee when he was young but he likes it now.

4. Peter (have)

4. Are you interested in 6. David hates

a movie theater here but it closed a long time ago.

in a small village in

tennis a lot but she doesn‟t play very often now. hard.

a bike to school on rainy days. DVDs to going to cinema.

8. Nam detests

the dishes every day.

9. We don‟t mind

to classical music.

10. The Robinsons adore

VI. Complete these sentences with the correct form of adjectives and adverbs comparison. 1. Mary is (pretty) as her sister. .................................................................................................

Vietnamese food.

2. A new house is (expensive) than an old one. .................................................................................................

III. Put the verbs in the brackets into infinitive (V/to V) or gerund (V-ing). 1.

John dislikes (work)

I‟d like (visit)

I‟d rather (make)

crafts than listen to music.

Minh loves (help)

her parents with DIY projects.

Quang hates (take)

the dog for a walk.

We all adored (do)

aerobics when we were young.

You should (play)

sports to keep fit.

They don‟t need (watch)

that programme if they don‟t like it.

Do you fancy (socialize)

in front of a computer all day.

.................................................................................................

the Viet Nam Museum of Ethnology this weekend

4. Of the four ties, I like the red one (well). ................................................................................................. 5. Nobody is (happy) than Miss Snow. ................................................................................................. 6. Today English is the (international) of languages. .................................................................................................

with friends?

10. My brother prefers (surf)

3. His job is (important) than mine.

7. John is much (strong) than I thought. .................................................................................................

the Internet.

8. Benches are (comfortable) than arm- chairs. .................................................................................................

IV. Complete the sentences. Put the verbs into the correct form. Affirmative or negative. 1. I knew Sarah was very busy, so I 2. I was very tired, so I

her. (disturb)

4. Sue wasn‟t hungry, so she

10. Mr Bush is the (delightful) person I have ever known.

well. (sleep)

.................................................................................................

anything. (eat)

5. We went to Kate‟s house but she

at home. (be)

6. It was a funny situation but nobody

. (laugh)

7. The window was open and a bird

11. Dick is the (careful) of the three workers. ................................................................................................. 12. Is the book (interesting) than the one you read last week?

into the room. (fly)

8. The hotel wasn‟t expensive. It 9. I was in a hurry, so I

.................................................................................................

to bed early. (go)

3. The bed was very uncomfortable. I

.................................................................................................

very much. (cost)

13. Gold is (precious) than iron.

time to phone you. (have)

10. It was hard carrying the bags. They

9. Bill is (good) than you thought.

.................................................................................................

very heavy. (be)

14. The weather today is (warm) than the weather yesterday. .................................................................................................

V. Complete these sentences with “used to” or “didn’t use to”. 1. My father gave up smoking two years ago. He (smoke) a day. 77

15. This film is not (good) as the one we saw last week. a packet of cigarettes

.................................................................................................

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

16. Holidays are (pleasant) than working days.

MIDDLE TERM TEST

III. Read the passages and write True for (T) of False for (F). His early life

................................................................................................. 17. Which is (high) mountain in your country? ................................................................................................. 18. A house is (strong) than a dog. ................................................................................................. 19. Robert is (fat) than his brother. ................................................................................................. 20. The Pacific is (large) ocean in the world. ................................................................................................. C. READING I. Read the following passage then fill in each blank. Dear Grandma and Grandpa, Hi. I‟m on holiday (1) .................. Majorca with my friends, Tracy and Sharon. We arrived last Saturday. The first two days the weather wasn‟t very (2) .................., so we did some sightseeing. We (3) .................. lots of photographs. (4) .................. Wednesday we hired a car and (5) .................. out into the country. We (6) .................. for lunch at a lovely little village and then in the (7) .................. we found a beautiful beach. Last night, we went to (8) .................. disco. We didn‟t (9) .................. back till about 4 am, so we got up (10) .................. this morning and we decided to have a relaxing day by the hotel swimming pool. So that‟s where I am now. II. Read the following passage then answer the questions: Gong culture in the Central Highlands of Viet Nam has been recognized by UNESCO as a Masterpiece of the Intangible Heritage of Humanity. Gong culture covers five provinces of the Central Highlands: Kon Tum, Gia Lai, Dak Lak, Dak Nong and Lam Dong. The masters of gong culture are the ethnic groups of Bahnar, Sedang, Mnong, Coho... The Gong Festival is held annually in the Central Highlands. In the festival, artists from these provinces give gong performances, highlighting the gong culture of their own province. For the ethnic groups of the Central Highlands, gongs are musical instruments of special power. It is believed that every Gong is the symbol of a god who grows more powerful as the Gong gets older. Therefore, gongs are associated with special occasions in people‟s lives, such as the building of new houses, funerals, crop praying ceremonies... The Gong sound is a way to communicate with the gods. Answer the questions: 1. Where does Gong culture exist? ......................................................................................................................... 2. How often is the Gong Festival held? ......................................................................................................................... 3. What do artists do in the Gong Festival? .........................................................................................................................

George Washington was born in Virginia. His family owned a big farm and had George didn‟t have much education. During his life he had three jobs: he was a farmer, a soldier, and a politician. He loved the life of a farmer. He grew tobacco and owned horses. He worked hard but he also liked dancing and going to the theatre. In 1759 he married a widow called Martha Custis. They were happy together, but didn‟t have any children. His later life He was Commander-in-Chief of the army and fought the British in the War of Independence. When the war ended in 1781 he was happy to go back to the farm, but his country wanted him to be President. Finally, in 1789, he became President, and gave his name to the new capital city. He started the building of the White House, but he never lived in it. By 1797 he was tired of politics. He went back to his farm and died there two years later. 1.

He came from a rich family.

He loved being a politician.

He worked hard.

He had a lot of other interests.

He had a good education.

He married, but didn‟t have any children.

He was in office for eight years.

He was happy to live and work on the farm.

Finally he was tired of politics and resigned.

10.

Americans loved him very much.

IV. Read the passage and complete the sentences below. A horse on board the Enterprise was perhaps the first and only horse ever to save the lives of its shipmates. The Enterprise was sailing for North Carolina. She carried a mixed cargo, and there were fifteen passengers on her. She was making good timed until at dawn, she struck something. Water poured into the ship. The holds were soon flooded. Frightened men and women climbed the rigging to save their lives. The crew tried to pump the holds out, but with no luck. Then the cargo caught fire. All those on board thought they would die. The captain knew the coast was near. But how near? Perhaps if the horse could reach land, the people could, too. The horse was led to the side and pushed over. The horse did reach land. In fact, it almost waded ashore! The people soon followed. All were saved, thanks to a nameless horse. 1. There were .......................... people on the Enterprise. 2. The ship was wrecked at .......................... 3. When water poured in, the crew tried to .......................... the holds. 4. The horse was pushed overboard in the hope that it could .......................... 5. The horse got ashore almost by ..........................

4. Are Gongs pieces of folk music? ......................................................................................................................... 5. Is the gong sound a way to communicate with the ancestors? ......................................................................................................................... 79

V. Read the passage then answer the questions. The Youth and Young Pioneers Organization was founded in Vietnam on March 26th, 1931. It builds character, and encourages good citizenship and personal fitness. 80

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

MIDDLE TERM TEST

The Y & Y has many plans to help the community. It encourages all members to take part in different programs. The recycling program can help people save natural resources. The “Rosy Smile" program helps raise fund for the poor children. The “Green Sunday” program makes the city more beautiful with clean streets, plenty of trees and flowers. It gives more green color to the city and it is done on Sunday so it has the name “Green Sunday”. There are some more helpful programs such as “helping the elderly and street children”, “supporting cultural-sport”, “young scientists”, etc.... 1. When was the Y & Y founded? ................................................................................................. 2. What does it build? ................................................................................................. 3. What does it encourage? ................................................................................................. 4. Why is it named “Green Sunday”? ................................................................................................. 5. What does the recycling help? ................................................................................................. VI. Read the passage and fill a suitable word in each blank to complete its summary below. Nasreddin’s Visitors One day a visitor came to Nasreddin‟s house. “I am your cousin from Konya,” he said, “and I have brought you a duck to celebrate the visit.” Nasreddin was delighted. He asked his wife to cook the duck, and served the visitor a fine dinner. The next day another visitor arrived. “I am the friend of the man who brought you the duck,” he said. Nasreddin invited him in and gave him a good meal. The next day another visitor arrived, and said he was the friend of the friend of the man who had brought the duck. Again Nasreddin invited him in for a meat. However, he was getting annoyed. Visitors seemed to be using his house as a restaurant. Then another visitor came, and said he was the friend of the friend of the friend of the man who had brought the duck. Nasreddin invited him to eat dinner with him. His wife brought some soup to the table and the visitor tasted it. “What kind of soup is this?'” asked the visitor. “It tastes just like warm water.” “Ah!” said Nasreddin, “That is the soup of the soup of the soup of the duck.” One day, Nasreddin had a ....................... (1) who claimed to be his ....................... (2) from Konya. The visitor brought a ....................... (3) as a gift, and Nasreddin‟s ....................... (4) made some ....................... (5) with it, and served a fine meal. Then another visitor arrived, saying he was a ....................... (6) of the cousin; then a third, who said he was a friend of the friend of the cousin. They didn‟t bring any ....................... (7), but Nasreddin gave them a meal anyway. However, when the ....................... (8) visitor arrived, Nasreddin became angry. Instead of soup, he served .................. (9) water. He told the friend of the friend of the friend of the cousin that it was soup of the soup of the soup of the .................... (10).

I remember a trip I once (1) made to my grandmother‟s house. She (2) would live about 30 kilometres away from us and we (3) used to going there quite often with our mother. On this occasion we (4) set off to my grandmother‟s after school on a cold winter‟s day. When we were about to leave we (5) were noticing that some snow was beginning to fall, and as we (6) were driving along we (7) were realizing that it (8) moved more and more heavily. Suddenly we had to brake hard as the car in front stopped suddenly. We (9) were skidding and (10) went off the road into a ditch! It was pretty scary, but we were lucky and none of us were hurt....

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

II. Complete each sentence so it means the same as the sentence above. 1. Cats cannot swim as well as dogs.  Dogs can swim ........................................................................ 2. Minh really loves to hang out with friends.  Minh really enjoys ................................................................... 3. Playing beach games is very interesting.  It is .......................................................................................... 4. He uses all his free time to look after his garden.  He spends................................................................................. III. Complete each sentence so it means the same as the sentence above. Use “Used to”. 1. They once started these machines by hand.  They used to ..................................................................................................................... 2. He doesn‟t get up late anymore.  He .................................................................................................................................... 3. I don‟t listen to the radio any more.  I used to ........................................................................................................................... 4. They don‟t have a dog any more.  They used to ..................................................................................................................... 5. My brother doesn‟t serve in the army any longer.  My brother used to ........................................................................................................... 6. Barbara is not as keen on travel as she used to be.  Barbara used to ................................................................................................................. 7. When he was young, he usually did morning exercise in the park.  He used to ........................................................................................................................ 8. The man often spent his holiday in the mountain when he was young.  The man used to ............................................................................................................... 9. Before he had the car, he went to work by bike.

D. WRITING

 Before he had the car, he used to ......................................................................................

I. Read the text, correct the underlined verbs if they are wrong. Some verbs are correct.

10. When I was young, I usually get up early.  I used to ...........................................................................................................................

UNIT 7: POPULATION

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW

Unit 7

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (Câu điều kiện)

POPULATI POPULATION

1. Các cách dùng cơ bản (Usage) a. Loại 1: Diễn tả điều có thật ở hiện tại:

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

- Câu điều kiện loại 1 còn có thể được gọi là câu điều kiện hiện tại có thể có thật. Ta sử dụng câu điều kiện loại 1 để đặt ra một điều kiện có thể thực hiện được trong hiện tại và nêu kết quả có thể xảy ra. If + S + V (present simple), S + will + V (inf)

A. VOCABULARY

Note: V + ............ + or + S + will/won’t + V + ............

Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

affect

(v)

/əˈfekt/

ảnh hưởng, tác động

aquatic

(adj)

/əˈkwætɪk/

sống/ mọc ở nước

billboard

(n)

/ˈbɪlbɔːd/

ài trời tr biển quảng cáo ngoài

blood pressure

(n)

/blʌd ˈpreʃə(r)/

huyết áp

cause

(n, v)

/kɔːz/

nguyên nhân, gây ra

cholera

(n)

/ˈkɒlərə/

bệnh tả

come up with

(v)

/kʌm ʌp wɪð/

nghĩ ra

contaminate

(v)

/kənˈtæmɪneɪt/

làm bẩn

contaminant

(n)

/kənˈtæmɪnənt/

chất gây ô nhiễm

dump

(v)

/dʌmp/

vứt, bỏ, đỗ thành đống ống

=> Unless S + V + ............ , S + will/ won’t + V + ............ => If S don’t/ doesn’t + V, S + will/ won’t + V + ............ Eg: Study hard or you will fail the exam. => Unless you study hard, you will fail the exam. => If you don’t study hard, you will fail the exam. Ghi chú: - Sau mệnh đề If hoặc mệnh đề Unless phải có dấu phẩy (,) - Sau Unless không được dùng dạng phủ định b. Loại 2: Điều kiện không có thật ở hiện tại: - Câu điều kiện loại 2 diễn tả sự việc, hiện tượng không thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai. If + S + V (past simple), S + would + V (inf) *Note: Động từ “to be” phải chia là were ở tất cả các ngôi Eg: - If I were rich, I would travel around the world. - If I had money, I would buy the car.

earplug

(n)

/ˈɪəplʌɡ/

cái bịt lỗ tai

c. Loại 3: Câu điều kiện loại 3 là câu điều kiện không có thực trong quá khứ.

effect

(n)

/ɪˈfekt/

kết quả

fine

(v)

/faɪn/

phạt tiền

Điều kiện không thể xảy ra trong quá khứ, chỉ mang tính ước muốn trong quá khứ, một giả thiết trái ngược với thực trạng ở quá khứ.

float

(v)

/fləʊt/

nổi

groundwater

(n)

/ˈɡraʊndwɔːtə(r)/

nước ngầm

hearing loss

(n)

/ˈhɪərɪŋ lɒs/

mất thính lực

illustrate

(v)

/ˈɪləstreɪt/

minh họa

litter

(n, v)

/ˈlɪtə(r)/

y, vỏ lon...),vứt rác rác vụn (mẩu giấy,

A. PHONETICS

measure

(v)

/ˈmeʒə(r)/

đo

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

poison

(n, v)

/ˈpɔɪzn/

ễm độc độ chất độc, làm nhiễm

pollutant

(n)

/pəˈluːtənt/

chất gây ô nhiễm

radioactive

(adj)

/ˌreɪdiəʊˈæktɪv/

thuộc về phóng xạ

radiation

(n)

/ˌreɪdiˈeɪʃn/

phóng xạ

5. A. heritage

untreated

(adj)

/ˌʌnˈtriːtɪd/

không được xử lý

If + S + had + P.P (quá khứ phân từ), S + would + have + P.P Eg: If I hadn‟t been absent yesterday, I would have met him. (Nếu hôm qua tôi không vắng mặt thì tôi đã gặp mặt anh ta rồi.)

PART 2: EXERCISE

1. A. paddy

B. sand

C. travel

D. tribal

2. A. buffalo

B. photo

C. limestone

D. botanical

3. A. jungle

B. luggage

C. sunbathe

D. sugar

4. A. around

B. various

C. sound

D. mountains

B. giant

C. garden

D. village

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others. 1. A. definition

B. electricity

C. contaminate

D. radiation

2. A. dramatic

B. overhead

C. century

D. groundwater 84

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

3. A. thermal

UNIT 7: POPULATION

B. beneath

C. rubbish

D. earplug

4. A. affect

B. billboard

C. visual

D. substance

17. You (not have)

so many accidents if you drove more slowly.

5. A. aquatic

B. behavior

C. pollution

D. permanent

18. If you (wear)

a false beard, nobody would have recognized you.

19. If she (leave)

the fish here, the cat will eat it

20. You (have)

no trouble at school if you had done your homework.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Correct the verbs form to complete the sentences. 1. If you (go)

away, please write to me.

2. If he (eat)

another cake, he will be sick.

3. I (not do)

that if I (be)

4. If he (take)

my advice, everything can go well.

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D. 1. If I have.

you.

A. have

5. He never does homework. If he (do) worry) about his exam. 6. What you (do) 7. If today (be)

his

(not

to the beach.

ill if you drink that water. to bed earlier, he would not be so tired.

11. If it‟s raining heavily, we (not go)

A. Had I known

hard, he‟ll pass the examination.

A. spoke

more slowly.

14. If I (finish)

the work in time, I (go)

to the football game.

15. If you (see)

Mary today, please (ask)

her to call me.

B. Should I need

B. Did I know

1. If someone offered to buy you one of those rings, which you (choose)

B. speak

A. I will never mention C. will I never mention

thick.

A. didn‟t make

C. I have needed

, tell him to leave two pints.

A. answered

on your glasses if you leave them there. so much.

7. What you (do)

if you hear the burglar alarm?

8. If you (read) wrong question.

the instructions carefully, you wouldn‟t have answered the

9. If Mel (ask)

her teacher, he‟d have answered her questions.

C. If I know

C. had spoken

B. answer

C. would answer

A. would have never believed

B. don‟t believe D. can‟t believe

to go on the trip, would you have gone? B. didn‟t agree

C. hadn‟t agreed

, I would have gone with him”.

A. had he told me

B. he had told me

C. he has told me

D. he would tell me

out of petrol here.

14. If you shake that bottle of port, it (not be)

fit to drink. you.

D. wouldn‟t agree

11. Jane: “John went to the hospital alone”, Katy: “If

13. We‟ll have a long way to walk if we (run)

D. are answering

it.

C. hadn‟t believed A. doesn‟t agree

this incident again.

D. don‟t make

mad. ?

D. will speak

all of my questions, I can‟t do anything to help you.

9. Had you told me that this was going to happen, I

10. If Jake

same

D. I don‟t mention

a long ladder.

12. If you were made redundant, what you (do)

the

so much noise when I came in.

11. Unless they turn that radio off, I (go)

D. If I would know

B. I never mention

10. I would repair the roof myself if I (have)

16. I‟ll probably get lost unless he (come)

D. I should need

B. wouldn‟t have made

C. won‟t make 8. Unless you

the office if I were you.

15. If you spoke louder, your classmates (understand)

D. visit

6. If you can give me one good reason for your acting like this,

7. If I had known you were asleep, I

II. Complete the sentences with the correct verb form in the bracket.

6. You would hear my explanation if you (not talk)

C. had visited

5. Do you think there would be less conflict in the world if all people language?

13. I could understand the French teacher if she (speak)

5. Someone (sit)

D. should have

4. then what I know yesterday, I would have saved myself a lot of time and trouble over the years.

for a donkey ride.

2. The flight may be cancelled if the fog (get)

C. had had

more help, I would call my neighbor. A. Needed

their examinations, they would join the army.

10. If Tom (go)

4. I (call)

B. would have

you sooner had someone told me you were in the hospital.

A. would have visited B. visited

Sunday, we (go)

3. If the milkman (come)

2. I 3.

9. You (be)

12. If he (try)

homework,

if she refuses your invitation?

8. Unless they (pass)

the same problem you had as a child, I might not have succeed in life as well as you

12. If you , I would have brought my friends over to your house yesterday to watch T.V, but I didn‟t want to bother you. A. had studied

B. studied

C. hadn‟t studied

D. didn‟t study

with me. 86

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 7: POPULATION

13. Peter: “Did you need help with your Math last night?” you".

Mary: “If I had needed, I A. would call

B. called

14. If someone

6. Water samples collected at these villages were seriously (contaminate)

C. would have called D. will call

into the store, smile and say, “May I help you?”

A. comes

B. came

C. come

C. would need

16. If I didn‟t work for an accounting firm, I B. will work B. is

D. needed

2. Americans throw year.

D. would work

3. Scientists have come up

in a bank now. C. have worked

17. The death rate would decrease if hygienic conditions 18. The education in Japan consideration.

1. Land pollution is responsible for damage done

some help tomorrow”

B. need

A. was

improved.

C. were

D. had been

if the basic principles of education had not been taken into

A. would go down

B. would have gone down

C. went down

D. had gone down

19. If there

, the rice fields could have been more productive.

A. had been enough water

B. were enough water

C. would be enough water

D. are enough water

20. The patient will not recover unless he A. had undergone

D. was undergoing him, she would be very happy.

A. would meet 22. If he

B. will meet

C. met

D. should meet

a thorough knowledge of English, he could have applied for this post.

A. had had

B. had

23. If I had enough money, I A. will go

C. has

B. would go

A. stood

B. stand

C. went

B. is

on it. C. standing

D. stands

C. was

D. were

IV. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. People believe that the (pollute)

water has brought cancer to the local residents.

2. Light pollution make us

to see the stars in the sky. (able)

3. Noise is considered as

pollution. (environment)

habitats have been destroyed in recent years. (nature)

5. A number of cleaning products contain

new ways of saving energy.

4. Thousands of people were exposed

radiation when the nuclear plant exploded.

5. Waste water from many factories which is dumped water pollution.

water bodies directly causes

C. READING I. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the correct words. Environmental pollution is a term that (1) to all the way by which man pollutes his surroundings. Man dirties the air with gases and smoke, (2) the water with chemicals and many fertilizers and pesticides. Man other substances, and damages the soil with (3) also pollutes his surroundings (4) various other ways for (5) , people run natural be run natural beauty by scattering little on the land and in the water. They operate pollution. machines and motor vehicles that fill the air with disturbing (6) one of the most serious (8) feeing Environmental pollution (7) and soil are necessary to the survival of all living things. mankind today. Air, (9) death. Polluted water kills and other Badly - polluted air can cause illness, and (10) marine life. Pollution of soil reduces the amount of land for growing food. Environmental pollution also brings ugliness to man‟s naturally beautiful world. II. Read the passage and complete the sentences. True (T) or false (F).

D. should have go to

convenient, let‟s go out for a drink tonight.

A. be

natural habitat of animals.

twenty-eight and a half million tons of plastic in landfills every

D. has had

abroad to improve my English.

24. The bench would collapse if they 25. If it

an operation. B. would undergo

C. undergoes 21. If she

to aquatic plants. (poison)

V. Fill in each blank with the correct preposition.

“Thanks. I‟ll give you a call if I

A. work

of agrochemicals is pesticides. (illustrate)

8. Contaminants are usually

D. should come

15. “Here‟s my phone number”. A. will need

7. An

with bacteria.

chemicals. (harm)

Air pollution is a serious problem in many cities. Motor vehicles, factories and other sources create so much air pollution that it may hang in the air like dirty fog. Air pollution threatens the health of the people who live in cities. City wastes cause water pollution when they are poured into the waterways. These wastes kill fish and make some areas unfit for swimming. In addition, many large cities have difficulties in disposing of their garbage. The amount of garbage grows each year, but places to put it are quickly filling up. Citizens, governments, industries, scientists, and business people must work together in different ways to gradually reduce pollution. For example, most cities have introduced recycling programmes. 1. Motor vehicles and factories are among some sources of air pollution. 2. Air pollution doesn‟t endanger people‟s health in some cities. 3. Air pollution is the only problem of the environment mentioned in this passage. 4. Garbage disposal is a problem in many large cities. 5. Everyone must cooperate to reduce pollution. 6. We can reduce pollution by recycling programmes only.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 7: POPULATION

III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. serious as water or air pollution. (2) , it is the type Light pollution is not (1) of pollution that (3) more in cities than in rural areas. In the past, we could sit out at at glittering stars in the sky and light from objects in the outer space. night and (4) Nowadays, cities are covered with lights from buildings, streets, advertising displays, many of which direct the lights up into the sky and into many unwanted places. The real problem is that it is to apply light to almost everything at night. Millions of tons of oil and coal very (5) (6) to produce the power to light the sky. Eye strain, (7) of vision and stress light at night can harm our eyes and are what people may get from light pollution. (8) also harm the hormones that help us to see things properly. 1. A. as

B. more

C. much

D. only

2. A. Moreover

B. However

C. Therefore

D. Nevertheless

3. A. happen

B. occur

C. occurs

D. is occurred

4. A. watch

B. see

C. spend

D. gaze

5. A. waste

B. wasteful

C. wasting

D. wastes

6. A. used

B. using

C. is used

D. are used

7. A. lose

B. lost

C. loss

D. losing

8. A. Very much

B. Too much

C. Too many

D. So many

D. WRITING I. Write a paragraph about noise pollution (definition, causes, effects, and solutions), using the cues given. 1. Noise pollution/ any loud sounds/ either harmful or annoying/ humans and animals.

2. Generally/ noise/ produced/ household appliances/ big trucks/ vehicles and motorbikes/ on the road/ planes and helicopters flying over cities/ loud speakers, etc.

3. Noise pollution/ cause/ stress/ illness/ hearing loss/ sleep loss/ lost productivity.

4. Health effects/ noise/ include/ anxiety/ stress/ headaches/ irritability/ nervousness.

III. Combine the two sentences to complete the sentences. 1. The building is very old. He lives there. (where) ................................................................................................. 2. I will tell you something. You didn‟t know it before. (which) ................................................................................................. 3. I‟ll never forget the day. I met you then. (when) ................................................................................................. 4. It was cold. However, Tom still went swimming. (although) ................................................................................................. 5. John is very sad. He fails the final exam. (because) ................................................................................................. 6. He never left the house. He had been born there. (where) ................................................................................................. 7. I met the man. He works in a bank. (who) ................................................................................................. 8. Here are the letters. They arrived this morning. (which) ................................................................................................. 9. My grandfather is very old. He is still young at heart. (although) ................................................................................................. 10. Tom gets a lot of money. He works hard. (because) .................................................................................................

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. linguistic

B. classical

C. phonetic

D. romantic

2. A. fantastic

B. historic

C. comic

D. symbolic

3. A. oceanic

B. specific

C. ceramic

D. aquatic

4. A. terrific

B. Arabic

C. statistic

D. cosmetic

5. A. arithmetic

B. geographic

C. energetic

D. economic

II. Complete the sentences with the correct verb form in the bracket. 5. Noise-producing industries/ airports/ bus terminals/ should/ located/ far/ living places.

1. If we meet at 9:30, we (have) 2. If you (find)

plenty of time.

a pen in the cellar, don‟t mention it to anyone.

3. The zookeeper would have punished her with a fine if she (feed) 6. The officials/ check/ misuse/ loudspeakers/ outdoor parties and discos/ as well as/ public announcement systems.

4. If you pass your examination, we (have)

a celebration.

5. Lisa would find the milk if she (look)

for it in the fridge.

6. What (happen)

if I press this button?

7. The door will be unlocked if you (press) 8. I should have voted for her if I (have) 89

the animals.

the green button. a vote then. 90

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 7: POPULATION

9. If you go to Paris, where you (stay)

1. A. on

B. in

C. at

D. over D. being beautiful

10. If you (swim)

in this lake, you‟ll shiver from cold.

2. A. beauty

B. beautifully

C. beautiful

11. Unless you (tell)

the truth, I won‟t help you.

3. A. before

B. after

C. when

D. while

4. A. While

B. Soon

C. Unless

D. If

5. A. by

B. with

C. of

D. in

6. A. Nevertheless

B. Moreover

C. However

D. Therefore

12. You‟ll get pneumonia if you (not change)

your wet clothes.

13. If I had known that you couldn‟t eat octopus, I (not buy) 14. If they (hang)

it.

that picture lower, people would be able to see it.

15. She (be)

able to walk faster if she didn‟t have such high-heel shoes.

7. A. cleaning up

B. cleaning up

C. clean up

D. clean off

16. I (bring)

you some beer if I had known that you were thirsty.

8. A. when

B. after

C. until

D. before

17. If you had touched that electric cable, you (be)

electrocuted.

18. If the story hadn‟t been true, the newspaper (not print)

V. Read the following passage and then answer the questions below it.

it.

19. I (not buy)

things on the installment system if I were you.

20. Dan (arrive)

safe if he drove slowly.

Air pollution is a cause of ill-health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws limiting the amount of smoke which factories can produce. Although there isn‟t enough information on the effects of smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have proved that air pollution causes lung diseases.

III. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Light pollution make us

to see the stars in the sky. (able)

2. Noise is considered as 3. The soil becomes (contaminate)

pollution. (environment) because of the use of so many pesticides and fertilizers.

waste spills can contaminate groundwater. (industry)

habitats have been destroyed in recent years. (nature)

6. A number of cleaning products contain

8. People believe that the (pollute)

1. What can make people sick? with bacteria. 2. Where does smoke come from?

water has brought cancer to the local residents. 3. Can air pollution cause lung diseases?

9. In many developing countries, water pollution is usually a leading cause of 10. (pollute)

There are other long-term effects of pollution. If the gases in the atmosphere continue to increase, the earth‟s climate may become warmer. A lot of the ice near the Poles may melt and may cause serious floods.

chemicals. (harm)

7. Water samples collected at these villages were seriously (contaminate)

The gases from the exhausts of cars have also increased air pollution in most cities. The lead in petrol produces a poisonous gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded by high buildings. Children who live in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere cannot think as quickly as other children and they are clumsy when they use their hands.

. (die)

elements have been found in both ground and underground water sources.

11. Fish and many other animals are killed by

in their habitat. (pollute)

12. Astronomers are concerned about light pollution because they have viewing activities in the sky and outer space. (difficult)

4. What else can cause air pollution in cities? 5. Why does the earth‟s climate become warmer?

in VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

IV. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Have a walk (1) a beach, listen to the sound of the sea waves, and suddenly you see of our beaches. I feel a lot of rubbish on the beach. Pollution takes away all the (2) I see plastic bags lying on the sand, cigarette ends buried in the really annoyed (3) sand, and soda cans floating in the sea. There are a lot of things that we can do. (4) we see rubbish, we should do our part in the picking it up and throwing it in dust bins. (6) , we can form protecting the land (5) some kind of organization that helps (7) the beaches. If everyone does their part, the the beaches beaches will be a wonderful and beautiful place. We need to start now (8) are damaged beyond repair. 91

Saving the Environment: One Home at a Time Pollution can be seen not only throughout the world, but also in our own homes. It comes from household chemicals, the amount of water people use and the waste people produce and throw away. What can be done to stop this pollution? Surprisingly, a person can help save the environment by doing simple things. First, we need to recycle, which allows products to be used over and over again. Recycling can also reduce the number of trees cut down to produce paper products. It takes very little effort. It is not hard to place plastic and glass bottles, aluminum cans and paper in a bin. Anyone can do it.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 7: POPULATION

Second, we need to watch the amount of water used at home. It can be conserved by taking short showers instead of baths, repairing leaky faucets, using the dishwasher or washing machine only when fully loaded, or simply turning the faucet off while brushing your teeth. Third, we need to reduce waste. We need to recycle whenever possible, but should also try to use this waste effectively. For example, grass clippings and food scraps can be made into compost for plants. The average person produces 4.3 pounds of waste every day, but we can reduce that amount by recycling and reusing.

4. Industrial waste water/ be directly discharged/ canals, lakes, ponds,/ rivers, causing serious pollution/ surface water.

5. For example,/ 2008, Vedan factory, a sodium glutamate plant, released their untreated industrial wastewater/ the Thi Vai River/ caused tons/ fish and ducks in the river/ die.

If we do our part in our own homes, we can help keep the planet from becoming more polluted. 1. Pollution is caused from the following sources except A. water in rivers C. wastes 2. Recycling can help us

6. Another cause/ water pollution in Vietnam/ be the lack/ awareness among citizens.

B. water from households D. house chemicals .

7. Every day people/ generate a/ of garbage,/ they throw it directly into canals, river,/ ponds.

A. never cut down trees

B. produce more paper products

C. place garbage bins easily

D. use products again and again

3. In order to save water, we can do all of the following things except

A. fully use the washing machine

8. They/ collect water from these sources/ do their laundry, wash dishes, and bathe,/ then they/ throw the dirty water that contain detergent/ shampoo directly into them.

B. repair leaky faucets C. take short showers instead of baths D. turn the faucet off while brushing your teeth 4. Recycling helps to reduce waste because

A. plants need to develop B. waste can be recycled and reused C. a person can do it in his home D. an average man produces compost for plants 5. The word “It” in paragraph 2 refers to

A. cutting down

B. the number

C. recycling

D. effort

VII. Complete the sentences, using the words and phrases given. You can add some words and make changes. 1. The major cause/ water pollution/ Vietnam/ be the weakness in industrial wastewater management.

2. Many factories/ use fresh water/ carry away waste/ their plants/ canals, rivers, and lakes.

3. Most/ them/ not have a wastewater treatment system.

UNIT 8: ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

Unit ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES 8

Exceptions: When the verb ends in -ss, -sh, -ch, -z, -o, we add –es miss – misses

wash –washes

buzz – buzzes

go – goes

catch – catches

When the verb ends in consonant +y, we change the -y to –ies hurry/ hurries

marry/ marries

Negative: S + don’t/ doesn’t + V (infinitive)

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

Note: don’t = do not/ doesn’t = does not Questions:

A. VOCABULARY

Do/ Does + S + V (infinitive)?

Short answers: - Yes, S + do/ does.

- No, S + don’t/ doesn’t.

Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

aborigines

(n)

/ˌæbəˈrɪdʒəniz/

thổ dân

She doesn’t like wine.

NOT She doesn’t likes wine.

tuyệt đối, chắc chắn

Does he play football?

NOT Does he plays football?

Note: In negatives and questions we use the infinitive forms of the verb.

absolutely

(adv)

accent

(n)

/ˈæksent//ˈæksent/

giọng điệu

awesome

(adj)

/ˈɔːsəm/

tuyệt vời

cattle station

(n)

/ˈkætl ˈsteɪʃn/

trại gia súc

ghost

(n)

/ɡəʊst/

Ex: The Earth goes around the Sun.

haunt

(v)

/hɔːnt/

ám ảnh

- Describe future events; something considered as a fact, an agreement or a plan

icon

(n)

/ˈaɪkɒn/

biểu tượng

kangaroo

(n)

/ˌkæŋɡəˈruː/

chuột túi

koala

(n)

/kəʊˈɑːlə/

gấu túi

kilt

(n)

/kɪlt/

àn ông Scotland váy ca-rô của đàn

legend

(n)

/ˈledʒənd/

huyền thoại

loch

(n)

/lɒk/

hồ (phương ngữ ở Scotland)

official

(adj)

/əˈfɪʃl/

chính thống/ ng/ chính thứ thức

parade

(n)

/pəˈreɪd/

cuộc diễu hành

puzzle

(n)

/ˈpʌzl/

trò chơi đố

Adverbs of time are often used: at the moment; currently; now; this week/ month/ year

schedule

(n)

/ˈʃedjuːl//ˈskedʒuːl/

biể lịch trình, thờii gian biểu

+ To talk about actions happening at the moment of speaking

Scots/ Scottish

(n)

/skɒts/ /ˈskɒtɪʃ/

người Scotland

Ex: I am waiting for my friends. + To talk about trends or changing situations

/ˈæbsəluːtli/

state

(n)

/steɪt/

bang

unique

(adj)

/juˈniːk/

độc đáo, riêng biệt

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW

Use:

We use present simple tense to:

- Describe regular events. Ex: I get up at seven o’clock (everyday). - Describe regular truths and states.

Ex: Tet holiday this year lasts up to 9 days. II. Present continuous tense (+) S + am/ is/ are + V-ing (-) S + am/ is/ are + not + V-ing (?) Am/ Is/ Are + S + V-ing?

Yes, S + am/ is/ are. No, S + am/ is/ are + not. Usage + To talk about the temporary situations: Ex: My cousin is living in America at the moment.

Ex: The internet is making it easier for people to stay in touch with each other. III. Present perfect tense + Talk about an action that happened at an unspecified time in the past. We don’t state when it happened.

I. Present simple tense

+ Talk about an action that has just or already happened. (The results related to present or in the future)

Form: Positive:

Adverbs of time are often used: just; already; for; since; ever; never; not .. yet.

S + V (He/ She/ It + Vs/ Ves/ Vies)

- Spelling General rule: In the third person singular we add –s to the infinitive.

Ex: I’ve collected plenty of information.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 8: ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES

(good/ well/ goodly/ best).

20. My aunt speaks English very

PART 2: EXERCISE

(once/

21. We have math on Tuesday, Thursday and Friday; it means we have math twice/ three times/ four times) a week.

A. PHONETICS

(try/ make/ work/ learn) her best in learning English.

22. Lan promises to

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. 1. A. vanilla

B. vacuum

C. add

D. facsimile

2. A. whiten

B. fiber

C. zipper

D. conveyor

3. A. remove

B. wrote

C. mold

D. cocoa

4. A. follow

B. powder

C. show

D. borrow

5. A. wood

B. thousand

C. procedure

D. hairdryer

II. Do the quiz and choose the correct answers. 1. Another name for Wales is A. Saxon 2. You can see

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others. 1. A. iconic

C. territory

D. difficulty

2. A. Singapore

B. Philippines

C. Canada

D. India

3. A. native

B. perhaps

C. whisky

D. accent

4. A. official

B. excursion

C. Thanksgiving

D. spectacle

5. A. festive

B. Arctic

C. unique

D. speaker

A. northern

(outside/ inside/ into/ away). It‟s too cold. (play/ to play/ playing/ plays) with matches.

8. How long will he

(must/ should/ have to/ has to) stay there?

13. Do you usually feel

(nervous/ nervously) before examination?

14. She speaks English

(fluent/fluently).

15. He hurt himself

(bad/badly).

D. Northern Ireland

B. southern

C. eastern

D. western

B. California

C. Florida

B. Australia

C. Canada

reaches

D. Washington D. New Zealand

B. Northern Ireland C. England

B. village

D. Britain

9. The name Canada comes from the word “kanata” which means “settlement” or “ language of the St Lawrence Iroquoians. A. country

A. Canada

C. town

” in the

D. nation

B. America

C. New Zealand D. Australia

when I interrupted him. (angry/ angrily) when the sun is shining. (happy/ happily) for the exam. (hard/ hardly)

III. Complete the sentences with the appropriate present tense of the verbs in brackets.

(fast/ fastly).

12. Tom is a driver (careful/ carefully). He is driving the narrow road. (careful/ carefully)

at Math. (good/ well)

C. Scotland

10. The world‟s largest reef system, the Great Barrier Reef, is found off the north-eastern coast of .

(perfect/ perfectly).

11. He had an accident because he was driving too

19. I am not

D. Singapore

(good/ well).

9. Our team won the game because we played very

18. Lan worked very

A. Wales

(sing/ to sing/ sang/ sung) very well.

7. Don‟t let your child

17. I always feel

A. England

you like to come? – I‟d love to.

(too/ that/ so/ enough) to win the gold medal.

16. He looked me

B. Wales

8. Scotland only shares a border with

(at/ before/ between/ after) 7.30 and 8.15.

10. I tried on the shoes and they fitted me

C. America

7. The Lord of the Rings movies were filmed in

6. Our team played well

D. the oak tree

6. The tallest mountain the US is Mt McKinley, located in the state of 20,320 feet (6,194 m) above the sea level.

1. Last night I watched the movie Romeo and Juliet. At last they killed (together/ each other/ themselves/ them).

5. Don‟t go

B. New Zealand

A. Alaska

4. When my grandmother was young, she used

C. the rose

has a unique culture with traditions such as bagpipes, kilts and highland dancing. A. England

I. Choose the right word in brackets to fill in the blank.

3. We must be there

B. the red leaf

5. The name “Australia” comes from the Latin word “australis”, meaning

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

2. (What/ Do/ Would/ Will)

D. Galle

became the first country in the world to give all women the right to vote.

A. Canada

B. monument

C. Cymru

on the Canadian national flag.

A. the maple leaf 3. In 1893,

B. Celtic

1. Each of the 50 states along

an official state flower so far. (adopt)

2. Since 1965, the maples tree with the leaves symbol. (become) 3. At present, the National Cherry Blossom Festival to celebrate spring‟s arrival. (occur)

the most well-known

Canadian

in Washington, D.C.

4. Maori recognized as an official language of New Zealand since the Maori Language Act of 1987. (be) 5. Canada

made up of 10 provinces and 3 territories. (be)

6. Australia a range of different landscapes, including urban areas, mountain ranges, desert and rain forests. (have)

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 8: ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES

7. Annually, the National Eisteddfod festival of Wales the start of August. (take)

place for eight days at

8. The Statue of Liberty over 12 million immigrants entering the USA through New York Harbor since 1900. (welcome) C. READING I. Read the passage and then answer the questions. THE CAMEL The camel can go without water for a long time. Some people think it stores water in its hump. This is not true. It stores food in its hump. The camel‟s body changes the food into fat. Then it stores the fat in its hump. It cannot store the fat all over its body. Fat all over an animal‟s body keeps the animal warm. Camels live in the desert. They do not want to be warm during the day. The desert is very hot. The camel gets hotter and hotter during the day. It stores this heat in its body because the nights are cool. The Arabian camel has one hump. The Bactrian camel of Central Asia has two humps. It also has long, thick hair because the winters are cold in Central Asia.

people in the world probably know .................... (7) least some English. English is really an international language. III. Read the following passage and then answer the questions below it. In the world today there are 5,000 to 6,000 living languages, of which English is the most widely used. As a mother tongue, it ranks second only to Chinese, which is little used outside China. English is the most international of languages. It is used as the language of aviation, international sport and pop music. Sixty percent of the world‟s radio stations broadcast in English, and more than half of the world‟s scientific papers are printed in English. It is true that a great number of people are involved in the use of English. To people in Africa, Asia, and South America, English is an important foreign language to master. In most countries in the world, the English language is used as the language of business, commerce, and technology. English is now an effective medium of international communication. However, it is the written English which is not systematically phonetic, that causes difficulties to non-native speakers. 1. Which language is used as the language of aviation, international sport and pop music?

There is a lot of sand in the dessert. The camel has long eyelashes. Then sand cannot go into the camel‟s eyes.

2. Why is English an important foreign language used in many countries?

Arabic has about 150 words to describe a camel. Arabs need all these words because the camel is very important to them.

3. What difficulties may learners of English be confronted with? Why?

Questions 1. Where do camels live? ............................................................................................................. 2. What does a camel store in its hump?

4. Name three countries in which English is spoken as a first language. 5. As a mother tongue, why does English rank second only to Chinese?

............................................................................................................. 3. The camel doesn‟t store fat all over its body. Why? ............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 4. Why does it store heat during the day? ............................................................................................................. 5. Why does a Bactrian camel have long thick hair? ............................................................................................................. II. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the suitable words. The English language is the most widely spoken language in the world. It is used as either first or second language .................... (1) many countries. th

During the 16 century, only about two million people spoke English. All .................... (2) them lived in what is now the United Kingdom. Over the centuries, as a result of various historical events, English has spread throughout .................... (3) world. Today, about 400 million people speak English as their native .................... (4). Most of them live in Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, New Zealand, South Africa, .................... (5) the Unites States. About 100 million people, chiefly living in Bangladesh, India, Pakistan and in many African .................... (6), speak English in addition to their own language. An additional 200 million 99

D. WRITING I. Reorder the words to make the sentences. 1. is/ but/ not/ Canberra/ the/, / is/ Australia/ capital/ of/ Sydney. ......................................................................................................................... 2. Maori/ native/ of/ New Zealand/ people/ the/ are/ the/ Island/ in/ North. ......................................................................................................................... 3. Washington D.C/ opens/ Museum/ a.m./ at Children‟s/ in/ 10.00/ National/ The. ......................................................................................................................... 4. monument/ San Francisco/ Bridge/ of/ The/ an/ iconic/ Gate/ is/ Golden. ......................................................................................................................... 5. its/ years/ language/ for/ considered/ Malaysia/ as/ has/ official/ English. ......................................................................................................................... II. Fill in the blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word. English is the (1) language of the Philippines. English- medium education (2) in the Philippines in 1901 after the arrival of some 540 US teachers. English was also chosen for newspapers and magazines, the media, and literary writing.

100

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 8: ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES

The latest results from a rent survey suggest that about 65 percent of the (3) to understand spoken and (5) Philippines has the (4) 48 percent stating that they can write standard English.

of the English, with

The economy is based on English, and successful workers and managers are fluent (6) English. (7) , many schools know that their (8) must be fluent in English to be successful.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

B. Chinese

C. coffee

D. trainee

2. A. jubilee

B. guarantee

C. Japanese

D. referee

3. A. refugee

B. Taiwanese

C. absentee

D. committee

4. A. Viennese

B. Maltese

C. Burmese

D. Chinese

5. A. reindeer

B. volunteer

C. mountaineer

D. engineer

3. Lake Wanaka is a

from various countries. (refuge)

5. The

monument of Australia. (icon)

originates in Ireland and its associated islands. (Ireland)

6. The Canadians are native

Donna erased the board and put some new examples on it. She loved guiding her students through difficult topics like this one. She always felt a little bit thrilled when the look of understanding came to their faces.

of English. (speak)

7. English is an 8. Thuy

The classroom was quiet. Donna looked at blank faces. They were confused. She knew this would take a while. But eventually, the faster students would grasp it, and then they would help the slower students. By the end of the evening, most of the class would feel comfortable using the present participle.

scenery in New Zealand. (spectacle)

4. The Sydney Opera House is an

language of France. (official) loves the koala in Australia. (absolute)

9. The violation of that company was

1. What was Donna‟s daily joke?

yesterday. (exposure)

10. Do storm water and the atmosphere bring non- point source

? (pollution)

1. Since its beginning more than a century ago, the slouch hat most distinctive items of Australian clothing. (become) 3. Aberdeen in Scotland finding of oil in the North Sea. (become) 4. Canada 5. Ireland

the

its legendary stories in Australia. (make)

the longest land border in the world with the United States. (share) the Eurovision Song Contest seven times. (win)

7. In Canada, New Year‟s Day

hands. (shake)

a long tradition of celebration. (have)

used more frequently in Australia than in other countries. (be)

9. Recently, many places in New Zealand and one Maori. (be) 101

an important centre for the oil industry since the

6. In Canada you should maintain eye contact while you 8. First names

one

................................................................................................. 2. How many students were usually present when class started? .................................................................................................

III. Complete the sentences with the appropriate present tense of the verbs in brackets.

2. For over 130 years, Akubra hats

ENGLISH IS CONFUSING “Good evening, everybody!” said the teacher, Donna. “Where is everybody?” That was sort of a daily joke by Donna. Usually the class started with only two or three students present, and then filled up as the minutes went by. It was summertime. Summer school was only eight weeks long. Class attendance was always smaller than during fall and spring semesters.

“The present participle tells us what emotion or feeling the subject is causing. For example, „Grammar is boring‟ means that the subject – grammar – causes an emotion of boredom. If we say, „The movie is interesting,‟ we are saying that the movie causes a feeling of interest. If we say, „The roller coaster is exciting,‟ we are saying that the roller coaster causes a feeling of excitement. Any questions so far? Am I confusing you? Is everyone confused?”

Charlie Chaplin was born in London, England. (legend)

2. In Canada, there are a lot of

IV. Read the passage and answer the questions below.

“Is there a soccer game tonight? It seems like there‟s a soccer game every night. Oh, well. Let‟s get started, okay? We‟re on page 36 in the workbook. Tonight we‟re studying participles as adjectives. Students are always confused when they learn about the present and past participles, so we will practice this a lot. Tonight, we‟re just going to practice the present participle.

II. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1.

safe

“I don‟t know, teacher. Maybe they late or no come,” said one student. “Maybe watching TV football tonight.”

I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. payee

10. Maori people the hongi – touching noses – to greet people they and familiar with. (use - feel)

3. Which season was it? ................................................................................................. 4. How long did summer school last? ................................................................................................. 5. What was always smaller in the summer? ................................................................................................. 6. What were some absent students doing, perhaps? ................................................................................................. 7. What was tonight‟s subject? .................................................................................................

called with two names – one English,

102

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. London’s Tower Bridge London‟s Tower Bridge is one of the most famous (1) in the world. The bridge, designed (2) (by) the architect Horace Jones together with John Wolfe 11,000 tons of steel to build the Barry, was finally completed in 1894. It (3) framework of the 265-meter-long bridge. Over time, the bridge has become one of London‟s most . famous (4) (5) photographs of the Tower Bridge is a favorite London tourist activity, but you can also go inside the bridge, (6) you‟ll have a magnificent view over London from the two bridge towers. the walkway (7)

Unit 9

NATURAL DISASTERS

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

A. VOCABULARY

In 2014, glass floors were installed in the walkways, giving visitors another, unusual view from the bridge. The long glass floors, more than 40 meters above the river, allow you to (8) the traffic over the Tower Bridge from above. It is particularly (9) to see the and close below your feet. bridge (10)

Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

accommodation

(n)

/əˌkɒməˈdeɪʃn/

chỗ ở

bury

(v)

/ˈberi/

chôn vùi, vùi lấp

1. A. bridges

D. towers

collapse

(v)

/kəˈlæps/

đổ, sập, sụp, đổ sập

damage

(n)

/ˈdæmɪdʒ/

ại sự thiệt hại, sự hư hại

disaster

(n)

/dɪˈzɑːstə(r)/

tai họa, thảm họa

drought

(n)

/draʊt/

hạn hán

B. bridge

C. tower

2. A. or

B. and

C. as

D. but

3. A. took

B. built

C. brought

D. gave

4. A. landscapes

B. views

C. symbols

D. scenes

5. A. To take

B. Take

C. To taking

D. Taking

6. A. when

B. where

C. what

D. whose

earthquake

(n)

/ˈɜːθkweɪk/

trận động đất

(v)

/ɪˈrʌpt/

phun (núi lửa) sự phun (núi lửa)

7. A. at

B. on

C. between

D. in

erupt

8. A. consider

B. follow

C. record

D. watch

eruption

(n)

/ɪˈrʌpʃn/

9. A. fascinate

B. fascinating

C. fascinated

D. fascination

evacuate

(v)

/ɪˈvækjueɪt/

sơ tán

10. A. opened

B. to open

C. open

D. be opened

forest fire

(n)

/ˈfɒrɪst ˈfaɪə(r)/

cháy rừng

homeless

(adj)

/ˈhəʊmləs/

không có nhà cửa, a, vô gia cư c

mudslide

(n)

/ˈmʌdslaɪd/

lũ bùn

put out

(v)

/pʊt ʌp/

dập tắt (lửa..)

rage

(v)

/reɪdʒ/

diễn ra ác liệt, t, hung dữ

rescue worker

(n)

/ˈreskjuː ˈwɜːkə(r)/

nhân viên cứu hộ

scatter

(v)

/ˈskætə(r)/

tung, rải, rắc

shake

(v)

/ʃeɪk/

rung, lắc, làm rung

tornado

(n)

/tɔːˈneɪdəʊ/

lốc xoáy

trap

(v)

/træp/

làm cho mắc kẹt

tsunami

(n)

/tsuːˈnɑːmi/

sóng thần

typhoon

(n)

/taɪˈfuːn/

bão nhiệt đới

victim

(n)

/ˈvɪktɪm/

nạn nhân

103

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW

B. Uses - Cách dùng

I. Passive voice (Câu bị động)

1. Thì Quá khứ hoàn thành diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trước một hành động hay một thời điểm khác trong quá khứ. Cách dùng này thường sử dụng các cách diễn đạt thời gian “before, after, by, by the time”.

TENSES

ACTIVE

PASSIVE

1. The simple present

S + V(-s/es)

S + am/ is/ are + Vpp

2. The present continuous

S + am/ is/ are + V-ing

S + am/ is/ are + being + Vpp

3. The present perfect

S + have/ has + Vpp

S + have/ has + been + Vpp

Ví dụ: She had left before we got home. (Cô ấy đã rời đi trước khi chúng tôi về đến nhà.) She had left by 8 a.m. (Cô ấy đã rời đi trước 8 giờ sáng.) 2. Thì Quá khứ hoàn thành diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và để lại kết quả hay dấu hiệu trong quá khứ.

4. The present perfect continuous

S + have/ has + been + V-ing

S + have/ has + been + being + Vpp

5. The simple past

S + V2/ V-ed

S + was/were + Vpp

6. The past continuous

S + was/were + V-ing

S + was/were +being + Vpp

7. The past perfect

S + had + Vpp

S + had + been + Vpp

8. The past perfect continuous

S + had + been + V-ing

S + had + been + being + Vpp

Thì HTHT: We aren‟t hungry. We have just eaten lunch. (Hiện tại chúng tôi không đói. Chúng tôi vừa mới ăn trưa.)

9. The simple future

S + will/ shall + V

S + will/ shall + be + Vpp

Thì QKHT: We weren‟t hungry. We had just eaten lunch. (Chúng tôi không đói. Chúng tôi đã ăn trưa trước đó rồi.)

10. The future continuous

S + will/ shall + be + V-ing

S + will/ shall + be + being + Vpp

11. The simple future perfect

S + will/ shall + have + Vpp

S + will/ shall + have + been + Vpp

12. The near future

S + be going to + V

S + be going to + be + Vpp

after (sau khi)

13. Model verb (*)

S + Modal verb + V-bare Inf

S + Modal verb + be + Vpp

By the time (tính đến lúc)

Ví dụ: They were happy because they had scored a goal. (Họ vui mừng vì họ đã ghi được một bàn thắng.) 3. Thì Quá khứ hoàn thành là dạng quá khứ của thì Hiện tại hoàn thành. Ví dụ:

C. Signals - Dấu hiệu nhận biết thì quá khứ hoàn thành before (trước khi)

By + time (in the past) (tính đến (một thời gian trong quá khứ)) forgot, realized, remembered (quên, nhận ra, nhớ (đã hoặc chưa làm gì))

II. Past perfect tense. (Thì quá kh khứ hoàn thành) A. Forms - Dạng thức

PART 2: EXERCISE

ịnh 1. Affirmative - Dạng khẳng định S + had + PII Part participle PII - Quá khứ phân ttừ

A. PHONETICS

Trợ động từ had dùng cho mọii chủ ngữ. Had được viết tắt thành ’d.

I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. 1. A. twice B. flight C. piece D. mind

Ví dụ:: When we arrived, she had left. (Khi chúng tôi đến, cô ấy đã đi.) 2. Negative - Dạng phủ định S + had not + PII Ví dụ:: Karen had not finished making dinner by the time her husband came home. (Karen đã vẫn chưa nấu xong bữa tối khi chồng ồng cô ấy về nhà.)

2. A. about 3. A. cover

B. around B. oven

C. sound C. coffee

D. young D. company

4. A. plates 5. A. laughed

B. cakes

C. mates

D. places

B. learned

C. changed

D. arrived

3. Interrogative - Dạng nghi vấn ấn Had + S + PII?

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.

- Yes, S + had.

1. A. relief

B. debris

C. typhoon

D. severe

- No, S + had not.

2. A. erupt

B. victim

C. forest

D. message

3. A. volcano

B. tropical

C. government

D. property

4. A. geography

B. evacuate

C. emergency

D. temporary

5. A. scatter

B. earthquake

C. collapse

D. mudslide

Ví dụ:: Had you studied English before you moved to New York? (Bạn (B đã học ọc tiế tiếng Anh trước khi chuyển đến New York chứ?)

106

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

19. It‟s possible to supplement one‟s .................. by taking a part-time job.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Find the one choice that best completes the sentence:

A. income

1. A table with four chairs is .................. of the dining room. A. in

B. the middle

C. in the middle

B. earning

C. gaining

D. attainment

20. Do you mind if I switch on the radio? - .................. D. about

A. No, thank

B. Yes, go ahead

C. No, not at all

D. Yes, you can

2. You .................. brush your teeth twice a day. A. should

B. can

C. will

D. have

3. Tim is a good student. He did very well in the first semester. His mother is .................. him. A. sorry for

B. sad B. will be opened

D. displeased

C. is opening

D. opens

4. He told me he (not/wear) ...................................... such kind of clothes before.

C. turned

D. turning

6. After Nick (do) ............................ his homework, he (go) ............................ to bed last night.

D. above

7. Mai (live) ............................ in Hai Phong for five years before she (move) ............................ to Ha Noi three years ago.

3. Before he (go) .......................... to bed, he (read) .......................... a novel. 5. When I came to the stadium, the match (start) ......................................

5. Would you mind .................. on the light? A. turn

B. to turn

6. - Where is the fridge? - It‟s .................. the corner of the kitchen. A. in

B. at

C. to

8. Phong (tell) .......................... me yesterday that he (learn) .......................... French for a year.

7. Did the children enjoy .................. when they were on holiday? A. themselves

B. themself

C. himself

D. itself

9. Ms. Hong (work) ............................ at our school for twenty years before she (retire) ............................ last June.

D. doesn‟t

10. By the time I (get) ....................................... to Nick‟s house, his party (already/ start) ................................................

D. haven‟t been

11. When we (come) ..................................... back to our home village last month, it (change) ............................ so much.

8. Carmen didn‟t use to eat fish, but now she .................. A. used to

B. do

C. does

9. I never go to Australia. I .................. to Australia yet. A. went

B. have been

C. will go

10. I‟m .................. Let‟s do something. How about going to a movie? A. boring

B. bore

C. bored

D. being bored

11. I‟m hungry. .................. is for dinner this evening? A. Why

B. When

C. How

D. What

12. The old lady sat in a corner talking to .................. A. himself

B. itself

14.

B. try

B. to come

C. enjoy

D. finish

I. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.

D. came

More than a billion people all over the world are (1) the threat of desert . expansion, but few of them are aware that they themselves cause it and are also its (2) trees for fuel and farmland. Their herd eat (4) the grass covering People cut (3) valley floors and hillsides. The climate and soil quality, therefore, are affected and forests are . turned into (5)

C. READING

C. coming

Mary is watching a film. She really likes it. Mary is really .................. A. to interest

B. interest

C. interested

D. interesting

C. Must you

D. You must

16. .................. to do homework today? A. Have you

B. Do you have

17. She knows that he worked really .................. this semester. A. good

B. hardly

C. better

D. hard

18. Stop, boys! It‟s .................. near the streets.

107

14. Before she (listen) ............................ to music, she (do) ............................ homework. 15. Last night, Peter (go) ...................... to the supermarket before he (go) ........................ home.

The teacher said, “Come at 8 o‟clock”. A. not to come

13. By the time the bus (come) ............................ this morning, Duong (wait) ............................ for it for half an hour.

D. themselves

The teacher told the students .................. at 8 o‟clock. 15.

12. I couldn‟t recognize my cousin because he (grow) ............................ a lot.

C. herself

13. I .................. swimming very much. A. wait

2. She said that she (meet) .......................... Mr. Bean before.

C. proud of

4. The new hotel .................. next year. A. is opened

II. Fill in the correct verb form. 1. They (come) .......................... back home after they (finish) .......................... their work.

A. dangerous for playing

B. dangerously to play

C. dangerous to playing

D. dangerous to play

In some places, many people had to leave their homes when their wells became dry and sand buried their houses and crops. Therefore, government in nearby areas have had local people (6) trees and banned burning firewood for fuel. Many techniques have been (7) . For for example, in Iran, a thin covering of oil was poured on sandy areas to retain (8) planting trees, but this method may harm the environment. Other countries built long canals or water to desert areas. pipelines (9) Unless people find more (10) against the desert is continuing.

methods, their homes and land will be lost. The last

108

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

1. A. of

B. in

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

C. on

D. under

7. What does the word “this” refer to in paragraph 1?

2. A. victims

B. enemies

C. friends

D. effects

A. endangered species that are increasing

3. A. off

B. back

C. down

D. in

B. Bengal tigers that are decreasing

4. A. up

B. away

C. into

D. out

C. poachers who seek personal gratification

5. A. blanks

B. deserts

C. spaces

D. bareness

6. A. planting

B. plant

C. to plant

D. planted

7. A. using

B. use

C. used

D. uses

8. A. fertilizer

B. soil

C. earth

D. water

9. A. to carry

B. take

C. fetch

D. bring

A. lower

B. raise

10. A. great

B. effective

C. major

D. useful

C. make a payment on

D. make an investment toward

D. sources that may not be accurate 8. Which of the following could best replace the word “allocated’‟ in paragraph 2? A. set aside

B. combined

C. organized

D. taken off

9. The word “defray” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to which of the following?

10. The author uses the phrase “stem the tide” in paragraph 2 to mean II. Read the following passage, choose the best answer for each question followed.

A. touch

B. stop

C. tax

D. save

Since the world has become industrialized, there has been an increase in the number of animal species that have either become extinct or have neared extinction. Bengal tiger, for instance, which once roamed the jungles in vast number, now only about 2,300 and by the year 2025, their population is estimated to be down to zero. What is alarming about the case of the Bengal tiger is that this extinction will have been caused almost entirely by poachers who according to some sources, are not interested in material gain but in personal gratification. This is an example of the callousness that is part of what is causing the problem of extinction. Animals like Bengal tigers as well as other endangered species are a valuable part of the world‟s ecosystem. International laws protecting these animals must be enacted to ensure their survival and the survival of our planet.

11. Which of the following best describes the author‟s attitude?

Countries around the world have begun to deal with the problem in various ways. Some countries, in order to circumvent the problem, have allocated large amounts of land to animal reserves. They then charge admission to help defray the costs of maintaining the parks and they often must also depend on world organizations for support. With the money they get, they can invest in equipment, and patrols to protect the animals. Another solution that is an attempt to stem the tide of animal extinction is an international boycott of products made from endangered species. This seems fairly effective but it will not, by itself, prevent animals from being hunted and killed.

When the waters become (4) , it is called El Nino, and when they become cooler it is called La Nina. During the cycle, the (5) of the ocean can change by around 30C between the warmest and coolest times.

A. forgiving

B. concerned

C. vindictive

D. surprised

III. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. EL NINO AND LA NINA The tropical Pacific Ocean (1) a warming and cooling cycle. This cycle (2) a completely natural event and usually (3) every three to seven years.

(6) of the South American coast have known about this (7) event , they see a huge fall in the numbers of fish for hundreds of years. When it (8) scientists are only just beginning to (10) how caught. (9) the event affects Earth‟s weather and climate.

1. What is the main topic of the passage? A. the Bengal tiger

B. international boycotts

D. WRITING

C. endangered species

D. problems with industrialization

I. Rewrite the sentences

2. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “alarming” in paragraph 1? A. dangerous

B. serious

C. gripping

D. distressing

3. Which of the following could best replace the word “case” as used in paragraph 1? A. act

B. situation

C. contrast

D. trade

4. The word “poachers” as used in paragraph 1 could be best replaced by which of the following?

 After ....................................................................................................................................... 2. We had lunch then we took a look around the shops.  Before .................................................................................................................................... 3. The light had gone out before we got out of the office.

A. illegal hunters

B. enterprising researchers

 When ......................................................................................................................................

C. concerned scientists

D. trained hunters

4. After she had explained everything dearly, we started our work.

5. The word “callousness” in paragraph 1 could best be replaced by which of the following? A. indirectness

B. independence

C. incompetence

D. insensitivity

6. The above passage is divided into two paragraphs in order to contrast

109

1. David had gone home before we arrived.

A. a problem and a solution

B. a statement and an illustration

C. a comparison and a contrast

D. specific and general information

 By the time ............................................................................................................................. 5. My father had watered all the plants in the garden by the time my mother came home.  Before .................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................

110

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

II. Correct the verb form of the sentences.

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

17.

People speak English all over the world.

1. When I (come) ............................. there, they (leave) .............................

................................................................................................................................................

2. When I (get up) ............................. this morning, my father (leave) .............................

18.

3. After the children (finish) ........................... their homework, they (go) .......................... to bed.

................................................................................................................................................

He gave him back the money last Sunday.

4. I (do) ............................. it before he (come) .............................

19.

5. I (meet) ............................. them after they (divorce) ............................. each other.

................................................................................................................................................

I can‟t do these exercises quickly.

6. If I (not buy) ............................. this dress, I (have) ............................. money.

20.

She had finished the report by noon.

................................................................................................................................................ III. Change the following sentences into passive voice. 1.

They can‟t make tea with cold water.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

................................................................................................................................................ 2.

The chief engineer was instructing all the workers of the plant.

................................................................................................................................................ 3.

Somebody has taken some of my books away.

................................................................................................................................................ 4.

They will hold the meeting before May Day.

................................................................................................................................................ 5.

They have to repair the engine of the car.

................................................................................................................................................ 6.

The boys broke the window and took away some pictures.

................................................................................................................................................ 7.

People spend a lot of money on advertising everyday.

................................................................................................................................................ 8.

They may use this room for the classroom.

................................................................................................................................................ 9.

The teacher is going to tell a story.

................................................................................................................................................ 10.

Mary is cutting the cake with a sharp knife.

................................................................................................................................................ 11.

The children looked at the women with a red hat.

................................................................................................................................................ 12.

They have provided the victims with food and clothing.

................................................................................................................................................ 13.

The teacher explains the lesson.

................................................................................................................................................ 14.

Mrs Green is cooking the food in the kitchen.

................................................................................................................................................ 15.

The doctor examined the patients.

................................................................................................................................................ 16.

These boys made that noise.

................................................................................................................................................ 111

I. Circle the word marked A, B, C or D with a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. damage

B. collapse

C. erupt

D. affect

2. A. permanent

B. eruption

C. pollution

D. disaster

3. A. station

B. temperature

C. illustrate

D. volcano

4. A. tsunami

B. thunderstorm

C. typhoon

D. tornado

5. A. accommodation

B. evacuation

C. contribution

D. contamination

II. Find the odd A, B, C or D. 1. A. disaster

B. storm

C. tornado

D. thunderstorm

2. A. drought

B. flood

C. mudslide

D. climate

3. A. thunderstorm

B. pollutant

C. typhoon

D. tsunami

4. A. damage

B. collapse

C. erupt

D. destroy

5. A. groundwater

B. drink

C. fresh water

D. mineral water

III. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below. 1. The facsimile

by Alexander Bain in 1843.

A. is invented

B. was invented

2. First, fry the onions A. than 3. He

D. has been invented

B. then

C. after

D. before

a prize in the competition last week.

A. win

B. won

4. Who

C. was won

D. has win

C. jogs

D. runs

the company?

A. goes 5.

C. invented

add the potatoes.

B. walks

is an instrument for making sounds louder. A. Loudspeaker

B. Recorder

6. The doctor told me A. eat

C. Facsimile

D. Radio

more fresh fruit. B. to eat

C. eating

D. ate

C. fix

D. A & B

7. Can you repair my bike? A. adjust

B. use

112

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

8. Coffee was known in Europe A. as

“Arabian wine”.

B. like

9. The information

C. the same

D. unlike

C. is stored

D. are stored

C. conveyor belt

D. coach

C. is draw

D. is drawing

for future use.

A. stores

B. stored

10. I saw a

flying overhead.

A. train

B. helicopter

11. This beautiful picture A. is drawn

by Mary. B. is drew

12. Don‟t touch the paint! - It‟s still wet.

above normal water level. The high winds, coastal flooding and heavy rains associated with a hurricane cause enormous damage. Hurricanes usually develop between July and October. Once they hit land they carry tremendous power with driving rain and wind. Tornadoes are violent low - pressured storms. These storms occur most often during the summer months and are noticeable by their strong wind and lack of rain. The sky turns black as dust is sucked up into the air. Tornadoes are capable of lifting quite heavy objects from the ground. They can pick up trees and cars right into the air and even uplift heavier objects such as homes and railway cars.

B. take something

Both hurricanes and tornadoes cause millions of dollars worth of damage to life and property every year. Today they can be predicted more easily than in the past, but they cannot be stopped or ignored.

C. do a job with something

1. What are two of the most dangerous storms which affect America?

A. put paint on something to change the color

A. Hurricanes and tornadoes.

D. put your hand or finger on something 13. I warned him A. didn‟t go 14.

B. Typhoons and thunderstorms.

too close to the fire. B. not going

C. no going

D. not to go

A. Bail-point pen

B. Fountain pen

C. Pencil

D. Crayon

C. for example 16. James picked up the A. vacuum

B. but not something

B. All the year round.

D. including

C. From the seventh to the ninth month. D. Between July and October.

and said “Hello!” B. printer

C. telephone

D. fax machine

B. They can cause great damage.

A. do and say the right things

C. They are not accompanied by rain.

B. do something

D. They have either wind or speed.

C. do what somebody tells you to do

4. Which of the following is true of tornadoes and hurricanes?

D. move on your legs, but not run A. by 19. Which A. plug 20. Don‟t sit A. in

A. They cannot be predicted with accuracy.

a toaster on the table. B. with

C. from

D. in

B. roll

C. roller

B. They are easier to control today than in the part. C. They can be predicted today with greater accuracy.

shall I press to turn the radio on? D. button

D. They cannot be predicted today with greater accuracy. 5. Which of the following was not mentioned in the article?

the sun too long. B. on

3. What is the major similarity of both a hurricane and a tornado? A. They cover only a small area.

17. Children, please behave!

18. We now toast bread

2. At which part of the year do hurricanes usually develop? A. July and August only.

15. Tobacco is taxed in most countries, along with alcohol. A. in the same way as something

C. Thunderstorms and hurricanes. D. Hurricanes and typhoons.

is a pen that has a very small ball at the end.

C. over

D. among

A. The number of people killed each year by these storms. B. The tremendous power killed each year by these storms.

IV. Read the text and then choose the best answer A, B, C or D. Two of the most dangerous storms which affect America are hurricanes and tornadoes. They are very much feared by anyone who may live in the path of their destruction. Every year homes are destroyed by their fury and often lives are lost. Most people who live near the coast are forced to evacuate their homes and to move to safer areas until the storm passes. Floods are caused along the coasts by both the heavy rain and a storm tide that is considerably

113

C. The damage caused by hurricanes and tornadoes. D. The time of year when they are most likely to strike. V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. El Nino is a weather phenomenon of the Pacific Ocean which is (1) abnormal (2) of water on the surface of the ocean. It has the (3)

by an influence 114

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

global weather patterns as it brings drought to some continents and (4) rain to others. by fishermen coming from Spanish ports in the Pacific in the 17th century. It was first (5) near Christmas time. It got its name (Spanish for “boy child”) because it usually takes (6) It can cause catastrophic (7) . The 1982 El Nino (8) in 1,500 deaths, but it can be fish and birds, also die in large numbers. It is a lot worse than that. Sea animals, (9) that sailors in the Pacific can smell the dead sea-life during El Nino. (10)

VII. Read the text and fill in the blanks with the suitable words.

1. A. caused

to life is Contamination of water from any external source that makes it (1) the fast industrial development and modern known as water pollution. (2) civilization, the problem of water pollution is (3) day by day. The (4) sources of water pollution are domestic wastes, agricultural wastes, sewage disposal, industrial wastes, radioactive wastes and oil leakages.

B. happened

C. origin

D. done

2. A. increase

B. warming

C. heater

D. extra

3. A. proficiency

B. practice

C. power

D. performance

4. A. heavy

B. shower

C. plenty

D. wet

5. A. saw

B. time

C. caught

D. noticed

6. A. away

B. place

C. part

D. care

7. A. problem

B. difficulty

C. hurt

D. damage

8. A. caused

B. led

C. resulted

D. gave

9. A. including

B. holding

C. containing

D. involving

10. A. mistaken

B. felt

C. told

D. said

VI. Read the following passage and choose the best answers each of the questions. Nylon was invented in the early 1930s by an American chemist, Julian Hill. Other scientists worked with his invention and finally on 27 October 1938, Nylon was introduced to the world. It was cheap and strong and immediately became successful, especially in the making of ladies‟ stocking. Today, nylon is found in many things: carpets, ropes, seat belts, furniture, computers, and even spare parts of the human body. It has played an important part : in our lives for over 50 years. 1. Julian Hill was a/ an A. chemist

. B. American

2. Nylon can be found in

C. inventor

D. all are correct

A. many things

B. spare parts of the human body

C. furniture

D. all are correct

3. What does the word “introduce” in line 3 mean? A. tell somebody your name

successful

effect

communicative

poisons

harmful

with

increasing

major

WATER POLLUTION IN INDIA

All the India rivers, including the holy river Ganga, have become highly polluted today. However, the Ganga Action Plan to control its water from pollution has not been proved (5) . The (6) of water pollution is widespread. It causes many severe water-borne diseases. According to WHO, 21 per cent of all (7) diseases in India are water borne diseases. Oil is the main pollutant of the sea water. Huge tankers often dump oil into the sea. This kills sea plants and animals. act of dumping (8) VIII. Use the words and phrases to complete the passage. 1. The large movement/ the earth under the water/ causes/ very large and powerful tsunami. 2. That tsunami/ was called the Asian Tsunami in/ most of the world. It/ was called the Boxing Day Tsunami/ England, Australia. 3. South Africa/ Canada because/ it happened/ the holiday/ they call Boxing Day. 4. The tsunami caused/ lot of damage to countries/ such/ the Philippines, Thailand, Indonesia/ Sri Lanka. 5. Waves/ high as 30 meters killed many people/ damaged or destroyed/ lot of buildings/ other property. 6. Over 225,000 people died/ they were/ not found after/ tsunami. 7. The waves travelled/ as far away/ South Africa (8,000 kilometers)/ as many as 8 people/ die because/ high water caused by the waves. 8. Because of how much damage/ was caused/ the number/ people the earthquake affected, over $7 billion/ was donated/ help the survivors/ rebuild the areas damaged.

B. tell somebody the name of a person C. bring something new into use for the 1st time D. bring something somewhere 4. Nylon

A. was invented by Julian Hill

B. was strong but expensive

C. was not very popular

D. all are correct

5. Which of the following is not true? A. Nylon was used to make ladies‟ stocking. B. At first, people didn‟t want to use Nylon. C. Today, Nylon still plays an important part in our lives. D. We can found Nylon in computers. 115

116

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 10: COMMUNICATION

2. Use

Unit 10

COMMUNICATION

Dùng thì tương lai tiếp diễn để diễễn tả hành động, sự việc sẽ xảy ra ở một thời điểm ểm cụ thể hoặc một khoảng thời gian trong tương lai hay một kế hoạch trong tương lai. Examples: - I will be working on the report all week. - By the year 2020 it is estimated that over one billion people will be learning English.

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY

- I will be seeing Peter at dinner. II. VERB + To V (Infinitive) To-V dùng sau những động từ từ:: agree, aim, appear, arrange, ask, attempt, advise, beg, choose, claim, decide, demand, desire, expect, fail, guarantee, happen, help, hope, learn, know, mange, offer, plan, prepare, pretend, promise, prove, refuse, remind, reme remember, mber, seem, tend, threaten, tell, order, understand, want, wish...

Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

body language

(n)

/ˈbɒdi ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/

ngôn ngữ cơ thể, ể, cử chỉ

communicate

(v)

/kəˈmjuːnɪkeɪt/

giao tiếp

communication

(n)

/kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn ˈbreɪkdaʊn/

ành công, không giao tiếp không thành hiểu nhau, ngưng ng trệ tr giao tiếp

communication channel

(n)

/kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn ˈtʃænl/

kênh giao tiếp

cultural

(n)

/ˈkʌltʃərəl ˈdɪfrəns/

khác biệt văn hoá

1. A. metal

B. scatter tter

C. package

D. math

cyber world

(n)

/ˈsaɪbə(r) wɜːld/

thế giới ảo, thế giới ới mạng

2. A. smell

B. press ss

C. melt

D. refill

chat room

(n)

/tʃæt ruːm /

phòng chat (trên mạạng)

3. A. those

B. clothes thes

C. shopping

D. enveloope

face-to-face

(adj, ad)

/feɪs-tə- feɪs/

trực diện (trái nghĩa ĩa với v trên mạng)

4. A. down

B. throw ow

C. nowadays

D. how

5. A. plants

B. fields field

C. trees

D. newspaper newspapers

breakdown

difference

PART 2: EXERCISE A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.

interact

(v)

/ˌɪntərˈækt/

tương tác

landline phone

(n)

/ˈlændlaɪn fəʊn/

điện thoại bàn

language barrier

(n)

/ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ ˈbæriə(r)/

rào cản ngôn ngữ

1. A. polite

B. penfriend

C. shorthand

D. breakdown

message board

(n)

/ˈmesɪdʒ bɔːd/

diễn đàn trên mạng

2. A. multimedia

B. possibility

C. telepathy

D. interactive

multimedia

(n)

/ˌmʌltiˈmiːdiə/

đa phương tiện

3. A. battery

B. conference

C. oversleep

D. barrier

netiquette

(n)

/ˈnetɪket/

phép lịch sự khi giao tiếp trên mạng

4. A. landline

B. touchscreen

C. cyber

D. replace

5. A. visible

B. discussion

C. digital

D. separate

non-verbal

(n)

language

/ˌnɒn ˈvɜːbl ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/

ùng lời l nói ngôn ngữ không dùng

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW

I. Fill in the blank with one suitable word from the box. symbolize mudslide

I. FUTURE CONTINUOUS (Tƣơng (T lai tiếp diễn) 1. Form

Debris spectacles

collapsed thermal

Positive:

S + will be + v - ing

1. Linda wants to admire all the amazing

Negative:

S + will not be + v - ing

2. The dam had almost

Question:

Will + S + be + v - ing?

3. Last week, twenty houses were swept away by the

Yes, S + will. /No, S + won't.

permanent radioactive round the world.

by the time the flood came. .

was scattered across the river by the tornado this morning.

5. In the most serious case, noise pollution can cause

hearing loss.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 10: COMMUNICATION

6. Some aquatic animals must change their habitats due to 7.

pollution.

18. We should use

endangers living creatures and environment.

8. The Big Ben in London was chosen to

A. cloth

the United Kingdom.

A. are put

C. are putted

D. is putted

C. clothed

D. clothing

for breakfast in England years ago.

A. used be drunk

B. used to be drunk

C. used to drunk

D. used to be drank

20. I

into orbit.

B. is put

B. clothe

19. Beer

II. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below. 1. Every few weeks new satellites

bags instead of plastic bags.

some rice on the floor of the chicken coop.

A. raised

B. grew

C. threw away

D. scattered

2. You ought to give up smoking because it is harmful to your health. A. should

B. could

3. Try to A. reuse 4. It is

C. may

B. refill B. impossibility

5. I am delighted

C. impossibilities D. impossibly

B. to

6. We will begin

C. in order to

B. with

7. Tree leaves

C. at

an We are in Class B, Year 8 at Stonehouse School. Every year our class goes (1) adventure holiday. This year we would like (2) your center. We are planning away for the first week in May, arriving on Friday 2 May. There will be 15 boys (3) in sailing, rock climbing, and 15 girls in our party, and two teachers. We are (4) canoeing, and map-reading. Can you send us information about your center? Yours faithfully,

to wrap things. B. should been used

C. should be used

D. should be use

Class B

is a wonderful natural fertilizer. A. Compost

B. Plastic

C. Envelope

9. Glass is broken up, melted and made into new A. silverware

B. hardware

10. Is the rubbish

B. collecting

11. In 1876, the telephone A. was

C. ironware

D. glassware

C. collected

D. be collected

C. has been

D. had been

wildlife in the area.

A. to conserve

B. conserving

C. conservation

D. conserve

40% of its waste every year.

A. reuses

B. recycles

14. We were delighted A. to get

1. A. in

B. at

C. aver

D. on

2. A. attend

B. attending

C. to attend

D. to attending

3. A. go

B. to go

C. going

D. to going

4. A. interested 5. A. hear

B. interesting B. to hear

C. bored C. hearing

D. boring D. to hearing

II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

first introduced by Bell and Watson. B. is

12. It‟s important 13. Japan

D. Garbage

every day?

A. collect

C. refill

D. broken

your letter yesterday. B. got

15. Sooner or later a satellite

C. getting

from you.

We look forward (5)

D. on

A. should used 8.

D. so that

a brief discussion of the problems.

A. from

Dear Sir or Madam,

D. recycle

you passed your exam.

A. that

C. READING I. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces.

C. reduce

to park in the center of Newtown.

A. impossible

D. get

by a large piece of rubbish.

TELEPATHY: MIND TO MIND COMMUNICATION The (1) “telepathy” has been derived from the words “tele” meaning “distance” feelings through a and “pathy” meaning “feeling”. So telepathy actually means (2) two minds, (4) over a distance. Telepathy is the communication (3) of the five known senses. distance, without the (5) telepathy. Maybe you were At some point of time or the other, we all have (6) thinking of someone you haven‟t talked to for months and you suddenly get a call from them. Or (7) two people are together, they might say the same thing at the same time. These are that tend to occur frequently between closely related spontaneous mind-to-mind (8) individuals.

A. will destroy

B. will destroyed

1. A. word

B. phrase

C. letter

D. signal

C. will be destroyed

D. will been destroyed

2. A. holding

B. getting

C. bringing

D. carrying

B. among

C. between

D. across

4. A. separate

B. be separated

C. separating

D. separated

5. A. using

B. use

c. take

D. taking

16. Let‟s play tennis instead of A. watch

B. watching

17. Everything depends on what you mean A. about 119

D. am going to

the amount of fat in your diet.

B. for

television. C. watches

D. to watch

the word “free”. C. of

A. through

D. by 120

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 10: COMMUNICATION

6. A. experienced

B. brought

C. made

D. taken

II. Complete the sentences, using the given words in the brackets.

7. A. where

B. during

C. when

D. since

1. The film was boring. She decided to go home early. (so... .that)

8. A. ways

B. methods

C. techniques

D. communications

................................................................................................................................................ 2. It is a difficult question. All the students can‟t answer it. (such....that)

III. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the suitable words.

................................................................................................................................................

Most people think of computers as very modern inventions, products of our new technological. worked out over two centuries ago by a man But actually the idea for a computer (1) (2) Charles Babbage.

3. Mr. Brown wants to use solar energy. Mr. Brown does not have enough money to buy necessary equipment. (but)

1791 and grew up to be a brilliant mathematician. He drew Babbage was born (3) he called “engines”. But despite the up plans for several calculating machines (4) fact that he (5) building some of these he never finished any of them. Over the years people have argued (6) his machines would ever work. Recently, however, the engine based on one of Science Museum in London has finished building (7) has taken six years to complete and more (9) four Babbages designs. (8) thousand parts have been specially made. Whether it works or not, the machine will be on show at a special exhibition in the Science Museum (10) remind people of Babbages work.

4. Shakespeare died in 1616. He had written more than 37 plays before then. (by the time)

D. WRITING

8. Susan sometimes feels nervous. Then she chews her nails. (whenever)

I. Complete each sentence so it means the same as the sentence above. 1. He got in through the window. I saw him.  I saw ........................................................................................ 2. She made herself sick. She had worked very hard.  She had worked so ...................................................................

................................................................................................................................................ 9. The frying pan caught on fire. I was making dinner at that time. (while) ................................................................................................................................................ 10. I won‟t return my book to the library. I‟ll finish my research project first. (until) ................................................................................................................................................

3. The traffic was bad. However, I arrived on time.  Though .................................................................................... 4. We were late. We missed the first act of the play.  We were so .............................................................................. 5. They‟re the birds. I fed them this morning.  They‟re the birds that ............................................................... 6. I don‟t know many English words  I wish ...................................................................................... 7. “Do you have many friends?”  She asked me ........................................................................... 8. We don‟t have a lot of money, so we don‟t buy a lot of new books.  If we ........................................................................................ 9. Learning English is not easy.  It is .......................................................................................... 10. “Would you like to come to my birthday party, Sarah?” asked John.  John invited .............................................................................

III. Use the words or phrases to complete the letter. Dear Mary, 1. I / have / great time / here in England. ................................................................................................................................................ 2. I / be / here / three months / my university term / start / two months ago. ................................................................................................................................................ 3. I / live / dormitory / some foreign students. ................................................................................................................................................ 4. They / come / different parts / the world. ................................................................................................................................................ 5. They / be / very friendly and pleasant, / and / their English / much better / mine. ................................................................................................................................................ 6. I practice / speak English / them / every day. ................................................................................................................................................ 7. Now / make /good progress. ................................................................................................................................................ 8. My pronunciation / much better / and / I / understand / almost everything. ................................................................................................................................................

121

122

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 10: COMMUNICATION

9. I / hope / my English / considerably / improve / the end / course.

9. My passport A. elapsed

................................................................................................................................................ 10. Write / me / soon. ................................................................................................................................................

B. expired

A. long-standing A. unlikely 12.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

1. Helen cannot talk to John because his nickname is 2. High- speed Internet provides me with

. (visible) videos. (interact)

3. With telegraphy, the information will be sent 4. She used signs to tell me 5. Paul

that we were late. (direct)

7. The mute usually communicate

. (instant)

with each other. (non- verbal)

8. I think Janet is not

because of her unfriendliness. (communicate)

II. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word. 1. A person who has drunk too much alcohol would A. stagger

B. swagger

C. tramp

A. as much as

B. amazingly

D. prowl

C. more or less

3. Six novels a year, you say? He‟s certainly a A. fruitful

B. fertile

4. The party‟s election A. campaign

D. relatively

C. virile

D. prolific

C. struggle

5. No one appreciated his work during his lifetime, but artist. A. in the aftermath

D. fight it is clear that he is a great

B. by the time

C. in retrospect

D. in this eventuality

6. His emotional problems

from the attitudes he encountered as a child, I think.

B. flourish

C. root

D. sprout

7. Nations that live in concord are nations that live together in peace. A. War

B. harmony

C. conformity

D. happiness

receipt of your instructions, I immediately sent a telex message to Algeria. A. On

B. In

D. inconceivable

C. With

A. cracking 16. Please A. refrain

D. By

B. through

C. owing to

D. with

the hospital‟s survival.

B. endow

C. enable

D. empower floorboard.

B. crunching

C groaning

D. creaking

from smoking until the plane is airborne. B. exclude

C. resist

D. restrain

C. unscheduled

D. unpunctual

17. Owing to the fog, his flight from Tokyo was A. belated

B. overdue

18. When we went to Egypt he knew extremely fluent. A. entirely

B. virtually

no Arabic, but within six months he had become C. barely

A. put by 20. The police A. came in for

B. put in

C. put apart

D. scarcely a little money each week. D. put down

a good deal of criticism over their handling of the demonstration. B. brought about

C. went down with

D. opened up

writer.

proved to be successful. B. movement

A. because of

B. In

19. The old lady‟s savings were considerable as she had

2. It takes roughly 4,000 pounds of petals to make a single pound of rose oil.

D. long-lasting

the smoke and the noise, the party made me feel quite ill.

15. The burglar‟s presence was betrayed by a

and missed some phone calls yesterday morning. (sleep)

6. The secretary put Thomas through the manager‟s landline

C. undoubtedly

14. Enough money has been raised to A. ensure

. (immediate)

C. long-range

to be accepted by the majority of members. B. impossible

A. On

I. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets.

D. terminated arrangement to go to the cinema with

receipt of your instructions, I immediately sent a telex message to Algeria.

13. What

B. long-lived

11. These suggestions are

Mai Lan

C. ended

10. I am never free on Tuesday evening as I have a a friend.

Yours truly,

A. stem

last month, so I will have to get a new one

C With

D. By

III. Read the passage and complete the sentences. One of the main sources for the spreading of news and events through out the world is the newspaper. The purpose of newspaper is to inform the public of political, social, economic and entertainment happenings, among other things. Generally, there are three types of newspapers. Daily newspapers publish at least one edition every weekday. Most dailies also have a weekend edition. Daily newspapers often have sections for news, sports, arts, and entertainment, business, and classified advertising. Weekly newspapers print once a week and cover news of interest to readers in a smaller area than that of a daily paper. They focus on local happenings rather than national or international events. Special-interest newspapers may publish daily, weekly, monthly, or even less frequently. They generally disseminate news of interest to a particular group of readers of feature news about a specific topic. Thanks to the development of Internet, we can now get access to electronic newspapers. To some extent, e-newspapers are cheap, up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world. 1. The purpose of newspapers is to .............................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................

123

124

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 10: COMMUNICATION

2. There are three types of newspaper. They are ......................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................

5. Why do stamp collectors know about the Penny Black? ................................................................................................................................................

3. Daily newspapers often have sections for ............................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................ 4. Weekly newspapers focus on .................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................ 5. Special-interest newspapers cover news of interest to .............................................................

V. Reorder the words to make the sentences. 1. her/ is/ phone/ choosing/ tone/ for/ ringback/ a/ to/ Lan / set/ song. ............................................................................................................. 2. her/ She/ in/ kept/ order/ watch/ at/ late/ on/ to/ avoid/ being/ glancing.

................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................

6. Electronic newspapers are ......................................................................................................

3. reading/ board/ at/ Nga/ be/ the/ 8.00/ will/ tomorrow/ message/ a.m.

................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. 4. ages/ , / hasn‟t/ their/ has/ replied/ Peter/ yet/ received/ he/ but/ email/ for/ it.

IV. Read the passage and answer the questions.

.............................................................................................................

THE POSTAGE STAMP

5. than/ Snail/ is/ much/ it/ mail/ email/ is / slower/ not/ because/ favoured.

Before the invention of the postage stamp, it was difficult to send a letter to another country. The sender paid for the letter to travel in his or her own country. Then the person in the other country paid for that part of the trip. If a letter crossed several countries, the problem was worse.

.............................................................................................................

Rowland Hill, a British teacher, had the idea of the postage stamp with gum on the back. The British post office made the first stamps in 1840. They were the Penny Black and the Twopence Blue. A person bought a stamp and put it on a letter, the post office delivered the letter. When people received letters, they didn‟t have to pay anything. The letters was prepaid. Postage stamps became popular in Great Britain immediately. Other countries started making their own postage stamps very quickly. There were still problems with international mail. Some countries did not want accept letter with stamps from another countries. Finally, in 1874, a German organized the Universal Postal System. Each country in the UPS agreed to accept letter with prepaid postage from the other members. Today the offices of the U PS are in Switzerland. Almost every country in the world is a member of this organization. It takes care of any international mail problems. Today post offices in every country sell beautiful stamps. Collecting stamps is one of the most popular hobbies in the world, and every stamp collector knows about the Penny Black and the Twopence Blue. Questions 1. Why was it difficult to send a letter to another country before the invention of the postage stamp? ................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................ 2. Why were the postage stamps popular? ................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................ 3. How did other countries react with the postage stamps? ................................................................................................................................................ 4. What does the Universal Postal System do today? ................................................................................................................................................ 125

126

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

2. Continuous future:

Unit 11

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

Positive:

S + will be + V - ing

Negative:

S + will not be + V - ing

Question:

Will + S + be V - ing? Yes, S + will / No, S + won‟t

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY

II. Reported speech 1. Usage: Trong lời nói trực tiếp, ếp, chúng ta ghi lại chính xác những từ, ngữ của người ngư nói dùng. Lời nói trực tiếp thường được thểể hiện bởi: b các dấu ngoặc kép “.....................” - tức là lời nói đó được đặt trong dấu ngoặc.

Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

archaeology

(n)

/ˌɑːkiˈɒlədʒi/

khảo cổ học

benefit

(n, v)

/ˈbenɪfɪt/

lợi ích, hưởng lợi

core

(v)

/kɔː(r)/

chữa khỏi

Đổi thì của câu:

discover

(v)

/dɪˈskʌvə(r)/

phát hiện ra

Thì của các động từ trong lờii nói gián ti tiếp thay đổi theo một nguyên tắc chung làà lùi thì vvề quá khứ:

enormous

(adj)

/ɪˈnɔːməs/

to lớn

Thì trong Lời nói trự ực tiếp

Thì trong Lời nói gián tiếp

explore

(v)

/ɪkˈsplɔː(r)/

khám phá, nghiên cứu

- Hiện tại đơn

- Quá khứ đơn

field

(n)

/fiːld/

lĩnh vực

- Hiện tại tiếp diễn

- Quá khứ tiếp diễn

improve

(v)

/ɪmˈpruːv/

nâng cao, cải thiện

- Hiện tại hoàn thành

- Quá khứ hoàn thành

phát minh ra

- Hiện tại hoàn thành TD

- Quá khứ hoàn thành TD

- Quá khứ đơn

- Quá khứ hoàn thành

- Quá khứ hoàn thành (không đổi) đ

- Tương lai đơn

- Tương lai trong quá khứ

(v)

invent

/ɪnˈvent/

Ex:

1. He said, “I leant English”. 2. “I love you,” she said.

2. Những thay đổi trong lờii nói Trực Tr tiếp và Gián tiếp:

light bulb

(n)

/laɪt bʌlb/

bóng đèn

patent

(n, v)

/ˈpætnt/

ấp bằng sáng chế bằng sáng chế, được cấp

precise

(adj)

/prɪˈsaɪs/

chính xác

- Tương lai TD

- Tương lai TD trong quá khứ

quality

(n)

/ˈkwɒləti/

chất lượng

- Is/am/are going to do

- Was/were going to do

role

(n)

/rəʊl/

vai trò

- Can/may/must do

- Could/might/had to do

science

(n)

/ˈsaɪəns/

khoa học

solve

(v)

/sɒlv/

giải quyết

He does

He did

steam engine

(n)

/stiːm ˈendʒɪn/

đầu máy hơi nước

He is doing

He was doing

support

(n, v)

/səˈpɔːt/

ủng hộ

He has done

He had done

He has been doing

He had been doing

He did

He had done

He was doing

He had been doing

He had done

He will do

He would do

He will be doing

He would be doing

He will have done

He would have done

He may do

He might do

He may be doing

He might be doing

He can do

He could do

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. Future review 1. Simple future: Positive:

S + will + V (infinitive)

Negative:

S + will not + V (infinitive)

Question:

Will + S + V (infinitive)? Yes, S + will. / No, S + won‟t.

Examples:

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

He can have done

He could have done

He must do/have to do

He had to do

b. Các thay đổi ở trạng từ không gian và v thời gian:

Các thay đổi khác: a. Thay đổi Đại từ Các đại từ nhân xưng và đại sỡ hữu khi chuyển từ lời nói trực tiếp sang lời nói tiếp thay đổi như bảng sau: ĐẠI TỪ

CHỨC NĂNG Chủ ngữ

Đại từ nhân xƣng Tân ngữ

Phẩm định Đại từ sở hữu Định danh

Jane, “Tom, you should listen to me.”

+ Jane tự thuật lại lời của mình: I told Tom that he should listen to me.

Gián tiếp

This

That

These

Those

Here

There

Now

Then

TRỰC TIẾP

GIÁN TIẾP

he, she

Today

That day

they

Ago

Before

you

they

Tomorrow

The next day / the following day

him, her

The day after tomorrow

In two days‟ time / two days after

them

Yesterday

The day before / the previous day

you

them

The day before yesterday

Two day before

his, her

Next week

The following week

our

their

Last week

The previous week / the week before

your

their

Last year

The previous year / the year before

mine

his, her

ours

theirs

school-boy here in this room today ” * Trực tiếp: She said: “I saw the school

yours

theirs

Gián tiếp: She said that she had seen the school school-boy there in that room that day. day

Ngoài quy tắc chung về các thay đổi ở đại từ được nêu trên đây, người học cần chú ý đến các thay đổi khác liên quan đến vị trí tương đối của người đóng vai trò thuật lại trong các ví dụ sau đây: Ex:

Trực tiếp

Examples:

* Trực tiếp: She said: “I will read these letters now!‟ Gián tiếp: She said that she would read those letters then. Ngoài quy tắc chung trên đây, ngư người học cần nhớ rằng tình huống thật và thời gian khi hành động được thuật lại đóng vai trò rất ất quan tr trọng trong khi chuyển từ lời nói trực tiếp sang lời nói gián tiếp.

+ Người khác thuật lại lời nói của Jane Jane told Tom that he should listen to her.

PART 2: EXERCISE

+ Người khác thuật lại cho Tom nghe: Jane told you that you should listen to her. + Tom thuật lại lời nói của Jane Jane told me that I should listen to her.

129

A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. 1. A. ranked

B. gained gain

C. prepared

D. proved ed

2. A. host

B. honor onor

C. hockey

D. horror orror

3. A. badminton

B. swaallow

C. challenge

D. ballet

4. A. teammate

B. reading ding

C. creating

D. seaside side

5. A. athlete

B. auth thor

C. length

D. southern ern

6. A. touch

B. foull

C. account

D. mount nt D. social

7. A. lose

B. vote te

C. control

8. A. rear

B. bea ear

C. gear

D. year

9. A. please

B. pea eace

C. seat

D. spread d

10. A. overlooks

B. beliefs belief

C. towards

D. rights

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

10. With the advance of the science and technology, our life changes greatly in various .

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.

A. scenes

B. fields

C. sights

1. A. chemist

B. browser

C. technique

D. programme

2. A. aspect

B. advance

C. spaceship

D. progress (n)

3. A. reality

B. unable

C. enormous

D. benefit

III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct future tense.

4. A. explorer

B. physicist

C. scientist

D. telephone

1. We (implant)

5. A. experiment

B. biologist

C. ordinary

D. development

2. With commercial space travel, we (take) this time in 2030.

D. regions

chips in the brain to control devices by the year 2050. minerals from the moon at

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

3. Universal translation (become)

I. Underline the incorrect verb form.

4. We (create) 2050.

a synthetic brain that functions like the real one in the year

5. Japan (build)

a robotic moon base by 2020, built by robots, and for robots.

6. China (connect)

Beijing to London with a high-speed railway soon.

1. I am playing/ will play tennis at 11.00 this morning. 2. Oh, I need to make a quick phone call. OK. I am waiting/ will wait for you here.

7. Car-makers (design) transport.

3. We need to discuss this. Are you doing/ Will you do anything tomorrow? 4. Can you come for dinner on Saturday? 5. In the future most people are working/ will work at home. 6. Well, I‟m rather busy at the moment. I am calling/ will call you back Ok?

C. successfully

2. It is thought that driverless cars will transform the way we move A. around 3. Little Pascal quickly. A. discovered

B. away

B. found

A. but A. science

C. found out

B. having

C. performing

B. and

C. so

B. scientist

C. scientific

B. so

8. Science and technology have A. transformed

B. made

9. Terrorists are using modern technology A. about 131

B. at

C. however

that is not necessarily D. or D. scientifically ,

they

D. as a result D. changed

their destructive work. C. for

(I/ do) after the course?

of man‟s most important (2) of communication. It Television is ( 1 ) and sounds from (4) the world into millions of homes. A person brings (3) (5) a television (6) can sit in his (7) and watch the president (8) a speech or visit a foreign country. He can see a war being fought and television, (10) viewers can watch statement try to bring about peace. (9) see and learn about people, places, and things in faraway lands. II. Read, then choose the best answer (A, B, c or D) to complete the gap.

D. carrying

the life safe, secure and comfortable. C. done

(help) you choose the best course for your aims and goals.

10. What

D. invented

developments have made robots more user-friendly, and intelligent.

7. Teenagers spend most of their time playing computer games; interests in daily activities. A. moreover

cities in the future. D. ahead

dangerous tasks.

5. Many people believe that robots have made workers jobless, true. 6. Recent

D. success

a mechanical calculator which could do additions or subtractions very

4. Robots save workers from A. making

C. along

9. Your movies

I. Read the text and fill in the blanks with the suitable words.

of earlier social network sites like MySpace and Bebo.

B. successful

on 50 percent of biofuels by

C. READING

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. A. succeed

self-driving cars to offer extreme safety and ease of

8. The US military officials say that navy ships (run) 2020.

No, I‟m sorry. We are going/ will go to the theatre.

1. Facebook was built on the

common in mobile devices.

lose

their

we explain The next generation of telephone users will probably laugh (1) how we used to stand next to a wall in the kitchen to (2) a phone call. Mobile communications, already highly advanced compared with a decade ago, will completely change communications in the next few years. there are millions of people using mobile phones, most people (3) about the mobile telecommunications industry and its technology. There know (4) are three types of mobile phone. These are hand portables, pocket-sized hand portables and transportables. The smallest and most popular are the pocket-sized hand portables. These work on rechargeable batteries, which allow an (5) of up to 80 minutes‟ conversation. Mobiles on separate batteries. They require that are fitted permanently in a vehicle do not (6) . an external aerial on the vehicle. This can mean a stronger signal with clearer (7) anywhere. Transportables have a high power capability and can be used (8) They come with powerful battery packs for longer, continuous use and may also be put (9) a vehicle, using its electrics. They ( 10) to be bulkier than hand portables.

D. with 132

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

1. A. unless

B. when

C. while

D. whether

D. WRITING

2. A. make

B. give

C. take

D. do

I. Put into the reported speech.

3. A. In addition

B. Because

C. As a result

D. Although

1. Tom said: “I want to buy a pocket calculator for my father.”

4. A. little

B. some

C. few

D. lots

5. A. amount

B. account

C. activity

D. average

6. A. rely

B. create

C. carry

D. insist

7. A. wave

B. letter

C. speech

D. speed

8. A. mostly

B. hardly

C. most

D. almost

9. A. on with

B. into

C. up with

D. in to

10. A. used

B. have

C. tend

D. are

III. Read the text below and choose the best answer for each question after the text. SOME ANIMALS CAN PREDICT FUTURE EARTHQUAKES A recent investigation by scientists at the U.S. Geological Survey shows that strange animal behavior might help predict future earthquakes. Investigators found such occurrences in a tenkilometer radius of the epicenter of a fairly recent quake. Some birds screeched and flew about wildly: dogs yelped and ran around uncontrollably.

............................................................................................................. 2. She said; “I once spent a summer in this village.” ............................................................................................................. 3. The nurse said: “The patient in this room didn‟t obey your orders, doctor.” ............................................................................................................. 4. They said to me : “You taught us English last year.” ............................................................................................................. 5. Mr. Brown said : “Our trip cost us two thousand dollars.” ............................................................................................................. 6. He said to her : “ I can‟t find my hat anywhere in this room.” ............................................................................................................. 7. My father said to them : “My secretary is going to finish this job.” .............................................................................................................

Scientists believe that animals can perceive these environmental changes as early as several days before the mishap.

8. They said : “We can‟t meet you here either today or tomorrow.”

In 1976, after observing animal behavior, the Chinese were able to predict a devastating quake. Although hundreds of thousands of people were killed, the government was able to evacuate millions of other people and thus keep the death toll at a lower level.

9. My mother said : “I think it won‟t rain tomorrow.”

1. What prediction may be made by observing animal behavior?

10. He said: “Your car has been stolen, John.”

A. An impending earthquake

11. They said : “The river is rising early this year.”

B. The number of people who will die

.............................................................................................................

C. The ten-kilometer radius of the epicenter

12. He said : “I‟ll expect her to come soon.”

D. Environmental changes

.............................................................................................................

2. Why can animals perceive these changes when humans cannot?

13. Our teacher said : “World War II broke out in 1939.”

A. Animals are smarter than humans.

.............................................................................................................

B. Animals have certain instincts that humans don‟t possess.

14. The students said : “We‟ll be sitting for our next exam next Monday.”

C. By running around the house, they can feel the vibrations.

.............................................................................................................

D. Humans don‟t know where to look.

15. He said : “I‟m going to finish this work.”

3. Which of the following is NOT true?

.............................................................................................................

A. Some animals may be able to sense an approaching earthquake B. By observing animal behavior scientists perhaps can predict earthquakes. C. The Chinese have successfully predicted an earthquake and saved many lives D. All birds and dogs in a ten-kilometer radius of the epicenter went wild before the earthquake. 4. In this passage the word “evacuate” most nearly means A. remove

B. destroy

C. exile

D. emaciate

5. If scientists can accurately predict earthquakes, there will be

133

A. fewer animals going crazy

B. a lower death rate

C. fewer people evacuated

D. fewer environmental changes

II. Write a paragraph about the topic: “Is television a blessing or a curse?”, using the cues given. IS TELEVISION A BLESSING OR A CURSE? 1. Human beings/ gained much specific advancement recently. There/ be a series of inventions that/ have brought human conveniences/ a modern life. 2. Television/ set as a good example that certainly influences/ our life in communication and entertainment. However, TV also/ cause some bad effects of time-consuming/ health problems.

134

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

3. In the first place, television/ help people in the ways of communicating/ each other and entertaining their life. Thanks/ the appearance TV, people can keep/ with up-to-date/ the world. 4. What our/ be if we do not have a TV at home. Because TV is a cheap/ available tool/ provide us daily information. 5. Also, watching TV is a valuable kind of entertainment that/ help people relax after working hard or suffering/ a busy life. Last but not least, TV has changed husband‟s behavior in connecting/ each other. 6. Beside of good advantages of TV, watching TV may cause some disorders in health/ working time/ well. 7. Some people spend long hours in/ of a TV set, they may neglect then work or duty in taking care/ their family members. And young people may work less effectively/ addicted to watching TV lead to passiveness and laziness. 8. In conclusion, everything/ have two sides and TV is optional. It is obvious that TV/ benefit our life in making people become friendly and close. I totally agree that TV is a great invention and we/ have to be aware/ its good points by using it suitably. ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... .....................................................................................................................................................

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Which word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others? 1. A. wharf

B. place

C. volcano

D. plane

2. A. fisherman

B. ticket

C. prisoner

D. over

3. A. hotel

B. postcard

C. shore

D. cold

4. A. included

B. called

C. phoned

D. arrived

5. A. much

B. teacher

C. beach

D. brochure

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. An astronaut has to wear a spacesuit A. so 2. The UFO landed on a A. grass

it may be very cold in space.

B. but

C. because

D. because of

C. grassed

D. grassing

area. B. grassy

3. Scientists have been trying to find A. amounts

of aliens.

B. records

C. traces

4. There have been many UFO A. sights

B. signs

C. signals

5. Mars is called the Red Planet due to its A. red

D. sights

reported. D. sightings

surface.

B. redder

C. reddest

D. reddish

6. In the mid-19th century, scientists discovered that Mars had some similarities A. to

B. with

7. Neptune is bright blue A. because

C. of

it is named after the Roman God of the sea. B. but

C. so

D. or

8. There is a lot of interest in doing experiments in the A. weigh

B. weighing

9. Titan, one of Saturn‟s A. satellite

conditions.

C. weight

D. weightless

, has a thick atmosphere. B. spaceships

10. Scientists believe that Mars also A. spends

Earth.

D. from

C. moons

D. comets

seasons just as the Earth does.

B. experiences

C. experiments

D. takes

III. Use the correct form of the words given to complete the sentences.

.....................................................................................................................................................

1. Robots save workers from performing

.....................................................................................................................................................

2. One disadvantage of robots is its high cost of the

.....................................................................................................................................................

3. Robots are being used in both (industry - medicine)

4. There is no robotics. (technology)

. (produce) manufacturing and the

field.

reason why Japan will not be able to make progress in

5. The key to YouTube‟s success is the world to broadcast themselves for free. (able) 135

tasks. (danger)

for anyone from anywhere in the

136

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

6. Due to the become possible.

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

in the science and technology, impossible things have

7. Robots increase worker not performing 8. As a true

by preventing accidents since humans are jobs. (safe - risk)

(science), Professor Tran Dai Nghia set an example as a (research) who devoted himself to the (science) career.

9. Hellen isn‟t a great

of biotechnology. (admire)

10. Paul‟s uncle has worked as a

for twelve years. (conservation)

IV. Read the passage and fill in the blank with the correct words. produced in Hollywood. Most American television programmes (1) new television serials are submitted to network executives Each year, proposals (2) . Only a few are accepted often those linked (4) a highly for (3) successful performer or producer. The (5) phase is the writing of scripts. These scripts are reviewed (6) the network and a small (7) is into pilot programmes if the programming selected to be (8) good rating in a trial telecast, executives like a pilot programme or it (9) . the pilot eventually gets produced as a regularly scheduled (10)

VI. Read the passage and use the words in the box to fill in the space. which, smaller, ago, which, make, where, much, many, what, The first worlds computer was built at University of Pennsylvania in 1946, although computer-like machines were built in the 19th century. Computers were ........................... (1) commercially for the first time in the 1950s, and a lot of progress has been made then. Computers are now much ........................... (2) and more powerful. Computers are used in ........................... (3) fields – in business, science, medicine, and education. They can be used to forecast the weather or to control robots ........................... (4) make cars. The computer‟s memory is the place .......................... (5) information is kept and calculations are done. A computer cannot think for itself. It must be told exactly ....................... (6) to do. A lot of difficult calculations can be done very quickly on a computer. Computers don‟t ........................... (7) mistakes. Stories are heard sometimes about computers paying people too........................... (8) money or sending them bills for things they didn‟t buy. These mistakes are made by programmers. Some years ........................... (9), an American computer-controlled rocket went out of control and had to be destroyed. The accident was caused by a small mistake in one line of the program, ........................... (10) cost the USA 18 million dollars. Criminals have found that computer crimes are a lot easier than robbing banks. Hundreds of millions of dollars are stolen from business every year by people changing the information in computers.

V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Computers are helpful (1) many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with quickly than a person. Second, computers can work with a information even (2) information for a long time. lot of information at the same time. Third, they can (3) , computers are almost always They do not forget things that the common people do. (4) mistakes. correct. They are not perfect, but they usually do not (5) Recently, it is important (6) about computers. There are a number of at work. In addition, most diversities things to learn. Some companies have (7) day and night courses in Computer Science. Another way to learn is from a book, (8) with computers. You or from a friend. After a few hours of practice, you can (9) . may not be an expert, but you can have (10) 1. A. at

B. on

C. in

D. over

2. A. more

B. rather

C. much

D. less

3. A. hold

B. keep

C. stay

D. carry

4. A. Moreover

B. However

C. Therefore

D. Nevertheless

5. A. do

B. make

C. have

D. take

6. A. know

B. knowing

C. to know

D. knew

7. A. discussions

B. meetings

C. schools

D. classes

8. A. send

B. spend

C. bring

D. offer

9. A. work

B. make

C. use

D. take

10. A. for fun

B. funny

C. enjoy

D. fun

137

138

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

Unit 12

LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

Câu hỏi bắt đầu “who, whom, what, which, where, when, why, how”: Các từ để hỏi trên sẽ được giữ nguyên trong câu gián tiếp: Trực tiếp: “What is your name?” he asked. Gián tiếp: He asked me what my name was. Các dạng đặc biệt của câu hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp a. Shall/ would dùng để diễn tả đề nghị, lời mời:

PART 1: vocabulary and GRAMMAR REVIEW

Trực tiếp: “Shall I bring you some tea?” he asked. Gián tiếp: He offered to bring me some tea.

A. VOCABULARY

Trực tiếp: “Shall we meet at the theatre?” he asked. Gián tiếp: He suggested meeting at the theatre.

Word

Type

Pronunciation

Meaning

accommodate

(v)

/əˈkɒmədeɪt/

cung cấp nơi ăn, chốn ốn ở

adventure

(n)

/ədˈventʃə(r)/

cuộc phiêu lưu

alien

(n)

/ˈeɪliən/

ài hành tinh người ngoài

experience

(n)

/ɪkˈspɪəriəns/

trải nghiệm

Gián tiếp: He asked me to lend him my dictionary.

flying saucer

(n)

/ˈflaɪɪŋ ˈsɔːsə(r)/

đĩa bay

c. Câu mệnh lệnh và câu yêu cầu trong lời nói gián tiếp.

galaxy

(n)

/ˈɡæləksi/

dải ngân hà

Jupiter

(n)

/ˈdʒuːpɪtə(r)/

sao Mộc

Mars

(n)

/mɑːz/

sao Hỏa

messenger

(n)

/ˈmesɪndʒə(r)/

người đưa tin

Mercury

(n)

/ˈmɜːkjəri/

sao Thủy

Trực tiếp: What a lovely dress!

NASA

(n)

/ˈnæsə/

cơ quan Hàng không và V Vũ trụ Mỹ

Gián tiếp: She exclaimed that the dress was lovely.

Neptune

(n)

/ˈneptjuːn/

sao Hải Vương

e. Các hình thức hỗn hợp trong lời nói gián tiếp. Lời nói trực tiếp có thể bao gồm nhiều hình thức hỗn hợp: câu khẳng định, câu hỏi, câu mệnh lệnh, câu cảm thán

b. Will/would dùng để diễn tả sự yêu cầu: Trực tiếp: Will you help me, please? Gián tiếp: He asked me to help him. Trực tiếp: Will you lend me your dictionary?

Trực tiếp: Go away! Gián tiếp: He told me/The boys to go away. Trực tiếp: Listen to me, please, Gián tiếp: He asked me to listen to him. d. Câu cảm thán trong lời nói gián tiếp.

outer space

(n)

/ˈaʊtə(r) speɪs/

ngoài vũ trụ

planet

(n)

/ˈplænɪt/

hành tinh

Trực tiếp: She said, “Can you play the piano?” and I said “No”

Saturn

(n)

/ˈsætɜːn/

sao Thổ

Gián tiếp: She asked me if I could play the piano and I said that I could not.

solar system

(n)

/ˈsəʊlə(r) ˈsɪstəm/

hệ mặt trời

terrorist

(n)

/ˈterərɪst/

kẻ khủng bố

UFO

(n)

/ˌjuː ef ˈəʊ/

đĩa bay, vật thể bay không xác định

Venus

(n)

/ˈviːnəs/

sao Kim

A. PHONETICS

weightless

(adj)

/ˈweɪtləs/

không trọng lượng

I. Which word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others?

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW ếp: Câu h hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp đƣợc chia làm: àm: Câu hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp: Câu hỏi bắt đầu vớii các trợ động độ từ: Ta thêm “If/whether” Trực tiếp: p: “Does John understand music?” he asked. Gián tiếp: p: He asked if/whether John understood music.

PART 2: EXERCISE

1. A. plates

B. cakes

C. mates

D. places

2. A. changed

B. learned

C. laughed

D. arrived

3. A. emergency

B. resident

C. deposit

D. prefer

4. A. wanted 5. A. prison

B. decided B. limestone

C. visited C. kind

D. looked D. tribe

6. A. which 7. A. carry

B. who B. hard

C. when C. card

D. where D. yard 140

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

8. A. twice

B. flight

C. piece

D. mind

9. A. about 10. A. cover

B. around B. oven

C. sound C. coffee

D. young D. company

2. If you don‟t go to work regularly, you will be punished for (regularity)

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others. 1. A. underground

B. poisonous

C. oxygen

D. Jupiter

2. A. airless

B. Saturn

C. daytime

D. transform

3. A. terrorist

B. adventure

C. Mercury

D. galaxy

4. A. captain

B. series

C. precise

D. weightless

5. A. environment

B. inhabitant

C. accommodate

D. temperature

A. improve 4. With healthier expectancy. A. ways – care

B. condition

C. success

B. unemployed

10.

B. rise

B. lifestyles – care

C. saved

7. It is said that in a couple of decades, we A. use 8. Mars is named A. to 9. By 2050 we

D. lifestyles – medicine

lots of lives.

animals.

1. We don‟t know where we should put the sofa.

3. Mai wondered how she could ride the scooter.

D. solved 4. Let us decide when we should start the project.

D. will be using 5. Could you tell me where I can find a good hotel?

C. after

D. under

in smart homes.

6. We must find out what we are to do next. B. will be lived

C. will live

7. A good dictionary tells you how you should pronounce the words.

D. are living

10. The Earth seems too small to B. accommodate

the increasing population. C. supply

8. We are not sure who we will meet at the entrance.

D. stand

II. The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank.

9. I cant remember when I have to turn off the oven.

1. Children have to moral lessons in school to avoid behavior of (morality)

10. Do you know what you should look for?

141

their

2. The rules didn‟t specify who I should speak to in case of an emergency.

D. replace

the Roman God of war.

A. will have lived

A. provide

C. have used

B. about

for

III. Rewrite the following sentences using questions words + to-infinitives.

telepathy and holography.

B. will be used

”. (convince)

experience. (memory)

15. In winter it is important for farmers to provide food and (warm)

the real world. C. take place

B. brought

. (recognize)

D. develop

6. The invention of penicillin is very useful because it has A. lost

14. Traveling in an aero plane for the first time was a

, people will have a longer life

C. life – cares

B. provide

. (faith)

13. “This is not a good essay‟ said the lecture. “I find your arguments

D. the jobless

C. lift

to the school is by examination only. (admit)

12. I didn‟t know who it was- with a mask on, she was completely

and better medical

holiday. (please)

of the new guest caused trouble to me. (arrive)

11. He wanted a divorce because his wife had been D. advantage

C. no job

but to his own mistakes. (fortune) who robbed a bank yesterday. (crime)

8. The weather was terrible, so we had a very

the quality of our lives.

5. Many people think the cyberworld will A. take

9. The

2. Many people think that robots will make workers A. employed

4. Every young man undergoing military training is bound to experience (comfort)

7. It is forbidden to hunt for that kind of bird. It has been listed as one of the species. (danger)

of robots to do household chores.

3. It is certain that robots will

6. He is a notorious

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. A. chance

work.

3. In our country, men and women are equal. No one supports gender (equality)

5. Tom‟s failure was due not to

B. VOCABUALARY AND GRAMMAR 1. People will take

future.

142

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

C. READING

Even though UFOs can be anything, people can use the world UFO when they are talking about alien spacecraft. Flying saucer is another word that is often used to describe an identified flying object.

I. Choose the words given to fill in the blanks correctly. light

between

becomes

month

around

seems

see

earth

Once a month, the moon travels in a complete circle (1) the earth. As it moves in its circle, it (2) to change shape. This is because we, on Earth, (3) only that section of the moon that catches the sun‟s light. When the sun, the moon and the earth are in a straight line with the moon in the middle, it is impossible for us to see the moon. At this point, the moon is said to be new. We are unable to see it is in shadow. As the new moon in this position because the side facing the (4) begins to circle the earth, however, we begin to see that part of its surface that catches the sun‟s (5) . After some days, when it reaches the position where the earth is (6) the half moon, becoming sun and the moon, we see the full moon. Later, it again (7) smaller and smaller until it disappears again to become the new moon. This cycle takes 28 days or a lunar (8) . II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. the solar system? Just for adventure? Why does Man want to go to other planets (1) True, (2) is adventure in space travel. But a (3) to other planets would also be . For example, space stations could be built that would give us (5) information (4) about the weather.

Studies estimate that 50-90% of all reported sightings are identified later. Usually 10-20% are never identified. Studies also show that very few UFO sightings are hoaxes (people trying to trick other people). Most UFOs are actually natural or man-made objects that looked strange. 80-90% of UFOs are identified as one of three different things: (a) astronomical causes (for example: planets, stars, or meteors); (b) aircraft; and (c) balloons. 10-20% of UFOs are other causes, such as birds, clouds, mirages, searchlights, etc. 1. Another word used to describe a UFO is A. flying saucer

B. cooking plane

. C. spacecraft D. astronaut

2. How many percent of all reported sights are not identified? A. 20-30% B. 10-20%

C. 30-50%

D. 80-90%

3. Most of UFOs are identified as one of the following things except A. balloons

B. clouds

C. stars

4. Which of the following sentences is NOT true? A. UFO means Unidentified Flying Object. B. Many UFO sightings are hoaxes. C. UFO is often used to talk about alien objects. D. Over half of all reported UFO sightings are identified. 5. What does the word “figure out” in paragraph 1 mean? A. calculate

B. observe

C. explain

D. require

around the earth, Man could live and study the cloud formation on In space stations (6) surface. These formations could tell us what weather to (8) in any part of the (7) information would be useful to pilots, to ship captains, and even to world at any time. (9) farmers (10) must set dates for planting and harvesting.

D. WRITING

1. A. in

B. on

C. at

D. of

1. He always has a big smile. He is always

2. A. this

B. there

C. that

D. it

2. Now she is very tired, because she spent a

night. (rest)

3. A. travel

B. fly

C. trip

D. drive

3. That old man has a bad memory. He is

. (forget)

I. Write the correct form of the words to complete the sentences. . (cheer)

4. A. practice

B. practiced

C. practicing

D. practical

4. He does not care about his actions. He is often

5. A. valuable

B. wealthy

C. expensive

D. amused

5. You should throw this pen away. It is

6. A. moves

B. moving

C. moved

D. moveable

6. The man does not pay attention to mistakes. He is

7. A. his

B. her

C. its

D. their

7. The picture has many colours. It is very

8. A. hope

B. believe

C. consider

D. expect

8. We enjoyed the party. It was very

. (joy)

9. A. Such

B. Those

C. So

D. These

9. She did not show any fear. She was

. (fear)

D. whose

10. He does not have any friends. He is

. (friend)

10. A. which

B. who

C. whom

. (thought) . (use) . (care) . (colour)

III. Choose the item A, B, C or D that best answers the question about the passage.

II. Complete the directed speech sentences.

A UFO (Unidentified Flying Object) is any object flying in the sky which cannot be identified by the person who sees it. Sometimes the object is investigated. If people cannot figure out what the object is after an investigation, it is called a UFO. If they figure out what the object is, it can no longer be called a UFO because it has been identified.

1. Mr. Smith said: “Where are you going on your vacation this year?

143

D. rains

 Mr. Smith asked ................................................................................................................. 2. She said: “Did the mechanics finish repairing your car?”  She asked ...........................................................................................................................

144

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

3. She said: “Why has David been looking so miserable lately?”

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

 She asked ........................................................................................................................... 4. I asked my friend: “Was anyone hurt in the car accident last month?”  He asked my friend ............................................................................................................ 5. She asked me: “How old are you now ?”  She asked me ..................................................................................................................... 6. He said to her: “Have you been to town today ?”  She asked her ..................................................................................................................... 7. John said: “How long does it take you to get to London, Mary?”  John asked Mary ................................................................................................................ 8. The policeman asked the little girl: “What‟s your name?”  The policeman asked the little girl ...................................................................................... 9. Mr. Green said to his secretary: “Who did you talk to a few minutes ago?”  Mr. Green asked his secretary ............................................................................................ 10. Paul said: “Can you swim, Mary?”  Paul asked Mary ................................................................................................................ 11. He said: “Where can I find her in this town?”  He asked ............................................................................................................................ 12. She asked her son: “Do you know which is the cup you used ?”  She asked her son ............................................................................................................... 13. Helen said: “What did you say, Jack ?”  Helen asked Jack ................................................................................................................ 14. She said to him: “Why didn‟t you get up early this morning ?”  She asked him .................................................................................................................... 15. He said: “Will it rain tonight ?”  He asked ............................................................................................................................ 16. “Every weekend, the astronauts can have private video-conferences with their families on the Earth,” Dr. Nelson said.

I. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below. 1. The facsimile

A. than 3. He

 Nick asked his teacher.........................................................................................................

 The teacher told Nick ......................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................ 19. “Where can we look for life?” Nga asked Dr. Nelson .  Nga asked Dr. Nelson ........................................................................................................ 20. “Ganymede, the largest moon of Jupiter, has a large salt water ocean,” the teacher said.  The teacher said .................................................................................................................

B. then

A. win

D. has been invented

C. after

D. before

B. won

C. was won

D. has win

C. jogs

D. runs

the company?

A. goes 5.

C. invented

, add the potatoes.

a prize in the competition last week.

4. Who

B. walks

is an instrument for making sounds louder. A. Loudspeaker

B. Recorder

6. The doctor told me

C. Facsimile

D. Radio

more fresh fruit.

A. eat

B. to eat

C. eating

D. ate

C. adjust

D. A&B

7. Can you repair my bike? A. use

B. fix

8. Coffee was known in Europe A. as

„Arabian wine‟.

B. like

9. The information

C. the same

D. unlike

C. is stored

D. are stored

C. conveyor belt

D. coach

C. is draw

D. is drawing

for future use.

A. stores

B. stored

10. I saw a

flying overhead.

A. train

B. helicopter

11. This beautiful picture A. is drawn

by Mary. B. is drew

12. Don‟t touch the paint! It‟s still wet. A. do a job with something B. take something C. put your hand or finger on something

................................................................................................................................................

18. “The astronauts on the ISS use a 3-D printer on board to print certain objects,” the teacher answered Nick.

B. was invented

2. First, fry the onions

 Dr. Nelson said ................................................................................................................... 17. “Have the astronauts ever forgotten anything from the Earth?” Nick asked his teacher.

by Alexander Bain in 1843.

A. is invented

D. put paint on something to change the color 13. I warned him A. not to go 14.

too close to the fire. B. not going

C. no going

D. didn‟t go

is a pen that has a very small ball at the end. A. Crayon

B. Fountain pen

C. Pencil

D. Ball-point pen

15. Tobacco is taxed in most countries, along with alcohol. A. in the same way as something

B. but not something

C. for example

D. including

16. James picked up the A. vacuum

and said “Hello”. B. printer

C. telephone

D. fax machine

................................................................................................................................................ 145

146

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

17. Children, please behave!

In space stations (6) around the earth, Man could live and study the cloud surface. These formations could tell us what weather to (8) formation on (7) in any part of the world at any time. (9) information would be useful must set dates for planting to pilots, to ship captains, and even to farmers (10) and harvesting.

A. do and say the right things B. do something C. do what somebody tells you to do D. more on your legs, but not run 18. We now toast bread A. by 19. Which A. button 20. Don‟t sit A. among

a toaster on the table. B. with

C. from

D. in

shall I press to turn the radio on? B. roll

C. roller

D. plug

C. over

D. in

the sun too long. B. on

IV. Put these sentences into the reported speech. 1. He said to her, “You are my friend.” .................................................................................................................................... 2. Johnny said to his mother, “I don‟t know how to do this exercise.” .................................................................................................................................... 3. “Don‟t come back before one o‟clock”, advised my brother. ....................................................................................................................................

II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

4. “Cook it in butter”, Mrs Brown said to her daughter.

the moon was a god. Other people thought it was Long ago a lot of people (1) of cheese! just a light in the sky. And others thought it was a big (2)

5. The pupils said “Teacher, give us better marks, please.”

The telescopes were made, and men saw that the moon was really another world. They it was like. They dreamed of going there. On July 20, 1969, that dream wondered (3) came (4) . Two American astronauts landed on the moon. (5) names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin. dust. The dust is so The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered (6) where they walked. Those were the first marks a living thick that the men left (7) there for years and years. thing had ever made on the moon. And they could (8) rocks to bring back to There is no wind or rain to wipe them off. The two men (9) Earth for study. They dug up dirt to bring back. They set up machines to find out things people wanted to know. Then they were off on their long trip (10) the earth. 1. A. told

B. guessed

C. thought

D. said

2. A. form

B. ball

C. stone

D. round

3. A. what

B. which

C. that

D. how

4. A. real

B. true

C. unreal

D. untrue

5. A. Theirs

B. His

C. Its

D. Their

6. A. with

B. for

C. to

D. by

7. A. fingerprints

B. handprints

C. footprints

D. prints

8. A. go

B. remain

C. put

D. run

9. A. got up

B. gave up

C. picked up

D. set up

10. A. onto

B. from to

C. into

D. back to

.................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................... 6. My friend said, “Are you going to leave tomorrow?” .................................................................................................................................... 7. “Have you done your homework?”, said my mother. .................................................................................................................................... 8. I asked Bill,” What time did you go to bed last night?” .................................................................................................................................... 9. Paul said, “I must go home now.” .................................................................................................................................... 10. “There is an accident”, said the policeman. .................................................................................................................................... 11. “We are waiting for the school bus”, said the children. .................................................................................................................................... 12. “Must you go now?” said Mr Brown. .................................................................................................................................... 13. “Are you going to visit your aunt tomorrow?” asked Tom. .................................................................................................................................... 14. “Listen to me and don‟t make a noise,” said the teacher to his students. .................................................................................................................................... 15. “Tin tired of eating fish”, said Mary to Helen.

III. Choose the correct words in the box to fill in the blanks of the text. the solar system? Just for Why does Man want to go to other planets (1) is adventure in space travel. But a (3) to adventure? True, (2) other planets would also be (4) . For example, space stations could be built that information about the weather. would give us (5)

147

.................................................................................................................................... 16. “The sun always rises in the east,” said Peter. .................................................................................................................................... 17. “I didn‟t steal your fur coat yesterday,” said Samny to Jean. .................................................................................................................................... 148

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

3. Astronauts (travel)

18. “You must do your homework everyday”, said Miss Lan to us. .................................................................................................................................... 19. “Will we read the story?”, Bill asked his teacher. .................................................................................................................................... 20. “I don‟t know where Alice is,” said Vicky. .................................................................................................................................... 21. Mary asked me “Can you tell me why you are so sad?” .................................................................................................................................... 22. “Will you please find out when he last wrote to me?” Jane said to her friend. ....................................................................................................................................

to planets outside our solar system by 2050.

4. I expect your English (improve) 5. NASA (develop) decade.

a lot by the time you get back from England. new aircraft to replace space shuttles by the end of this

6. The four planets closet to the sun - Mercury, Venus, Earth, and Mars - (be) the terrestrial planets because they have solid, rocky surfaces. 7. Our grandparents (come) 8. People (wonder)

called

to stay with us next weekend. for ages whether we are alone in the universe.

9. This time next week, we (take)

an English test.

10. By the end of this year, I (learn)

English for 6 years.

23. “You must decide what you want to do”, she said to her daughter. ....................................................................................................................................

1. Aliens/ a hard container/ the brain.

V. Choose the words or phrases that are not correct in Standard English.

................................................................................................................................................

1. James should be tell the news as soon as possible. A

2. They/ two eyes/ a nose/ a mouth/ us.

................................................................................................................................................

2. The assistant asked Helen whether those shoes was too small for her. A

3. Their eyes/ bug-like/ and/ the nose/ not/ in the middle of the face.

................................................................................................................................................

3. It was late, so we decided taking a taxi home. A

4. Besides teeth/ aliens/ other systems/ eating.

................................................................................................................................................

4. I don‟t know who wrote the song, but I‟ll try and find about. A

5. They/ two arms/ but/ arms/ suckers/ pick up small objects.

................................................................................................................................................

5. She showed me where did I left my luggage. A

6. Their hand/ only three or four fingers.

................................................................................................................................................ 7. The number of joints/ greater/ and/ direction of bending/ different.

VI. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces. The Amazon (1) in a stream near the top of a mountain which (2) Cerro the Huarco becomes a river which is known Huagra. The stream is called the Huarco. (3) the Ucayali. The Ucayali then becomes the Amazon. The (5) of the (4) of the Huarco to the Atlantic Ocean is 6,448 kilometers. Amazon from the (6) 1. A. begin

B. began

C. begins

D. is beginning

2. A. call

B. calls

C. is calling

D. is called

3. A. Late

B. Lately

C. Later

D. Latest

B. so

C. like

D. alike

A. as

VIII. Write meaningful sentences about the appearance of aliens based on the words or phrases given, using “may/ might”.

5. A. long

B. length

C. wide

D. narrow

6. A. begin

B. beginning

C. start

D. starting

................................................................................................................................................

VII. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tenses. 1. By the end of this century, scientists (discover) 2. Beagle 2 - the first British spaceship to Mars - (look for) this time next month. 149

intelligent life. signs of aliens

150

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

FINAL TERM TEST

11. Please go A. on

with what you‟re doing. Don‟t look at them! B. out C. away

D. down

12. The new appliance does not only work A. PHONETICS

A. effect B. effective

I. Choose the word with the letter(s) in bold pronounced differently from that/ those of the others in each group. 1. melancholy

chase

charity

charge

2. gadget

gregarious

religion

Gorge

3. carpentry

pseudo

psychiatrist

psycho

4. satin

sanctuary

tiptoe

tone

5. horrifying

honey

vehicle

hit

1. A. debris

B. Arctic

C. perhaps

D. thermal

2. A. accent

B. rubbish

C. substance

D. collapse

3. A. permanent

B. volcano

C. spectacle

D. illustrate

4. A. earplug

B. erupt

C. severe

D. unique

5. A. excursion

B. evacuate

C. contaminate

D. government

I. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that fits the blank in each sentence. 1. If we go on littering, the environment

A. so

4. A dripping faucet 5. He sighed A. sadly

C. waste

6. The boy hated A. having get 7. Please

A. you meet

B. will you meet

A. so

A. therefore 151

D. to have getting

C. you are meeting

D. do you meet

started to tell the story. by motorbike to save energy.

B. instead of C. however

D. bought

C. takes/out

17. The village of the stone carving A. lay

D. take/off near the foot of the Marble Mountain.

B. lies C. lain D. laid

18. Do you like the language center A. advertiser

in the Women‟s Magazine?

B. advertised C. advertising D. advertisement

19. Don‟t waste water or you will get an enormous A. receipt B. paper

by the end of the month.

C. bill D. letter source of energy.

A. cheap B. expensive C. good

D. useful

II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. 1. She will pay less but she uses two energy-saving bulbs. B C

D B

D. because

III. Correct the verbs form to complete the sentences.

D. put on

B. and C. or D. because

10. You should travel by bike

C. to buy

her father, but you will know about his job if you go with us.

9. The man sat down on the chair

A. buying B. buys

5. The teacher suggest that I should buy a good dictionary.

the lights. It‟s very dark.

8. Not only

D. look for

16. You look hot in that coat. Why don‟t you

D. sadness

C. get on

C. look alter

some more butter?

4. We should make some posters and hang it around our school.

up very early in the morning.

A. turn on B. go on

15. Does she suggest

3. She walked ten kilometers a day to get water enough for her family to use.

D. are wasting

B. to have get C. having to get

necessities.

D. are

the cat when you are away on business?

A. look at B. look forward to

D. goes

when he heard the news. B. sad C. sadden

14. Who will

C. have

2. The questions the teacher wrote on the board was not easy.

500 liters of water a month. B. is wasted

B. has been

D. but

to the seaside in the summer.

B. go C. going

A. can waste

D. would become

he ate nothing.

B. and C. therefore

3. The man suggests A. to go

seriously polluted.

B. will become C. became

2. The boy was very hungry

A. was

20. Electricity is a clean but

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

A. becomes

13. In Western countries electricity gas and water

A. put/on B. put/away

II. Choose the word that has the different stress from the others.

but also saves energy.

C. effectively D. effectiveness

1. Be quiet! The baby ......................................... (sleep) 2. The sun ......................................... (set) in the West. 3. Mr Green always ......................................... (go) to work by bus. 4. It ......................................... (not rain) in the dry season. 5. They ......................................... (have) lunch in the cafeteria now. 6. My little sister ......................................... (drink) milk every day. 7. The doctor sometimes ......................................... (return) home late. 152

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

FINAL TERM TEST

8. He ......................................... (write) a long novel at present.

transport, the harbours. The area of dependency has widened to include removing rubbish, hospital and ambulance services, and as the economy develops, central computer and information services as well. If any of these services ceases to operate, the whole economic system is in danger.

9. Look! The bus ......................................... (come). 10. The earth ......................................... (move) around the sun. 11. Sometime ......................................... (smell) good in the kitchen now. 12. His uncle ......................................... (teach) English in our school five years ago. 13. The old man ......................................... (fall) as he ......................................... (get) into the bus. 14. When I saw him, he ......................................... (sit) asleep in a chair. 15. There ......................................... (be) a lot of noise at the fair yesterday. 16. It......................................... (take) me 5 minutes to walk to school last year. 17. They ......................................... (not speak) to each other since they quarreled 18. .......................... (try) to learn English for years, but I ................................ (not succeed) yet. 19. I ......................................... (not see) her since last week. 20. John ......................................... (do) his homework already. 21. The train ......................................... (start) before we arrived at the station. 22. There ......................................... (be) an English class in this room tomorrow evening. 23. The film already ......................................... (begin) when we got to the cinema. 24. You ......................................... (stay) at home tonight? 25. I ......................................... (be) twenty years old next June. 26. Where are you? - I‟m upstairs. I ......................................... (have) a bath. 27. All of them ......................................... (sing) when I ......................................... (came). 28. What you ......................................... (do) at 7 p.m yesterday? 29. Where you ......................................... (spend) your holiday last year? 30. Why didn‟t you listen while I ......................................... (speak) to you?

. clothing. (breath)

2. After going through a storm, the plane began shaking

. (controllable)

3. We definitely cannot live on the planet shown in this photo because it is . (water) 4. Mr. Amstrong is working in a space which has no gravity. (weight)

7. I feel (visible) 8. Hung has some

Trade unions have problems of internal communication just as managers in companies do, problems which multiply in very large unions or in those which bring workers in very different industries together into a single general union. Some trade union officials have to be re-elected regularly; others are elected, or even appointed, for life. Trade union officials have to work with a system of „shop stewards‟ in many unions, „shop stewards‟ being workers elected by other workers as their representatives at factory or works level. A. The economy is very interdependent

1. Anna asked me if the astronaut‟s costumes were made from

who wanted to occupy the spaceship. (terrorism)

6. When astronauts have trouble in outer space, they must act (appropriate)

There are considerable strains and tensions in the trade union movement, some of them arising from their outdated and inefficient structure. Some unions have lost many members because of industrial changes. Others are involved in arguments about who should represent workers in new trades. Unions for skilled trades are separate from general unions, which means that different levels of wages for certain jobs are often a source of bad feeling between unions. In traditional trades which are being pushed out of existence by advancing technologies, unions can fight for their members‟ disappearing jobs to the point where the jobs of other unions‟ members are threatened or destroyed. The printing of newspapers both in the United States and in Britain has frequently been halted by the efforts of printers to hold on to their traditional highly paid job.

1. Why is the question of trade union power important in Britain?

IV. Complete the sentences, using the form of the words in brackets.

5. The story talked about a

It is this interdependency of the economic system which makes the power of trade unions such an important issue. Single trade unions have easily to cut off many countries economic blood supply. This can happen more easily in Britain than in some other countries, in part because the labour force is highly organised. About 55 percent of British workers belong to unions, compared to under a quarter in the United States. For historical reasons, Britain‟s unions have tended to develop along trade and occupational lines, rather than on an industry-by-industry basis, which makes a wages policy, democracy in industry and the improvement of procedures for fixing wage levels difficult to achieve.

in the chat room because they are discussing a totally strange topic. skills in speaking English with foreigners. (communicate)

B. There are many essential services. C. There are more unions in Britain than elsewhere. D. Unions have been established a long time. 2. Why is it difficult to improve the procedures for fixing wage levels? A. Some industries have no unions. B. Unions are not organised according to industries. C. Only 55 percent of workers belong to unions. D. Some unions are too powerful. 3. Because of their out-of-date organisation some unions find it difficult to A. bargain for high enough wages.

B. get new members to join.

C. learn new technologies.

D. change as industries change.

4. Disagreements arise between unions because some of them C. READING

A. try to win over members of other unions.

I. Read the two passages below and circle the best option (A, B, C, D).

B. ignore agreements.

An industrial society, especially one as centralised and concentrated as that of Britain, is heavily dependent on certain essential services: for instance, electricity supply, water, rail and road

C. protect their own members at the expenses of others, take over other union‟s job.

153

D. take over other union‟s job. 154

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

FINAL TERM TEST

5. In what ways are unions and large companies similar?

II. Find out the mistakes and correct them. 1. I was play football when she called me.

A. both have too many managers

................................................................................................................................................

B. both have problems in passing on information C. both lose touch with individual workers

2. Was you study Math at 5 p.m. yesterday? ................................................................................................................................................

D. both their managements are too powerful

3. What was she do while her mother was making lunch? ................................................................................................................................................

II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, c or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

4. Where did you went last Sunday?

Long ago a lot of people (1) the moon was a god. Other people thought it was just a light of cheese! in the sky. And others thought it was a big (2)

5. They weren‟t sleep during the meeting last Monday.

The telescopes were made, and men saw that the moon was really another world. They it was like. They dreamed of going there. On July 20, 1969, that dream wondered (3) . Two American astronauts landed on the moon. (5) names were came (4) Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin. The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered (6) dust. The dust is so where they walked. Those were the first marks a living thick that the men left (7) thing had ever made on the moon. And they could (8) there for years and years. There is no rocks to bring back to Earth for wind or rain to wipe them off. The two men (9) study. They dug up dirt to bring back They set up machines to find out things people wanted to the earth. know. Then they were off on their long trip (10) 1. A. told

B. guessed

C. thought

D. said

2. A. form

B. ball

C. stone

D. round

3. A. how

B. which

C. what

D. that

4. A. real

B. untrue

C. unreal

D. true

5. A. Theirs

B. His

C. Its

D. Their

6. A. with

B. for

C. to

D. by

7. A. fingerprints

B. footprints

C. handprints

D. prints

8. A. go

B. put

C. remain

D. run

9. A. got up

B. gave up

C. set up

D. picked up

10. A. from to

B. back to

C. into

D. onto

D. WRITING I. Rewrite the following sentences. 1. “Can you photocopy this report for me?” Tom said to Linda.  Tom asked Linda ................................................................................. 2. “Don‟t wait for me”, she said to her friend.

................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................ 6. He got up early and have breakfast with his family yesterday morning. ................................................................................................................................................ 7. She didn‟t broke the flower vase. Tom did. ................................................................................................................................................ 8. Last week my friend and I go to the beach on the bus. ................................................................................................................................................ 9. While I am listening to music, I heard the doorbell. ................................................................................................................................................ 10. Peter turn on the TV, but nothing happened. ................................................................................................................................................ III. Reorder the words to complete the sentences. 1. Times/ minutes/ Square/ The/ to/ after/ 40/ leaves/ each/ subway. ................................................................................................................................................ 2. Light/ can/ headaches/ pollution/ make. ................................................................................................................................................ 3. The/ and/ a/ this/ buried/ five/ early/ trucks/ warehouse/ mudslide/ morning. ................................................................................................................................................ 4. The/ caused/ of/ nuclear/ power/ has/ leakage/ plant/ pollution/ radioactive. ................................................................................................................................................ 5. The/ are/ being/ the/ by/ team/ aid/ tsunami/ of/ provided/ first/ victims/ rescue. ................................................................................................................................................

 She told her friend ................................................................................ 3. My daughter loves to listen to my story before going to bed.  My daughter enjoys ............................................................................. 4. Jessica was my classmate, but now she studies in another school.  Jessica used ......................................................................................... 5. “You should study harder this semester”, the teacher said.  The teacher said ................................................................................... 155

156

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

IV.

ANSWER KEYS

1. at

2. out of

3. between

4. in – beside

5. after

6. under

7. beneath

8. on - above

1. A

2. C

3. B

II.

1. f

2. e

3. g

4. b

5. h

6. i

7. j

8. d

9. c

10. a

UNIT 1: LEISURE ACTIVITIES PART 3. TEST YOURSELF PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS I.

1. D 6. C

7. D

8. A

9. C

10. C

II.

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. C

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. B III. IV.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

1. C

II.

1. making

III.

2. A

3. A 2. Have – ridden

1. friendly

2. orphan

3. humorous 4. extremely 5. beautiful

6. lucky

7. peaceful

8. lovely

9. generous

10. helpful

1. C

3. C

5. B

7. C

9. C

2. C

4. A

6. B

8. D

10. B

11. C 12. A 13. B 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. D 19. A 20. C 4. C

5. B

6. A

3. go

4. seeing/ to see

5. skateboarding

1. doing

2. swimming

3. going

4. playing

5. watching

6. skiing

1. safest

2. most likely 3. Older

6. more aggressive VI.

C. READING

7. older

4. more careful

5. worst

8. faster

9. bigger

10. most interesting

11. worse

12. better

1. bookselves 2. bakery

3. actor

4. singer

6. leaves VII.

7. businessman 8. nationality 9. pollution

13. more dangerous 5. careful 10. Japanese

1. What does she look like? 2. She is not as easy-going as Mai.

1. T

II.

1. Yes, he does.

2. T

3. F

4. F

5. T

3. They prefer the outside to the classroom. 4. I spend most of my time with Hoa.

2. On starry nights, they lie on the grass, looking at the sky and daring each other to find the Milky Way.

5. The sun rises in the East. 6. Lan received a letter from her friend yesterday.

3. I like to live in the countryside because it is quiet and peaceful. III.

4. D

1. from

2. is

3. teaching

4. in

5. practice

6. improvement

7. class

8. for

9. other

10. little

D. WRITING I. In the 1970s, skateboarding suddenly became very popular. At first, skateboarders moved slowly on flat, smooth areas. Then they began to ride quickly. This is called “freestyle” skateboarding. Soon they were skateboarding skillfully up ramps and doing tricks in the air. This is called “ramp” skateboarding. Then they started skateboarding and doing tricks on the street. This was “street-style” skateboarding - a combination of freestyle and ramp. For this, the skateboarders needed protective clothing such as knee and elbow pads and helmets. This allowed them to skateboard safely.

7. She is not old enough to get married. 8. She is a nice girl with long hair. VIII. 1. from IX. X.

3. open

4. some

5. and

6. customers 7. the

2. finish

8. have

9. until

10. they

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. C

6. B

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. B

1. People ran a race the length of the stadium. 2. Only Greeks played in the first Games. 3. There is no age limit. People of any age can compete. 4. They must be amateurs. 5. The next Olympic Games is four years after the last one. (in London, England in 2012)

Today skateboarding is still a very popular sport, and there are lots of competitions. II.

1. Your house is bigger than my house. 2. I like listening to music. 3. The white dress is not as expensive as the black one. Or The white dress is cheaper than the black one. 4. Mary is the most intelligent in my group.

III.

157

1. J

2. B

3. C

4. E

5. H

6. G

7. I

8. A

9. D

10. F 158

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

II. 1. Sarah is younger than Tim.

UNIT 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE PART 2: EXERCISES

II.

3. Bill is shorter than David.

4. My marks are better than Jack‟s.

5. That book is as expensive as this one.

6. My bike is faster than yours.

III. 1. Her new house isn‟t so/ as big as her old one.

A. PHONETICS I.

2. Your house is smaller than mine.

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. C

8. C

9. A

10. B

1. A

2. D

3. B

4. D

5. C

2. Peter is the tallest in my class. 3. The white dress isn‟t so/ as expensive as the black one. /The white dress is cheaper than the black one. 4. According to me, Maths isn‟t so/ as easy as English/ Maths is more difficult than English. 5. Mary is the most intelligent in my group.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

II.

2. hotter

3. crazier

4. more slowly

5. more

6. less

7. worse

8. better

9. more attractively

10. bigger

1. peaceful

2. nomadic

3. collector

4. inconvenient

5. unsafe

6. friendly

7. healthily

8. traditional

9. generously III.

IV. V.

6. The Nile is the longest river in the world.

1. more beautifully

7. No mountain in the world is higher than Mount Everest. 8. She is the prettiest girl I have ever met. 9. The more he works, the more tired he feels. 10. That computer doesn‟t work so/ as well as that one. 11. The bigger the apartment is, the higher the rent is.

10. soundly

1. C

2. D

3. A

4. D

5. C

6. C

7. D

8. A

9. A

10. C 15. A

11. A

12. C

13. B

14. C

1. than

2. as

3. more

4. than

5. more

6. than

7. as

8. than

12. The sooner we set off, the sooner we will arrive. 13. The better the joke is, the louder the laughter is. 14. The fatter she gets, the more tired she feels. 15. The older he gets, the less he wants to travel. 16. The more difficult the games are, the more excited the children are.

1. best

2. happiest

3.faster

4. more colourful

5. better

6. good

7. least

8. prettier

9. the better

10. the sicker

17. The faster people drive, the more accidents happen. 18. The more I meet him, the more I hate him. 19. The less time my boss has, the better he works. 20. The more money he has, the more he wants to spend.

C. READING I.

1. is bigger than

2. is smaller than

3. is not as/so large as

4. is not as/so small as

5. is hotter than

6. is not as/so cold as

7. is not as/so rainy as

8. is rainier than

II.

1. D

3. A

III.

1. the most famous

2. the biggest

3. the largest

4. the most important

5. richer

6. the best

7. warmer

8. drier

9. the most beautiful

10. the worst

1. A

2. C

3. B

5. D

IV.

2. D

4. B

4. A

5. C

D. WRITING I. 1. Nam lives on a farm in the country in Vinh Phuc of Viet nam. 2. In summer, he climbs in the mountains. 3. In winter, he goes fishing. 4. He really likes it because it‟s relaxing and quiet. 5. He thinks city life is not safe enough to walk around alone. 6. He also thinks it is too dangerous to cycle on the street because of the heavy traffic, 159

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

1. C

2.B

3. D

4. D

II. Adjective expensive thick friendly fine thin difficult warm wise easy wonderful sunny fat long

Comparative more expensive thicker more friendly finer thinner more difficult warmer wiser easier more wonderful sunnier fatter longer

Superlative the most expensive the thickest the most friendly the finest the thinnest the most difficult the warmest the wisest the easiest the most wonderful the sunniest the fattest the longest 160

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

III.

1. for

IV.

1. collection

2. inconvenient

4. unsafe

5. friendly

2. out

3. of

4. at

5. on

6. in

7. in

10. the a thousand pounds

11. under the impression

12. a hurry

3. skillful

13. at a profit

14. on the whole

15. on the average

6. healthily

16. in pain

17. out of danger

18. in the way

19. the cross- channel ferry

20. the back of my neck

1. the

2. a

3. the

4. the

6. the

7. the

8. a - the

9. An – the

1. D

VI.

1. playing

2. hunting

3. picked

4. collected - was

5. playing / to play

6. to spend

7. will try

8. to improve

2. A

3. D

9. underline - to learn 10. move/ to move VII.

1. cheaper than

4. B

5. B

III.

2. A

3. D

4. B

5. A

6. B

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. C

11. B

12. C

13. D

14. A

15. C

16. B

17. D

18. A

5. C

4. more powerful than

5. taller than

6. heavier than

7. longer than

8. easier than

9. more comfortable than C. READING

1. mountain

2. stories

3. with

4. life

1. C

2. D

3. D

4. A

5. any

6. riding

7. to

8. visitors

II.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. D

7. C

8. B

IX.

1. F

1. It is quite simple to cook Thang Co.

2. F

5. a

1. C

12. being

10. more interesting than VIII.

II.

3. more beautiful than

11. gets – got

2. more effective than

6. B

3. T

4. F

5. F

6.T III.

2. Do you like to live in the big city or the countryside?

1. located

2. history

3. opened

4. year

5. built

6. that

7. houses

8. which

3. The traffic is becoming better. 4. Life in the country is changing better.

D. WRITING

5. Mr. Hung is arriving in Ho Chi Minh city tonight.

1. on

2. in

3. down

4. arrived

6. I and my uncle went to the countryside last Sunday.

6. tired

7. into

8. sky

9. stopped

10. start

7. It is getting dark so we should go home.

11. looked

12. above

13. decided

14. shouted

15. mountain

II.

8. I am visiting my grandfather on Saturday. XI.

5. nobody

1. My work isn‟t as good as yours. 2. Nobody is older than Dick in the family.

1. It‟s colder today than it was yesterday. 2. It takes more time to travel by train than by car.

3. If she didn‟t lose the key, she could get into the house.

3. We were busier at work today than usual.

4. They are not old enough to join the army.

4. Jane‟s sister doesn‟t cook as well as Jane.

5. If you invite her, she will come.

5. Nobody in this team plays football as well as Tom./ Nobody in this team plays football better than Tom.

6. The picture is too heavy to hang on the wall. 7. They were not only tired but also hungry. 8. Finishing their work, they went home. 9. If she did not go out in the rain, she would not get wet.

UNIT 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM

10. Tom is not strong enough to lift the table.

PART 2: EXECISES

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

A. PHONETICS I.

1. D

2. C

3. D

4. B

5. B

II.

1. B

2. A

3. D

4. B

5. A

161

1. A

II.

1. unhealthily

2. multicultural

3. mountainous

4. communal

5. socialise

6. addicted

7. trainer

8. envious

2. D

9. nomads

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

1. the person

2. the only cinema

3. a Thames barge

4. the British Museum

5. church

6. a milk jug

7. The Prime Minister

8. Computer

9. an open-air theatre

III.

3. A

4. A

10. traditionally

1. A

2. C

3. A

4. B

5. B

6. A

7. B

8. A

9. B

10. A

11. D

12. B

13. C

14. A

15. B

16. B

17. C

18. C

19. B

20. D 162

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

IV.

1. A

2. C

3. C

4. B

1. A

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. A

6. D

7. C

8. C

6. A

7. B

8. A

9. B

1. The

2. a

3. The

4. The

6. the

7. the

8. the

9. the

10. the

1. to

2. for

3. for

4. in

5. from

C. READING

6. in

7. from

8. at

9. in

10. above

1. A

II.

1. arrange

2. more

3. responsible

VI. VII. VIII.

II.

1. don‟t have to 2. should

III.

1. A

2. A

3. B

4. D

10. A

6. B

7. A

8. C

9. B

10. D

5. an

11. D

12. B

13. A

14. C

15. C

2. B

3. D

4. C

5. C

6. should

1. The Cham ethnic group has a population about 100,000.

7. should

3. don‟t have to

4. shouldn‟t

5. should

8. have to

9. should

10. have to

5. C

2. They live mostly on the coast between Ninh Thuan and Binh Thuan Provinces or on the Cambodian border around Chau Doc.

4. look

5. after

6. by

7. importance

8. there

9. because

3. The Cham have a tradition of wet rice cultivation.

10. ancestors

4. Handicraft are fairly well-developed, especially silkworm textiles and handmade pottery wares.

III.

1. D

2. C

3. A

4. B

5. D

6. C

7. B

8. A

5. Both men and women wear long-piece sarongs or cloth wrappers. 6. Main colour of their daily dress is cotton white. 7. Chief means of transporting good and farm produce is black-basket.

D. WRITING I.

8. Most important festival, called Bon Kate is held near the Cham towers in the tenth month of the Lunar year. IX.

1. The chickens were fed (by me) this morning. 2. It is such a difficult question that all the students cannot answer it. 3. Tom and Mary have got married for 5 years.

II.

4. Because the film was so boring, I fell asleep. 5. In spite of the bad weather, it did not delay the traffic. III.

7. If you took exercise, you would feel healthy. 8. I haven‟t written to my pen pal for two months. 9. In spite of being strong, he can‟t move that stone. 10. She asked me where my brother works.

UNIT 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS

II.

1. B

2. C

3. D

4. C

6. C

7. A

8. D

9. C

10. B

1. D

2. C

3. A

4. B

5. B

1. permitted

2. necessity

6. traditional 7. social

3. obligation 4. hostess

5. strictly

8. oblige

10. beauty

9. moral

5. We should arrive

3. You should wear 6. Should I send

7. I should apply

8. I should write

9. I shouldn‟t eat

10. We should complain

11. I should buy

1. You should wear a warm coat.

2. I think you should leave early.

3. You should take more exercise.

4. I think you should read a lot.

5. You should do that.

6. I think you should ride a bike.

1. don‟t  doesn‟t

2. went  go

3. lives  live

4. hasn‟t  doesn‟t have

5. enough strong  strong enough

6. a full of flowers garden  a garden full of

7. no  aren‟t

8. for  to

9. greens  green

10. is  are

11. worked working

12. a  an

13. tickets  ticket

14. alway  always

15. from  to

16. whose  who

17. many  often

18. many  much

19. gives  give

20. so  soon

5. B

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

2. should I cook

7. I think you should buy a dog.

6. A new bridge was built over the river (by them).

1. You shouldn‟t park 4. You shouldn‟t smoke

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

1. B

2. A

3. D

4. C

5. A

II.

1. B

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. C

III.

1. This switch should not be touched. 2. You shouldn‟t put so much salt in the soup. 3. You shouldn‟t drink so much alcohol.

163

164

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

4. You shouldn‟t trip over the step into the kitchen. 5. You shouldn‟t park here because it‟s a restricted area. III.

6. I should have been told about these changes earlier.

15. B

16. A

17. B

18. B

19. B

20. A

21. C

22. B

23. B

24. D

25. B

26. B

27. A

28. B

1. be

2. was having

3. take

4. comment

7. You shouldn‟t lean against the newly-painted wall.

6. have learnt (have been learning)

7. wouldn‟t buy

8. You shouldn‟t smoke too many cigarettes.

8. did (the children) see

9. playing

5. lived/ would have 10. are waiting

9. Children should go to bed early. C. READING

10. You shouldn‟t stay up late. IV. V. VI.

VII.

1. A

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. A

1. A

6. A

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. D

II.

1. celebrate

2. traditional

3. spring

4. Therefore

1. In Indonesia

2. In Samoa

3. In Muslim countries

5. kept

6. Because

7. However

8. served

4. In Canada and the US

5. In Korea

III.

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6. C

7. A

8. C

1. No, it isn‟t.

1. His father

2. A Christmas present

2. Some weeks before the New Year, they dean their houses and paint the walls.

3. $20.00

4. A brooch

3. They visit their neighbors, friends and relatives.

5. He wraps it in Christmas paper

6. Because she thinks she sees a real spider

7. Spiders are his favourite pets

8. under the Christmas tree

1. C

2. D

3. A

4. E

7. F

8. G

4. Many different kinds of dishes are served. IV.

1. falls/ is

2. meant

3. their

4. have/ get

5. studies

6. forget

7. of

8. give/ present

9. comparison

10. atmosphere

5. H

6. B

VIII. 1. C

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. A

D. WRITING

IX.

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. D

1. C

II.

1. mustn‟t to  must

2. has to  have to

3. is having  was having

4. while  because

1. Lang Lieu couldn‟t buy any special food, because he was very poor.

UNIT 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM

2. During Tet, Vietnamese people buy all kinds of sweets, so they make Chung cakes as well.

PART 2: EXERCISES

3. The Hung King Temple Festival was a local festival; however, it has become a public holiday in Viet Nam since 2007.

A. PHONETICS I.

1. B

2. D

3. D

4. A

II.

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. B

4. At the Mid-Autumn Festival, kids can sing, dance, and enjoy mooncakes; therefore, every child likes it very much.

5. D

5. We cannot swim in this part of the river because the water is highly polluted 6. Mr. Minh is admired since he dedicates all his life to protecting environment.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

IV.

165

1. concentration

11. application

21. consumption

7. Give me a ring when you hear some news.

2. composition

12. generation

22. explosion

8. I‟ll do my homework after the TV program ends.

3. consideration

13. obligation

23. discussion

9. I‟ll have a bath before I go to work.

4. construction

14. reflection

24. celebration

5. coordination

15. conversation

25. education

6. depression

16. organization

26. commemoration

7. donation

17. comparison

27. invasion

8. erection

18. attention

28. preservation

9. foundation

19. recognition

29. recommendation

10. location

20. animation

30. presentation

1. D

2. D

3. A

4. C

5. D

6. A

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. C

11. A

12. B

13. A

14. B

10. She‟ll visit friends while she‟s in Paris. III.

1. On New Year‟s Eve, the Vietnamese put fruits on the altar, and they also arrange watermelon and traditional cakes such as Chung cakes. 2. While many people go to pagodas or churches on New Year‟s Day to pray for the coming year, many others remain in their home in front of the altar to welcome the ancestors through prayer. 3. Although people from Western countries do not follow ancestor worship, ancestor worship is considered a type of religious practices in some Asian countries.

166

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

4. Because Xoan singing is still in the memory of folk artists in Phu Tho Province, they always try their best to hand down offspring the old style of singing in the activities of the clubs.

4. Coming to Nha Trang at the time of festival, visitors will be able to take part in various cultural and recreational events.

5. The Giong Festival is held from the 6th to the 12th of the 4th lunar month in several venues around Ha Noi.

6. Besides, many interesting activities also take place during the festival like seafood competition, wine festival, beach volleyball, art kite flying festival, underwater group wedding, etc.

6. The festival commemorates Saint Giong who defeated the An.

7. The festival is also a great chance for tourists to know more about Viet Nam through special events.

7. It is also an opportunity to hope for abundant harvests and happy lives and express patriotism. 8. During the festival, villagers do the statue bathing, processions of bamboo flowers to Soc Temple.

5. First of all is an abundant opening ceremony by Vietnamese and international art groups.

8. Nha Trang Sea Festival will definitely give you an unforgettable impression about Viet Nam‟s charming beauty as well as time-honored traditional values.

9. The festival also provides many entertaining activities, including folk games and traditional singing performances. 10.

UNIT 6: FOLK TALES

The festival has recognized by UNESCO as an intangible cultural heritage of mankind. PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. D

1. C

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

II.

1. A

2. A

3. A

4. B

5. D

II.

1. A

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. C

6. A

7. A

8. A

9. D

10. A

11. D

12. B

13. C

14. B

15. A

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

16. A

17. B

18. A

19. C

20. A

1. saw

2. were you doing

3. didn‟t visit

4. rained

III.

1. C

2. C

3. B

4. A

5. C

5. was reading

6. ate

7. were running

8. Did you find

IV.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

9. did she dance

10. were watching

1. A

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. C

II.

1. C

VI.

1. D

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. A

III.

1. playing

6. B

7. C

8. C

9. D

10. A

VII.

1. The building where he lives is very old. 2. I will tell you something which you didn‟t know before.

IV.

3. I‟ll never forget the day when I met you. 4. Although it was cold, Tom still went swimming.

5. John is very sad because he fails the exam. VI.

2. A

3. A

4. B

5. B

6. A

7. A

2.Were you studying 3. doing

4. go

5. sleeping

6. had

8. went

9. was

10. turned

7. break

1. went

2. swam

3. was drinking

4. saw

5. was

6. beat

7. asked

8. told

9. stayed

10. had

1. taught/ to ride/ was

2. do - go/ drives

4. Did you use to play/ lived

5. spent/ repairing

8. A

3. are going to

1. used to live – went

2. used to earn – lost

7. I met the man who works in a bank.

3. joined – didn‟t use to like

4. Did (you) use to travel – became

8. Here are the letters which arrived this morning.

5. used to work – dropped

6. used to see – had

9. Although my grandfather is very old, he is still young at heart.

7. used to play – broke

8. used to drive – had

10. Tom gets a lot of money because he works hard.

9. used to have – moved

6. He never left the house where he had been born.

VIII. 1. Nha Trang Sea Festival takes place every two years for a week in around June in Nha Trang City, Khanh Hoa Province.

C. READING I.

1. In my opinion

2. also

3. I think

4. Besides

5. In addition

6. As I have noted

2. This is a colorful and dynamic sea festival which honors natural beauty of Nha Trang – the charming city overlooking the sea.

II.

3. The first Nha Trang Sea Festival was held in 2003 when Nha Trang Beach was proclaimed as a member of the Most Beautiful Bays in the World Club.

2. Phung Hung and Ngo Quyen were the two kings whose birthplace is Duong Lam Village.

167

1. It is located in Duong Lam commune at a 45 km distance from Hanoi.

168

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

3. It is typical for villages in the midlands in the North of Vietnam.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

4. There are still nearly old 200 houses. III.

1. was

2. lived

3. had

4. slept

5. had

6. were

7. loved

8. came

9. said 13. saw

10. washed 14. tore

11. ironed 15. ran

12. scrubbed 16. said

D. WRITING I.

1. D

2. A

3. B

4. A

5. D

6. D

7. C

8. A

9. D

10. C

II.

1. A

2. C

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. C

7. D

8. D

9. A

10. A

11. B 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. B 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. D 20. B III. IV.

THE STORY OF A TOWN

The area of old houses known as The Lanes is a very attractive shopping centre, where visitors can buy souvenirs and antiques. The houses were once lived in by fishermen but have now been converted into shops. Not far from The Lanes is a modern shopping centre with licensed restaurants and tables outdoors where you can enjoy a drink in good weather.

3. at

4. (X)

5. (X)

7. (X)

8. in

9. (X)

10. in

1. “aged” 3. making and selling buns and cakes 4. go round the village to sell cakes 5. his grandmother was not strong enough to work/ his grandmother fell ill.

It is open to the public every day and there is a special exhibition there in the summer. Brighton offers all kinds of entertainment, from concerts and plays in the theatre to local attractions like the Aquarium.

2. on

6. (X)

2. he did not have anyone else to look after him.(/ he was an orphan)

Brighton is the largest seaside resort in the south-east of England. At first the town was a fishing village and did not become popular until about 1800. Rich people began to visit Brighton in large numbers and when King George IV decided to build a house there, it became very fashionable. The King continued to visit it until 1827, but Queen Victoria did not like the house.

1. at

VI.

1. ago

2. into

3. The

4. middle

5. on

6. away

7. into

8. with

9. it

10. could

11. next

12. send

13. by

14. long

2. Panama Canal

1. launched

5. problems

4. in 1881 VII.

1. the

2. in

3. for

4. who

6. pay

7. people

8. about

9. post-offices 10. with

2. I did four exercises last night.

II. 1. The weather in India is rather hot all year round, but you shouldn‟t wear shorts or sleeveless shirts when visiting a pagoda.

4. Mr. Green was in Viet Nam for ten years.

3. He telephoned his wife at two o‟clock. 5. I got up this morning at half past five.

2. Lim Festival is the festival of “Quan Ho” singing; moreover, it is also space for various folk games.

6. I had bread and omelets had for breakfast this morning. 7. I left home at six o‟clock.

3. People believe that the first person who visits their home during Tet holiday may determine their fortune for the whole year; however, the person who sweeps the floor on the first three days of this festive occasion might sweep away the wealth.

5. If you come and visit a Chinese family, you should bear in mind not to give an odd number of presents because odd numbers are considered unlucky in China. III.

1. Coffee is more expensive than tea. 2. I enjoy listening to music. 3. The black car is not as expensive as the red car. (Or) The black car is cheaper than the red car. 4. Mary is the most intelligent in my group. 5. The song “Chung ta khong thuoc ve nhau” is performed very beautifully by Son Tung M-TP. 6. A duck swims more slowly than a fish. (A duck can‟t swim as fast as a fish.) 7. Your house is smaller than /isn‟t as big as my house. 8. I have lived in Ha Noi for 5 years.

169

5. whose

VIII. 1. I began learning English three years ago.

Brighton is within easy reach of London and has been a popular day out for Londoners for many years.

4. Lion dances are held when opening a new company, or connecting an activity because these dances are believed to bring good luck and prosperity and drive away evil.

15. rescued 3. around Cape Horn

8. I went to school this morning by bicycle. 9. I watched television after my homework last night. 10. I went to bed at ten o‟clock last night. IX. X.

1. on

2. in

3. on/ at

4. in

5. at

6. On

7. at

8. at/ in

9. on

10. in

11. before

12. after

1. We were having dinner while they were listening to the radio. 2. The fire started when she was sleeping. 3. What were you doing when it began to rain? 4. When the farmer started whistling, he was ploughing the field. 5. What were they doing when you came? 6. What was happening when she came? 7. The man came in when she was reading a book. 8. The volcano erupted when they were working in the field. 9. The lava hit the town when the ship was leaving the harbor. 10. Someone hit the headmaster on the head when he was going to his car. 170

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

VI.

MIDDLE TERM TEST A. PHONETICS I.

1. D

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. B

6. C

7. A

8. A

9. A

10. D

11. D

12. B

13. C

14. C

15. C

1. C

II.

1. doing

2. writing

3. taking

4. playing

5. collecting

6. riding

7. watching

8. washing

9. listening

10. eating

1. working

2. to visit

3. make

4. helping

5. taking

6. doing

7. play

8. to watch

9. socializing 10. surfing

III. IV. V. VI.

3. B

4. D

5. A

1. didn‟t disturb

2. went

3. didn‟t sleep 4. didn‟t ate

6. laughed

7. flied

8. cost

6. C

2. cousin

3. duck

4. wife

5. soup

6. friend

7. food

8. fourth

9. warm

10. duck

D. WRITING

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR 2. B

1. visitor

7. D

8. B

II.

3. didn‟t use to drink 4. used to have

5. didn‟t use to like

6. used to live

7. used to play

8. didn‟t use to study

1. as pretty

2. more expensive

3. more important

4. best

5. happier

6. most international 7. stronger

8. more comfortable

9. better

10. most delightful

11. most careful

12. more interesting

13. more precious

14. warmer

15. so good

16. more pleasant

17. the highest

18. stronger

19. fatter

20. the largest

5. were noticing  noticed

II.

8. snowed  was snowing

9. were skidding  skidded

10. True

1. Dogs can swim better than cats.

4. He spends all his free time looking after his garden. III.

1. They used to start these machines by hand. 2. He used to get up late. 3. I used to listen to the radio. 4. They used to have a dog. 5. My brother used to serve in the army. 6. Barbara used to be keen on travel. 7. He used to do morning exercise in the park when he was young. 8. The man used to spend his holiday in the mountain when he was young. 9. Before he had the car, he used to go to work by bike. 10. I used to get up early when I was young.

UNIT 7: POLLUTION

1. in

2. nice

3.took

4. on

5. drove

6. stopped

7. afternoon

8. a

9. get

10. late

PART 2: EXERCISES

1. It exists in the Central Highlands of Viet Nam.

A. PHONETICS

2. It is held once a year / annually.

1. D

2. D

3. D

4. B

5. C

3. They give gong performances, highlighting the gong culture of their own province.

II.

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. A

5. D

4. No, they aren‟t.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

5. No. it isn‟t. III.

1. go

2. eats

3. wouldn‟t do/ were 4.takes 6. will....do

7. were /would go

8. passed

9. will be

10. went

11. won‟t go

12. tries

13. spoke

1. T

2. F

3. T

4. T

5. F

5. did/ wouldn‟t worry

6. T

7. F

8. T

9. T

10. T

IV.

1. fifteen

2. dawn

3. pump out

4. find the shore

1. It was founded on March 26th, 1931.

171

6. True

7. were realising  realized

C. READING I.

3. used to going  used to go

3. It is very interesting to play beach games.

9. didn‟t have 10. were

2. used to

2. would live  lived

4. True

2. Minh really enjoys hanging out with friends.

5. wasn‟t

1. used to smoke

1. True

5. wading II.

1. would you choose 2. gets

14. finish/ will go

15. see/ ask

3. comes

4. would call

2. It builds characters.

5. will sit

6. don‟t talk

7. will you do

8. had read

3. It encourages good citizenship and personal fitness.

9. had asked

10. had

11. will go

12. would you do

4. It is named “Green Sunday” because it gives more green colors to the city and is done on Sunday.

13. run

14. won‟t be

15. would have understand

16. comes

17. wouldn‟t have

18. had worn

5. The recycling helps people save natural resources.

20. would have had

19. leaves

172

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

III.

IV. V.

1. C

ANSWER KEYS

2. A

3. B

4. A

5. A

9. will you stay

15. would be

7. B

8. B

9. A

10. C

13. wouldn‟t have bought

14. hung

12. C

13. C

14. A

15. B

16. would have brought

17. would have been

16. D

17. C

18. B

19. A

20. C

21. C

22. A

23. B

24. A

25. B

III.

18. wouldn‟t have printed

19. wouldn‟t buy

20. would arrive

1. unable

2. environmental

3. contaminated

4. Industrial

1. polluted

2. unable

3. environmental

4. Natural

5. Natural

6. harmful

7. contaminated

8. polluted

5. harmful

6. contaminated

7. illustration

8. poisonous

9. death

10. Polluted

11. pollutants

12. difficulty

3. C

5. A

7. C

1. to

2. away

3. with

4. to

5. into

IV.

1. A

1. air pollution

2. A

4. D

2. factories

6. B

8. D

3. Yes, it can

4. The gases from the exhausts of cars.

1. refers

2. poisons

3. too

4. in

5. example/ instance

6. noise

7. is

8. problems

9. water

10. even

1. T

2. F

3. F

4. T

5. T

6. F

III.

1. A

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. B

6. D

7. C

5. Because the gases in the atmosphere continue to increase. VI.

1. A

VII.

1. The major cause of water pollution in Vietnam is the weakness in industrial wastewater management.

8. B

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. C

2. Many factories use fresh water to carry away waste from their plants into canals, rivers, and lakes.

D. WRITING

3. Most of them do not have a wastewater treatment system.

1. Noise pollution is any loud sounds that are either harmful or annoying to humans and animals.

4. Industrial waste water is directly discharged into canals, lakes, ponds, and rivers, causing serious pollution of surface water.

2. Generally, noise is produced by household appliances, big trucks, vehicles and motorbikes on the road, planes and helicopters flying over cities, loud speakers, etc.

5. For example, in 2008, Vedan factory, a sodium glutamate plant, released their untreated industrial wastewater into the Thi Vai River and caused tons of fish and ducks in the river to die.

3. Noise pollution can cause stress, illness, hearing loss, sleep loss and lost productivity. 4. Health effects of noise include anxiety, stress, headaches, irritability and nervousness.

6. Another cause of water pollution in Vietnam is the lack of awareness among citizens.

5. Noise-producing industries, airports, bus terminals should be located far from living places.

7. Every day people generate a lot of garbage, and they throw it directly into canals, river, and ponds.

6. The officials must check the misuse of loudspeakers, outdoor parties and discos, as well as public announcement systems. II.

12. don‟t change

11. B

II.

11. tell

6. A

C. READING I.

10. swim

8. They collect water from these sources to do their laundry, wash dishes, and bathe, and then they throw the dirty water that contain detergent and shampoo directly into them.

1. The building where he lives is very old. 2. I will tell you something which you didn‟t know before. 3. I‟ll never forget the day when I met you.

UNIT 8: ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES

4. Although it was cold, Tom still went swimming. 5. John is very sad because he fails the exam.

PART 2: EXERCISES

6. He never left the house where he had been born.

A. PHONETICS

7. I met the man who works in a bank.

1. A

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. C

8. Here are the letters which arrived this morning.

II.

1. A

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. C

9. Although my grandfather is very old, he is still young at heart. 10. Tom gets a lot of money because he works hard.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

1. themselves 2. Would

3. between

4. to sing

5. outside

6. enough

7. play

8. have to

9. well

10. perfectly

1. B

11. fast

12. careful – carefully

13. nervous

14. fluently

II.

1. will have

2. find

3. had fed

4. will have

15. badly

16. angrily

18. hard

19. good

5. looked

6. will happen

7. press

8. had had

20. well

21. three times 22. try

173

2. C

3. A

4. B

5. A

17. happy

174

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

II. III.

ANSWER KEYS

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. C

5. B

6. A

7. D

8. C

9. B

10. D

UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS

1. has adopted

2. have become

3. is occurring

4. has been

5. is

6. has

7. takes

8. has welcomed

C. READING I.

1. They live in the desert. 2. It stores the fat in its hump. 3. Because fat all over an animal‟s body keeps the animal warm. Camels live in the desert They do not want to be warm during the day.

PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS I.

1. C

2. D

3. C

4. D

5. A

II.

1. B

2. A

3. A

4. D

5. C

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

4. It stores the heat in its body because the nights are cool. 5. Because the winters are cold in Central Asia. II.

1. in

III.

1. English

2. of

3. the

4. language

5. and

6. countries

7. at

II.

1. C

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. D

6. B

7. A

8. C

9. D

10. C

11. D

12. C

13. C

14. B

15. C

16. B

17. D

18. D

19. A

20. C

1. came/had finished

2. had met

3. went/ had read

2. Because it is an effective medium of international communication.

4. hadn‟t worn

5. had started

6. had done/ went

3. The written English, because it‟s not phonetically-based./ it is not systematically phonetic

7. had lived/ moved

8. told/ had learned

9. had worked/ retired

10. got/ had already started

11. came/ had changed

12. had grown

4. The UK, the USA, and Australia

13. came/ had waited

14. listened/ had done

15. had gone/ went

5. Because China has the largest population in the world. C. READING I.

D. WRITING I.

1. Sydney is not the capital of Australia, but Canberra is. I.

2. The Maori are native people in the North Island of New Zealand. 3. The National Children‟s Museum in Washington D.C. opens at 10.00 a.m. 4. The Golden Gate Bridge is an iconic monument of San Francisco. II.

III

1. D

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. B

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. A

10. B

1. C

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. D

6. A

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. B

1. has

2. is

3. lasts

4. warmer

5. temperature

7. natural

8. happens/ occurs

5. Malaysia has considered English as its official language for years.

6. Fishermen/ People

1. official

2. began/ started

3. population

4. ability

9. but

5. written

6. in

7. Therefore

8. students

11. B

10. understand

D. WRITING I.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

1. C

II.

1. Legendary 2. refugees 6. speakers

III.

2. A 7. unofficial

2. Before we took a look around the shops, we had had lunch.

3. spectacular 4. iconic

5. Irish

3. When we got out of the office, the light had gone out.

8. absolutely 9. exposed

10. pollutants

4. By the time we started our work, she had explain everything clearly.

4. B

1. has become 2. have made 3. has become 4. shares

5. has won

6. are shaking 7. has

10 use/ feel

8. are

9. has been

5. Before my mother came home, my father had watered all the plants in the garden. II.

IV. III.

2. got up - had left

3. had finished - went

4. had done - come

5. met - had divorced

6. hadn‟t bought - would had had

1. Tea can‟t be made with cold water.

2. Two or three

3. Summer

4. eight weeks

2. All the workers of the plant were being instructed by the chief.

6. Watching soccer on TV

3. Some of my books have been taken away. 4. The meeting will be held before May Day.

7. Participles as adjectives.

175

1. came - left

1. Asking “where is everybody? 5. Class attendance V.

1. After David had gone home, we arrived.

5. A

3. D

1. A

2. D

3. A

4. C

5.D

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. B

10. C

5. The engine of the car has to be repaired. 176

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

6. The window was broken and some pictures were taken away by the boy.

UNIT 10: COMMUNICATION

7. A lot of money is spent on advertising everyday. 8. This room may be used for the classroom.

PART 2: EXERCISES

9. A story is going to be told by the teacher.

A. PHONETICS

10. The cake is being cut with a sharp knife by Mary. 11. The woman with a red hat was looked at by the children. 12. The victims have been provided with food and clothing. 13. The lesson is explained by the teacher.

1. A

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. A

II.

1. A

2. C

3. C

4. D

5. B

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

14. The food is being cooked in the kitchen by Mrs Green.

15. The patients were examined by the doctor. 16. That noise was made by these boys.

II.

17. English is spoken all over the world. 19. These exercises can‟t be done quickly.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

1. A

2. A

3. D

4. B

5. C

II.

1. A

2. D

3. B

4. C

5. B

III.

1. B

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. C

8. A

9. C

1. A

VI.

1. D

VII.

1. harmful

2. With

3. increasing

4. major

5. successful

6. effect

7. communicative

8. poisons

2. B

3. C 2. D

4. A

5. D 3. C

4. C 6. B

1. A

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. A

14. A 15. C

6. B 16. B

7. C

8. A

4. Debris 8. symbolise 9. D

10. C

17. D 18. A 19. B

20. D

7. D

5. A 8. C

4. A

9. A

1. D

2. C

3. B

4. A

II.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. B

6. A

7. C

8. D

1. was

2. called

3. in

4. which

5. started/ began

8. it

9. than

10. to

6. whether/ if 7. an

10. B

11. A 12. D 13. D 14. A 15. A 16. C 17. A 18. B 19. D 20. A 3. B

7. Radioactive

III.

IV.

2. D

3. mudslide

6. thermal

C. READING

20. The report had been finished by noon.

3. B

2. collapsed

5. permanent 11. A 12. A 13. B

18. He was given the money back last Sunday.

2. B

1. spectacles

10. D

D. WRITING I.

1. I saw him get in through the window. 2. She had worked so hard that she made herself sick.

5. B

3. Though the traffic was bad, I arrived on time. 4. We were so late that we missed the first act of play. 5. They‟re the birds that I fed this morning.

VIII. The large movement of the earth under the water causes a very large and powerful tsunami. That tsunami was called the Asian Tsunami in the most of the world. It was called the Boxing Day Tsunami in England, Australia, South Africa and Canada because it happened on the holiday which they call Boxing Day. The tsunami caused a lot of damage to countries such as the Philippines, Thailand, Indonesia and Sri Lanka. Waves as high as 30 meters killed many people and damaged or destroyed a lot of buildings and other property. Over 225,000 people died or they were not found after the tsunami. The waves travelled as far away as South Africa (8,000 kilometers) where as many as 8 people died because of high water caused by the waves. Because of how much damage was caused and the number of people the earthquake affected, over $7 billion was donated to help the survivors and rebuild the areas damaged.

5. D

6. I wish I knew more English words. 7. She asked me if/whether I had many friends. 8. If we had a lot of money, we would buy a lot of new books. 9. It is not easy to learn English 10. John invited Sarah to come to his birthday party. II.

1. The film was so boring that she decided to go home early. 2. It is such a difficult question that all the students can‟t answer it. 3. Mr. Brown wants to use solar energy but he does not have enough money to buy necessary equipment. 4. By the time Shakespeare died in 1616, he had written more than 37 plays. 5. Since Douglas fell off his bicycle last week, he has had to use crutches to walk. 6. I (had) turned off the lights before I left the room. 7. As soon as the other passengers get on the bus soon, we‟ll leave. 8. Whenever Susan feels nervous, she chews her nails.

177

178

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

III.

ANSWER KEYS

9. The frying pan caught on fire while I was making dinner.

4. Peter has received their mail for ages, but he hasn‟t replied it yet.

10. I wont return my book to the library until I have finished my research project.

5. Snail mail is not favoured much because it is slower than email.

1. I am having a great time here in England. 2. I have been here for three months and my university term started two months ago.

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

3. I live in a dormitory with some foreign students. 4. They come from the different parts in the world. 5. They are very friendly and pleasant and their English is much better than mine. 6. I practice speaking English with them every day.

7. Now I am making a good progress. 8. My pronunciation is much better and I understand almost everything. 9. I hope my English will considerately improve at the end of the course. 10. Write to me soon.

II.

III.

1. invisible

2. interactive

3. immediately

4. indirectly

5. overslept

6. instantly

7. non-verbally

8. communicative

1. A

2. C

II.

1. A

2. B

3. B

4. C

6. A

7. A

8. B

9. D

5. D 10. C

1. C

2. B

3. D

4. A

5. C

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS

3. D

4. A

5. C

6. A

7. B

8. A

9. B

10. A

11. A

12. A

13. D

14. A

15. D

16. A

17. B

18. B

19. A

20. A

II. III.

2. am waiting

4. will go

5. are working

3. Are you doing 6. am calling

1. D

2. A

3. D

4. C

6. C

7. D

8. B

9. C

5. A 10. B

1. will have implanted

2. will be taking

3. will become

4. will create

5. will have built

6. will connect

7. will design

8. will have run

9. will help

10. am I going to do

1. The purpose of newspapers to inform the public of political, social, economic and entertainment happenings, among other things. 2. There are 3 types of newspapers. They are daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and special-interest newspapers.

1. will play

C. READING I.

3. Daily newspapers of often have sections for news, sports, arts, and entertainment, business, and classified advertising.

II.

4. Weekly newspapers focus on news of interest to readers in a smaller area than that of a daily paper.

III.

1. one

2. means

3. pictures

4. around/ all 5. with

6. set

7. house/room/flat

8. make

9. Through

1. B

2. A

3. D

4. A

5. D

6. A

7. C

8. D

9. B

10. C

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. A

5. B

10. home

5. Special-interest newspapers cover news of interest to a particular group of readers. 6. Electronic newspapers are cheap up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world IV.

179

1. Because the sender paid for the letter to travel in his or her own country, then the person in the other country paid for that part of the trip. If a letter crossed several countries, the problem was worse.

D. WRITING I.

1. Tom said that he wanted to buy a pocket calculator for his father. 2. She said that she had once spent a summer in that village. 3. The nurse told doctor that t the patient in that room hadn‟t obeyed his ordders.

2. Because it makes the process of delivering letter simple. Only the senders have to pay for the letters.

4. They told me that I had taught them English the previous year.

3. Other countries started making their own postage stamps very quickly.

6. He told her that she couldn couldn‟t find his hat anywhere in that room.

4. It takes care of any international mail problems.

7. My father told them that his secretary was going to finish that job.

5. Because they were the first stamps in the world.

8. They said that they couldn couldn‟t meet her there either that day or the next day.

1. Lan is choosing a song to set ringback tone for her phone.

9. My mother said that she thought it wouldn‟t rain the following day.

2. She kept on glancing at her watch in order to avoid being late.

10. He told John that his car had been stolen.

3. Nga will be reading the message board at 8.00 a.m tomorrow.

11. They said that the river was rising early that year.

5. Mr. Brown said that their trip had cost them two thousand dollars.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

12. He said that he would expect her to come soon.

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

13. Our teacher said that World War II had broken out in 1939. 14. The students said that they would be sitting for their next exam the next Monday. 15. He said that he was going to finish that work. II. Human beings have gained much specific advancement recently. There are a series of inventions that have brought human conveniences in a modern life. Television sets as a good example that certainly influences on our life in communication and entertainment. However, TV also causes some bad effects of time-consuming and health problems. In the first place, television helps people in the ways of communicating to each other and entertaining their life. Thanks to the appearance TV, people can keep up-to-date with the world. What our life will be if we do not have a TV at home. Because TV is a cheap and available tool to provide us daily information. Also, watching TV is a valuable kind of entertainment that helps people relax after working hard or suffering from a busy life. Last but not least, TV has changed husband‟s behavior in connecting to each other. Beside of good advantages of TV, watching TV may cause some disorders in health and working time as well. Some people spend long hours in front of a TV set, they may neglect then work or duty in taking care of their family members. And young people may work less effectively and addicted to watching TV lead to passiveness and laziness. In conclusion, everything has two sides and TV is optional. It is obvious that TV benefits our life in making people become friendly and close. I totally agree that TV is a great invention and we have to be aware of its good points by using it suitably.

PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS I. II.

1. D

2. C

3. B

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. A

8. C

9. D

10. C

1. A

2. D

3. B

4. C

5. D

B. VOCABUALARY AND GRAMMAR I. II.

III.

1. D

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. D

6. C

7. D

8. C

9. A

10. B

1. immorality

2. irregularity

3. inequality

4. discomforts

5. misfortune

6. criminal

7. endangered

8. unpleasant

9. arrival

10. Admission

11. unfaithful

12. unrecognizable

13. unconvincing

14. memorable

15. warmth

1. We don‟t know where to put the sofa. 2. The rules didn‟t specify who to speak in case of an emergency. 3. Mai wondered how to ride the scooter. 4. Let us decide when to start the project. 5. Could you tell me where to find a good hotel?

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

6. We must find out what to do next.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

II.

1. C

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. D

7. A good dictionary tells you how to pronounce the words.

6. A

7. C

8. D

9. C

10. B

8. We are not sure who to meet at the entrance.

III.

1. dangerous

2. production

3. industrial/ medical

9. I can‟t remember when to turn off the oven.

4. technological

5. ability

6. development

10. Do you know what to look for?

7. safety/ risky

8. scientist/ researcher/ scientific

9. admirer IV.

1. are 6. by

V. VI.

2. for 7. number

10. conservationist

C. READING

3. consideration 4. to/with 5. first

8. developed

9. gets

10. programme

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. A

5. B

6. C

7. D

8. D

9. A

10. D

1. sold

2. smaller

3. many

4. which 5. where

6. what

7. make

8. much

9. ago

II. III.

1. around

2. seems

3. see

5. light

6. between

7. becomes

4. earth 8. month

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. D

10. B

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. B

5. C

1. cheerful

2. restless

3. forgetful

4. thoughtless 5. useless

6. careless

7. colourful

8. joyful

9. fearless

10. which D. WRITING I. II.

10. friendless

1. Mr. Smith asked where I was going on my vacation that year. 2. She asked if the mechanics had finished repairing his car. 3. She asked why David had been looking so miserable lately. 4. I asked my friend if anyone had been hurt in the car accident the previous month.

181

182

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

ANSWER KEYS

5. She asked me how old I was then.

12. Mr Brown asked me if I had to go then.

6. She asked her if she had been to town that day

13. Tom asked if I was going to visit my aunt the next day.

7. John asked Mary how long it took her to get to London.

14. The teacher asked his students to listen to him and not to make any noise.

8. The policeman asked the little girl what her name was.

15. Mary told Helen she was tired of eating fish.

9. Mr. Green asked his secretary who she had talked to a few minutes before.

16. Peter told the sun always rises/rose in the east.

10. Paul asked Mary if she could swim.

17. Sammy told Jean that he didn‟t steal/hadn‟t stolen her coat the day before.

11. He asked where he could find her in that town.

18. Miss Lan asked us to do our homework every day.

12. She asked her son if he knew which the cup was he had used.

19. Billy asked his teacher if they would read the story.

13. Helen asked Jack what he had said.

20. Vicky said she didn‟t know where Alice was.

14. She asked him why he hadn‟t got up early this morning.

21. Mary asked me if I could tell her why I was so sad.

15. He asked if it would rain that night.

22. Jane asked her friend to find out when he last wrote to her.

16. Dr. Nelson said that every weekend, the astronauts could have private videoconferences with their families on the Earth. 17. Nick asked his teacher if/ whether the astronauts had ever forgotten anything from the Earth. 18. The teacher told Nick that the astronauts on the ISS used a 3-D printer on board to print certain objects.

23. She urged her daughter to decide what she wanted to do. V.

1. A

2. D

3. C

4. D

5. B

VI.

1. C

2. D

3. C

4. A

5. B

VII.

1. will have discovered

19. Nga asked Dr. Nelson where we/ they could look for life. 20. The teacher said that Ganymede, the largest moon of Jupiter, had a large salt water ocean.

II. III. IV.

6. B

3. will have travelled

4. will have improved

5. will have developed

6. are

7. will come

8. have wondered

9. will be taking

10. will have learned VIII.

1. Aliens may have a hard container for the brain. 2. They may have two eyes, a nose and a mouth like us. 3. Their eyes might be bug-like, and the nose might not be in the middle of the face.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

2. will be looking for

1. B

2. B

3. B

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. B

8. A

9. C

10. B

11. A

12. C

13. A

14. D

15. A

16. C

17. A

18. B

19. A

20. D

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. D

6. A

7. C

8. B

9. C

10. D

1. in

2. there

3. trip

4. practical

5. valuable

6. moving

7. its

8. expect

9. Such

10. who

1. He said to her she was his friend.

4. Besides teeth, aliens might have other systems of eating. 5. They may have two arms, but the arms may have suckers to pick up small objects. 6. Their hand might have only three or four fingers. 7. The number of joints might be greater, and the direction of bending might be different.

FINAL TERM TEST A. PHONETICS

2. Johnny said to his mother he didn‟t know how to do that exercise.

1. melancholy 2. gregarious 3. carpentry

4. sanctuary

5. vehicle

3. My brother advised me not to come back before one o‟clock.

II.

1. C

4. A

5. D

2. D

3. B

4. Mrs Brown told her daughter to cook it in butter. 5. The pupils asked their teacher to give them better marks.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

6. My friend asked me if I was going to leave the day after.

1. B

2. D

3. C

4. A

5. A

7. My mother asked me if I had done my homework.

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. B

10. B

8. I asked Bill what time he had gone to bed the night before.

11. A

12. C

13. D

14. C

15. A

9. Paul said that he had to go home then.

16. D

17. B

18. C

19. C

20. B

10. The policeman said that there was an accident. 11. The children said that they were waiting for the school bus. 183

II.

1. C [because]

2. D [were]

4. C [them]

5. A [suggests that]

3. B [enough water]

184

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 – Có ñáp án

III.

IV.

1. is sleeping

2. sets

3. goes

4. does not rain

5. are having

6. drinks

7. returns

8. is writing

9. is coming

10. moves

11. smells

12. taught

13. fell / got

14. was sitting

15. was

16. took

17. haven‟t spoken

18. have tries/ haven‟t succeeded

19. have not seen

20. has done

21. had started

22. will be

23. had already begun

24. will you

25. will be

26. am having

27. were singing / came

28. were.... doing

29. did spend

30. was speaking

1. breathless

2. uncontrollably

3. waterless

4. weightless

5. terrorist

6. appropriately

7. invisible

8. communicative

Unit 1: LEISURE ACTIVITIES ................................................................. 5 Unit 2: LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE ................................................. 16 Unit 3: PEOPLES OF VIETNAM........................................................... 28 Unit 4: OUR CUSTOMS AND TRADITIONS...................................... 40 Unit 5: FESTIVALS IN VIETNAM ....................................................... 52

C. READING I.

1. A

II.

1. C

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. D

6. A

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. B

2. B

3. D

4. C

5. B

D. WRITING I.

CONTENT

Unit 6: FOLK TALES ............................................................................. 64

MIDDLE TERM TEST ........................................................................... 76

1. Tom asked Linda to photocopy that report for him. 2. She told her friend not to wait for her. 3. My daughter enjoys listening to my story before going to bed. 4. Jessica used to be my classmate. 5. The teacher said (that) I/we should study harder this/that semester.

II.

1. play  playing

2. Was  Did

3. do  doing

4. went  go

5. weren‟t  didn‟t

6. have  had

7. broke  break

8. go  went

9. am  was

10. turn  turned III.

1. The subway to Times Square leaves after each 40 minutes. 2. Light pollution can cause headaches. 3. The mudslide buried five trucks and a warehouse this early morning. 4. The leakage of nuclear power plant has caused radioactive pollution.

Unit 7: POPULATION ............................................................................ 83 Unit 8: ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES ....................................... 95 Unit 9: NATURAL DISASTERS ......................................................... 104 Unit 10: COMMUNICATION .............................................................. 117 Unit 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY .......................................... 127 Unit 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS................................................. 139

5. The victims of tsunami are being provided first aid by the rescue team.

FINAL TERM TEST ............................................................................ 151 ANSWER KEYS...................................................................................... 157

185

186

BÙI VĂN VINH (Chủ biên) DƯƠNG THỊ HỒNG ĐIỆP

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN (Theo chương trình Tiếng Anh mới nhất của Bộ giáo dục và Đào tạo)

NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

LỜI NÓI ĐẦU

Unit LOCAL ENVIRONMENT 1 PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

Sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 9dựa vào phương pháp dạy ngôn ngữ giao tiếp (Communicative Language Teaching Method), sách tập trung vào việc phát triển

1. COMPLEX SENTENCES (CÂU PHỨC)

các kỹ năng ngôn ngữ cho học sinh Trung học cơ sở thông qua các dạng bài bổ ích,

Câu phức là câu có một mệnh đề chính hay còn gọi là mệnh đề độc lập và một hay nhiều mệnh đề phụ. Hai mệnh đề thường nối với nhau bởi dấu phẩy hoặc các liên từ.

trong đó tập trung vào luyện ngữ âm, từ vựng, kỹ năng đọc hiểu, viết và sử dụng ngôn ngữ tổng hợp thông qua các bài kiểm tra (Tests), giúp cho người học có khả năng tổng hợp kiến thức hiệu quả nhất. Mỗi bài học trong cuốn sách Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 9được biên soạn theo chủ

điểm quen thuộc với học sinh Trung học cơ sở. Mỗi đơn vị bài học được chia thành 3 mục lớn như sau: PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW PART 2: PRATICE A. PHONETICS B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR C. READING

a. Dependent clauses of purpose(Mệnh đề phụ chỉ mục đích) - So that/ in order that (để mà): là mệnh đề phụ được dùng để chỉ mục đích của hành động ở mệnh đề chính. Ex: Some people eat in order that they may live. She learnt hard so that she might get the scholarship. b. Dependent clauses of reason(Mệnh đề phụ chỉ lý do) - because, since (do, vì, bởi vì): là mệnh đề phụ được dùng để chỉ lý do của hành động ở mệnh đề chính. Ex: The flight to London was cancelled because the weather was bad. She didn’t go to school since she got ill. c. Dependent clauses of time(Mệnh đề phụ chỉ thời gian) - when; while; after; before; as soon as; ....: là các từ bắt đầu đứng trước mệnh đề phụ chỉ thời gian. Ex: Lets go for a pizza after we go to the natural history museum. It’ll be wonderful when scientists have found a cure for cancer. The villagers have to dry the buffalo skin under the sun before they make the drumheads. d. Dependent clauses of contrast(Mệnh đề phụ chỉ sự tương phản)

D. WRITING PART 3: TEST YOURSELF SáchBài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 9được biên soạn dựa trên thực tiễn của việc dạy và

- Though/ although/ even though (dù, mặc dù, cho dù): là các từ bắt đầu đứng trước các mệnh đề phụ chỉ sự tương phản của hai hành động trong cùng một câu. Ex: Although I learnt hard, I didn’t get high grades. They would like to go out, though it is raining

học tiếng Anh. Đây là nguồn tài liệu tham khảo bổ ích cho giáo viên và học sinh và rất thiết thực trong giao lưu quốc tế nhằm nâng cao khả năng sử dụng ngôn ngữ tiếng Anh trong thời kỳ hội nhập. Tác giả mong nhận được những ý kiến đóng góp của các nhà giáo, đồng nghiệp, phụ huynh học sinh và độc giả quan tâm để cuốn sách ngày một hoàn thiện hơn. PART 2: PRACTICE 4

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

II. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.

I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part.

1. In 1990, due to the change of the economic situation, Dong Ho paintings were difficult to sell quit their job. and many

1. A. endangered

B. generation

C. accept

D. memorable

2. A. traditional

B. authority

C. handicraft

D. grandparent

3. A. environment

B. repeat

C. embroider

D. transfer

4. A. pottery

B. opinion

C. communicate

D. behavior

5. A. handicraft

B. publish

C. remind

D. historical

A. craftsmen

A. so that

B. attraction

C. bamboo

D. technique D. remind

2. A. transfer

B. publish

C. accept

3. A. handicraft

B. cultural

C. museum

D. sculpture

4. A. opinion

B. embroider

C. department

D. drumhead

5. A. workshop

B. authenticity

C. grandparent

D. village

C. craftsmanship

B. in order to

D. craft unions

A. hadn’t

C. despite

D. because

B. should have

C. needn’t have

D. mustn’t

A. after

B. as soon as

C. when

D. until

5. Since changing the way of production, many craftsmen have voluntarily joined together to for . A. cooperatives

B. cooperative

C. cooperates

D. cooperation me a favour.

6. I don’t like to ask people for help but I wonder if you could A. make

I. Give the correct form of the words in capital. in the

1. Children have to have moral lessons at school to avoid behavior of future. (MORALITY) in

work.

B. do

C. find

D. pick they can meet

7. Nowadays, Tan Chau artisans can produce silk of multiple colours customers’ demands. A. but

B. in order

C. so

D. so that

3. In our country, men and women are equal. No one supports sexual (EQUALITY)

8. Situated on the bank of the Duong river, the village was famous for the making Dong Ho paintings.

4. Every young man undergoing military training is bound to experience (COMFORT)

9. There was no

6. He is a notorious

A. manufacture A. value

but to his own mistakes. (FORTUNE)

5. Tom’s failure was due not to

9. The 10.

who robbed a bank yesterday. (CRIME)

A. Even

holiday. (PLEASE)

of the new guest caused trouble to me. (ARRIVE)

C. point

B. Although

. (FAITH)

12. This cloth A. feels

13. “This is not a good essay,” said the lecture. “I find your arguments (CONVINCE)

”.

13. It was only same school. A. until

experience. for

D. production D. profit

C. However

D. But

is done with a simple hammer and chisel. B. sculptor

C. sculpture pieces .

15. In winter it is important for farmers to provide food and animals. (WARM)

B. worth

A. sculptured feature

12. I didn’t know who it was- with a mask on, she was completely (RECOGNIZE)

14. Traveling in an aeroplane for the first time was a (MEMORY)

C. craft

in continuing for him the race was over.

11. Vietnamese traditional

to the school is by examination only. (ADMIT)

11. He wanted a divorce because his wife had been

B. activity

10. a large number of the country’s crafts villages are suffering from a shortage of human resources and difficulties in building brand recognition, many international organizations have had projects to help them.

7. It is forbidden to hunt for that kind of bird. It has been listed as one of the species. (DANGER) 8. The weather was terrible, so we had a very

can

4. Weaving mats in Dinh Yen, Dong Thap used to be sold in the “ghost” markets set up at night and operate up to early morning the government built a new market five years ago.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

2. If you don’t go to work regularly, you will be punished for (REGULARITY)

they

rushed to the airport as the plane was delayed by several

3. It turned out that we hours.

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. surface

B. crafts

2. The Van Phuc silk producers have expended their silk garment goods satisfy the varied demand for their silk.

D. sculpture very thin. B. touches

C. holds

D. handles

he told me his surname that I realized that we had been to the B. when

C. since

D. then

14. a majority of Vietnamese small and medium enterprises do not have in-house designers or specialized design staff, they have to hire freelance designers. their

A. While

B. Since

C. Due to

D. Despite the fact

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

15. Now, at the age of over 80, the artisan is leaving the craft to his descendants with the desire this ancient craft. to

2. Phong burnt his hand

A. change

B. consider

C. preserve

D. reserve it supports the life of many

16. For that artisans, making the paintings is a career generations of the family. A. because of

B. although

C. so that

17. The four-ton statue of hero Tran Vu, A. to cast

B. to be vast

18. Her business must be going rather well, by A. deducing

B. deciding

D. because D. casting the car she drives.

C. inferring

D. judging

A. pointless

B. worthless B. confide

C. trust

she’s not late for her work.

4. Mr. Harrison seems to have a lot of money

he lives in a luxurious house.

I was waiting for the bus, I saw some foreign tourists. they played very well.

6. They didn’t win the game 7. The children are very excited weekend.

they’re going to visit a craft village this

8. We will tell Alice about the trip

we meet her.

it rained a lot, they enjoyed their holiday. I can see better.

10. I bought a new pair of glasses

D. hopeless

his father that he was telling the truth.

20. He couldn’t A. admit

C. meaningless

he was cooking dinner.

3. Laura always gets up early every morning

19. I’m afraid this vase is anything but antique - In fact, it’s

I go out tonight, I will have to finish this essay.

in 1667, still stands in Quan Thanh Temple. C. cast

V. Read and choose the best word for each sentence. D. convince

III. Find a word or a phrase that means. 1. think of (an idea, a plan, etc.)

Christianity

mainland

Ocean

searching

earn

mixed

pineapples

serious

explorer

necklace

races

traditions

1. Out in the Pacific , 3700 kilometers from Los Angeles, are the islands of Hawaii, the 50th state of the United States.

_____________________________________________________________________ 2. connect by phone

, visited Hawaii.

2. In 1778, Captain James Cook, the great English

_____________________________________________________________________

3. Captain Cook put Hawaii on his maps of the Pacific. Ships began stopping there for supplies.

3. people who do skilled work, making things with their hands _____________________________________________________________________

for

whales

4. In 1820, a small group of people from the eastern United States came to teach the Hawaiian . people about

4. an interesting or enjoyable place to go or thing to do _____________________________________________________________________

5. These people started farms in Hawaii to grow sugarcane and, later,

5. a particular place

6. People from the various groups have married each other, so today the groups are partly .

_____________________________________________________________________ 6. make someone remember or think about something

made from beautiful fresh flowers. Hawaiian people give

7. A lei is a long these to visitors.

_____________________________________________________________________ 7. walk around a place to see what is there

8. Hawaiians

_____________________________________________________________________

most of their money from tourists. , and traditions live

9. Sometimes when people from different countries, together, there are problems.

8. a thing which is skillfully made with your hands

10. Hawaii has many few problems. In general, the people of Hawaii have learned to live together on those beautiful islands in peace.

_____________________________________________________________________ 9. start something (a business, an organization, etc.) _____________________________________________________________________

VI. Complete each of the following sentences using the correct form of a phrasal verb from the box.

10. take control of something (a business, an organization, etc.) _____________________________________________________________________

IV. Complete the sentences with suitable subordinators from the box. because

before

although

as soon as

so that

live on

look through

pass down

set off

turn down

close down

come back

deal with

get up

keep up with

1. They offered her a trip to Europe but she it 2. He has

while

3. Phong walks too fast and it’s really hard to 7

the report and found nothing interesting. him. 8

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

4. These traditional stories have been generations.

from parents to children over many at 7 o’clock every day of the week.

5. My sister is an early bird. She

for Tay Ho village at 9 o’clock and arrive at 10 o’clock.

6. We’ll 7. When I was a student, I

small allowances from my parents. the preservation of traditional craft villages.

8. The government must now

a lot of branches in villages over the last few years.

9. The banks have

clothes, bags, pillowcases, to paintings and decorations, which are (10) countries.

1. A. number

B. exist

C. embroidery

D. population

2. A. for

B. border

C. region

D. place

3. A. includes

B. insists

C. quality

D. consists

4. A. around

B. over

C. on

D. since

5. A. costumes

B. tell

C. name

D. separate

6. A. good

B. as

C. better

D. well

7. A. another

B. others

C. return

D. anothers

C. READING

8. A. across

B. hill

C. village

D. downtown

I. Read the passage and fill in each blank with the correct form of the verbs from the box.

9. A. quarter

B. effort

C. order

D. notice

10. A. wonder

B. cause

C. true

D. exported

Viet Nam for another holiday.

10. Many foreign tourists decided to

brought

however

shaping

materials

works

imported

blow

performing

fear

representing

many

D. WRITING

Metal, Wood, Water, Marble Mountains is a group of five smaller mountains (1) Fire and Earth. It is also a travel itinerary linking Da Nang City to the ancient town of Hoi An and Hue City. As the name suggests the Marble Mountains used to be a place providing input (2) for craftsmen in the village, but the local government banned marble exploitation that the five mountains could disappear. (3) Most of the marble for the village now comes from northern provinces such as Ninh Binh, Thanh Hoa and Thai Nguyen. As a further step to diversify products, the marble fine arts village marble from Pakistan. has (4) marble craftsmanship to the region came As far as I know, the man who (5) from Thanh Hoa, and most craftsmen in the village had handed down the craft from generation to generation. There are some 3,000 handicraft workers in Non Nuoc village. (6) , there souls into marble sculptures after are only 70 skillful craftsmen who can (7) the Products. other workers have finished (8) In the shops along the highway, you can see different marble products in all shapes and sizes, to religious sculptures. And of course you will have from contemporary (9) their art and turning soulless marble into a chance to see craftsmen (10) sophisticated sculpture products.

I. Rewrite each sentence so that it contains the word or words in capitals, and so that the meaning stays the same. 1. Everyone thought the book was written by the princess herself.

HAVE

________________________________________________________________________ 2. I can’t lift this table on my own.

UNLESS

________________________________________________________________________ 3. I won’t stay in this job, not even for double the salary.

________________________________________________________________________ 4. The coins are believed to have been buried for safe keeping.

________________________________________________________________________ 5. If you insist on eating so fast, of course you get in indigestion.

WILL

________________________________________________________________________ 6. It’s pity! You aren’t going to Ann’s party.

WISH

________________________________________________________________________ 7. Someone punches Sam in the face at a football match.

GOT

________________________________________________________________________ II. Read the following and choose the best answer. There are many (1) widely known (2)

8. If you found the missing money, what would you do?

villages in Viet Nam, but Quat Dong village in Ha Noi is its products of high (3) .

the 17th century. In the past, Embroidery has been developing around here (4) for the local skilled artisans were chosen to make sophisticated embroidered (5) Vietnamese King, Queen and other Royal family members. The first man who taught the local people how to embroider was Dr. Le Cong Hanh, who lived during the Le dynasty. He learned how to embroider while on a trip to China (6) an envoy, and taught the . Although these skills eventually spread (8) villagers of Quat Dong upon his (7) the country, the Quat Dong’s artisans’ creations are still the most appreciated. In (9) to create beautiful embroideries, an artisan must be patient, careful and have an eye for design, along with clever hands. Nowadays, Quat Dong products may range from 9

WERE

________________________________________________________________________ 9. They suspended Jackson for the next two matches.

BANNED

________________________________________________________________________ 10. Please come this way, and you’ll see if Mr. Francis is in.

WILL

________________________________________________________________________ II. By using the words in brackets, join each of the following sentences into logical ones. You may need to change some of the words. 1. A student has studied English for a few years. He may have a vocabulary of thousands of words. (who) 10

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

________________________________________________________________________

3. A. communicate

B. generation

C. historical

D. environment

________________________________________________________________________

4. A. handicraft

B. department

C. embroider

D. opinion

5. A. transfer

B. accept

C. publish

D. remind

6. A. department

B. historical

C. technique

D. pottery

________________________________________________________________________

7. A. prosperity

B. experience

C. complicated

D. cooperate

________________________________________________________________________

8. A. balloon

B. craftsmen

C. markets

D. local

9. A. sculpture

B. temperate

C. repeat

D. culture

10. A. embroidery

B. lantern

C. formation

D. behavior

2. Between formal and colloquial English there is unmarked English. It is neither so literary and serious as formal English, nor so casual and free as colloquial English. (which)

3. He bought a jeep. His friend advised him against it. (although) ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ 4. Good writing requires general and abstract words as well as specific and concrete ones. It is the latter that make writing vivid, real and clear. (though) ________________________________________________________________________

II. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. Every house in the street has been demolished. A. exploded

________________________________________________________________________

B. turn up

C.removed

5. It was raining hard. They could not work in the fields. (so ... that) ________________________________________________________________________

A. close down

________________________________________________________________________

B. shut

C.close

________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________

A. purchases

B. material

________________________________________________________________________ 8. He chose to study computer science. Computer science has good employment prospects.(because of) ________________________________________________________________________

C.objects

5. She

B. find out about

________________________________________________________________________

A. accused

B. blamed

6. Making rice paper poverty and become well-off. A applies for A. valuable

________________________________________________________________________ 10. He is not coming. The meeting will be put off till next week. (in the event of)

C.caused

B. creates

________________________________________________________________________

B. invaluable

B. physical attraction

A. express

B. because

A. reformed

2. A. business

B. chocolate

C. grandparent

D. experience

the fact that he had not worked C. in spite of C. demonstrate

D. explain

the building in the old section of the city.

B. adjusted

C. restored

D. modified

from generation to generation.

A. been passed down

B. been passed by

C. passed down

D. passed

13. In order to buy his house, he had to obtain a large 11

D. although

to you the craft of creating prints in an old-age style.

B. provide

12. The traditional craft has D. famous

D. priceless

in Viet Nam. D. tourist attraction

11. The government has recently

C. workshop

C.worthless

C. tourism attractions

A. on account of

I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

D. gets .

A. tour attractiveness

10. The artisan is delighted to

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

D. claimed

C.keeps

9. He got an excellent grade in his examination particularly hard.

________________________________________________________________________

D. find about

jobs and income for many locals, help many families out of

8. Craft village are becoming popular

________________________________________________________________________

B. village

C. find

her husband’s job for his ill health.

7. This ring is only made of plastic so it’s quite

9. Mary walked very slowly. She did not catch the train. (if)

D.expenditures

the domestic and international markets so that they needn’t 4. Craftsmen have to depend on the middlemen for their sales. A. find out

7. The results of the experiment were successful. The school refused to give any help. (although)

D. close in

, intending to pay for it on my way out.

3. I put the scarf with my mother’s

6. The politician is concerned with successful elections. The statesman is interested in the future of his people. (whereas)

1. A. bamboo

D. turn down

2. In 1990, due to the change of the economic situation, many Dong Ho cooperatives had to .

from his bank. 12

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. loan

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

B. finance

C. capital

D. debt

14. The bronze casting craft in Viet Nam dated back from the age of King An Duong Vuong ancient bronze arrowheads were made. A. so

B. when

C. because

D. although

15. In the past, local were chosen to make sophisticated embroidered costumes for the Vietnamese King, Queen and other Royal family members. A. skillful artists

B. skilled artisans

C. skill workers

D. skillfully works

of going abroad this year. (EXPECT)

2. Almost everybody is interested in

. (SWIM) . (WRITE)

3. Don’t make mistakes in your next 4. Water in an

liquid. (ODOUR)

5. The banks in this city are very efficient and give a speedy

8. There has been a

child. (TROUBLE) improvement in her writing. (NOTICE)

9. The price of the house includes many existing 10. It was

and fittings. (FIX)

of me to mislead you like that. (FORGIVE)

11. They were arguing with each other. They had a strong

tool

down

rely

home

because

which

being

Bau Truc pottery village of Cham village ethnic minority is one of the oldest pottery villages in Southeast Asia. It’s located about 10 km in the South of PhanRang town. The small village is (1) to more than 400 families, of (2) 85% are in the traditional from Po Klong Chan, one of pottery business. The style is said to be handed (3) their ancestors from the immemorial time.

The clay is taken is taken from the banks of the Quao River and is flexible, durable when (8) fired. The skills needed to mix sand with the clay are also various. The amount of sand mixed with the plastic material is dependent on what the pottery used for and the sizes. For these seasons, Bau Truc pottery is quite different from pottery elsewhere. For example, water jars made in Bau truc pottery are always favoured by people in dry and sunny areas (9) the temperature of the water in the jars is always one centigrade cooler than (10) outside.

.(SERVE)

to what she is told. (ATTENTION)

6. She always listens 7. In his family, he is a

that

shape

People in Bau Truc use their skillful hands, bamboo-made circles and shells to create that while the Kinh people have switched to using priceless works. It is (4) wheel as an indispensable (5) , their Cham counterparts, on the contrary, still (6) on talent hands and simpletools. To create a pottery product, a Cham craftsman only needs an anvil, not apotter’s wheel, and other simple equipment and moulds and then uses pieces of clay into the works he wants. hands to (7)

III. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. I have little

surprising

. (AGREEMENT)

12. No one knew what had happened to the film star. Her sudden mystery. (APPEAR)

remains

13. We had not been properly informed. What we have is some (INFORMATION) 14. Was the decision of the judge fair? If not, it was an obvious

. (JUSTICE)

15. I don’t want to bother you by causing you any unnecessary (CONVENIENCE)

IV. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. 1. Where did you find out about Disneyland Resort?

(get)

=> Where _______________________________________________________________? 2. When did you get up this morning?

(out of)

In the Mekong Delta, Long Dinh village of Tien Giang province is famous for its traditional craft of weaving flowered mats. The mat’s high quality makes them popular domestically, and they are also exported to markets worldwide including Korea, Japan and America. In spite of its well-established reputation for this traditional craft, mat weaving only started here some 50 years ago. It was first introduced by immigrants from Kim Son, a famous mat weaving village in the northern province of Ninh Binh. However, the technique of weaving sedge mats in Long Dinh, as compared with other places in the South, is somewhat different. Long Dinh branded mats are thicker and have more attractive colours and patterns. Weaving sedge mats is similar to growing rice. Long Dinh mat production mainly occurs during the dry season, from January to April. Weavers have to work their hardest in May and June, otherwise, when the rainy season starts in July, they will have to put off finishing their products till the next dry season. No matter how much work it requires, Long Dinh mat producers stick with this occupation, as it brings a higher income than growing rice. This trade provides employment for thousands of local labourers. At present, nearly 1,000 households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats. To better meet market demands, Long Dinh mat weavers have created more products in addition to the traditional sedge mats.Particularly, they are producing a new type of mat made from the dried stalks of water hyacinth, a common material in the Mekong Delta.

=> When _______________________________________________________________? 3. I’ll look through this leaflet to see what activities are organised at this attraction.(read) => I’ll _________________________________________________________________. 4. They’re going to bring out a guidebook to different beauty spots in Viet Nam. (publish) => They’re ______________________________________________________________? 5. I’m looking forward to the weekend.

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Thanks to the planning and further investment, the mat weaving occupationhas indeed brought in more income for local residents. Their living standards have improved considerably, resulting in better conditions for the whole village.

(thinking)

=> I’m _________________________________________________________________.

1. In order to meet market demands, artisans in Long Dinh

A. try to produce various types of products

V. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the given words in the box. 13

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

B. stop producing the traditional sedge mats

Unit CITY LIFE 2

C. produce new Products from rare material D. for thousands of local labourers 2. We can infer from the sentence “Weaving sedge mats is similar to growing rice” that . A. both bring similar income

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

B. both occur at the same time C. both depend on weather conditions

1. SO SÁNH BẰNG

D. both occur on the same land 3. Despite difficulties, people in Long Dinh try to follow the craft because

Form 1:

Ex: He is as tall as his father.

A. they can make the techniques of weaving different

S + be/ V + as + adj/ adv + as + noun/ pronoun

B. they can earn more money than growing rice C. they can have jobs in the rainy months

Form 2:

D. they can go to Korea, Japan and America 4. We can infer from the passage that

Ex: My house is the same height as his.

S + V + the same + noun + as + noun/ pronoun

A. the craft contributes much to the village economy B. most of the households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats

Form 3: (giống về vẻ bề ngoài)

C. the new technique makes labourers work in the dry season

S1 + be + like + S2

D. Long Dinh mat production is only well-known in foreign markets 5. All of the following are true about the craft in Long Dinh EXCEPT that

= S1 and S2 + be + alike

A. the techniques are a little bit different from those in other regions

Ex: Her house is like your house.

B. the mats have more attractive colours and designs

= Her house and your house are alike.

C. it has the origin from Kim Son, Ninh Binh

Form 4:

D. it has had the reputation for more than 50 years

S1 + be + similar to + S2 = S1 and S2 + be + similar Ex: Her house is similar to your house. = Her house and your house are similar. 2. SO SÁNH HƠN a. Short Adj/ Adv (tính từ/ trạng từ ngắn): là những từ có 1 âm tiết và những từcó 2 âm tiết kết thúc tận cùng là “y” => ngắn: early, healthy, happy, pretty, dry, ... Form: S + be/V + adj/ adv - er + than + O Ex: She is fatter than her mother. b. Long Adj/ Adv (tính từ/ trạng từ dài): là những từ có 2 âm tiết trở lên. Form: S + be/V + more + adj/ adv + than + O Ex: He is more generous than his brother. Note: Trước so sánh hơn có thể có “much”, “far”, “so”, “a little”, “a lot”, “a bit” 15

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Ex: That car is much more expensive than that motorbike.

1. A. education

B. facility

C. development

3. SO SÁNH NHẤT

2. A. metropolitan

B. organization

C. university

D. multicultural

a. Short Adj/ Adv:

3. A. fascinate

B. restaurant

C. expensive

D. difference

Form:

4. A. feature

B. ancient

C. drawback

D. conduct

5. A. fabulous

B. pagoda

C. determine

D. convenient

S + be/V + the adj/ adv - est + ........... Ex: Vinh is the tallest in our class.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

b. Long Adj/ Adv: là những từ có 2 âm tiết trở lên.

I. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.

Form:

1. Villagers are more kind, friendly and warm-hearted thancity A. dwellers

S + be/V + the most adj/ adv + ...........

Note:

A. urban area

Một số Adj, Adv so sánh bất quy tắc: Adj

So sánh hơn

So sánh nhất

good/well

better

best

bad

worse

worst

little

less

least

much / many

most

far (place + time)

further

furthest

far (place)

farther

farthest

late (time)

later

latest

near (place)

nearer

nearest

older/elder

B. foreigners

C. beginners

D. movers

of the suburbs in Ho Chi Minh City with many apartment 2. You can see the buildings, supermarkets, shopping centres, and schools.

Ex:Diep is the most attractive girl in their team.

old (people and things)

D. intelligence

B. convenience

C. urban sprawl

D. living condition

3. Dong Khoi Street is the main shopping street in the Minh City. A. mind

B.heart

C.head

4. It is considered that life in a city is wonderful and A. funny

B.boring

5. No city in America has DC. A. as much 6. My passport A. elapsed

C.enjoyable

A. connected

D. spot . D. helpful

monuments and museums into one area as Washington,

B. such many

C. as many

D. a few

last month, so I will have to get a new one. B. expired

C.ended

7. The department is also deeply

oldest/eldest

of downtown in Ho Chi

D. terminated

in various improvement schemes.

B. entailed

C. involved

D. implied of it at all.

8. His answer was so confused that I could hardly make any A. interpretation

PART 2: PRACTICE

B. meaning

C. intelligibility

9. The main attraction of the job was that it offered the

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

A. possibility

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. wipe

B. alive

C. micro

D. link

2. A. cleaner

B. threat

C. ahead

D. instead D. healthy

3. A. breathe

B. ethane

C. thank

4. A. choose

B. moon

C. food

D. look

5. A. burden

B. survive

C. curtain

D. furnish

6. A. camel

B.sandy

C. travel

D. stable

7. A. dune

B. hummock

C. scrublands

D. gun

8. A. basic

B. desert

C. president

D. season

9. A. separate

B. network

C. dessert

D. crest

10. A. stretches

B. slopes

C. ranges

D. faces

B. proposal

10. I wish you’d tell me what I A. shall

C. opportunity

A. supposing A. friendship 13. He earns his living by A. reviving 14. Hotel rooms must be A. vacated

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 17

to do the research. D. prospect

do in this difficult situation.

B.would

C.should

11. A competitor may submit any number of entries a packet top. B. notwithstanding

12. They always kept on good

D. sense

C. assuredly

D. ought , each one is accompanied by D. provided

with their next-door neighbours for the children’s sake.

B. relations

C. will

D. terms

old paintings. B. restoring

C. reforming

D. replenishing

by noon, but luggage may be left with the porter. B. evacuated

C. abandoned

D. left

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

15. The majority of nurses are women, but in the higher ranks of the medical profession women . are in a

1. Miss Diep didn’t know the correct spelling so she had to dictionary.

2. She’s New York.

II. Complete each of the following sentences with comparatives or superlatives. Add “the” where necessary.

3. Can you book, please?

your name, telephone number and email address

1. This is (good)

4. My hotel was amazing and it

A. rarity

B. minority

C. scarcity

D. minimum

food I’ve ever eaten in this country. than the previous one.

5. Mark was born in the East End, but he

3. The building looks much (nice)

in green than the previous white.

6. The guide

5. Nam’s house is (far) 7. I think this is (noisy)

than living in the country.

part of the city.

8. This place was (dangerous)

most of my friends.

9. We are all

seeing our grandparents again.

10. Miss Hang

the Music

and went to bed because it was quite late.

than we thought.

9. Could you show me the way to (near)

C. READING

bus stop?

10. The trip to Nha Trang City was (interesting)

I. Read the text, and fill in the blanks with the suitable words.

for us.

III. Give the correct form of the word in capital. the Old Quarter, become a perfect city for walking with handicraft ESPECIAL

1. Ha Noi, shops, street food, etc.

in the West End. the historic parts of the city. his invitation to the party.

8. Vinh is very friendly. He

from the city centre than my house.

6. In my opinion, living in the city is (hard)

in the

all my expectations.

7. He doesn’t know why she

road in the region.

the

and has made up her mind; she’s going to take the job in

2. Peter’s new haircut is (trendy) 4. I had to drive my car along (narrow)

and

can

busier

located

However

described

Therefore

According

makes

ports of Southeast Asia, which were used 6. Hoi An used to be one of the by the Japanese, Portuguese, Dutch, French and Chinese merchants. BUSY

as a large and a highly populated area. (2) , city life is City is often (1) to World Health living in a large populated, technologically advanced area. (3) Organization, 54% of the world’s population lived in urban areas by 2014. A city is technologically (4) advanced and complex than the countryside. Therefore, there are our lives easy in a City. many advantages in living in a city. Technology (5) Cities have many facilities like high-quality hospitals, educational institutes, banks, shops (6) other business institutes. This makes our life easy as we (7) access the facilities provided by these institutes and organizations without delay. Moreover, many employment opportunities are available in the City as many major business institutes, factories here. City life also gives us access to developed infrastructure facilities, are (8) like water, electricity, telecommunication and transportation facilities.

coastal city in Central Viet Nam, is generally recognized as 7. Nha Trang, a Viet Nam’s main beach destination. DELIGHT

(9) , we can also notice a difference in the behavior of the people living in the , ambitious and distant compared to the village folk. city. City dwellers tend to be (10)

8. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is a metropolis which is still young but very . DYNAMIST

II. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, Cor D for each question.

2. Ha Long Bay, which means descending dragon, is the with 1,6000 limestone islands. NATURE

heritage of the world

rice terraces in the endless valley.

3. Below Sa Pa are

PICTURE

in Da Nang is the Museum of Cham 4. Besides the beach, the main Sculpture with the world’s largest collection of Cham artefacts. ATTRACT 5. Hue becomes one of the most the number of three million tourists a year.

destinations for travelers to Viet Nam with POPULARITY

9. The Mekong Delta is well-known for its busy waterways with many rivers, canals and through the region. FLOW streams 10. Phu Quoc Island is the relaxing. IDEA

place for riding, snorkeling, scuba diving, and

IV. Complete each of the following sentences using the correct form of a phrasal verb from the box. showed round

put down

grew up

turned down

look up

look forward to lived up to

turned off

thought over

of about 2.6 million people, Vancouver is the largest City in With a (1) Western Canada. Vancouver is in the Southwest of Canada, and it is only a few hours of driving away from the American (2) . so many things. It is a huge, modern City. Vancouver is popular because it (3) On the other hand, it is also one of North America’s most beautiful areas. The natural beauty (4) Vancouver is famous all around the world. Vancouver is right next to the Rocky Mountains, so it is a wonderful place for skiing and a snowboarding. Those aren’t the only winter sports you can do there. If you can (5) winter sport, then you probably do that sport in Vancouver. After all, the 2010 Winter Olympics

get on with 19

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

were there. Vancouver is also great for hiking, jogging, and skateboarding. It even has beaches. in the world, but they arc clean and pretty. The beaches aren’t the (6)

D. WRITING

place that you have to visit in Vancouver is Stanley Park. This is a public park (7) . However,the park is completely surrounded by the that is a stone’s throw from (8) Pacific Ocean. The nature in Stanley Park is beautiful. It is close to downtown, but it feels like it is 100 kilometres away. The park also has playgrounds, gardens, beaches, tennis courts, and even an (9) .

1. The enormous 28-metre figure of Jesus gazing across/ East Sea with outstretched arms be located at the Southern end/ Small Mountain.

Vancouver is something for everybody. It is no (10) the world’s best cities.

that people think it is one of

1. A. number

B. exist

C. control

D. population

2. A. area

B. border

C. region

D. place

3. A. includes

B. insists

C. combines

D. consists

4. A. around

B. over

C. on

D. upon

5. A. repeat

B. tell

C. name

D. separate

6. A. good

B. best

C. better

D. well

7. A. Another

B. Others

C. Other

D. Anothers

8. A. mountain

B. hill

C. village

D. downtown

9. A. quarter

B. effort

C. aquarium

D. notice

10. A. wonder

B. cause

C. true

D. fact

2. Built in 1971, this giant Jesus/ rest/ on a 10 metre-high platform. 3. The interior/ the statue/ is hollow/ contains a spiral staircase/129 steps, ascending/ from the foot/ of the statue/ to its neck. 4. The two shoulders of the figure/be balconies, each able/ accommodate/ up to six people, which offer/ a splendid view/ the Surrounding landscape. 5. This is/ largest sculpture/ Southern Viet Nam. Recent construction a pathway/ have made the 30-minute hike up the mountain/ more pleasant/ the panoramic view along the way/ be magnificent. ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

III. Read the following passage and write T (True) or F (False) for each statement. London is the biggest city in Britain. More than 7 million people live and work there. It is one of the most important cities in the world. It is a centre for business and for tourism. London consists of three parts: The City of London, the East End and the West End. In the City of London there are many banks, offices and Stocks Exchange. In the West End we can see many historical places, parks, shops and theatres. It is the world of rich people and money. The East End is the district where working people live and work. The Port of London is also there. You can have a very good time in this city. You can visit different cinemas, theatres and museums. The “Odeon” is one of the most famous cinemas of the country. The most famous museums are: The British Museum and the Tate Gallery. There are many shops in London. Oxford Street is London’s main shopping centre. People from all over the world buy clothes, shoes, toys and souvenirs there. The street is more than a mile long. The best known departments are Selfridges and John Lewis. The largest park in London is Hyde Park with its Speaker’s Comer. Sit on the green grass and try England’s favourite food – fish and chips. True (T)

I. Use the words and phrases to complete the passage.

False (F)

______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. insect

B. percent

C. wetland

D. extinct

2. A. agencies

B. medicine

C. species

D. circle

1. There are lots of theatres, parks and historical places in the City of London.

3. A. crisis

B. exist

C. primary

D. fertile

4. A. serious

B. thousand

C. found

D. around

2. The Port of London is in the East End of London.

5. A. chart

B. postcard

C. leopard

D. hardly

3. Working people live and work in the West End of London.

6. A. rival

B. title

C. silver

D. surprise

4. The “Odeon” is a famous museum in London.

7. A. golden

B. compete

C. host

D. propose

5. People go to Oxford Street to buy clothes and souvenirs.

8. A. clear

B. dear

C. wear

D. sear

6. People from all over the world don’t buy clothes, shoes, toys and souvenirs in London.

9. A. wrestling

B. level

C. medal

D. result

10. A. ranked

B. gained

C. prepared

D. proved

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. periodic

B. contagious

C. electric

2. A. environmental

B. conservatively

C. approximately

D. considerable

3. A. arrangement

B. tourism

C.opponent

D. contractual

4. A. respectable

B. affectionate

C. kindergarten

D. occasional

5. A. particular

B. environment

C. advertisement

D. circumstances

IV. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).

D. suspicious

III. Choose the correct answers A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Although he was under no of charge. A. urgency

, the shopkeeper replaced the defective battery free

B. guarantee

C.obligation

D. insistence

B. pull up

C.pull back

B.living

A. confers

B. entitles

C. grants

B. taken down

6. This book gives a brief in the mainhall.

B.reference B. flexible

8. I’m not serious investor, but I like to A. splash 9. In all A. odds

5. There isn’t much privacy in the village. D. credits

C. taken in

6. The writer wishes to live in a big city.

D. taken through

C.article

B.splatter

attitude to life. D. fluid

in the stock market. C.paddle

D.dabble

, there will never be a Third World War. B.probability

C.certainty

B.broken

ligament. D.sprained

B.aeronautical

C. astronomical

12. Archaeology is one of the most interesting scientific A. divisions

B. disciplines

C. matters

D. atmospherical . D. compartments

13. It is doubtful whether the momentum of the peace movement can be A. sustained

B.supplied

C.supported

B. perverse

C. insufficient

15. Charles Babbage’s difference engine widely regarded as the A. ancestor

B. precursor

C. antecedent

A. where the Queen lives

D. where the Romans landed

B. which is the biggest

E. where you can buy anything

C. which are much bigger

F. where you can see

nearly London has a population of about 7,000,000. It lies on the River Thames, (1) 2,000 years ago. From about 1800 until World War Two, London was the biggest city in the world, but now there are many cities (2) .

D. subverted

14. Conversations you strike up with travelling acquaintances usually tend to be A. imperative

VI. Read the passage and choose each phrase to fill in the blanks.

11. You have to be rich to send a child to a private school because the fees are A. astrological

ofhas its (8) buildings. For example in Any city you can (7) . In Ho Chi Minh City, it is a demand Singapore, it is Marina Bay - an icon for (9) something that everyone remembers and keeps them reminded of the city. to (10)

D.possibilities

C.slipped

V. Fill in the bank with a suitable word. into the world while People in Ho Chi Minh City are determined to (1) maintaining the Vietnamese identity. Therefore, they have decided to use the image of the lotus flower, to be the (3) bud, considered by many as Vietnam’s (2) inspiration for the architectural design. Ho Chi Minh City’s Bitexco Financial Tower is completed as Viet Nam is on its way to recover from the global (4) crisis. This demand from (6) business circles for office coincides with a(n) (5) space.

D.research

C. moveable

10. He had to retire from the match, suffering from a A. tom

4. There is good nightlife in the village.

of the history of the castle and details of the art collection

7. Mark is very set in his ways, but John has a more A. changeable

3. Villagers are very friendly and helpful.

D. sparkling

by the thief’s disguise.

5. He was completely

A. outline

2. The air is unpolluted because there is never traffic jam here. imagination.

you to a free meal in our new restaurant.

4. This ticket

A. taken away

C.bright

False (F)

1. The writer lives in a small village.

D. pull out

3. To be a good short story writer one needs, among other things, a very A. vivid

True (T) .

2. Old Mr. Brown’s condition looks very serious and it is doubtful if he will A. pull through

I live in a small village called Henfield. There are about 500 people here. The village is quiet and life here is slow and easy. You never have to queue in shops or banks. People never throw their rubbish in the streets, so the village is always clean. The air is also very clean because there’s not much heavy traffic. It’s much more friendly here than in a city. Everyone knows everyone and if someone has a problem, there are always people who can help. However, there are some things I don’t like about Henfield. One thing is that there’s not much to do in the evening. We haven’t got any cinemas or theatres. Another problem is that people always talk about each other and everyone knows what everyone is doing. But I still prefer village life to life in a big city.

D. trivial

London is famous for many things. Tourists come from all over the world to visit its historic , and the House of Parliament, (4) buildings, such as Buckingham Palace, (3) and hear the famous clock, Big Ben. They also come to visit its theatres, its

of the computer. D. premonition

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

museums, and its many shops, suchas Harrods, (5) ride on the big wheel next to the river.

. And of course they want to

Like many big cities, London has problems with traffic and pollution. Over 1,000,000 people a day use the London Underground, but there are still too many cars on the streets. The air isn’t clean, but it is cleaner than it was 100 years ago.

Unit TEN STRESS AND PRESSURE 3

For me, the best thing about London is the parks. There are five in the city centre. But my toy shop in the world. children’s favorite place is Hamleys, (6)

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

VII. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank. Hello! My name is Herman. I live in a big city in Germany and it’s quite exciting! There are lots of things to do. My parents bought a flat near a park where I can ridemy bike or (1) skateboarding. My brother is older than me and I also go to the cinema with him. The city library is a great place. I usually meet my friends there and we do our school or study together. (2)

INDIRECT SPEECH (REPORTED SPEECH) - LỜI NÓI GIÁN TIẾP.

Of course living in a big city is not easy. City life can be fast, tiring and stressful. The streets and noisy. Because of the cars is polluted sometimes. People are so are always (3) have time for their neighbours or friends. But I can’t see busy that they (4) myself moving to the (5) . I just love living in the city too much.

Ví dụ về lời nói trực tiếp:

1. A. go

B. do

C. play

D. sail

2. A. workshop

B. projects

C. playgrounds

D. competitions

3. A. bored

B. surprised

C. crowded

D. exhausted

4. A. usually

B. always

C. often

D. rarely

5. A. university

B. countryside

C. mountain

D. building

Thì của các động từ trong lời nói gián tiếp thay đổi theo một nguyên tắc chung là lùi thì về quá khứ:

2. Please continue doing your work and don’t let anything interrupt you. and don’t let anything interrupt you.

3. I think Da Nang is not so exciting as Ho Chi Minh City. Da Nang.

4. Our city has five big shopping malls. There

in our city.

5. The Central Tower is the tallest building in this city. No building in this city

the Central Tower.

Thì trong Lời nói trực tiếp

Thì trong Lời nói gián tiếp

- Hiện tại đơn

- Quá khứ đơn

- Hiện tại tiếp diễn

- Quá khứ tiếp diễn

- Hiện tại hoàn thành

- Quá khứ hoàn thành

- Hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn

- Quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn

- Quá khứ đơn

- Quá khứ hoàn thành

- Quá khứ hoàn thành (không đổi)

- Tương lai đơn

- Tương lai trong quá khứ

- Tương lai tiếp diễn

- Tương lai tiếp diễn trong quá khứ

- Is/am/are going to do

- Was/were going to do

- Can/may/must do

- Could/might/had to do

Examples:

6. I’ll consider it carefully and give you an answer next week. I’ll

“I love you,” she said.

(Ôn lại Unit 11. Lớp 8- SGK Thí điểm của BGD và ĐT)

we’ve ever stayed at.

I think Ho Chi Minh City

He said, “I learn English”.

2.1 Đổi thì của câu:

1. We have never stayed at a worse hotel than this.

Please

Trong lời nói trực tiếp, chúng ta ghi lại chính xác những từ, ngữ của người nói dùng. Lời nói trực tiếp thường được thể hiện bởi: các dấu ngoặc kép “...............”- tức là lời nói đó được đặt trong dấu ngoặc.

2. Cách chuyển câu trần thuật trong lời nói trực tiếp sang lời nói gián tiếp:

VIII. Use the words given and other words to complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. This

1. Usage:

He does

and give you an answer next week.

He did

He is doing

He was doing

He has done

He had done

He has been doing

He had been doing

He did

He had done

He was doing

He had been doing 26

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

He had done

He will do

He would do

He will be doing

He would be doing

He will have done

He would have done

This

=> That

He may do

He might do

That

=> That

He may be doing

He might be doing

These

=> Those

He can do

He could do

Here

=> There

He can have done

He could have done

Now

=> Then

He had to do

Today

=> That day

Ago

=> Before

He must do/have to do

b. Các thay đổi ở trạng từ không gian và thời gian: Trực tiếp

Gián tiếp

2.2 Các thay đổi khác:

Tomorrow

=> The next day / the following day

a. Thay đổi Đại từ

The day after tomorrow

=> In two days’ time / two days after

Các đại từ nhân xưng và đại sở hữu khi chuyển từ lời nói trực tiếp sang lời nói gián tiếp thay đổi như bảng sau: ĐẠI TỪ

CHỨC NĂNG

TRỰC TIẾP

GIÁN TIẾP

Yesterday

=> The day before / the previous day

The day before yesterday

=> Two days before

Next week

=> The following week

Last week

=> The previous week / the week before

Last year

=> The previous year / the year before

he, she

they

Đại từ

you

they

Trực tiếp: “I saw the schoolboy here in this room today. ”

nhân xưng

him, her

Gián tiếp: She said that she had seen the schoolboy there in that room that day.

them

Trực tiếp: “I will read these letters now.”

you

them

Gián tiếp: She said that she would read those letters then.

his, her

our

their

Đại từ

your

their

Ngoài quy tắc chung trên đây, người học cần nhớ rằng tình huống thật và thời gian khi hành động được thuật lại đóng vai trò rất quan trọng trong khi chuyển từ lời nói trực tiếp sang lời nói gián tiếp.

sỡ hữu

mine

his, her

ours

theirs

yours

theirs

Chủ ngữ

Tân ngữ

Phẩm định

Định danh

Examples:

3. Cách chuyển câu hỏi trong lời nói trực tiếp sang lời nói gián tiếp: 3.1. Đổi câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp cần: +Thì, đại từ, tính từ sở hữu, trạng từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn thay đổi như câu trần thuật.

+ Thể nghi vấn của động từ đổi thành thể xác định, nên trong câu hỏi gián tiếp không có dấu hỏi.

Ex: Jane, “Tom, you should listen to me.”

3.2.Nếu trong câu trực tiếp động từ là “say” thì câu gián tiếp phải dùng động từ để hỏi: ask; inquire; wonder; want to know...

+ Jane tự thuật lại lời của mình:

Ex: She said: “Where do they live?” She asked where they lived.

I told Tom that he should listen to me.

Ex:Hoa said “Where is the post office?”

+ Người khác thuật lại lời nói của Jane:

Hoa asked where the post office was. “Where is the airport?” she inquired.

Jane told Tom that he should listen to her. + Người khác thuật lại cho Tom nghe:

She inquired where the airport was. 3.3. Nếu câu hỏi (Yes/ No questions), to dùng “If” hoặc “Whether” trong câu gián tiếp.

Jane told you that he should listen to her. + Tom thuật lại lời nói của Jane:

Ex: “Are there any people in the room?” She said. She asked if/ whether any people were in the room.

Jane told me that I should listen to her. 27

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

“Do you want to drink beer or wine?” the waiter asked.

1. They don’t know where they should put the sofa.

The waiter asked whether I wanted to drink beer or wine.

__________________________________________________________________________ 2. The rules didn’t specify who I should speak to in case of an emergency. __________________________________________________________________________

PART 2: PRACTICE

3. Huyen My wondered how she could ride the scooter. __________________________________________________________________________ 4. Let us decide when we should start the project.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

__________________________________________________________________________

I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern 1. A. cognitive

B.adulthood

C.confident

D. encourage

2. A. delighted

B.manage

C. convince

D. depress

3. A. confident

B.abandon

C. depressed

D. important

4. A. communicate

B. disappointed

C.preparation

D. adolescence

5. A. pressure

B.decision

C. friendship

D. guidance

5. Could you tell me where I can find a good hotel? __________________________________________________________________________ 6. We must find out what we are to do next. __________________________________________________________________________ 7. A good dictionary tells you how you should pronounce the words. __________________________________________________________________________ 8. They are not sure who they will meet at the entrance.

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. skill

B. house-keeping

C. tense

__________________________________________________________________________

D. decision

2. A. advice

B. decision

C. delighted

D. helpline

3. A. study

B. adulthood

C. columnist

D. frustrated D. tense

4. A. concentrate

B. self-aware

C. stressed

5. A. embarrassed

B. depressed

C. helpline

D. empathise

6. A. embarrass

B. missing

C. classmate

D. pressure

9. She can’t remember when she has to turn off the oven. __________________________________________________________________________ 10. Does he know what he should look for? __________________________________________________________________________ III. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. Use each word once only.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

disappointed embarrassed frustrated

tired

worried

I. The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank.

angry

confused

delighted

way in public. (CIVILIZATION)

1. They were brought up to behave in a 2. Many people limit their (EXPOSE)

to the sun because their skin burns very easily.

4. The price of the book is 10 dollar, including

and packing. (POST) course in French. (CORRESPOND)

for beginning students to make mistakes in English.(AVOID)

7. The

of the trains and buses causes frustration and annoyance. (FREQUENT) . Don’t discuss it outside the group. (CONFIDENCE)

9. Do you know what the 10. He was born blind, but despite this pop singers of his generation. (ABLE)

. I don’t have anything to do.

2. Janet is

because she doesn’t know if she got an F or an A in her test.

3. I feel so

because I’ve worked all night. with Tom because of his bad behavior at school. because they couldn’t go camping. . He’s constantly signing and complaining.

5. The students felt 6. Bob looks depressed and

6. It is 8. This issue is very

confident

4. The headmaster was very

3. Helen was worried about her test, and she didn’t sleep well. She was very tired after a night. (SLEEP) 5. How are you getting on with your

1. I feel

bored

of the river is? (DEEP) he still managed to become one of the top

7. Paul was

when he heard his song on the radio.

8. Mum is

because my sister hasn’t come home yet.

9. Phuong is

that he will pass the examination.

10. Peter felt

when he was treated in front of some girls.

IV. Choose the correct answer among A, B C or D. 1. His neighbours sometimes wondered A. why

B. when

2. Could you please tell me

II. Rewrite the following sentences using questions words + to-infinitives. 29

he did for a living. C. where

D. what

? 30

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. It is how far to the nearest bus stop

B. how far is it to the nearest bus stop

A. told me wake

C. how far to the nearest bus stop is it

D. how far it is to the nearest bus stop

C. said me to wake

Kevin and Ruth would be at the party.

3. Marigold wondered A. that

B. whether

4. He asked me “

C. if

?” B. How long had you studied English

C. How long you had study English

D. How long you had studied English

A. study

B. studied

6. Iam not sure A. how

C. study’s

B. what

D. studies

C. who

the seat

7. She asked me

D. by whom

C. whether – was occupied

C. if– has been occupied

D. whether – occupied

A. solve

B. operate

A. what

10. The policeman asked us

C. why .

D. that if any of us had seen the accident happen

12. My teacher told me that I for. I

his feelings. C. sending

D. talking

attend the math course for the higher level programme that B. couldn’t – apply

C. can’t – applied

D. couldn’t – had applied but he said nothing.

A. what the matter was

B. what was the matter

C. the matter was what

D. what’s the matter was

14. My closest friend is not very and she likes having a small friend group but I like talking with a lot of people and hanging out. A. society

B. sociable

15. Mi asked what information she

C. social

D. socialist

that assignment.

A. needs to be done

B. needed doing

C. need to do

D. needed to do

16. James

A. if - and whether

B. whether - or that

C. if - or that

D. whether - or whether

B. distance

C. way

D. behavior

the pressure to grow up. No longer During the teenage years, children will (6) will they be able to act (7) a child and not worry about responsibilities. Their (8) should help them make this transition from a child to an adult easy and teach wise decisions. Prepare them for the world ahead of them and don’t let go them to (9) . Gradually let the growing up occur. completely at (10) II. Read the text and use the words in the box to fill in the blanks.

A. can’t – apply 13. I asked him

D. manage

we’ll take a taxi.

More and more people are going to high school now and it is becoming tougher to get in. to keep their grades up every day. They are in a (5) Middle-school students face (4) with their peers to be the best and the brightest in everything.

C. whether any of us had seen the accident happen

B. communicating

we’ll catch the bus

Dealing (1) pressures and in middle school can (2) difficult. The , excel in sports or other activities, pressure may be to take friends, earn good (3) and deal with hectic schedules.

D. where

B. if had any of us seen the accident happen

A. expressing

her anxiety and depression. C. succeed

I. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

A. had any of us seen the accident happen

11. Tom told us that sometimes he had difficulty

B. try

C. READING

D. deal

it gave you so much trouble.

B. which

A. empathise

A. route

a more demanding curriculum. C. handle

9. My parents asked me to find out

D. independent - worried

20. The advice columnist said, “It sounds like the problem is not your appearance but the you see yourself.”

or not.

A. if – hadoccupied 8. By the age of 15, teenagers are better able to

B. dependent – worried

C. independent - worry

19. I wonder

I can solve this problem.

that she wouldn’t live

A. dependent - worry 18. Susan needs someone to show her how to

skills, students often need

5. While many teachers spend some class time teaching more social skills.

D. requested me waking on her parents, and she was

17. Ann was raised very on her own afterwards.

D. B & C

A. How long you have studied English.

B. asked me to wake

about

can

avoid

have

ways

form

many

suffer

because

Teenagers today live in a very competitive world. It is (1) important than ever to a chance in the job market afterwards. It’s no succeed at school if you hope to (2) letting down their parents, their peers and wonder that many young people worry (3) tasks until it becomes harder themselves. To try to please everyone, they take on too (4) and harder to balance homework assignments, parties, sports activities and from stress. friends. The result is that young people (5) There are different ways of dealing with stress. Everyone knows that caffeine, in the (6) of coffee or soft drinks, keeps you awake and alert. But caffeine is a drug which become addictive. In the end, like other drugs, caffeine only leads to more (7) to deal with stress: physical exercise is a good stress. There are better (8) it increases certain chemicals in the brain which calm you release for stress, (9)

him up when the bus reached the square. 31

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

down. You have to get enough sleep to (10) energy.

stress and to stay healthy and full of

A. understand and help their children sensibly B. arrange private lessons for their children C. force their children into achieving success

III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer to each of the questions.

D. themselves have been very successful

If parents bring up a child with the sole aim of turning the child into a genius, they will cause a disaster. According to several scientists, this is one of the biggest mistakes which ambitious parents make. Generally, the child will be only too aware of what his parents expect, and will fail. Unrealistic parental expectations can cause great damage to children. However, if parents are not too unrealistic about what they expect their children to do, but are ambitious in a sensible way, the child may succeed in doing very well – especially if the parents are very supportive of their child. Michael is very lucky. He is crazy about music, and his parents help him a lot by taking him to concerts and arranging private piano and violin lessons for him. They even drive him 50 kilometers twice a week for violin lessons. Michael’s mother knows very little about music, but his father plays the trumpet in a large orchestra. However, he never makes Michael enter music competitions if he is unwilling. Winston, Michael’s friend, however, is not so lucky. Both his parents are successful musicians, and they set too high a standard for Winston. They want their son to be as successful as they are and so they enter him for every piano competition held. They are very unhappy when he does not win. Winston is always afraid that he will disappoint his parents and now he always seems quiet and unhappy. 1. Michael is fortunate in that

1. “Don’t repeat this mistake!” the instructor warned the sportsman. → __________________________________________________________________________ 2. “Leave your address with the secretary” the assistant said to me. → __________________________________________________________________________ 3. “Phone me for an answer tomorrow” the manager said to the client. → __________________________________________________________________________ 4. “Don't be so silly” Mr. John said to his wife. → __________________________________________________________________________ 5. Tom said to the girl “When did you have this picture taken?” → __________________________________________________________________________ 6. “Shall we go somewhere for a cup of coffee after class?” Tom said. → __________________________________________________________________________ → __________________________________________________________________________

B. his parents help him in a sensibly way

8. Ann asked her brother “What are you planning to do tomorrow?”

C. his father is a musician

→ __________________________________________________________________________

D. his parents are quite rich

9. She asked her boyfriend “Is it true that your father fought in the last war?”

→ __________________________________________________________________________

A. has become a good musician

10. He said “I don’t understand why she has refused to join us on the trip”

B. is afraid to disappoint them

→ __________________________________________________________________________

C. has won a lot of piano competitions D. cannot learn much music from them 3. One of the serious mistakes parents can make is to

I. Turn the following statements into reported speech.

7. John said to Marry “Why don’t you wear your hair a little longer?”

A. his mother knows little about music

2. Winston’s parents push their son so much and he

D. WRITING

II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given in bold. Do not change the word given.

A. make their child become a musician

1. Charles and his father are exactly alike in appearance.

B. neglect their child’s education

=> Charles

C. push their child into trying too much

2. Take all your possessions and walk slowly to the exit.

D. help their child to become a genius

=> Take everything .

4. The two examples given in the passage illustrate the principle that

looks his father. belongs

and walk slowly to the exit. enjoying

3. I’m finding it really enjoyable to work here.

A. parents should let the child develop in the way he wants

here.

=> I

B. parents should spend more money on the child’s education

4. I take work home regularly because of my new responsibility at work.

C. successful parents always have intelligent children

=> My new responsibility at work

D. successful parents often have unsuccessful children

5. In my cycling group there’s George, Tom, Harry and me. => My

5. Parents’ ambition for their children is not wrong if they

consists

George, Tom, Harry and me.

6. In your opinion, who’s going to win the Cup? 33

means work home regularly.

think 34

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

=> Who do

win the Cup?

7. I’m seeing how wide the door is.

measuring

7. I suffer from depression and anxiety, but I don’t know problems.

remember

8. As children move toward

depends

9. We wonder

A. what

the door.

=> I 8. Neil always forgets his wife’s birthday. => Neil

A. dependent

his wife’s birthday.

9. Its ability to catch fish is the key to the polar bear’s survival. to catch fish.

=> The polar bear’s

thinking

10. What’s on your mind at the moment? => What

B. how

C. where

B. dependence

because we are moving tomorrow. (CONNECT) ? (EXIT)

3. He will be able to receive an

from a government agency. (ALLOW)

B. why he did not resign D. why didn’t he resign

B.where

in everything he does. (SYSTEM)

8. Fruit

as it ripens. (SWEET)

A. what 2. He asked me what A. time was it

C. if

D. why

C. time it was

D. none is correct.

B. Rest

C. Do you rest

D. Resting

C. before

D. last the others were lucky.

children to get into top schools has reached a crisis point. B. under

C. on

D. with

him whether he liked the steak she cooked. B. wondered

C. wanted to know

D. asked

A. He asked me what she likes

B. He asked me what she liked.

C. He asked me what do I like.

D. He asked me what did he like.

A. She said not to tease me to John.

B. She said John not to tease me.

C. She told John not to tease her.

D. She told John do not tease her.

D. she has taken his pen

B. requires

6. Excuse me. Could you tell me A. what time is it

D. notice day.

students to evaluate, organize and summarize information.

5. Taking good notes A. requests

B. following

on the

20. She said, “Don’t tease me, John.”

B. did she take his pen

C. she had taken his pen

C. depend

B. succeed – had thought

A. asks

A. she took his pen

B. rely

19. “What does she like?” he asked me.

4. He asked “Why did she take my pen?” - He asked why

start,

D. where – how

D. didn’t succeed – thought

18. She

for a while”, he said.

A. To rest

C. why – whom

C. didn’t succeed – were thinking A. at

3. He told me to rest for a while. “

B. where – who

A. succeed – thought 17. Pressure

. B. time is it

B. why were his friends laughing D. the reason why his friends laughing

A. previous

we landed. B. when

D. reasons’

C. why his friends were laughing

16. Mr. Tan told us that the kids who in tests often

II. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D. 1. The passenger asked

C. reasoning .

A. that why were his friends laughing

A. concentrate

about art. (KNOWLEDGE)

10. She is extremely

B.reasoned

15. Mr Hawk told me that he would give me his answer the

area. (RESIDE)

9. My brother lives in a

D. why

skills is to keep trying new things.

12. Jeff wanted to know

A. what – where

from their children studies? (SATISFY)

6. Do parents get 7. He is very

the questions came from.

C.what

14. Perhaps what you’re reading or hearing is boring, which makes it hard to book or the conversation.

of films. (VARY)

5. The newly-built cinema shows a

D. independence

13. I want to talk to my teacher about my problems, but I have no idea to talk to him.

rivers left in the world? (POLLUTE)

4. Are there any

C. independent

C. why he not resign

A. reason

2. When did the toys come into

D. which

A. why did he not resign

11. A great way to improve

I. The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank.

over

from his office after that scandal

A. when

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

get

, they are less likely to ask for advice.

10. Miss Hoa said that unsuccessful test takers didn’t know

at the moment?

1. We had the phone

C. allows

D. offers

C. what time it is

D. it is what time

III. Fill each blank with a suitable word to complete the following passage.

B. what is the time

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

You can do a few things to make homework less (1) . First, be sure you in your notebook or day planner if you need understand the assignment. Write it (2) to, and don’t be afraid to ask questions about what is expected. It is much easier to take a minute to remember later that night! to ask the teacher during or after class than to (3) If you want, you can also ask how long the particular homework assignment should take to complete so you can plan your time.

bullies is the best way to take away their power, but it isn’t always easy to do – in the real world online. (10)

Second, use any extra time you have at school to work on your homework. Many schools have libraries that are (4) designed to allow students to study or get homework done. you will have to do at that night. The more work you can get done in school, the (5) school, think Third, pace yourself. If you don't finish your homework (6) about how much you have left and what else is going on that day, and then plan your time. Most students have between 1 and 3 hours of homework a night. If it is a heavy (7) homework day, you will need to devote more time to homework. No one is (8) to understand everything, and maybe you need some help. The first place to turn for help is your teacher. But what if you don't feel comfortable with your teacher? If you are in a big enough school, there may be other teachers who teach the same subject. Speak to other teachers directly and you may be in luck. Sometimes it just helps to have someone (9) something in a different way. (10) , you might also be able to get some help from another student. If there is someone you like who is a good student, think about asking that person if you can study together. 1. A. stressful

B. purpose

C. advantage

D. control

2. A. up

B. into

C. off

D. down

3. A. fight

B. discuss

C. struggle

D. add

4. A. specify

B. specifically

C. special

D. specifies

5. A. more

B. less

C. little

D. better

6. A. during

B. since

C. in

D. on

7. A. between

B. high-school

C. among

D. over

8. A. stopped

B. leaved

C. expected

D. marked

9. A. do

B. make

C. ask

D. explain

10. A. Meanwhile

B. Therefore

C. Although

D. Moreover

V. Read the following passage and then answer the questions below it. School British teenagers spend most of their time at school. Students in Britain can leave school at sixteen (grade 11). This is also the age when most students take their first important exams, the GCSE (General Certificate of Secondary Education). Most teens take between 5-10 subjects, which means a lot of studying. They are spending more time on homework than teenagers ever before. Forget watching TV, teenagers in Britain now spend 2-3 hours on homework after school. School uniform Visit almost any school in Britain and the first thing you’ll notice is the school uniform. Although school uniform has its advantages, when they are 15 or 16, most teenagers are tired of wearing it. When there is more than one school in a town, school uniforms can highlightdifferences between schools. In London there are many cases of bullying and fighting between pupils from different schools. Clothes and looks In Britain, some teens judge you by the shirt or trainers you are wearing. 40% of British teenagers believe it’s important to wear designer labels. If you want to follow the crowd, you need to wear trendy labels. Teenage feet in Britain wear fashionable trainers and the more expensive, the better. 1. What do most teenagers in Britain prefer to wear? A. expensive uniforms

C. economical trainers

C. trendy labels

D. fashionable hats .

2. The word ‘highlight’ in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to A. emphasize B. decrease

C. confuse

3. Most students in Britain take the GCSE when

D. remark .

A. they are 16 years old

C. they begin grade 12

C. they are 11 years old

D. they finish grade 10

4. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?

IV. Fill each blank with a suitable word in the box.

A. Most 16-year-old students in Britain don’t like school uniform.

rude

hard

another

check

B. Students in Britain can take 8 subjects at the GCSE.

because

use

posting

to do

C. Most British teenagers spend 2-3 hours watching TV after school.

of technology to annoy, threaten, embarrass or target (2) Cyberbullying is the (1) person. Online threats and aggressive, or rude texts, posts, or personal information, pictures, or videos messages all count. So does (3) designed to hurt or embarrass someone else. (4) comments often focus on things like a person’s gender, religion race, or physical differences. Online bullying can be particularly damaging and upsetting (5) to find. People can suffer (7) usually anonymous or (6) their cellphone or computer. every time they (8)

D. Many British teenagers judge their friends by their shirts or trainers. 5. What is the first thing you’ll notice when you visit almost any school in Britain? A. the school gate

C. the school uniform

C. the school logo

D. the school playground

it is a 24/7 basis –

The first thing (9) to solve the problem is to tell an adult you trust. You also can talk to your school counselor or a trusted teacher or family member. Ignoring 37

VI. Choose the word or phrase in each of the following sentences that needs correcting. 1. Her mother ordered her do not go out with him the night before. 38

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Unit LIFE IN THE PAST 4

2. The traffic warden asked me why had I parked my car there. A

3. He said that he will pick me up at 8 am the following day. A

4. She said that the books in the library would be available tomorrow. A

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

5. He advised her thinking about that example again because it needed correcting. A

1. USED TO DO SOMETHING:

6. The receptionist said I must fill out that form before I attended the interview. A

Chỉ một thói quen, một hành động thường xuyên xảy ra trong quá khứ và bây giờkhông còn nữa.

Form:

7. Marty said a good friendship is like a diamond– a valuable, beautiful and durable. A

(+) S + used to + V

(-) S + didn’t use to + V

8. The mayor apologizedonhaving slept in an international summit and resigned afterwards. A

(?) Did (not) + S + use to + V?

D Ex:

(+) I used to smoke a packet a day but I stopped two years ago. (-) She didn’t use to drink milk when she was young.

VII. Change the following sentences into reported speech

(?) Did he use to live here?

1. “I’ll take you to the zoo tomorrow” my mother said to me. → __________________________________________________________________________

LƯU Ý:

2. Jane said to Bill “When do you expect to finish your assignment?”

Phân biệt giữa USED TO, BE/GET USED TO, BE USED FOR

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 3. The man said to the boy “Can you show me the way to the bank?”

* Used to do something: Đã từng làm việc gì trong quá khứ mà nay không làm nữa. Đây là mẫu câu chỉ sử dụng ở thời quá khứ.

→ __________________________________________________________________________

Ex: I used to get up early in the morning when I was a student (But I don’t get up early now).

4. “Don’t be so silly” Mr. John said to his wife.

* Be/ get used to N/ doing something: (trở nên/dần) quen với. Mẫu câu này có thể sử dụng ở thời quá khứ, hiện tại hoặc tuơng lai. Trong cấu trúc này, “used” là 1 tính từ và “to” là 1 giới từ.

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 5. “Give a smile” the photographer said to me.

Form: S + be/get used to + V-ing = S + be/get accustomed to + V-ing

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 6. "Please, help me to make a decision" Ann asked her friend.

Ex:

→ __________________________________________________________________________

- I am used to getting up early in the morning. - He didn’t complain about the noise next door. He was used to it.

7. Be a good girl and sit quietly for five minutes” the nurse said to the child.

- I am not used to the new system in the factory yet.

→ __________________________________________________________________________

* Hình thức bị động của “used to” được dùng trong càu bị động, mang nghĩa để làm gì:

8. My sister said to me “Are you crazy?’.

S + be used to + V = S + be usedfor + V-ing

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 9. She asked me “Have you ever seen a flying saucer?”.

Ex: Money is used to buy and sell goods.

→ __________________________________________________________________________

Or: Money is used for buying and selling goods.

10. James said “Do you want me to send this letter for you”. → __________________________________________________________________________

2.WISH DÙNG TRONG HIỆN TẠI: Để diễn đạt một ước muốn không thể thực hiện được trong hiện tại. Form: S + wish(es) + S + thì quá khứ đơn

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Ex:

7. The Marconi family

- I wish I knew the answer to this question. (At present I don’t know the answer). - She wishes she didn’t have so much work to do. (She has a lot of work to do).

A. comes

to the United States thirty years ago. B. came

C.has come

PART 2: PRACTICE

A. the doctor has come

B. the doctor comes

C. the doctor coming

D. the doctor came

9. The country now known as Myanmar

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. damage

B. event

C. behave

D. surprise

2. A. develop

B. understand

C. imagine

D. consider

3. A. illiterate

B. communicate

C. entertainment

D. traditional

4. A. programme

B. custom

C. postman

D. personality

5. A. grandparent

B. violence

C. buffalo

D. importance

D. was coming

8. I’ve been feeling better since

Burma.

A. used to be called

B. be called

C. called

D. has called

10. “Monica is such a nice person.” “Yes. I wish I A. see

B. will see

her more often.”

C.saw

D. have seen

II. Complete each of the following sentences with “used to/ didn’t use to” using the verbs from the box.

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

travel

walk

watch

write

swim

1. A. shifts

B. thinks

C. joins

D. soups

buy

climb

play

shop

2. A. busy

B. basic

C. person

D. answer

1. In my childhood, there

3. A. bags

B. graphs

C. lands

D. days

2. People

so many high building here. There were parks.

with pen, but now they use computers.

4. A. rules

B. shares

C. arrives

D. dates

3. My brother

5. A. coach

B. chore

C. chorus

D. check

4. In my grandfather’s youth, people

6. A. clap

B. catch

C. waving

D. handle

5. I

football, but an injure stopped him from playing. by car. They rode horses.

to school, but two weeks ago I got a bike so now I ride it every day.

7. A. maximum

B. jump

C. summarize

D. abrupt

6. My sister

when we go to the beach because she was afraid of water.

8. A. kidding

B. signal

C. whistle

D. slight

7. Mr. Lam

television in the morning. He did it in the evening.

9. A. cue

B. cite

C. course

D. cable

8. David was a good climber in his youth. He

10. A. reason

B. realize

C.lead

D. speak

9. My parents 10. We

very high mountains.

me expensive toys as we were not rich. in the town market. We bought fish, fruit and vegetables.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the word or phrase (a, b, c or d) that fits the blank space in each sentence. 1. Last night I came home, cooked dinner, and A. watch

B. watched

2. I rarely eat ice cream now but I A. eat 3. I wish I A. can lend 4. Would you like A. come

B. used to eat

C. would eat

B. would lend

D. would watch D. didn’t use to eat

C. could lend

B.coming

C. to come

D. will lend

B. slept

D. came

a headache.

B.used to have

C. was having

D. has

C.used to sleep

D. was sleeping

houses

variety

popular

characteristics

historical

home

unique

history

Ha Noi’s Old Quarter was established hundreds of years ago on the east side of the ancient Thang Long citadel. In the old days, the Old Quarter, a system of narrow streets, alleys and houses, was (1) to several guilds such as bronze casting, forging, jewelry making, wood carving, silk and clothes trading. Small, beautifully styled houses built along with a (2) local culture. Streets in the Old Quarter still have names describing their original goods or craft, for example, Hang Bac or “Silver Street”. The ground-floor shops of the (3) here now sell handicrafts, fine arts, and food. But the quarter also has a number of relics, and festivals dedicated to the founders of some the local pagodas, temples, (4) crafts. Now, many guild streets, like Hang Quat street, don’t make fans anymore, but they are remembered as craft streets The architecture and lifestyle of the local people reflect typical (5) of traditional guild streets in Ha Noi.

and visit me next summer?

6. Sara didn’t hear the phone. She A. sleeps

C. was watching it when I was a child.

you some money for your rent, but I’m broke myself.

5. Rick left class early because he A. had

III. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words.

TV.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

IV. Put in the present perfect or past simple of the verbs in brackets.

They also draw two additional semi-circular boxes at the two (2) of therectangle, which are called “mandarin’s boxes” – the game’s name, each person has 25 small pebbles and a bigger stone.

(be) to Greek five times. He loves the place.

1. Martin

(work) for a computer company for a year. That was after college.

2. I 3. We

(move) here in 1993. We

(be) here a long time now. (already/ go) home.

4. It isn’t a very good party. Most people

(wear) shorts and a T-shirt at work.

5. It was so hot today that I

(move) three times since we

6. My wife and I

(get)married.

7. So far this week there

(be) three burglaries in our street.

8. When I was younger I

(play) badminton for my local team.

9. In the past few years, it university.

(become) more and more difficult to get into

10. I

(enjoy) skiing ever since I

11. I

(have) these shoes since my eighteen birthday.

12. We

(live) in Newcastle for three years now and like it a lot.

13. The last time I

(stay) with my grandparents for two weeks.

(not see) Rachel for ages. She

After the last pebble is distributed, the player takes the contents of the following square and . But if the following square is one of the mandarin’s repeats the distribution (5) boxes, the turn ends and passes to the other player. If the last pebble falls into a square that precedes one empty square, the player wins all the contents of the square following the empty square and (6) these pebbles from the his or board. However, if there are two or more empty squares in a row, the player (7) her turn.

(live) in Switzerland.

(go) to Brighton was in August.

14. When my parents were on holiday, I 15. I

Each player places the stone in one of the mandarin’s boxes and five small pebbles in each of the other squares. Then the game begins. The first player takes up the contents of one square onhis or her side of the board, but not a mandarin’s box and distributes the pebbles one by one, (3) with the text square in (4) direction. Since each square contains five pebbles at the beginning, the first move will distribute five pebbles to the left or right.

(not visit) us since July.

to the other player. If Once a player has taken pebbles from the board, the turn is (8) all five squares on one player’s side of the board are emptied at any time, that player must place one pebble he or she has aside back in each of the five squares so that the game can resume. The game (9) until the two mandarin’s boxes both been (10) . At the end of the game, the player with more pebbles wins, with each of the large stones counting as ten points.

C. READING

1. A. divide

B. share

C. separate

I. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the suitable words.

2. A. aims

B. ends

C. small points

D. stops

3. A. start

B. starting

C. start

D. having started

4. A. no

B. all

C. either

D. both

5. A. action

B. method

C. change

D. process

6. A. ends

B. disappears

C. leaves

D. removes

7. A. loses

B. succeeds

C. fails

D. wins

8. A. gone

B. made

C. handed

D. rewarded

THE BEATLES famous pop group in the In the 1960s, The Beatles were probably the (1) whole world. Since then, there have (2) a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is perhaps difficult now to imagine how sensational The Beatles were at the and none of them had any training in time. They were four boys from the north of (3) black Americans and they music. They started by performing and recording songs (4) writing their own songs and that was had some success with these songs, then they (5) when they became really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first (6) group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves. After that it . The Beatles did not became common for groups and singers to write their own (7) have a long career. Their first hit record was in 1963 and they split up (8) 1970. They stopped doing live performances in 1966 because it had become too dangerous for them they surrounded them and tried to take their clothes as their fans were so excited (9) as they were when souvenirs! However, today some of their songs remain as (10) they first came out. Throughout the world, many people can sing part of a Beatles song if you ask them. II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Either boys or girls, usually aged from seven to ten, play the two-person game of it into ten small “Mandarin’s Box”. They draw a rectangle on the ground and (1) squares called “rice fields” or “fish ponds”.

9. A. starts

B. pauses

C. stops

D. continues

10. A. held

B. taken

C. moved

D. accepted

III. Read the reading passage and choose the correct answer. Cardamom is not as widely used as a spice in the United States as it is in other parts of the world. This fruit of the ringer plant provides oil that basically has been used solely as a stimulant in American and English medicines. Other cultures organized the multipurpose benefits of this aromatic fruit. In Asia it is used to season sauces such as curry, in Middle Eastern countries it is steeped to prepare a flavorful golden-colored tea; in parts of Northern Europe it is used as a spice in various types of pastry. 1. The word “solely”in the passage could best be placed by A. initially

B. only

C. reportedly

. D. healthfully

2. The word “multipurpose” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. health

B. singular

C. recognized

. D. varied

3. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “season” in line 5 A. divided

D. leave

B. forecast

C. spice

D. put a time limit 44

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

4. “curry” in the passage is

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

6. Unfortunately, I have to work tomorrow.

A. the fruit of the ringer plant

B. a spicy type of sauce

C. a culture in the area of the Middle East

D. a type of golden-colored tea

5. The word “steeped” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. soaked

B. dried

__________________________________________________________________________ 7. Don’t shout all the time. It’s so annoying. __________________________________________________________________________

C. stored

8. I’m sorry I can’t go to the party.

D. grown

__________________________________________________________________________

D. WRITING

9. I’d like to get access to the Internet, but I don’t have a computer.

I. Look at the information about Jane below. Make sentences with used to and didn’t use to.

10. It’s a pity the weather isn’t better today.

Five years ago

__________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________

Today

I’m a hotel receptionist.

I work in a bookshop.

I’ve got a lot of friends.

I don’t know many people.

III. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets.

I never read newspapers.

I read newspapers every day.

1. No one told me about the change of the plan.(know)

I travel a lot.

I don’t go away much.

I play volleyball.

I play badminton.

I don’t love cooking.

I like to cook Chinese dishes.

I wear make-up.

I wear no make-up at all.

I don’t drink tea.

Tea’s great! I like it.

__________________________________________________________________________ 2. When I was a child, we lived in Bristol. (used) __________________________________________________________________________ 3. My friend was the winner of the competition.(won) __________________________________________________________________________ 4. Is it a fact that the Romans built this wall? (did)

Jane used to be a hotel receptionist, but now she works in a bookshop. 1. __________________________________________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________________________________________ 4. __________________________________________________________________________ 5. __________________________________________________________________________ 6. __________________________________________________________________________ 7. __________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________ 5. She’s sorry she can’t play the piano.(wishes) __________________________________________________________________________ 6. Our trip to Africa was in October. (We) __________________________________________________________________________ 7. It was breakfast-time when Susan rang. (I) __________________________________________________________________________ 8. There were lights on the spacecraft.(had) __________________________________________________________________________

II. Write sentences beginning I wish...

9. I had my old coat on. (wearing)

1. I don’t know many people in the town.

__________________________________________________________________________

I wish I knew many people in the town.

10. It isn’t true that I made a mistake. (didn’t)

2. It would be nice to be able to fly a plane. __________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

3. It’s a shame I don’t have a key. __________________________________________________________________________

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

4. Ann isn’t here and I need to see her. __________________________________________________________________________ 5. I don’t like being so short. __________________________________________________________________________

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently the others by circling the corresponding letter A, B, C or D. 1. A. path

B. tooth

C. theme

2. A. sound

B. amount

C. country

D. Thames D. noun

3. A. climbing

B. basket

C. subway

D. club 46

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

4. A. problem

B. popular

C. convenient

D. rod

5. A. rose

B. house

C. sound

D. cloud

6. A. notebook

B. hoping

C. cock

D. potato

7. A. dam

B. planning

C. plane

D. candle

8. A. theory

B. therefore

C. neither

D. weather

9. A. shoot

B. mood

C. poor

D. smooth

10. A. dosage

B. massage

C. voyage

D. carriage

V. Complete the sentences by changing the form of the word in capitals when this is necessary. CHARLIE CHAPLIN During the First World War, at a time when there was lots of (1) in the world, one man did more than anyone else tospread (2) . , Charlie Chaplin. Audiences around That man was the (3) . the world watched his films and each new one caused a lot of (4) Chaplin created the character of the little tramp and people (5) with this poor man. Up until then, film comedies had been (6) , the audiences and very fast. Although they were fun and (7) with seeing the same situations. Chaplin produced became (8) . His a different kind of comedy. It was slower and more (9) films both made people laugh and touched their (10) . Even today, his films are enjoyed by many people of all ages.

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. concentrate

B. report

C. indicator

D. craftsman

2. A. sculpture

B. failure

C. closure

D. cooperate

3. A. wander

B. embroider

C. embarrass

D. preserve

4. A. pasture

B. artisan

C. lacquer

D. surface

5. A. thereby

B. emotion

C. authentic

D. theory

HATE HAPPY COMEDY EXCITED SYMPATHY NOISE ENERGY BORE EMOTION FEEL

VI. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. I wish I

III. Fill in each gap in the passage with ONE suitable word. wins

will

period

exchange

heads

another

middle/ center after

as raise

A. keep

of the circle and lean against each other. These two stand in the (4) When the others sing the last sentence of the song, the mouse starts to run, and the cat must run (5) it. However, the cat must run in exactly the same route and manner (6) the mouse. The cat (7) the game when it catches the mouse. Then, be dismissed the two exchange the roles. If the cat runs into the wrong hole, it (8) of time (usually from from that round. If it fails to catch the mouse in a certain (9) its role with three to five minutes for kindergarten-age children), it will (10) the mouse. The game will then continue.

the barbecue.

5. The head teacher is going to punish us 7. I’ll never forgive you

A. offer

C. gap

B. suggestion

5. I found the letter in my bag. – I

D. distance

A. forgot

C. scheme

B. wouldforget

A. on with

C. was forgetting

D. had forgotten

his new colleagues?

B. on of

C. away with

D. out of

our expectations.

7. Unfortunately the new system didn’t A. catch up with

D. order

to post it.

6. Does he tell you how he is getting

B. bring about

C. come across

8. The doctors say it’ll take him a long time to get B. above

D. come up to the shock.

C. through

D. over

stop interrupting me whenever I speak. B. would

A. finding

being late for class.

D.preserve

is that we set up a project on preservation of our traditional games.

10. The policeman is happy

what I said, are you?

6. Jonald Jennings, you have been found guilty

C.write

B. space

A. will

the way that they look.

3. I’m thinking of inviting Eliot 4. You’re not angry

A. blank 4. Our teacher’s

9. I wish you

the bad weather!

meet D.will meet

between generations seems to be bigger and bigger than ever.

A. past

IV. Write one word in each gap to complete the sentences.

C.could

a diary when she was young.

B.use

3. The

Each game requires between seven and ten people. They stand in a circle, hold hands and (1) their hands above their (2) . Then they start singing the song. as the mouse. One person is chosen as the cat and (3)

1. You can’t blame me

B.can meet

2. My mother says she used to

CAT AND MOUSE GAME

2. You shouldn’t criticize people

people with the same interests.

A. meet

C. could

D. might

the kids safe and sound now.

B. be found

C. to find

D. have found

VII. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.

murder.

1. Lynn wishes she had a bigger apartment and canbuy a car.

what you have done!

2. As soon as the alarm clock rang, she woke up and was getting out of bed. A 47

D 48

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

3. I haven’t heardfrom the Maria sincea long time. A

byherself. She used to make clothes for her children and as for her outdoor work, she used to and she also used to help the males to grow raise some chicken and (6) vegetables.

4. What do you use todo when you felt afraid? A

. Her hobby used to be There didn’t use to be many pastime (7) listening to the radio. In the evening all the family used to sit by the fire in the sitting room (8) all the family gathered at night to tell tales or discuss family matters as wedding, harvest time or to assign the next day’s work.

5. Mary wasdrying the dishes when she was dropping the plates. A

6. When I introduced Tom to Bob, they were shaking hands. A

ill, she used to show him which herbs to When a member of the family (9) use. She collected them from the near forest or from the mountain. My grandma used to know so methods to cure illnesses. many (10)

7. When she lookedout of the window, she saw some boys and girls play in the yard. A

D X. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

8. He let the letter failingontothe floor. A

It is just simple and ordinary as its (1) . No noisy sound from engines, no obscure smoke and no spending too much for commuting. From a long time ago, Vietnamese people means of transportation when going out. It is not have thought of the rickshaw as a (2) all of only close-knit to Vietnamese but also connected strongly with the foreigners (3) them were attracted by this unique means at the first time visiting Viet Nam.

VIII. Put the verb into the correct form to complete the sentences. tall and strong. (I/ be)

1. I’m not tall enough to play volleyball. I wish

raining. (it/ stop)

2. I’m fed up with this rain. I wish

3. My grandparents don’t like living in the city. They wish countryside.(they/ live)

the

the answer. (I/know)

4. It’s a difficult question. I wish

here. She’d be able to help us. (Ann/ be)

5. I wish

. (they/ hurry up)

6. Aren’t they ready yet? I wish 8. It’s freezing today. 1 wish

windy sunset and bright Traveling in a rickshaw is the time for peacefully (8) sunrises on the beach of Nha Trang or Da Nang or elsewhere. How pleasant it is for you to enjoy a relaxing feeling on the short (9) trip.

go now. (we/ not have to)

7. It would be nice to stay here. I wish

so cold. I hate cold weather.(it/ not be)

9. What’s her name again? I wish

remember her name. (I/ can)

10. You’re driving too fast. I wish

a bit. (you/ slow down)

11. What I said was stupid. I wish

anything. (I/ not say)

Viet Nam is becoming more and more modern; however, rickshaw still (10) through the time and has a stand in the minds of the residents.

your advice. (I/ take)

12. I should have listened to you. I wish

take Bob to the airport last night. (I/

13. I’m really sleepy today. I wish not have to)

to see it. (we/ not go)

14. It was a terrible film. I wish

to the beach. (I/ go)

15. It was so hot that I wish

IX. Read the following passage and fill in the blanks with the suitable words.Use the words in the box. when

where

was

begin

sheep

which

activities

despite

effective

housework

The rickshaw has existed for a long time in Vietnamese life, and become quite necessary as the (4) in a body. Not only the Vietnamese feel (5) to rickshaw, foreigners are also impressed by this unique vehicle. They will be fond of sitting on the rickshaw for a (6) tour around Sword Lake or a round on the streets to (7) dreamy and peaceful photos in the ancient citadel.

makes her the oldest person My grandmother is more than ninety years old (1) her old age, her memory is still fresh. She always tells us in the whole family. (2) that many things used to be different (3) she was young.

1. A. presence

B. appearance

C. judgment

D. performance

2. A. shared

B. recognized

C. friendly

D. familiar

3. A. although

B. as

C. but

D. while

4. A. breath

B. air

C. rest

D. recovery

5. A. close

B. closed

C. closest

D. closing

6. A. sight

B. sighting

C. sightseeing

D. sightseer

7. A. catch

B. take

C. bring

D. keep

8. A. welcome

B. welcoming

C. welcomed

D. being welcomed

9. A. city

B. town

C. urban

D. field

10. A. keeps

B. continues

C. lives

D. survives

XI. Read the passage below carefully and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D

her day very early. She used to start her day at 4 My grandma used to (4) o’clock while everybody else was still in beds. She used to do all the (5)

Although no one knows for certain who the original Saint Valentine was, once a year, on February 14, there is a day in his honor. Some historians believe that the original Saint Valentine was a priest who lived in the city of Rome about 300 years after the birth of Christ. The emperor of Rome was not a Christian and refused to allow people to be married in a Christian ceremony.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Saint Valentine didn’t obeythe emperor and performed many Christian marriages, in spite of the emperor’s order. When the Romans found out, they sent Saint Valentine to prison and later killed him. While his romantic efforts to help many Christians in love cost him hislife, he was honored in his own days. But his story has been mostly forgotten after people have come to celebrate Valentine’s Day as a special time for sweethearts. On Valentine’s Day people express their affections by sending Valentine cards to friends, families, and boyfriends and girlfriends. 1. This writing is mostly about

Unit WONDERS OF VIETNAM 5

A. Christian marriages

B. why we celebrate Valentine’s Day

C. different kind of Valentine cards

D. the history of Rome

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW TENSES

2. Long ago, February 14 was made a special day

1. The simple present

A. to honor Saint Valentine

ACTIVE

PASSIVE

S + V (-s /es)

S + am/ is/ are + Vpp

S + am/ is/ are + V-ing

S+ am/ is/ are/ + being + Vpp

B. just for sweethearts

2. The present continuous

C. for everyone to go out and express love

3. The present perfect

S + have/ has + Vpp

S + have/ has + been + Vpp

D. to honor the Roman emperor

4. The present perfect continuous

S + have/ has + been + V-ing

S + have/ has + been + being +Vpp

3. The emperor of Rome

A. was a good Christian and made Valentine a saint

5. The simple past

B. established Saint Valentine’s Day in his Honor C. refused to allow people to be married in a Christian ceremony D. didn’t believe in marriages .

4. St. Valentine was killed because he

S + V2/ V-ed

S + was/ were + Vpp

S + was/ were + V- ing

S + was/ were + being+ Vpp

7. The past perfect

S + had + Vpp

S + had+ been + Vpp

8. The past perfect continuous

S + had + been + V-ing

S + had + been + being + Vpp

S + will/ shall + V

S + will/ shall + be + Vpp

S + will/ shall + be + V-ing

S + will/ shall + be + being + Vpp

S + will/ shall + have + Vpp

S + will/ shall + have + been + Vpp

S+ be going to + V

S+ be going to + be + Vpp

S + Modal + V-bareInf

S + Modal + be + Vpp

6. The past continuous

A. was a Christian priest B. was not a follower of Christ

9. The simple future

C. had a secret sweetheart, which was illegal

10. The simple continuous

D. continued to perform Christian wedding ceremonies against the emperor’s wishes A. really happened long ago

B. is just a guess from some historians

11. The simple future perfect

C. is only an invented story

D. cannot be believed at all

12. The near future

5. All the above story of Saint Valentine

13. Model Verbs XII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentences. Use the word given and otherwords as necessary. 1. Did you always eat sweets when you were small?

1. Mệnh đề có hoặc không có “that”: (Thể bị động không ngôi: The impersonal passive)

WISHES

Chúng ta sử dụng thể bị động không ngôi để diễn tả ý kiến của người khác. Thường sử dụng với động từ tường thuật: say/ think/ belive/ know/ hope/ expect/ report/ understand/ claim/ suppose/ consider....

NEVER

S1 + think/expect/believe/estimate/say/report + that + S2 + V2 + O

______________________________________________________ 2. She dreams to spend her vacation in Ho Chi Minh City. ______________________________________________________ 3. They didn’t use to drink coffee when we lived in America. ______________________________________________________ 4. He had a lot of money, but now he doesn’t.

a. It is thought/expected/believed/estimated/said/reported that + S2 + V2 + O

USED

b. S2 is thought/expected/believed/estimated/said/reported + to V2

______________________________________________________ 5. The boys want to win the football match.

I. CÁC DẠNG BỊ ĐỘNG ĐẶC BIỆT.

USE

+ to have + V2 p2

WISH

+ to be V2 –ing

______________________________________________________ 6. Latin was an international language.

+to have+been+ V2-ing

USED

Ex:

______________________________________________________ 51

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

- People think he drives dangerously.

1. A. raise

B. blocks

C. museum

=> It’s thought that he drives dangerously.

2. A. ancient

B. enclose

C. block

D. pyramids D. rank

=> He is thought to drive dangerously.

3. A. chamber

B. belongings

C. tomb

D. block

- People say he was a teacher.

4. A. technique

B. architect

C. dedicate

D. chamber

=> It’s said that he was a teacher.

5. A. consist

B. treasure

C. suggest

D. surpass

=> He is said to have been a teacher.

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

- They think that he worked very hard last year.

1. A. security

B. rickshaw

C. citadel

D. landscape

=> He is thought to have worked very hard last year.

2. A. contestant

B. cavern

C. astounding

D. connect

=> It is thought that he worked very hard last year.

3. A. picturesque

B. souvenir

C. recommend

D. paradise

- People said that she had been very kind.

4. A. preserve

B. position

C. heritage

D. impress

=> It was said that she had been very kind.

5. A. collect

B. institution

C. spectacular

D. administer

=> She was said to have been very kind. Note:

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

V1 – PII = said/ thought/ believed/ known/ hoped/ expected/ reported/ understood/ claimed/supposed/ considered....

I. Complete each of the sentences with one appropriate word from the box.

2. S + have + Sb + do something

=>S+ have/get + sth + done

S + get/ ask/ employ + Sb + to do something

=>S + get + sth + done

chamber

burial

tomb

belongings

spiral

treasures

ramps

wonders

mysterious

man-made

have been discovered in the attics of the old houses.

1. Many forgotten

Ex:

and left.

- He had his waiter carry the luggage home

2. She collected up her personal

=> He had the luggage carried home by the waiter.

3. We want to give him a decent Christian

- I got the postman to post the letter for me.

4. Iceland is full hot springs, beautifully coloured rocks, and other natural

=> I had the letter posted for me by the postman.

5. Rayon is

6. Drivers transfer from the water to a decompression

II. THE USE OF “SUGGEST” (CÁCH DÙNG: SUGGEST)

7. A

Sau động từ “Suggest” (đề nghị, đề xuất, kiến nghị), chúng ta có thể dùng V -ing hay một mệnh đề với “Should”

8. Special

is a grave where a dead person is buried. have been designedfor wheelchair access.

9. A snail’s shell is 10. The are investigating the

S + suggest + V - ing S + suggest + (that) + S + (should) + bare infinitive

fiber.

in form. disappearance of the plane.

II. Use the correct voice (active or passive) and the correct tense of the verb in sentences.

Chúng ta sử dụng “Suggest + V –ing” hay một mệnh đề với “Should”, để gợi ý ai đó vềnhững gì họ nên làm. Ex:

1. Almost everyone (enjoy) 2. Enlish (teach) 3. That proposal (consider)

− He suggested travelling together for safety, since the area was so dangerous.

4. Smith (teach)

− She suggests that we should go out for dinner.

5. That old red house (build)

− His doctor suggested that he should reduce his working hours and take some exercises.

6. The report (examine, not)

PART 2: PRACTICE

the lecture last night. in the schools of almost every nation. by the members right now. at the University of Washington since 1999. in the year 1822. by the committee of experts yet.

7. Cocktails (serve)

to the guests at the party last night

8. Everything (go)

well so far. There (be)

9. Listen to this. I think this news (surprise) 10. The noise from the trains (annoy)

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

III. Change into passive voice.

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

1. The teacher always welcomes new students. 53

no trouble yet. you. me terribly last night.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 2. People speak English all over the world. → __________________________________________________________________________

A. can be picked

B. can pick

A. has thought

3. Thomas Edison invented the phonograph in 1877. → __________________________________________________________________________

C. needn’t pick

D. should be picking

that the road through the national park will not affect the environment and living 2. It habitat of wild animals there. B. had been thought C. is thought

3. The refreshments

D. thinks

By Karen.

4. The police found two children in the forest.

A. are going to be prepared

B. are going to prepare

→ __________________________________________________________________________

C. are preparing

D. are to prepare

5. They will send your order as soon as possible. → __________________________________________________________________________ 6. The scientists are studying the problem carefully. → __________________________________________________________________________ 7. Pat Murphy was riding the horse.

4. Trang An Landscape Complex is renowned for its diverse ecosystem, unique natural beauty andcharacteristics. A. environmental

A. was reported

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 8. The police have just arrested the robbers. → __________________________________________________________________________ → __________________________________________________________________________ → __________________________________________________________________________ IV. Give the correct form of the word in CAPITALS to complete each of the following sentences. 1. Many more tourists have visited Ha Long Bay since UNESCO’s of this beautiful spot. 2. Bai Dinh Pagoda is a site which is located in Ninh Binh province. about the trip to Cuc Phuong 3. May I have a National Park next week? experience was my trip to Hoi An in the 4. My most summer of 2015. from our holidayin Da Nanglast year. 5. We got a lot of to the main 6. There are many sculptures along the temple. 7. Protecting natural wonders brings both social and benefits. 8. Phong Nha - Ke Bang can be compared to a precious museum. from different parts of the 9. The show features six country. pagoda which 10. Chua Keo (in Thai Binh province) is a was build about 400 years ago.

RECOGNISE

6. The keys

D. were reported

A. must have been leaving

B. must have left

C. must be leaving

D. must have been left with marble roads that connect each

7. The Ho Dynasty Citadel has a palace palace. A. complex

B. building

C.area

D. setting

8. It that the Perfume Pagoda is located in the interior of a cave to the top of the Huong Tich mountains. A. is spoken

B. is told

C.says

D. is said

C. will be spoken

D. will be speaking

at the meeting.

A. will speak

B. will spoken

10. The towers of the My Son sanctuary are the most significant civilization.

SUGGEST

A. apartments

B. plans

C.structures

the

Son

D. arrangements

of Ha Noi were built to defend the four 11. Ha Noi’s four sacred temples, the directions (East, West, South, North) of the ancient Thang Long capital city.

FORGET ENJOY ENTER

A. communication

B. feelings

C. energy

D. spirits

12. Portuguese as an official language in this city since three hundred years ago.

FINANCE

A.has alwaysbeen spoken

B. has been spoken always

C. has always spoken

D. had always spoken of political power for nearly seven

13. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was the centuries without interruption.

GEOLOGY CONTEST

A. system 14.

WOOD

V. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. Tomatoes

D. geological

somewhere.

9. Japanese

RELIGION

C. geology

B. had reported

C. had been reported

9. Sue told us she had born her baby. 10. They can use this room after 5 p.m.

B. ecological

70 tons of dead fish washed ashore along more than 200 kilometres of 5. Itthat Viet Nam’s central coastline in early April.

B. centre

C. Cannot issue express

C. Can this issue express

D. Could not this issue be expressed

A. is observed 55

D. point

A. Has this issue expressed 15. All traffic laws

before they are completely ripe.

C. middle

in simpler words?

. B. must be observed 56

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

C. must have observed

D. had better observe

4. It was reported that the President had suffered a heart attack. →_________________________________________________________________________

C. READING

5. It is alleged that the man was driving at 110 miles an hour. → ________________________________________________________________________

I. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank. different

proud

pours

to visit

few

attracting

from

anywhere

in front

6. People know that the expedition reached the South Pole in May. → ________________________________________________________________________ 7. It is said that there is a secret tunnel between them.

DA LAT - DREAM CITY

→ ________________________________________________________________________

Da Lat lies on Lam Vien plateau, in the Central Highland province of Lam Dong. 300 all the people kilometresnorth of Ho Chi Minh City. Da Lat is a well-known city (1) a city of pine trees, waterfalls and who have been there once. Da Lat is known (2) colours and various flowers. Da Lat is described as a forest of flowers with (3) and in any season. We can see flowers in Da Lat in species. Flowers can be found (4) of the houses, in the gardens etc. Da Lat has the widest range of orchid the parks, (5) rivers and canals but it has many picturesque varieties in the country. Da Lat has (6) all the waterfalls in the area. The famous waterfalls. It takes tourists several days (7) Cam Ly Falls is only 3 kilometres (8) the town centre. The Prenn Falls is 10 down like a white shade. Da kilometres in the south of Da Lat. The water (9) of it. They always boast to tourists about it in the first Lat people are very (10) place.Around the Prenn Falls is the valley of various flowers and pine hills.

8. People consider that she was the best singer that Australia has ever produced. →_________________________________________________________________________ 9. It is expected that the weather will be good tomorrow. → ________________________________________________________________________ 10. A lot of people believe that the Prime Minister and his wife have separated. → ________________________________________________________________________ II. Change to the active voice. 1. Progress in science is being made day after day. → ___________________________________________________________________________ 2. The palace was designed by a French architect.

II. Read the passage, and fill in the blank with the suitable word.

→ ___________________________________________________________________________

Around 60 kilometers southwest of Ha Noi, Perfume Pagoda is one of the largest (1) sites in Huong Son Commune, My Duc District. It comprises a complex of into the limestone cliffs of Perfume pagodas and Buddhist shrines (2) up to the peak. The complex’s Mount, spreading alongside the (3) center is Inner Temple, right inside Huong Tich Cavern. Huge numbers of pilgrims flock to the Perfume Pagoda Festival, which begins in the middle of the (5) site (4) lunar month and (6) until the middle of the third for happiness and prosperity one (or from February to April) in order to (7) in the coming year. Also, it is a very popular opportunity for young (8) to meet . On this special occasion, a wide and for numerous romances to be (9) range of traditional cultural activities is incorporated. Perfume Pagoda is not only a religious site, in Viet Nam as well. but a great sight-seeing (10)

3. The road in front of my house has been paved. → ___________________________________________________________________________ 4. You can see that the dishes haven’t been washed. → ___________________________________________________________________________ 5. Our salaries will not be increased this year. → ___________________________________________________________________________ 6. Wasn’t that theatre built two years ago? → ___________________________________________________________________________ 7. The problem may be discussed again. → ___________________________________________________________________________ 8. My brother has been offered a well-paid job. → ___________________________________________________________________________

D. WRITING

9. It is reported that the war started again in South America.

I. Change to the passive voice.

→ ___________________________________________________________________________

1. People know that he is armed. → ________________________________________________________________________ 2. It is believed that the man was killed by terrorists.

10. I was told that his football team had played well last season. → ___________________________________________________________________________

→ ________________________________________________________________________ 3. People think that the company is planning a new advertising campaign.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

→ ________________________________________________________________________ 57

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. B. pilgrim

C. surprising

D. shrine

2. A. sculpture

B. structure

C. future

D. culture

3. A. complex

B. citadel

C. cavern

D. contestant

4. A. pleasure

B. measure

C. treasure

D. great

1. A. island

B. cavern

5. A. aging

C. cave

10. Talking about Tay Phuong Pagoda means talking about a treasure of cultural and historical heritage. A. items

B. stone

A. can turn

B. can be turned

12. The local government suggested A. build

B. fascinating

C. valuable

D. memorable

B. administrative

C. geological

D. ecological

3. A. design

B. occasion

C. depend

D.puppet

4. A. committee

B. astounding

C. picturesque

D. contestant

5. A. spectacular

B. imperial

C. recognition

D. historical

A. building

B. structure

A. churches

immediately to prevent teenagers from

2. Something

in factories and mines.

B. we should do – exploiting

C. should be – be exploited

D. should have been – exploited

3. In 1978, the south and north Cat Tien parks were put A. above

B. with

A. recognition

B. admiration

D. under for his restoration work done

C. agreement

D. knowledge

D. last year was manufactured in Japan by Toyota. D.said

7. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was built on the location of a Chinese from the 7th century. A. border

B. soldier

8. The situation

C. battle

dating

B. cannot be allowed

C. cannot have allowed

D. cannot be allowing

9. The public suggested that the factories

D. was reported

A. will make

B. should make

17. The next meeting

in May. B. will be held

B. would be equipped

C. should equip

D. should be equipped

C. cause

D. should cause

C. will be holding

D. will have held

clear to them so that they can do the work in the way that you have told

18. Things them. A. are making

B. ought to be made C. have made

D. needn’t be made

at a bakery. B. cannot buy

C. cannot be bought D. should not buy

travel to Perfume Pagoda to pray for happiness prosperity

B. pilgrims

C.passengers

D. holiday-makers

cost

replace

sew

pollute

whisper

discover

forget

repeat

tell

wrap

the news immediately. If you don’t

2. I have no patience with gossips. What I told Bill was a secret. He shouldn’t have it to you. 3. Use this brown paper and tape. A package has to Otherwise, the post office won’t send it.

with waste treatment system.

A. would equip

foreign tourists come back to Viet Nam

1. Jack has a right to know. He ought to do it, I will.

D.fortress

to continue.

A. cannot allow

B. had been reported

C. reported

IV. Give the correct form of the verb in the box to complete the following sentences.

that China dug up the ocean floor to build artificialislands. C. says

that some foreigners had collected rubbish on Cat Ba Beach.

A. could report

A. pilgrimages

C. was manufactured last year in Japan by Toyota.

D. towers

. B. should not be employed

A. must buy

B. was manufactured by Toyota last year in Japan.

A. would be said B. is said

C. mosques

D. will be employed

20. Hundreds of thousands of in the coming year.

A. was manufactured in Japan by Toyota last year.

6. It

D. being built

C. will not be employed

19. Cigarettes

5. This car

B. pagodas

A. will hold

the State’s protection.

C. of

4. Architect Kasik is honoured with his statue in Hoi An in at the My Son Sanctuary.

C. building

16. The most important thing is that we again.

D. roof

A. should be done – being exploited

D. should be turning

A. should employ 15. It

of the bridge was in very bad condition. C. foundation

B. to build

14. Everybody agrees that no more staff

III. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. The expert explained that the upper

C. must turn

a road through the Nam Cat Tien National Park.

13. India will provide technical experts, supporting equipment and materials necessary for the restoration of in My Son.

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 2. A. archaeology

D. objects

on by pressing this switch.

11. The machine

D. ancient

1. A. historical

C. sculpture

, an invaluable

4. I don’t know why Jessica wasn’t at the meeting. She must have time there’s a meeting. I’ll be sure to remind her about it. 59

carefullybefore it is mailed. about it. Next

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

5. The ancient ruins must have interpret.

as early as 1974. The historical record is difficult to

this button back on right away before you lose it.

6. You should

7. This burnt out light bulb should have green cabinet. Could you get one for me?

8. Did you know that Sylvia bought a new sports car? I don’t know how much shepaid for it, and of course it’s none of my business, but it must have her lots of money. 9. Shhh! Let’s not talk so loudly. We don’t want to awaken the baby. We’d better .

A. the period from 1802 to 1945

B. the damage during the war

C. the northeast monsoon

D. its rich architecture

2. All of the following are mentioned as features of the Hue Citadel EXCEPT A. a library and museum

B. the flag tower

C. the Temple of Literature

D. the royal tombs

3. All of the following are advantages of Hue EXCEPT

V. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank.

B. its beauty of natural setting

C. the waterway of the Perfume River

D. the art of cooking .

4. The Complex of Hue Monuments

scientific

between

lung

recognized

A. was built by thirteen Nguyen kings from 1802 to 1945

botanical

river

attractions

protected

B. is located on the left bank of the Perfume River

mouths of Dong Nai, Formed on the vast delta of the (1) SaiGon and Vam Co, Can Gio Mangrove Forest in Ho Chi Minh City is an ecosystem (2) aquatic ecosystem and land ecosystem, freshwater ecosystemand marine ecosystem, (3) 150 flora species, 744 fauna species,130 species of birds and 130 species offish. In the core zone of Can Gio Mangrove Forest, Ho Chi Minh City invested to build Vam Sat Ecological such as: a crocodile farm, a bat lagoon, a Tourist Site withmany tourist (4) garden and many games of fishingcrocodile, birdyard, Tang Bong Tower, a (5) sailing boats, rowing boats... of Ho Chi Minh City and is assessed as the best place in Viet Nam and worldwide. This is also the ideal research. On21 January 2000, UNESCO (9) a world biosphere reserve.

C. has its buildings built during the region of King Gia Long D. is recognized as a UNESCO World Heritage Site VII. Choose the word or phrase A, B, C or D that needs correcting. 1. The children were frightening by the thunder and lightning. A

The Complex of Hue Monuments is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and is located in the city of Hue in central Vietnam. Hue was founded as the Viet Nam capital city by Gia Long, the first king of the Nguyen Dynasty in 1802. It held this position for thirteen Nguyen kings until 1945. The massive complex features hundreds of monuments and mins, such as the Forbidden Purple City, once the residence of the royal family and badly damagedduring the Vietnam War. the Imperial City, royal tombs, the flag tower, pagodas, temples, a library and museum. Hue, located on the banks of the Huong River, (also known as the Perfume River) is about a hundred kilometres north of Da Nang. Among the most impressivemonuments in this former grand imperial capital are the Ngo Mon Gate of the Imperial City which once was exclusively used by the royal family and their servants and soldiers, the tomb of Emperor Minh Mang as well as the tomb of EmperorTu DuC. In fact, many of the monuments surrounding the royal buildings were constructed in the early 19th century and were modeled after Beijing’s Forbidden City. The wall that surroundings the citadel is six metres high and two and a half kilometres long. The historical complex is known not only for its rich architecture but also for its beautiful landscape setting. Overall, the site is quite spectacular. Avoid Hue between October and 61

2. Two people got hurt in the accident and were took to the hospital by an ambulance. A

3. The students helped by the clear explanationthat the teacher gave. A

4. That alloy is composingby iron and tin. A

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

A. the last three months of the year

including

Can Gio is the green (6) restored, care and (7) place for eco-tourism and (8) Can Gio (10)

1. The Hue Citadel needs the work of restoration because of

days ago. There are some new bulbs in the

10. You’d better not drink that river water. It could

December as it gets most of its rain from the northeast monsoon during that period. This small city is also famous for its Imperial-style cuisine.

5. The winter of the race hasn’t been announcing yet. A

6. Progress is been made every dayin all parts of the world. A

7. When, where and by whomhas the automobile invented? A

8. Eachassembly kit is accompany by detailed instruction. A

9. Arthur was giving an award by the city for all of his efforts in crime prevention. A

10. It was late and I was getting very worryabout my son. A

VIII. Change these sentences into the passive voice. 1. It is reported that the building has been badly damaged by the fire. 62

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 2. The Greens had a carpet cleaner clean their carpet. → __________________________________________________________________________ 3. People believe that he has special knowledge which may be useful to the police.

Unit VIETNAM: THEN AND NOW 6

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 4. Journalists suppose that the footballer is earning ten million pounds a year.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 5. It is reported that the damage is extensive.

1. PAST PERFECT (QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH)

→ __________________________________________________________________________

a. Form:

6. People were watching the game outside the stadium on a huge screen.

(+) S + had + Vp2/ed + O

→ __________________________________________________________________________

(-) S + hadn’t + Vp2/ed + O

7. The south coast continues to attract holidaymakers.

(?) Had (not) + S + Vp2/ed + O?

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 8. Somebody has described Keith Jones as the world’s greatest guitarist.

b. Uses (Cách sử dụng)

→ __________________________________________________________________________ 9. Robert always hated other children teasing him.

- Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước 1 hành động khác trong QK (hành động xảy ra trước dùng QKHT; hành động xảy ra sau dùng QKĐ)

→ __________________________________________________________________________

Ex:

10. Somebody should have offered Marry a drink when she arrived.

- Hành động xảy ra trước 1 thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ.

__________________________________________________________________________

Ex:

I had never seen such a beautiful beach before I went to Kauai. I had worked as a librarian before 2010.(Trước năm 2010, tôi là một quản thư)

c. Adverbs (Trạng ngữ nhận biết) - When, before, after TLĐ/ TLHT/ HTĐ +

WHEN

+ HTĐ

QK +

WHEN

+ QKĐ

QKĐ/ QKTD +

WHEN

+ QKTD

TLĐ/ TLHT/ TLHTTD +

BEFORE

+ HTĐ

QKHT +

BEFORE

+ QKĐ

HTHT

+ BEFORE

AFTER

+ QKHT

QKĐ +

WHEN = AS = AS SOON AS = UNTIL = BY THE TIME 2. ADJECTIVE + TO -INFINITIVE:Thật thế nào (đối với ai) khi làm gì (dùng để nhấn mạnh thông tin). It + be + adjective (for sb) + to-infinitive Ex:

- It is necessary (for you) to know another language. - It is kind of you to help me.

* Các tính từ thường được sử dụng trong cấu trúc này là các tính từ chỉ cảm xúc, chắc chắn, hay lo lắng như: happy, glad, pleased, sorry, certain, sure, confident, convinced, afraid, annoyed, astonished, conscious,... Ex:

- I am glad to see you again. - I am certain that you will pass the exam.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

II. Choose the correct answers A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

PART 2: PRACTICE

that the current family remains an important production unit of

1. Survey findings society.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

A. express

I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. elevated

B. facility

C. significant

D. initially

2. A. cooperative

B. anniversary

C. illiteracy

D. considerable

3. A. complete

B. complain

C. company

D. computer

4. A. economic

B. electric

C. engineer

D. entertain

5. A. technology

B. opportunity

C. curiosity

D. information

B. chapter

C. manage

D. panel

2. A. example

B. feed

C. ink

D. inhumane

3. A. junior

B. humour

C. stew

D. few

4. A. hall

B. doll

C. chalk

D. forecast

5. A. remake

B. refund

C. reconcile

D. reproduce

C. explain

A. were

B. would be

A. were signing

D. record

3 state universities built in cities of Hue, C. was

D. used to be

labour contracts with the companies.

3. Many workers wish that they B. sign

C. signed

4. On arrival at home I (find) minutes before.

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. 1. A. yacht

B. show

2. Before 1975 in South Viet Nam, there Saigon, Can Tho.

D. were signed

that she just (leave)

just

A. had found – left

B. have found – have just left

C. found – hadjust left

D. found – left

few

in our school.

5. We wish that smart boards A. was installed

B. would install

C. had installed

D. were installed

6. The photos by a British diplomat capture the of old bicycles crowded electric trams, the queue to buy goods and lines of barrels waiting to collect water in the 1980s. A. minds

B. thinking

C. ideas

D. images them up during the Tet

7. After people had asked for scholars’ handwriting, they festival.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

A had hung

I. Rewrite the following sentences using “It +be+adjective + (of/ for+ noun/ pronoun)”. 1. The students were unreasonable to complain about the exam results. __________________________________________________________________________

B. hang

A. despite

2. The shelves are simple to put up. __________________________________________________________________________ 3. Hung was confident to present his ideas in front of the committee. __________________________________________________________________________ 4. We were surprised to get the scholarships.

__________________________________________________________________________ 6. Anna was brave to spend the night in the old house alone. __________________________________________________________________________ 7. Such a wonderful performance was interesting to hear. __________________________________________________________________________ 8. You were very kind to give presents to street children before the new school year. __________________________________________________________________________ 9. English is necessary to learn now. __________________________________________________________________________ 10. Our living environment is so important to preserve. __________________________________________________________________________ 65

B. although

D. hanged

C. but

A. should stop

B. will stop

10. After they

C. stopped

their breakfast, they

A. have – go

D. so

street children from following foreign tourists in

9. We suggest that the authorities the downtown.

__________________________________________________________________________ 5. She was impolite to criticize him in front of his friends.

C. hung

8. The life at that time was very difficult every family tried to buy a branch of peach blossoms to display on the Lunar New Year Festival.

B. had had – go

D. would stop shopping, yesterday.

C. had – had gone

D.had had – went

III. Fill in each blank with the correct preposition. 1. The young birds depend

their parents for food

several weeks.

2. This job is a lot of different

what I’m used to.

3. Most students are interested

sports.

4. The teacher divided the class

five groups.

5. His breakfast consists

dry bread and a cup of tea.

6. Their yard is separated

the factory

9. We haven’t seen Jane several hotels

HangLuoc Street.

you?

8. How long is she planning to stay 10. I walked

a tall fence.

Friday, Maryam wanted to visit the mosque a while. my way

the gas station.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

IV. Complete each of the following sentences using the correct form of a verb from the box. see

live

study

already/ graduate

work

forget

have

want

sing

play

1. He 2. She got up,

from high school when we met him. breakfast, and left.

3. It was a beautiful morning. The sun was shining, and the birds 4. I was sure I

him somewhere before, but I couldn’t remember where.

5. Linda walked out ofher flat. As she shut the door, she realized she 7. Minh grew up in the countryside, and he in

Ha Noi for a few years in the 2010s.

8. When I was a child, I didn’t know what job I 9. The fire alarm went off when we 10. My brother

the key.

football.

6. My leg started to hurt when I

to do in the future. a math lesson.

when I called him this afternoon.

Many women and children cook meals using traditional cooking fuels. They also spend many wood and other materials to burn. This process takes time and also uses a hours (2) . Cooking was lot of natural resources. Moreover, they suffer the same health (3) a difficult and dangerous job. The kitchen was smoky, and the black ash would make people pain in the eyes. cough, and (4) But a biogas system can (5) all of these problems! It can turn animal or plant valuable resources – such as cooking fuel, electricity and plant fertilizer. waste (6) First, an expert must build a system of pipes and tanks. This biogas system contains and manages the decaying process of animal or plant waste. To use the biogas system, a farmer must move in the animal waste into a pipe with water. These pipes bring the waste to a tank (7) ground. This tank is called a bio-digester. Air cannot enter this tank. In this contained the waste decays in environment, natural bacteria decays the waste material. (8) the bio-digester, it (9) two things – biogas and slurry. The biogas rises to the top . Now of the tank. The pressure from the gas pushes the liquid slurry into (10) people can use both the biogas and the slurry. 1. A. do

B. look for

C. earn

2. A. looking

B. collecting

C. keeping

D. controlling

C. READING

3. A. concerns

B. importance

C. businesses

D. involvements

I. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words.

4. A. bring

B. hurt

C. make

D. cause

Being the first and also the oldest high school in Hue, originally Quoc Hoc (National High School) was the school for children from royal and noble families. French colonialists opened would serve the government. Therefore, at this school in 1896 to train those (1) Hue that time, French was the main subject for students. Now it is (2) National High School and is a high-profile school that all students must pass a competitive (3) exam to get the admission.

5. A. solve

B. deal

C. match

D. delete D. in

Established in 1896, after more than 100-year history, the school today isconsidered the in Viet Nam. This largest and also the most beautiful high school (4) surrounding makes a great picture of red French designed buildings in Harmony with green (5) of a large shady trees and stone benches. in spring, when “diep anh dao” (a kind of cherry blossoms)is in bloom, the (6) whole picture is filled with pinky dots above red thatched tile. Students often call that (7) of time “Pinky cloud season” and regard it as the most special moments of a year. These “Pinky school beside Perfume River are the reasons why Quoc Hoc is also (8) Bank” in the song with the same name. leaders have been learning here, Moreover, several Vietnamese (9) including: Nguyen Tat Thanh (President Ho Chi Minh), General Vo Nguyen Giap, Prime Minister Pham Van Dong, etc. In addition, the school is famed for its students who are wellknown poets (Xuan Dieu, Huy Can, To Huu, Luu Trong Le etc.), scientists (Ta Quang Buu, Ton That Tung, Dang Van Ngu, etc.), musicians (Tran Hoan, Nguyen Van Thuong, etc.). The school also has students getting high prizes in many international (10) . II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Seventy percent of people in Viet Nam live in rural areas. Most of these people (1) their living by caring for farm animals like pigs. Other common jobsare crop farming and fishing. For many of these farmers and fishermen, animal and plant waste is still a problem. 67

D. take

6. A. to

B. into

C. at

7. A. bury

B. burying

C. buried

D. being buried

8. A. Because

B. Moreover

C. Although

D. As

9. A. produces

B. brings

C. gets

D. makes

10. A. the tank

B. no tank

C. the same tank

D. another tank

D. WRITING I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentences. Use the word given and other words as necessary. 1. Supporting the victims after the disaster was kind of them. => __________________________________________________________________________ 2. Valuing the improved living conditions we have today is necessary. => __________________________________________________________________________ 3. Crossing the road without looking left and right was stupid of you. => __________________________________________________________________________ 4. Going into the lift alone is afraid. => __________________________________________________________________________ 5. Following the instructions carefully is important for all of us. => __________________________________________________________________________ 6. Being able to build the country into a powerful one is certain. => __________________________________________________________________________ 7. Speaking English with the foreigners is confident. => __________________________________________________________________________ 68

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

8. Showing us the way to train station was kind of them. => __________________________________________________________________________ 9. Using a long stick to get some fruits was very clever of him. => __________________________________________________________________________ 10. Finding a parking space in the city centre is not easy for you. => __________________________________________________________________________ II. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1. The conversation/ take/ place/ the school’s 60th anniversary. => __________________________________________________________________________ 2. Our grandparents/ use/ live in an extended family. => __________________________________________________________________________ 3. Because/ it explain/ a lot about how the school/ in the past. => __________________________________________________________________________ 4. The roof/ made of tiles/ some tiles were broken./ The window frames/ made of wood/ some of them were missing. => __________________________________________________________________________ 5. They/ learn that they/ lucky/ have/ such great learning facilities/ nowadays. => __________________________________________________________________________ 6. My mother/ a sympathetic woman./ She always care/ how/ we feel. => __________________________________________________________________________ 7. The boys/ willing to do/ what you want/ to./ They/ really obedient. => __________________________________________________________________________

childhood

books

goods

Wages

period

artifacts

coupons

fashionable

families

straw

of the subsidy period in Viet Nam took place in Ha The exhibition of the (1) Noi attracted the attention of many people. During the historical period all goods were . The electric fans, cups were indispensable items in distributed through (2) the 1980s. The blanket printed with a peacock was a (3) item of Ha Noi (4) . Each family tried to have at least one. The bike, a (5) hat of are derived the wartime are kept fairly intact. Most books of the subsidy (6) of many people was associated with many from the former Soviet Union. The (7) about Lenin, the story of Doctor Aybolit. At that time, banknotes were rarely (8) were distributed by coupons. (10) were sometimes paid used; the (9) by goods. III. Complete the conversation about means of communication, using the responses (A-H) given. A. Our messages will be transferred at the speech of light in the future. B. Smoke was used as a means of communication from one mountain to another. C. With the invention of stamps. D. Only a few simple messages could be sent and received with this primitive method of smoke signals. E. People carry it together with the identity card, the keys and the wallet. F. The pigeons could fly to and fro to carry letters. G. It tells about the means of communication in the past, present, and the future. H. Carrier pigeon was another means communication to send messages further away.

8. Having students/ work/ groups,/ she hoped/ they could learn/ be cooperative.

John:

=> __________________________________________________________________________

Which book are you reading, Hung?

Hung:

(1) _________________________________________________________________

9. She/ tolerant with/ children even when/ they/ misbehave. => __________________________________________________________________________ 10. Nowadays/ the nuclear family/ becoming more common/ the cities. => __________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________ John:

Wow, interesting! I think it has changed according to the changes in technology. What was first used for communication?

Hung:

(2) _________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

John:

Maybe people only used smoke to ask for help or something like that.

Hung:

(3) _________________________________________________________________

I. Choose the word whose main stress pattern is placed differently from the others.

John:

What happened after that?

1. A. invent

B. interact

C. develop

D. control

Hung:

(4) _________________________________________________________________

2. A. violent

B. popular

C. convenient

D. favorite

3. A. literature

B. newspaper

C. teenager

D. documentary

4. A. development

B. education

C. interactive

D. entertainment

John: I’ve heard about that. The pigeons were trained for this two-way communication method of letter carrying.

5. A. benefit

B. commerce

C. time-consuming

D. computer

Hung:

____________________________________________________________________

II. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. 69

Sure. (5)_____________________________________________________________

John:

Then people send letters by post.

Hung:

(6) _________________________________________________________________ 70

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Right? After that, we have Morse codes, telegraphs, telephones, email with the Internet, and so on.

he can enjoy a live broadcast of an (6) (nation) football match. Television (use) way for companies to advertise their products. is also a very (7)

John:

Now mobiles are the most popular.

Hung:

Yeah. (7) ___________________________________________________________

(see) why there is a TV set in almost every home today. It’s not too hard for us (8) (interact) TV which allows (10) And, engineers are developing (9) (communicate)between viewers and producers.

____________________________________________________________________ John:

And the future? It is not difficult to predict the future of the communication.

Hung:

(8) _________________________________________________________________

themselves from debris. Houses and During the war, children wore straw hats to (1) schools were bombed and destroyed. Many children were made (2) and their schools had to be moved around or lessons sometimes had to (3) after dark to avoid being targeted by with several layers of straw to heavy bombing. Many schools had its roof (4) of the bombs. Life for children was very hard in both the North withstand the (5) and South of Viet Nam during the war.

IV. Find a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentences and correct it. 1. My sister had worked in the bank for five years before she had been sent to Da Nang. A

2. Tom said that he had been very excited visiting Ha Long Bay for the first time in 2005. A

of their duty to serve their country. Even young girls took Young people were (6) part in the war efforts by digging bomb shelters. Children took first-aid courses after school so injured people. that they could (7)

3. The country has significant changed since we came here in 2007. A

4. All of us are astonished that life in the countryside to improve a lot. A

Childhood years of children born in the 1960s are (8) . As innocent children, they straw hats in the sounds of American jet fighters in the sky and the went to school (9) shots from Vietnamese anti-aircraft guns.

5. By the time she left the shop, she spent all of her money on clothes. A

Nowadays, they are proud that they came through those hardships. They had their heads held walking out of the war. (10)

V. Put ever, never, for or since into each gap to complete the sentences. 1. I’ve known him

over ten years, but I’ve

2. We haven’t had a barbecue

4. My uncle has been at my house . 5. I’ve known him

met his parents.

last summer. Have you

3. His wife, Carrie, is a designer. She has her own studio June.

had a barbecue? 8th

six months,

8.00 this morning. Have you

ages, but I haven’t seenhim

met him? –No,

I was at university.

6. Sue has lived in London Have you gone there?

the last few years but she’s

7. I haven’t seen Keith

Christmas.

8. She’s been in China

a long time, but she’s visited the Great Wall.

9. He’s worked for this company 10. We’ve been friends as I like him.

many years, we were children, and I’ve

VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

gone to Big Ben.

1. A. protect

B. keep

C. save

D. help

2. A. homemade

B. homeless

C. homelessness

D. homesick

3. A. place

B. take place

C. be happened

D. exist

4. A. cover

B. covering

C. covered

D. being covered

5. A. reasons

B. causes

C. actions

D. impacts

6. A. known

B. afraid

C. capable

D. aware

7. A. care for

B. take after

C. take care about

D. deal

8. A. unfortunate

B. unforgettable

C. forgettable

D. memorably

9. A. wear

B. to wear

C. wearing

D. that wear

10. A. high

B. highly

C. height

D. above

VIII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

1976, I guess. liked anyone as much

VI. Complete the passage with the correct form or tense of the words in brackets. Television first (1) (appear) some fifty years ago in the 1950s. Since then, it (be) one of the most popular sources of (3) (entertain) for has (2) (actual) satisfy almost all both the old and the young. Television can (4) kinds of taste.It offers cartoons for children, world news, music and many other programs. If someone is (5) (interest) in sports, for example, he can tune in to a sports channel. There 71

Street Food Shoulder Poles on Saigon streets Street food shoulder pole is familiar with Saigon people throughout many years. Nowadays it has become a special thing that makes travelers curious. In small areas of District 1 and District 3, we could count more than 100 vendors who earned money using shoulder poles. A shoulder pole, also called a carrying pole, is a yoke of wood or bamboo, used by people to carry a load. The vendors put their goods in two baskets from each end of the yoke. In the downtown, we can meet young women with their shoulder poles. The baskets are covered with plastic wrap carefully to protect the foods from the street dust. In a tight space ofone basket, she could mix the ingredients and bake the cake on a small charcoal which was defended by carton. The ready cakes were put in other basket. 72

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

In the morning or evening, on rainy or sunny day, Saigon streets are marked by shoulder poles of people from different regions of the country, which has become a unique part of Saigon. It has been said that it isn’t hard to live in Saigon if you work hard. With the carrying pole on shoulders, the vendor has turned it into a “store”. The reason is very simple, they don’t have enough money to open a real store. Every day these women continue their journey through Saigon streets under the sun and the rain, selling cheap things or street foods to earn money and feed their children.

There are now 700 girls aged (7) 11 and 18 at the school.The younger pupils have to wear a uniform, but girls in the sixth form can wearwhatever they like. Several additions been made to the originalVictorian building. Now there is a computer studies (8) room, a language laboratory, a pottery room, a new gymnasium and an ecology garden. (9) newest buildings contain ten laboratories for science and technology, a workshop and darkroom, and art studios. (10) are also improved facilities for music and drama. The playing field was recently converted into an all-weather surface for hockey and tennis.

1. A shoulder pole

A. is the connection between wood and bamboo

X. Use the words and phrases to complete the sentences.

B. used to be called a carrying pole

1. The adults/ take responsibility/ leading/ family.

C. is a bar made of wood or bamboo

__________________________________________________________________________

D. is used to put goods on street vendor’s shoulders 2. Street food shoulder pole is

2. If/ we/ not have/ forgiveness/ we/ not live/ happy/ extended family/ many members.

__________________________________________________________________________

A. used by street vendors to carry things

3. Nguyen Sieu Primary School/ Ha Noi/ introduce/ traditional games/ their curriculum/ recently.

B. a characteristic of District 1 and 3

__________________________________________________________________________

C. used to make foreign travelers curious

4. The school/ like/ offer/ gentle form/ relaxation/ after/ hours/ study.

D. a way for passer-by to have food

__________________________________________________________________________

3. All of the following are true about shoulder poles EXCEPT that

5. The students/fifth grade/play/traditional games/ without/ instruction/ teachers.

A. street vendors can bake cakes there

__________________________________________________________________________

B. the two baskets have the same function

6. Some students/ enjoying “Cat and Mouse game”/ while/ others/ interested/ play/ blind man’s bluff.

C. they can contain enough things to serve some customers D. they can be protected from dust

__________________________________________________________________________

4. All of the following are benefits of shoulder poles EXCEPT that

7. The school authorities/ want/ increase/ students’ affection/ school/ so that/ each day/ school/ full/ happiness.

A. they can help street vendors to sell many things without a store B. street vendors can support their families with the help of shoulder poles

__________________________________________________________________________

C. it is a way for street vendors to carry goods around the streets

8. Family members/ support/ other/ times/ trouble.

D. women are marked by unique shoulder poles from different regions 5. The word “yoke” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to

__________________________________________________________________________

9. We/ have/ need/ love/ and/ loved/ so/ family/ normally/ place/ where/ love/ expressed.

A. a piece of wood that is shaped to fit across a person’s shoulders to carry two equal loads

__________________________________________________________________________

B. a wooden bar that is connected to the vehicles or loads so that they can be pulled away

10. It/ certain/ laughter/ positive way/ release tensions/ and/ gain/ close relationships.

C. something that connects two things or people, usually in a way that limits freedom

__________________________________________________________________________

D. a long piece of wood that is fastened across the necks to pull heavy loads

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.

IX. Read the following passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words. Godolphin and Latymer School for girls is a private school in Hammersmith, West London. It (1) originally a boy’s school, but became a girls’ (2) in the early 1900s. , an assembly The girls didn’t wear a uniform. At thattime, the school had twelve (3) hall, a library, acookery room, a gymnasium, and three science laboratories for chemistry, botany. The school had its own playing field, described as“lung of physics(4) the girls could play hockey, tennis,basketball and cricket. They had Hammersmith”, (5) play games twice a week,with gym once a week. There were 328 girls at the (6) school in 1906.

1. It’s not a good idea to travel during the rush hour. It’s better to avoid ___________________________________________________________ 2. Michael laughed when I told him the joke. The joke __________________________________________________________________ 3. Don’t stop him doing what he wants. Let _______________________________________________________________________ 4. We like to lie on the beach all day. We enjoy __________________________________________________________________ 74

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

THE FIRST TERM TEST

5. Do you fancy going for a walk? Would you like _____________________________________________________________ 6. I wish I hadn’t taken your advice. I regret ____________________________________________________________________

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

7. Seeing Nelson Mandela will always stay in my memory.

1. A. closure

B. structure

C. sculpture

D. future

I’ll never forget _____________________________________________________________

2. A. aware

B. cast

C. craft

D. carve

8. It was difficult for me to stop laughing at Wendy’s letter.

3. A. multicultural

B. frustrated

C. surface

D. drumhead

I couldn’t help _____________________________________________________________

4. A. cost

B. preserve

C. craftsman

D. house-keeping

9. Shall I phone you this evening?

5. A. preserved

B. embarrassed

C. wandered

D. embroidered

Do you want _______________________________________________________________ 10. It will be good to see them again.

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

I’m looking ________________________________________________________________

1. A. lacquerware

B. determine

C. fabulous

11. I’d prefer not to go out tonight.

2. A. metropolitan

B. multicultural

C. authenticity

D. cooperative

I’d rather __________________________________________________________________

3. A. contestant

B. occasion

C. underpass

D. astonished

12. You’d better put your money in the bank, Jack.

4. A. significant

B. noticeable

C. illiterate

D. spectacular

I advised __________________________________________________________________

5. A. contestant

B. occasion

C. underpass

D. astonished

D. skyscraper

13. I can do what I want and you can’t stop me. You can’t _________________________________________________________________

III. Choose the bestone (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.

14. Please don’t interrupt me all the time.

1. Lacquering is a uniquely-performed

Would you mind ___________________________________________________________

A. culture

B. craft

in Viet Nam. C. tradition

My father allowed __________________________________________________________

A. place

B. appeal

D. production

for the city.

2. The art gallery will be a new visitor

15. My father said I could use his car.

C. interest

D. attraction and inherited over many

3. The drawing and printing techniques have been generations. A. prevented

B. treated

C. preserved

4. Peter was expelled from the volunteer team A. except for 5. There is a A. group

B. because of

C. in spite of

B. change

C. type

B. artisans

D. variety make Dinh

C. artists

B. where

C. how

8. Maybe we are worried about something so our issue. A. feeling

B. mind

9. In the central park, there is a statue A. carved

sedge

mats a

D. actors

to use the new washing machine.

7. My sister asked me A. why

D. regardless of

of employment opportunities in a city.

6. Skillful hand-weaving techniques of the local wonderful souvenir for visitors. A. artefacts

D. stored

his misbehavior.

B. built

D. what keeps wandering over a particular

C. brain

D. impression

from a single block of marble. C. moulded

D. cut

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

10. The bamboo used to make conical hats must be split into very thin strings and then put into they can avoid tearing and any breakage. water

V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

A. so that

B.therefore

C. because

better than humans.

11. It’s a truth that dogs can hear and see A. very

B.far more

D.although

C.a lot

A. face up to

B. take it up

C.look it up

A. actively

D.go it over in the school’s social programmes.

13. We’d like our students to participate more B. comprehensively C. basically

14. “Do you

By the time they reach their teens, most children see their weekly (3) dramatically to an amazing national average of £20. Two thirds think they (4) money, but most expect to have to do something to get it.

D.much more

12. To consider an idea or a suggestion before deciding to accept it is to

D. dynamically

your new classmate?”

A. face up to

B. keep up with

C. get on with

D. look forward to to act andwhere to get help

15. Yesterday, a policeman came and explained to us in emergencies. A. how

B. whether

C. where

D. what

B.offer

C.do

A. face

B.put

18. I am unsure as to A. where

D.make

up with noise,overcrowding and bad air.

17. In many big cities, people have to

C. catch C. whether

D. what

all the natural and man-made wonders of Viet Nam.

19. I wish I A. could visit

B. am visiting

C. Visit

A. across

B. through

D.will visit with other people.

20. Children in large families learn howto get C. along

D. away

IV. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the mistakes by circling A, B, C or D. 1. The study of the sculptures of the Cham people is truly fascinated, and somebooks have A

4. People in the South speak more direct than people in the North do. A

5. According to many critics, Mark Twain’s novel Huckleberry Finn is his greatest work and is A

is one of the greatest American novelists ever written. C

sources

parts

their

losing

looks

hands

consumers

was delivered

(6) essential supplies had many problems, for example, four people shared a pair of bicycle tires, or even a blanket. Sometimes one pig was shared among 20 households, and very difficult to divide fairly. Moreover, everyone wanted to take the good (7) because of bad storage and complicated delivery, many supplied foods were in bad condition, own rice such as broken, rotten or even poisonous. Each family got (8) booklet shown date and number kilos of rice. During that time, the Vietnamese had a famous sad like (10) the rice booklet”. saying, “Your face (9)

3. We still haven’t gota sponsoralthough the fact that we’ve written to dozens of companies. A

sharing

Teenagers do not spend as much money as their parents suspect - at least not according to the findings of a (1) survey. The survey (2) teenagers, 13 – 18 years old, from all over Britain.

been written about them. B

cash among teenagers does not, however, mean that they Greater access (7) are more irresponsible (8) a result. Instead of wasting (9) pocket money they have on sweets or magazines, the 13-year-old who took part in the survey seem to to the situation by saving more than half of their cash. (10)

VII. Read the passage below and decide which answer A, B, C or D fits each numbered gap.

2. Ihaven’t visited my grandparents when we came to live in the city. A

among teenagers. some aside for the future.

of goods and raw Subsidy economy from 1976 to 1986 means all (1) of the central government. The government coordinated all materials are in the (2) . Each person steps of economy from planning, collecting, and distributing to (3) with standard distributions which depended (5) working level, age, (4) rank and position in government or professional.

D. keep

fashion designing is the right career for me. B. how

Although they have more cash, worry about debt is (5) Therefore, the majority of children make an effort to (6)

rise enough

VI. Fill in the blank using the words in the box.

16. All of my teachers, friends and relatives are asking me continually what careers I am interested in and I'm struggling to a decision. A. take

Teenagers do not spend as much money as their parents suspect - at least not according to the survey. The survey (2) 300 teenagers, 13-18 years findings of a (1) old, from all over Britain.

D 77

Although they have more cash, worry about debt is (5) Therefore, the majority of children make an effort to (6) future.

rise enough

among teenagers. some aside for the

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

1. A. latest

B. fresh

C. late

D. recent

2. A. counted

B. enclosed

C. included

D. contained

4. The purpose of preservation of traditional craft villages is bringing about A. the start of tourism

3. A. bonus

B. profit

C. allowance

D. support

B. economic and social development

4. A. make

B. get

C. accept

D. earn

C. the clear models of traditional villages

5. A. increasing

B. building

C. gaining

D. heightening

6. A. spare

B. keep

C. put

D. save

7. A. from

B. along

C. to

D. with

A. other districts should start preserving their craft like Sa Pa

weaving 30,000 metres of fabric .

5. All of the following are true EXCEPT that

8. A. for

B. in

C. like

D. as

B. preservation of traditional crafts can be associated with tourism

9. A. which

B. what

C. the

D. whether

C. brocade weaving has become the most important craft in Sa Pa and nearby districts

10. A. respond

B. return

C. reply

D. answer

D. local people can sell handicrafts, brocade products to tourists IX. Complete the following sentences using one of the following combinations.

VIII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. To preserve and develop traditional craft villages, in recent years, the local authorities have conducted preservation of four traditional crafts: brocade weaving, silver carving, blacksmithing, and carpentry to bring about economic and social efficiency for the development of provincial tourism... Currently, the province of Lao Cai has formed the clear models of traditional villages. Cat Cat villages has gradually built its brand with the forging and casting products, textiles of linens of Hmong people. The famous alcohol villages have found their footholds in the market such as Pho village corn wine (Bac Ha), Xeo village wine (in Bat Xat commune).

away

on with

down on

up to

in with

out of (x2)

away from

back on

1. We’ve run

sugar. Could you buy some more? your work.

2. Please don’t let me disturb you. Carry

the amount of money we spend. We just can’t make ends

3. We must try to cut meet. 4. Keep

me I’ve got a terrible cold, and I don’t want to giveit to you.

The villages in the province have been associated with tourism spots and promotetourism development in the community, improve living standards of many families through their home business, selling handicrafts, brocade products.

6. The only people she looks

In the past, in the villages in Sa Pa, people mostly make their living in agriculture, forestry, but now there have been many households getting involved in tourism activities of the village.

7. Children grow properly.

With the aim of preserving and developing traditional village linked to tourism development, most of the villages have created its own definition for tourists to learn and explore. In particular, brocade weaving is dominant, serving the needs of families and tourists. Only in Sa Pa district has 11 embroidery and weaving villages, in Ta Phin village, and San Sa Ho village with about 1000 households participating and a number of groups from the district women society, put on the market each year more than 30,000 metres of fabric. Other districts like Van Ban, Bac Ha have also formed several embroidery villages, attracting thousands of workers.

8. The antique table is very beautiful, but it doesn’t fit furniture, which is modern.

1. We can infer from the passage that tourism has

up with

5. When I look

my childhood, I realize what a happy time it was. are her grandparents. their clothes so quickly. It costs a fortune toclothe them

9. I think the neighbors have gone 10. John’s up ahead so Greg is pedaling fast to catch

the

restof

the

for the weekend. him.

A. prevented forests from being cut down B. found its footholds in the market C. raised labour income in rural areas D. made all farmers quit farming 2. Cat Cat village is famous for

A. blacksmithing

B. silver carving

C. corn wine

D. its textiles of linens

3. The word “definition” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to

A. quality of being clear

B. what tourism means

C. descriptions of features

D. explanation of the meaning 79

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Unit RECIPES AND EATING HABITS 7

PART 2: PRACTICE A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

I. SOME AND ANY - SOME và ANY là hai tính từ chỉ số lượng bất định. Chúng được dùng trước danh từ không đếm được hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều.

1. A. tender

B. garnish

C. drain

D. sprinkle

2. A. grill

B. garnish

C. dip

D. slice

3. A. head

B. spread

C. cream

D. bread

4. A. sauce

B. steam

C. sugar

D. stew

5. A. marinate

B. grate

C. shallot

D. staple

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. tomato

B. nutritious

C. ingredient

D. tablespoon

- Some được dùng trong câu khẳng định và - Any được dùng trong câu phủ định hoặc câu lời mời, yêu cầu hỏi.

2. A. ingredient

B. traditional

C.repeat

D. avocado

3. A. celery

B. benefit

C. engineer

D. versatile

Ex: Would you like some tea? (Bạn dùng Ex: Do you have any pens? (Bạn có chiếc bút một ít trà nhé?) nào không?)

4. A. tender

B. simmer

C. cucumber

D. delicious

5. A. significant

B. diverse

C. garnish

D. combine

- Some đứng trước danh từ không đếm được - Any đứng trước danh từ không đếm được hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều. hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều.

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR

1. SOME (MỘT VÀI, MỘT ÍT)

Ex:

2. ANY (NÀO)

Ex:

There isn’t any butter. (Không có chút bơ nào There are some butter. (Có một chút bơ) cả.) There are some eggs. (Có một vài quả trứng) Are there any eggs?(Có quả trứng nào không?)

II. MODAL VERBS IN CONDITIONAL SENTENCES TYPE 1 Động từ khuyết thiếu trong câu điều kiện loại 1.

I. Complete the sentences with a, an, some or any. 1. There is

banana in the basket.

2. I need

tea.

3. Are there

tomatoes in the fridge?

4. We have

rice, but we don’t have meat.

5. There’s

orange on the table.

6. I’d like

apple juice.

7. He has

TV and

8. Would you like

If - clause (Mệnh đề If)

Main clause (Mệnh đề chính)

9. I have

If + S + V (present simple)

S + will/ can/ may/ must + V (bare infinitive)

10. Do you have

Câu điều kiện này điều kiện có thể hoặc không thể thực hiện trong tương lai.

computer.

ice- cream? friends in Hue. dogs or cats at home?

II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses of the conditionals.

Ex:

1. If you (not go)

away I’ll send for the police.

− I will buy a big house if I have enough money.

2. I’ll be very angry if he (make)

− I will be late for school if you don’t drive faster.

3. If he (be)

− If he wants to pass the exam, he must study harder.

any more mistakes.

late we’ll go without him.

4. She will be absolutely furious if she (hear) 5. If you put on the kettle I (make)

about this. the tea.

6. If you give my dog a bone he (bury)

it at once.

7. If we leave the car here it (not be)

in anybody’s way.

8. He’ll be late for the train if he (not start) 9. If you come late they (not let) 10. If he (go) 81

at once. you in.

on telling lies nobody will believe a word he says. 82

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

III. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line.

9. Despite the differences in cuisine of each region, there are similarities, such as the for main meals – rice, ways of adding fish sauce, herbs andother flavors.

All over the world, all different cultures created interesting (1) meat products, and one of the most popular is undoubtedly sausage. To begin with, sausage making may be considered (2) as it deals with using various animal parts. Since meat is ground up, in their certain cuts and parts of an animal that wouldn’t be (3) original forms can be used. Literally, this means animal parts such as noses, areas of an animal’s body. Very often, ears, and other less (4) with a certain the ground up meat and flesh is (5) percentage of fat, along with spices and other fillers. After being mixed well, this meat mixture is then stuffed into the cleaned intestines of the animal, which are then sealed at both ends. The result is sausage. The meats used in sausages come from a variety of animals, although beef and pork are by far the favourites. In some cultures, sausage (6) from the meat of horses is considered a (7) . When sausages are cooked, the cooking process sometimes adds to the flavour. boiling is probably the simplest method, smoking While (8) sausages will add a lot of flavour. Next time you bite into a sausage, it is probably (9) not to think too much about how it became the (10) thing you are eating. After all, you don’t want to ruin a good snack.

A. foundation

PROCESSION

B. necessity

C.staple

DISGUST

A. offers

B. flavours

11. I spend

SERVANT

D. basic

are vanilla, chocolate and strawberry.

10. Perhaps the three most popular ice cream

C.brands

D. ingredients

C. most of

D. most of the

my spare time gardening.

A. most

B. the most of

them strong as you

12. Your body uses calcium to build healthy bones and teeth, age.

APPETIZE MIXE

A. continue

B. keep

C. remain

13. Food in Northern Vietnam is not as as black pepper is often used rather than chilies. A. spicy

B. exciting

C. strong

MAKE DELICIOUS

14. Pumpkin soup is a good source of

SMOKE

15. There’s

GOOD TASTE

16. If you eat too quickly, you may not satisfied.

A. fibers

D. care

as that in Central and Southern Viet Nam, D. flavour

minerals and vitamins, especially vitamin A.

B. fats

C. sugars

D. solids

use in complaining. They probably won’t do anything about it.

A. a few

B. a little

A. keep

C. no

D. some

attention

B. show

to whether your hunger is

C. pay

D. take

IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

17. Another feature in northern cuisine is in winter all family members gather around a big hotpot there is a combination of seasoned broth, vegetables and meats.

1. Some of famous in Southern Viet Nam are Hu Tieu Nam Vang, Bun Mam, fried rice, flour cake, and many kinds of puddings.

18. You

A. stapes

B. ingredients

A. traditional A. Anything

C.colourful

B. preventing

A. would want B. wanted

C. Things C. to eliminate

B. many

A. eating

D. in which

C. steam

D. boil

cups of coffee have you taken? B. How much

A. put on weight

D.Nothing

C. How

B. be heavy

D. How far are: eating too fast, eating when not

C. gain weight

D. weight gain

V. Identify the one underlined word or phrase that must be changed to make the sentence correct.

D. eliminating D. want

1. If someone came into the store, smile and say, “May I help you?”

D. lots of

2. If you try these cosmetics, you look five years younger.

money. C. much

B. may have felt

C. felt

3. If you do not understand what were written in the book, you could ask Mr. Pike.

D. had felt

only when you are most active and giving your digestive

B. being eating

depressed and eat more.

7. If people work so much, they 8. Studies suggest system a long break each day.

B. roast

19.

20. Common eating habits that can lead to hungry, eating while standing up, and skipping meals.

to lose weight.

C. will want

6. When we were on holiday, we spend too

A. may feel

D. nutritious

C. which

the foods you love.

5. You should eat more fruits and vegetables if you

A. a lot of

A. fry

D.dishes

ever happens in this place. B. Something

4. Moderation doesn’t mean A. to prevent

B. where

chicken. You cook it in an oven or over a fire without liquid.

A. How many

B. careful

3. It is boring here.

C. foods

part of the vegetable and can be cooked like any

2. Beet greens are the most other dark leafy green.

A. what

4. I will come to meet Mr. Pike and tell him about your problems if you didn’t solvethem C. to eat

D. being eaten

yourself. 83

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

5. Sam will not graduate unless he doesn’t pass allthe tests. A

when our ancient (4) they made a quick snack of them.

In Thailand, insects are a regular part of the street food that can be found. The different (5) that people snack on are crickets, grasshoppers, giant water bugs, and assorted worms. They are often deep-fried and salted, so they have a crunchy texture that makes them a perfect snack food. If you can get past the (6) that you are eating a cricket, it will crunch in your mouth just like a corn chip!

6. If there isn’tenough food, we couldn’t continue our journey. A

7. Unless you pour oil on water, it will float. A

8. You have totake a taxi home if you want to leave now. A

the fear of eating insects. For a lot of people, however, it is difficult to get (7) People tend to see insects as invaders, especially when they are crawling on the food that we are being able to eat insects (9) feeling disgusted is about to ear. (8) cultural. Some people cannot eat French cheese or stinky tofu because they weren’t brought up doing so. To many of us, insects fail right into that category, making it difficult to even try them.

9. If anyone will phone, tell them I’ll be back at 11:00. A

10. We can hire a minibusifthere will be enough people. A

saw some tasty worms or grabs wiggling on the ground,

If (10) the chance, though, be courageous, insects can be nutritious and tasty, so long as you can get over the “yuck” factor.

C. READING I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.

1. A. nutrition

B. nutritious

C. nutritions

D. nutritiously

2. A. health

B. fitness

C. diet

D. balance

3. A. prey

B. pray

C. eat

D. digest

4. A. acquaints

B. relatives

C. ancestors

D. offspring

Aboriginal

barbecues

recipes

cookery

espresso

5. A. insects

B. animals

C. herbs

D. cattle

food

bush

meat

cooking

emu

6. A. true

B. exact

C. fact

D. reality

7. A. up

B. over

C. down

D. on

8. A. However

B. Although

C. Meanwhile

D. Therefore

9. A. without

B. in

C. far

D. on

10. A. giving

B. gives

C. gave

D. given

. In the Australia is a huge country and it has a lot of different kinds of (1) past, the Aboriginal people of Australia ate animals like crocodiles and some insects like the witchetty grub. Aboriginal Australians travelled around the Australian countryside, or ‘bush’, to find food. When the first British and Irish people moved to Australia in the 1830s, they brought sheep and cows from Europe. They also brought traditional Englishand Irish recipes. Many of these (2) , like fish and chips and (3) pies, are still popular today. They also created new Australian recipes such as the pavlova (a fruit dessert - named after a Russian dancer) and damper (a bread cooked in the bush). After 1945, a lot of people came to live in Australia from countries like Italy, Germany, Greece, Thailand and India. They brought recipes with them and Australians began to eat and drink different things. People started to drink (4) coffee and eat Mediterranean and Asian food. with fresh food. They often cook A lot of modern Australians love (5) in their gardens or on the beach. Today more people also eat (7) food on (6) food like kangaroo and (8) . Mark Olive, an Aboriginal chef, has a popular TV (9) programme about traditional; (10) food. There are always new recipes to try in Australia! II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, c or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Humans have a long history of eating insects, and it turns out that they can be a very (1) part of a person’s regular (2) . Insects have a lot of protein, and animals. Therefore, it is no wonder that they are often easier to catch than (3) 85

III. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. about food? “Have you ever Isn’t it amazing how much time we spend (1) eaten...?” “What did you have for lunch?” and so on. And when you travel from one country to about food. People another, you find that people have quite different (2) often feel that what they eat is normal, and that what other people eat is strange or silly. is complete without rice. In In most parts of Asia, for example, no (3) potatoes every day. In the Middle East, bread is the main part of England, people (4) which is difficult to every meal. Eating, like so many things we do, becomes a (5) tea change. Americans like to drink a lot of orange juice and coffee. The English (6) four or five times every day. Australians drink large amount of beer and the French drink (7) every day. The sort of meat people like to eat also differs from one country to another. Horse (8) is thought to be delicious in France. In Hong Kong, some people enjoy eating snakes. New Zealanders eat sheep, but they never eat goat meat. The Japanese don’t like to eat sheep meat because of its smell, but they enjoy raw fish. So it (9) that although eating is a topic that we can talk about forhours, there is very sense in what we say about it. People everywhere enjoy eating little (10) what they have always been earing, and there is very little we can do to change our eating habits.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

D. WRITING

1. A meal of Hue people has a natural combination between flavors and colors ofdishes, which in the regional cuisine. creates the unique

I. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence, using “you”.

A. description

B.list

=> If you’re a vegetarian, ____________________________________________

A. grate

2. People who live in a cold country don t like hot weather.

=> If you live ______________________________________________________

B.sprinkle B.Anything

4. Keeping a

=> If you’re a teacher, _______________________________________________

C.chop

D. whisk

C.Someone

D. Something

for a few days will help you discover your bad eating habits.

A. food dairy

4. People who do a lot of exercise stay fit and healthy.

D. part

has left a bicycle outside. A. Anyone

3. Teachers have to work very hard.

C.feature

vegetables like onion. It means that you cut them into many small

2. You usually pieces.

1. Vegetarians don’t eat meat.

B.report

C.diary

D. personal

5. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is short cooking time which aims to the freshness of food.

=> If you __________________________________________________________ 5. Mechanics understand engines.

A. remain

=> If you’re a ______________________________________________________

B.exist

6. People who read newspapers know what’s happening in the world.

A. any

=> If you _________________________________________________________

II. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. Eating healthy foods is very important. => It is ______________________________________________________________________ 2. I suggest having spaghetti and pizza tonight. => Let’s _____________________________________________________________________ 3. You need to peel the onion and slice it. => The onion _________________________________________________________________ 4. Follow these safety instructions or you may get burnt. => If you _____________________________________________________________________ 5. My aunt has never tasted sushi before. => This is ____________________________________________________________________

C.stay

D. continue

apple juice in the fridge, Quang?

6. Is there

B.some

C.an

D. a

don’t visit this part of the town. A. The most tourists

B. Most of tourists

C. Most tourists

D. Most the tourists

A. understand

B. tell

9. If children don’t play sports, they A. would have felt

C. recognize

B. had felt

A. piece A. few A. may have

B.might have

C. would have

A. had cooked I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. ingredient

B. cucumber

C. particular

D. analysis

2. A. understand

B. librarian

C. experiment

D. historical

3. A. business

B. combine

C. endangered

D. reduce

4. A. accidental

B. outnumber

C. opinion

D. nutritious

5. A. pancake

B. canteen

C. teaspoon

D. cabbage

A. slice

B.tub

C.bottle

D. jar

lemon juice on fish makes it taste better. B.a few B. had had B. has cooked

C.little

D. a little more fast food.

C. have

B. head B. half

17. If you eat a lot of fruit, you A. had

C. will cook

D. would have . D. would cook

of broccoli and two carrots.

16. We couldn’t buy anything because A. all

D. had

of lemonade, please?

14. If my mother goes home late this evening, my father 15. I would like a

D. will feel

snacks like fresh carrots.

11. Can I have a pizza, a dozen eggs and a 12. I think that

D. realize

C. would feel

10. If I feel hungry in the afternoon, I A. had had

are

sleepy and tired.

13. If parents don’t cook at home, their children

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

they

8. You may have had certain eating habits for so long that you do not unhealthy.

B. will never have

C.bunch

D. clove

of the shops were open. C.most

D. none

health problems. C. have

D. may have

18. Such as sugar, sugarcane, and coconut water are mostly used in Southern Vietnamese food than in Northern and Central Viet Nam.

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 87

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. ingredients

B. menus

19. I didn’t eat everything that they A. served

B. shared

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

C. dishes C. cooked

20. The village is very small. There are A. a few

B. only a few

D. courses

me at the party.

fruits, but I don’t have

4. Do you have

D. only a little

6. I don’t have

sophisticatedly

livestock

ingredients

characterized cuisine

influence

shrimps

dishes

flavors

butter to make a cake. free time today. Sorry.

7. Are there

potatoes in the basket?

8. There is

ink-pot on the table. glass of milk?

9. Can I have 10. Thank you. And

varies

by regions from the north to the south. In Vietnamese food culture (1) by light and balanced flavours with Northern Viet Nam, Vietnamese food is (2) Northerners have been using many kinds of meats the combination of many (3) like pork, beef, and chicken to cook; besides, some kinds of freshwater fish, crustaceans, and , crabs, and oysters, etc. Many famous dishes of Viet Nam other mollusks like (4) are cooked with these ingredients such as Bun Rieu, Pho, Bun Thang, Bun Cha, Banh Cuon, etc. Then food culture in Central and Southern Viet Nam has developed suitable (5) in each region. In Central Viet Nam, the regional cuisine of Central Viet Nam is famous for its spicy food, which differs from two other parts with mostly non-spicy food. Hue of Hue cuisine are decorative cuisine is typical Central Viet Nam’s food culture. (6) in the and colorful, which expresses the influence of the Vietnamese royal (7) and used with chili peppers feudal period. Food in the region is often decorated (8) and shrimp sauces, namely, Bun Bo Hue, Banh xeo, or Banh beo, etc. In Southern Viet Nam, the region is characterized by warm weather and fertile soil, which creates favorable conditions for planting a variety of fruit, vegetables and (9) . Thus, food in the region is often added with garlic, shallots and fresh herbs. Particularly, Southerners are favored of sugar; they add sugar in most dishes. Here, there is also of western and Asian cuisines on southern food, such as influences from an (10) China, India, France, and Thailand. IV. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. Many health (1) believe that children and young people todayare more (2) than they used to be. So why has this happened? of young people don’thave a healthy diet. One reason is bad eating habits. (3) hamburgers and pizza and not enough fruit and They eat too much fast food (4) sincethey were vegetables. In the US, many children have been eating fast food (5) very young. In fact, almost one-third of American children aged four to nineteen have been eating fast food (6) all the time. They also don’t (7) exercise and spend of their time watching TV, surfing the Internet or playing computer games. too (8) So how can you change your habits if you have been following an unhealthy lifestyle for and eat more fruit and vegetables. Next, find a long time? First, change your (9) an activity you enjoy. Why not try something different like rock climbing, surfing or hiking? fit and healthy can be a lot of fun. Many young people have found that (10) V. Complete the sentences with a, an, some or any.

box of chocolates would be fine.

VI. Fill in the blanks with: much/ many/ few/ little/most.

3. Did you take

free time.

photographs when you were on holiday? to do.

4. I’m not very busy today. I haven’t got

old buildings.

5. This is very modern city. There are

6. The weather has been very dry recently. We’ve had 7.

English learners is becoming greater and greater.

people have applied for the job.

10.

rain.

to repair the car?

9. Did it cost

of my friends live in HCM city.

VII. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses of the conditionals. 1. If we (take)

, the children (not go)

for a walk.

2. If she (not read) test.

the novel, she (not pas)

the literature

3. If I (not argue) motorbike.

with my friend, he (lend)

4. If we (take)

the bus, we (not arrive)

his

in time.

the book, his friends (be)

5. If Dick (not buy) him.

angry

with

6. If Tom (not tidy up) with the muffins.

his room, Victoria (not help)

him

7. If the boys (not play) football pitch.

football, the girls (not come)

to the

8. If you (eat)

too much junk food, you (not lose)

weight.

breakfast tomorrow morning, my girlfriend (not love)

9. If I (not make) me anymore. 10. If they (not hurry)

, they (not catch)

the train.

VIII. Write one word in each gap to complete the sentences. 2. Everyone complemented her

friends.

1. She isn’t very popular. She has 2. Ann is very busy these days. She has

1. Most people seem to be

paper.

vegetables.

stamps? I need two.

5. I need

III. Choose the word in the box to complete the text.

1. I don’t have

petrol in the car?

3. I buy D. baked

houses. C. some

2. Is there

of the harmful effects of their diet. the wonderful buffet she’d laid on. 90

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

3. The problem with drinks like that is they’re full

sugar.

fruit salad or chocolate cake.

4. The snack choice was

see.

5. I’m going to tell you what your supper is. You’ll just have to wait 6. She’s generally regarded generation.

being the best cookery book writer of her

7. Most people associate English food 8. Karen’s very careful 9. There’s a lack

Unit TOURISM 8

fish and chips and shepherd’s pie.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

how much the salt she has. good restaurants round here.

10. The meat was well cooked, but the sauce was totally lacking

I. INDEFINITE ARTICLES: A/ AN

flavor.

- An đứng trước 1 danh từ đếm được số ít bắt đầu bằng 1 nguyên âm (u, e, o, a, i). - A đứng trước danh từ đếm được số ít bắt đầu bằng 1 phụ âm. 1. A/ An được dùng trước: - Danh từ đếm được, số ít.

Ex: a doctor, a bag, an animal, an hour.......

*An: đứng trước nguyên âm hoặc “h” câm.

Ex: ananimal, anhour.......

- Trong các cấu trúc: so + adj + a/an + noun

Ex:

such + a/an + noun

- It’s such a beautiful picture.

as + adj + a/an + noun + as

- She is as pretty a girl as her sister.

How + adj + a/an + noun + verb!

- How beautiful a girl you are!

- Chỉ một người được đề cập qua tên.

Ex: A Mrs. Blue sent you this letter.

- Trước các danh từ trong ngữ đồng vị.

Ex: Nguyen Du, a great poet, wrote that novel.

- Trong các cụm từ chỉ số lượng.

Ex: a pair, a couple, a lot of, a little, a few, a large/great number of..........

2. A/ An không được dùng: - ONE được sử dụng thay A/An để nhấn Ex: There is a book on the table, but one is not mạnh. enough. - Trước danh từ không đếm được.

Ex: Coffee is also a kind of drink.

- Trước các danh từ đếm được số nhiều.

Ex: Dogs are faithful animals.

II. DEFINITE ARTICLE: THE 1. THE được dùng trước: - Những vật duy nhất

Ex: the sun, the moon, the world....

- Các danh từ được xác nhận bởi cụm tính -Thehouse with green fence is hers. từ hoặc mệnh đề tính từ -The man that we methas just come. - Các danh từ được xác định qua ngữ cảnh Ex: Finally, the writer killed himself. hoặc được đề cập trước đó - I have a book and an eraser. The book is now on the table. - Các danh từ chỉ sự giải trí ...

Ex: the theater, the concert

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

- Trước tên các tàu thuyền, máy bay

Ex: The Titanic was a great ship.

- Các sông, biển, đại dương, dãy núi

Ex: the Mekong River, the Pacific Ocean, the Himalayas

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

- Một nhóm các đảo hoặc quốc gia

Ex: the Philippines, the United States

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

- Tính từ dùng như danh từ tập hợp

Ex: You should help the poor.

- Trong so sánh nhất

Ex: Nam is the cleverest in his class.

- Tên người ở số nhiều (chỉ gia đình)

PART 2: PRACTICE

1. A. magnificent

B. delay

C. bank

D. travel

2. A. checkout

B. erode

C. exotic

D. decision

3. A. reasonable

B. resort

C. season

D. excursion

Ex: The Blacks, The Blues, the Nams

4. A. safari

B. stalagmite

C. lag

D. package

- Các danh từ đại diện cho 1 loài

Ex: The cat is a lovely home pet.

5. A. explore

B. environment

C. resort

D. expedition

- Các hạng từ chỉ thời gian, nơi chốn

Ex: in the morning, in the street, in the water ..

- Số thứ tự

Ex: the first, the second, the third....

- Chuỗi thời gian hoặc không gian

Ex: the next, the following, the last...

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

2. THE không dùng được

1. A. safari

B. breathtaking

C. traveller

2. A. vacation

B. delicious

C. excursion

D. sightseeing D. holiday

3. A. original

B. stimulating

C. imperial

D. geography

4. A. magnificence

B. destination

C. affordable

D. accessible

5. A. habitat

B. addition

C. fantastic

D. discover

- Trước các danh từ số nhiều nói chung

Ex: They build houses near the hall.

- Danh từ trừu tượng, không đếm được

Ex: Independence is a happy thing.

- Các danh từ chỉ màu sắc

Ex: Red and white make pink.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

- Các môn học

Ex: Math is her worst subject.

- Các vật liệu, kim loại

Ex: Steel is made from iron.

I. Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct word from the box. Some words can be used more than once.

- Các tên nước, châu lục, thành phố

Ex: Ha Noi is the capital of VietNam.

tour

voyage

flight

Ex: President Bill Clinton, Ba, Nga

trip

travel

journey

- Các chức danh, tên người - Các bữa ăn, món ăn, thức ăn

Ex: We have rice and fish for dinner.

1. For general advice about

- Các trò chơi, thể thao

Ex: Football is a popular sport in VN.

2. One day I would like to do the

cruise

, go to a travel agent. by train and ship across Russia to Japan.

of Europe, visiting 11 countries in five weeks.

3. We are going on a

- Các loại bệnh tật

Ex: Cold is a common disease.

- Ngôn ngữ, tiếng nói

Ex: English is being used everywhere.

- Các kỳ nghi, lễ hội

Ex: Tet, Christmas, Valentine...

5. He once went by ship to Australia. The

- Các mũi đất (nhô ra biển, hồ, núi)

Ex: Cape Horn, Lake Than Tho, MountCam, Mount Rushmore....

6. My father is going on a business

4. We went on a three-week round the Mediterranean. The ship stopped at Venice, Athens, Istanbul and Alexandria.

VN507 from Ha Noi to Tokyo will be taking off in ten

7. Vietnam Airlines minutes.

*But: the Cape of Good Hope, the Great Lake, the Mount of Olive....

8. The underground.

took 4 weeks. to Ha Noi next week.

from Heathrow Airport to the centre of London takes about 45 minutes by of the city by bus.

9. On our first day in New York we went on a three-hour 10. During our stay in London we went on a day Windsor.

to Oxford and another to

II. Complete the sentences with a, an, the, or zeroarticle (Ø). 1. John and Mary went to before returning home. 93

school yesterday and then studied in

library

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Lake Erie is one of

five great Lakes in

Spain, we crossed

3. On our trip to 4.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Mount Rushmore is the site of great American presidents.

5. What did you eat for

magnificent tribute to

14. Eight o’clock is evening. A. Ø – the

four

15. Does it take A. Ø – the

breakfast this morning? basketball and

6. David played this year. 7. Rita plays

North America.

Atlantic Ocean.

baseball at

violin and her sister plays

Boy’s

9. Ton can’t go to

movies tonight because he has to write

10. David attended

Princeton University.ư

public transport in

2. Parking is very difficult in A. the – Ø A. field

C. a – a C.list

B. gesture

5. The government has recently A. reformed 6. When she came A. round

language.

C. head

D. signal

the buildings in the old section of the city.

B. adjusted

C. restored

D. modified

, she found herself in hospital. B. off

C. over

D. out

7. You'll have to go for an interview tomorrow, but don’t worry. It’s just a A. form 8. Since the A. approach

Bformat

C.formation

B. inauguration

B. yellow pages

10. It’s possible to supplement one’s A. income 11. I was A. engrossed 12. He couldn’t A. admit

B. earning

C. initiation

D. advert

, but I have no idea where to go for C. brochures

D. propaganda

by taking a part-time job. C.gaining

D.attainment

B. submerged

C.gripped

B. reaction

C.trust

D.convince

to the news would be. C. capital

B. nation

C. area

2. A. in

B. on

C. above

D. inhabitant D. at

3. A. who

B. where

C. it

D. that

4. A. depart

B. travel

C. arrive

D. leave

5. A. education

B. production

C. transportation

D. translation

6. A. at

B. after

C. on

D. before

7. A. although

B. furthermore

C. however

D. because

8. A. undersea

B. underlevel

C. underwater

D. Underneath

9. A. find

B. see

C. look

D. hold

10. A. playing

B. watching

C. hearing

D. catching

to millions of people over the world. In Trawl and tourism are very (1) find people that work in travel and tourism. Some every country you (2) tourism to help their people survive. It is (4) countries need the money (3) for these places that travel and tourism continue to expand and bring money to their regions.

D. distracted

his father that he was telling the truth. B.confide

1. A. population

II. Read the following passage and fill in the blanks with the suitable words in the box.

in the book I was reading and didn’t hear the phone.

13. It was difficult to guess what her A. feelings

D.formality

of the motor car, road accidents have increased dramatically.

9. I must have browsed through hundreds of this year holiday. A. booklets

there are many wonderful The Maldives are a popular place for scuba diving (7) you can see fish in the water to see. Also, the water is very clear so when you are (8) for more than 50 metres! There are many professional diving schools with instructors. They speak many languages, so you can (9) someone to help you. Of course, that’s not whale and dolphin, all you can do on these beautiful islands. You can go (10) fishing, surfing, snorkeling, hiking or explore the towns.

D. range

4. If you don't know the language, you may have to use A. hand

bus.

D. a – Ø

of subjects.

B.scope

D.the – the

It is very easy to get around the islands. When you (4) on the airport island, around the you can take a dhoni and go to Mai... This is a small boat used for (5) islands. Dhoni taxis go from the airport island to the capital island every fifteen minutes and (6) midnight every half an hour. You can use these boats to visit other islands, too.

D. the – Ø

citycentre, so my father always goes there by

3. Secondary schools offer a wide

C.a – the

The Maldives are a group of very small islands in the Indian Ocean, near Sri Lanka. It has the of any Asian countries. There are about 1200 islands and there are smallest (1) people living on 200 of them. About 400,000 people live in the Maldives and 75,000 of them are the capital island, Mai... Mai... is different from the other islands in the Maldives (2) goes because it doesn’t have any beaches. In fact, there is a small wall (3) around the whole island.

essay.

Ha Noi?

C. a – Ø

B. the – the

B. a – a

D.a – an city centre?

I. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank.

Eskimo village.

III. Choose the correct answers A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. B.a – a

C. a- Ø

long time to get to

C. READING

Alaska, we saw

A. Ø – Ø

B. a – the

club

guitar.

8. While we were in

1. What do you think of

good time to phone Nick: he’s always at home in

. Planes, buses, boats and However, travel and tourism have negative (5) that carry travellers and tourist cause pollution. Moreover, some other means of (6)

D. opinion

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

people do things on a holiday they would never think (7) doing at home. For example, many travellers use a lot of water and electricity when they stay in hotels.

2. The cost of installation is very high. Solar domestic heating systems are economical to use.

or even leave televisions and air They forget to turn off the (8) conditioning units on when they leave the room. On top of that, it is often difficult or impossible (9) travellers to recycle items, so they end up leaving large amounts of waste it isimportant for people to travel wisely and respect the behind. That’s (10) places they visit.

3. Solar panels are placed on the roof of a house. The Sun’s energy is used to heat water.

________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ 4. I don’t agree with a lot of his teaching methods. He is a good teacher. ________________________________________________________________________ 5. We’d better not waste water. We won’t have enough to drink sooner or later. ________________________________________________________________________

III. Read the passage and answer the questions. In 1761, an artificial waterway opened. It joined a coal-mining area with the port of Manchester. This was England’s first man-made waterway, or ‘canal’. Soon the price of coal in this part of the country went down, and the owner of the Bridgewater canal became rich. In the late 18th century landowners and businessmen built many new canals to make money. There was no canal plan for the country, but the canals completely changed the transport of heavy goods in England. Prices of factory goods went down because transport cost less than before. One horse could now pull 50 tons on a canal boat. Before, it could pull less than one ton on a road cart. The canal network was a very important part of the Industrial Revolution in Britain, but canals had only a short life. In the mid 19th century, the new railways became the most modern form of transport. The men who built the canals were called ‘navvies’. They moved around country in groups from canal to canal. Ordinary people did not like the navvies, because they wore strange clothes, had no real homes, and because they often drank too much beer. The Nottingham and Beeston Canal had two parts. It opened in 1796 and was an important six-mile link in the Trent Navigation - a system of canals and rivers which joined the Midlands with the River Humber and the port of Hull. This carried goods from inland factories to the sea. Now it is no longer a working canal. It is a place for people who like walking or fishing. 1. Why did the price of coal round Manchester decrease? __________________________________________________________________________ 2. Why didn’t people like the canal builders? __________________________________________________________________________ 3. What did the boats on this canal carry? __________________________________________________________________________ 4. Why was the waterway from Midland to Hull important? __________________________________________________________________________ 5. Why did the network of canals become less important in a short time? __________________________________________________________________________

6. The house is quite beautiful. The cost is not too high. ________________________________________________________________________ 7. Do you want to study more? Do you want to look for a job? ________________________________________________________________________ 8. You can go home. You’ve finished this exercise. ________________________________________________________________________ 9. I don’t get many opportunities to practise my English. I find it difficult to remember everything I study. ________________________________________________________________________ 10. I’m practising speaking English a lot. I don’t want to fail in the oral test. ________________________________________________________________________ II. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. 1. I am terribly sorry, I thought you were a friend of Anna’s. I took................................................................................................................................. 2. Although she was busy, she managed to find the time to proofread for me. Busy ................................................................................................................................. 3. I would prefer you do computer science. I’d rather .......................................................................................................................... 4. He didn’t get his visa until last Monday. It was ............................................................................................................................... 5. They continued to say that I was to blame. They persisted .................................................................................................................. 6. Vietnamese coffee is considered to be one of the best in the world. Vietnamese coffee ............................................................................................................

D. WRITING I. Combine two sentences into one, using the connectives from the list: and, but, because, so, therefore, or, moreover, however, if, when, unless. 1. You can’t borrow my dictionary. You bring it back on Monday.

7. If you asked me well in advance, I’ll be willing to work overtime. Provided you .................................................................................................................... 8. She listens more sympathetically than anyone else I know. She is a .............................................................................................................................

________________________________________________________________________

9. This is the best essay I have ever written. Never ............................................................................................................................... 97

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

10. I assumed that she would learn how to take shorthand after this course.

3. A. teammate

B. reading

C. creating

4. A. athlete

B. author

C. length

D. southern

5. A. touch

B.foul

C. account

D. mount

III. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

6. A. lose

B. vote

C. control

D. social

1. Tourism development/ lead/ soil erosion/ pollution/ waste.

7. A. rear

B. bear

C. gear

D. year

8. A. please

B. peace

C. seat

D. spread

9. A. deny

B. emotion

C. respect

D. better

10. A. overlooks

B. beliefs

C. towards

D. rights

I took it .............................................................................................................................

________________________________________________________________________ 2. Tourism/ contribute/ increasing carbon footprint/ stress/ ecosystems. ________________________________________________________________________

D. seaside

3. The infrastructure/ tourist spot/ not/ satisfy/ great demand/ during/ peak season. II. Complete the sentences with a, an, the, or zero article (Ø).

________________________________________________________________________ 4. Tourists/ cause/ significant effect/ local habitats/ especially/ country. ________________________________________________________________________ 5. Tourists/ be aware/ damage/ they/ cause/ and/ tourism authorities/ take measures/ solve/ problems.

1. Harry has been admitted to

School of Medicine at midwestern university.

2. Mel’s grandmother is in

hospital, so we went to visit her

political science class is taking

Queen Elizabeth II is

________________________________________________________________________

5. Scientists sent

monarch of

expedition to

Great Britain.

Mars during

1990s.

bird singing outside my house.

6. Last night there was

6. First/ tourism/ create/ jobs/ tourism industry/ and/ other sectors/ such/ retail and transportation.

chair that you are sitting in is broken.

________________________________________________________________________

Civil War was fought in

________________________________________________________________________

Florida State University is smaller than

United States between 1861 and 1865.

knock on 10. There was blue overcoat and man in

________________________________________________________________________

Francein

Spring.

________________________________________________________________________

7. However/ jobs/ created/ tourism/ often seasonal/ and/ poorly paid.

lastnight.

trip to

University of Florida.

door, I opened it and found woolen cap.

small

dark

________________________________________________________________________ 8. Second/ tourism/ encourage/ preservation/ traditional customs/ handicrafts/ festivals/ but/ interaction/ tourists/ also lead/ erosion/ traditional cultures/ values. ________________________________________________________________________

III. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. 1. If a drop of oil is placed in a glass of water, it would float to the top. A

________________________________________________________________________

2. TheTuoi Tre is a daily newspaper that is wide read by both teenagers and adults.

9. Finally/ ecotourism/ help/ conservation/ wildlife/ generating funds/ maintaining national park. ________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

3. My parents wouldn’t let me stavingup late when I was a child. B

4. Her children are used to picking up after school every day. They don’t have towalk home.

10. Nevertheless/ it/ also cause/ pollution/ through traffic emissions/ littering/ noise.

________________________________________________________________________

5. I’musually right about the weather, amn’tI?

________________________________________________________________________

C D

6. Could I change seats with you? I’d like sittingnext to my friends. A

7. Watch television to the exclusion of all other activities is not a healthy habit for agrowing

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

A I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. host

B. honor

C. hockey

D. horror

2. A. badminton

B. swallow

C. challenge

D. ballet

child. 8. Hans is only fourteen, but he seemsenough oldto stay out until ten. A 99

D 100

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

9. I think that’s an interesting thought, isn’tthat? A

arebeautiful views across the water. From the water, you can see mosques – the most famous is called the Blue Mosque – and palaces and bridges. Istanbul also has a very famous market called the Grand Bazaar. But these days we also have many modern shopping centres and modern buildings and hotels. It’s really a fantastic city.

10. Greeting enough sleep is important in ordernot fall asleep is class. A

IV. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. MY EXPERIENCE ON AN ELEPHANT SAFARI We went on an elephant safari at a place (1) Camp Jabulani inSouth Africa. They take visitors on safaris twice a day: once in the morning and once at night. Guests can go on as you ride an elephant if you are younger than many rides as they like, but they don’t (2) twelve years old. Luckily, I’m fifteen! On our first safari, I felt really scared. I remember thinking we could have gone on a beach holiday instead! As I was climbing onto the elephant, I a big animal. I soon (4) wondered how I was going to control (3) that I ought not to have worried so much. They made you sit with an experienced your own. During the trek, we saw giraffes, zebras, elephant trainer. You can’t ride (5) lions, and rhinos. My parents took a lot of photos. I would have taken photos myself but I’d (6) my camera in my room. I can’t remember exactly how long the safaris lasted, but it must just (8) for lunch. We stayed have been a couple of hours because we got (7) at Camp Jubalani for three days and went on four elephant safaris. We could have gone on more than that, but on one of the days my mum wasn’t very well. Anyway, it was a (9) holiday. I’d definitely (10) an elephant safari. 1. A. called

B. is called

C. call

D. calling

2. A. want

B. make

C. let

D. allow

3. A. so

B. what

C. that

D. such

4. A. decided

B. realized

C. recognized

D. looked

5. A. on

B. by

C. with

D. for

6. A. taken

B. brought

C. put

D. left

7. A. off

B. back

C. up

D. in

8. A. at times

B. late

C. in time

D. on time

9. A. fantastic

B. welcoming

C. pleased

D. delicious

10. A. demand

B. recommend

C. suggest

D. offer

Claudia from Rio de Janeiro: Rio is one of the most exciting cities in South America ... first of course we have our famous beach, the Copacabana, and there are many mountains around Rio – the most famous is the Sugar Plum Mountain where you can see a big statue of Christ, and of course we have our famous stadium... the Macarana stadium, maybe the most famous football stadium in the world ... it’s really a great place. Marina from St. Petersburg: You’ll really love St. Petersburg because there are so many things to see. The most famous is the Winter Palace, where the Tsars lived, and the Hermitage Museum which is a fantastic art gallery, and we have a very beautiful river too, the River Neva, and of course churches and cathedrals. There is so much to see! 1. The place(s) that Fabrizio recommends coming to in Venice most must be A. the square

B. the museums

C. the canals

D. beautiful bridges .

2. All of the following are true about Kyoto EXCEPT that A. it is the most beautiful city in Japan B. it has very good markets and shops C. the Golden Pavilion is very famous D. it only has old traditional buildings .

3. The most spectacular views of Istanbul are A. the Bosphoros B. the mosques across the water C. the Grand Bazaar on the Bosphoros D. modern shopping centres and buildings 4. We can infer from Claudia’s words that people in Rio

A. are very religious B. love architecture C. love football very much D. built the statue of Christ on the Copacabana 5. People who would probably want to visit St. Petersburg most are

V. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. Fabrizio from Venice: Of course, there’s a lot to see in Venice. It’s one of the most famous cities in the world. First of all, there are the canals. We don’t have cars in Venice so you have to travel everywhere by canal. The most famous place in Venice is the square. St. Mark’s Square with St. Mark’s Cathedral. And there are lots of museums and palaces, and beautiful bridges, too. Yumi from Kyoto: For me, Kyoto is the most beautiful city in Japan. It’s also the oldest city. It has many old traditional buildings, and beautiful palaces, temples and gardens. The most famous temple is the Golden Pavilion. There are also very good markets, and also really good shops, and some beautiful modern buildings, too.

A. sports enthusiasts

B. art lovers

C. politicians

D. ballet dancers

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. of the Mekong Delta, they can visit Cai Rang Floating When visitors join in a (1) Market to see the river life. Cai Rang Floating Market is (2) all day but it is busiest from there are farm produce and specialties of sunrise to about 9 a.m. The main items (3) neighboring areas.

Murat from Istanbul: I think Istanbul is maybe the most beautiful city in the world, but of course I come from Istanbul! The city is built on hills around the Bosphoros, and so there

During the early morning market hours, larger sized boats anchor and create lanes so that (4) boats can move into and out of. The waterway becomes a maze of hundreds of boats packed with mango, bananas, papaya, pineapple, and other goods. Sellers do not have (5)

101

102

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

their goods because their goods can be seen (6) and their cries would not be heard in the vastness of the river and the river and the noise of boat engines. Sellers tie buyers can see from a distance (8) theyare their goods to a tall pole (7) selling. Each boat is loaded with plenty of seasonal goods. Activities at the market are also for tourists to study the cultural (10) of southerners. a(n)(9)

4. Jane hasn’t decided where to go on holiday. MIND

1. A. travel

B. trip

C. voyage

D. tour

2. A. open

B. to open

C. opened

D. opening

3. A. sell

B. sold

C. selling

D. are selling

4. A. no

B. bigger

C. the same

D. smaller

5. A. cry out

B. cry

C. cry out for

D. advertise

6. A. within distance

B. in a distance

C. in the distance

D. by some distance

7. A. so that

B. but

C. therefore

D. although

8. A. how far

B. why

C. what

D. how

9. A. experience

B. event

C. reason

D. occasion

10. A. aspects

B. appearances

C. guides

D. subjects

_________ _________

4. Canada is a former British colony.

_________

5. Two official languages spoken in Canada are English and French.

_________

__________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 3. Governments will most probably not relocate entire cities. They are in earthquake zones.(just because) __________________________________________________________________________ 4. They were forced to buy expensive ones. There were no economy seats available.(so)

__________________________________________________________________________ 7. Middle-class children do well in most education systems. Working-class children do relatively poorly.(on the other hand) __________________________________________________________________________ 8. Western Europe has large reserves of fuel. The UK has a 250-year supply of coal. (for instance) __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________ X. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. 1. They recruited very few young engineers. Hardly ___________________________________________________________________

scuba-diving.

2. Only two out of the five rooms we have booked have air conditioning.

2. No mountains in Western Europe are higher than Mount Blanc.THE

We have booked five rooms, only ______________________________________________

Western Europe.

3. Jane seems to come to the performance late.

3. They require special permits to access Son Doong Cave. TO Special permits

__________________________________________________________________________ 6. Middle-class families tend to have person-centered structures. Working-class families are usually positional.(whereas)

10. Far fewer peopleare killed or injured during train travel. Rail travel is safer than road travel. (because)

1. Scuba-diving is not really my cup of tea. INTERESTED

Mount Blanc

__________________________________________________________________________ 5. The hypothesis could be tested. Two experiments were conducted.(so that)

9. A duck can swim easily and walk on soft ground. It has webbed feet. (so that)

VIII. Use the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total). I

during peak season.

2. Canada is similar to the United States. The majority of its people speak English. (in that)

_________

3. Canada is the world’s leading exporter of wheat.

1. An area of low pressure forms over the land. The heated air expands and rises.(as a result)

Canada is the world’s second largest country. Its population is not very large, however. About 25 million people live in Canada – less than half the population of Britain or France and only one thirtieth of the population of India. Canada is in North America and its capital is Ottawa. It is a rich country with a lot of natural resources. In southern Canada the land is very good for farming and Canada exports a lot of wheat. In the north there are magnificent forests. In the west there are some very high mountains called the Rockies. Canada also has many minerals such as petroleum, gas, copper and zinc. Canada was the first settled by French pioneers. In the eighteenth century there were wars between Britain and French, Canada came under British rule. Since 1931 Canada has been an independent member of the British Commonwealth. English and French are both official language in Canada. 2. Canada is a country rich in natural resources.

about where to go on holiday.

IX. By using the words in brackets, join each of the following sentences into logical ones. You may need to change some of the words.

VII. Read the passage carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F)

1. Canada is a densely populated country.

Jane hasn’t

5. We don’t like travelling during peak season. INTO

It looks ___________________________________________________________________

Son Doong Cave. 103

104

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

4. I could hold a big party due to Mom’s help. Had it ____________________________________________________________________ 5. Success depends on hard work. The harder ________________________________________________________________

Unit ENGLISH IN THE WORLD 9

6. Fiona was so disappointed that she could not keep on working. Such______________________________________________________________________

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

7. Although Richard is competent in his work, he does not know how to deal with this client. Competent _________________________________________________________________ 8. It was wrong of you to allow a four-year-old child to walk home alone. You should ________________________________________________________________ 9. I could realize how important the family is only after I left home. Not until __________________________________________________________________ 10. Mrs. Green is proud of her son’s contribution to the play.

I. CONDITIONAL SENTENCE - TYPE 2: PRESENT UNREAL(Diễn tả tình huống không có thật ở biện tại) If + S + V(past subjunctive/ simple past), S + would/ could/ might + V. Ex: I don't win a lot ofmoney, so I can’t spend most of it travelling round the world.

Mrs. Green is proud of what ___________________________________________________

→ If I won a lot of money, I could spend most of it travelling round the world. II. RELATIVE CLAUSES (MỆNH ĐỂ QUAN HỆ) A. BẢNG TÓM TẮT Relative pronoun

Noun replaced

Functions

(Đại từ quan hệ)

(Danh từ được thay thế)

(Chức năng)

Who

Danh từ chỉ người

Whom

Danh từ chỉ người

Làm tân ngữ

Which

Danh từ chỉ vật

Làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ

That Whose

Làm chủ ngữ

Danh từ chỉ người, vật, thay thế cho “who, Làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ whom, which” trong mệnh đề hạn định Tính từ sỡ hữu hoặc sỡ hữu cách

Làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ

Where

Danh từ chỉ nơi chốn

Làm tân ngữ

When

Danh từ chỉ thời gian

Làm tân ngữ

Why

Danh từ chỉ lí do

Làm tân ngữ

B. RELATIVE PRONOUNS (ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ) 1. Who: dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ Ex:The man is Mr. Pike. He is standing over there. => The man who is standing over there is Mr. Pike. 2. Whom: dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm tân ngữ trong mệnh đềquan hệ Ex:That is the girl I told you about her. =>That is the girl whom I told you about. - Note:Whom làm tân ngữ có thể được bỏ đi trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định. 3. Which:which dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vật, làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữtrong mệnh đề quan hệ. 105

106

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Ex:The dress is very beautiful. I bought it yesterday.

2. A. language

B. translate

C. speaker

D. imitate

=> The dress which I bought yesterday is very beautiful.

3. A. variety

B. derivative

C. establish

D. dialect

- Note:Which làm tân ngữ có thể được bỏ đi trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định.

4. A. provide

B. bilingual

C. immersion

D. rusty

4. That: là đại từ chỉ cả người và vật, đứng sau danh từ để làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ.

5. A. simplicity

B. American

C. obedient

D. flexible

Ex:This is the book. I like it best.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

=> This is the book that I like best.

I. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

- Note:+ Sau dấu phẩy không bao giờ dùng That

his windscreen he’d be able to see where he was going.

1. If he (clean)

+ That luôn được dùng sau các danh từ hỗn hợp (gồm cả người lẫn vật) everything, something, anything, all little, much, none và sau dạng so sánh nhát 5. Whose: là đại từ quan hệ chỉ sở hữu. Whose đứng trước danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật và thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu hoặc sở hữu cách trước danh tù. Sau whose là danh từ. Ex: John found a cat. Its leg was broken.

2. If you drove your car into the river, you (be able)

to get out?

to a union, you couldn’t get a job.

3. If you (not belong)

a big prize in a lottery, I’d give up my job.

4. If I (win)

if you found a burglar in your house?

5. What you (do)

Greek.

6. I could tell you what this means if I (know)

=> John found a cat whose leg was broken.

7. If everybody (give)

C. RELATIVE ADVERBS (TRẠNG TỪ QUAN HỆ) 1. When: dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ thời gian, When được thay cho at/on/ in + danh từ thời gian hoặc then. Ex:May Day is a day. People hold a meeting on that day. 2. Where: dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ nơi chốn, Where được thay cho at/on/ in + danh từ nơi chốn hoặc there.

I pound we would have enough. smoking.

8. He might get fat if he (stop)

9. If he knew that it was dangerous he (not come)

someone drowning, what would you do?

10. If you (see)

II. Make the following using relative clauses.

Ex:Do you know the country? I was born.

1. Alice is my friend. Alice’s mother died last year.

=>Do you know the country whereI was born?

2. The boy will be punished. He threw that stone. 3. Ann is very friendly. She lives next door.

3. Why: dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ lí do. Why thay cho for which. Ex:I don’t know the reason. She left him alone.

4. The man is a famous actor. You met him at the party last night.

=> I don’t know the reason why she left him alone.

5. There are some words. They are very difficult to translate. 6. I was looking for a book this morning. I’ve found it now. 7. Is that the car? You want to buy it. 8. Sandra works in advertising. You were talking to her. 9. The little girl ate sweets the whole way. She sat next to me on the coach. 10. Lan is a journalist. Her tape recorder was stolen.

PART 2: PRACTICE III. Complete the sentence with a suitable word.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

1. You’d better learn by

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. campus

B. practice

C. language

D. favorite

2. A. qualify

B. scenery

C. grocery

D. academy

3. A. speak

B. need

C. heart

D. read

4. A. practiced

B. learned

C. asked

D. watched

5. A. school

B. scholarship

C. chemistry

D. children

2. What

3. Most foreign students live in

B. fluency

C. accent

on campus. .

4. His novel won the Booker Prize and established his

5. You can take the exam at intermediate or advanced

in the daily paper?

6. If you want to sell your car, why not put an 7. On the way, we stopped three times to admire mountain 8. I’ve never seen this word before. Use a

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. office

all the new words.

of learning English do you find difficult?

to look it up.

IV. Match the phrases in column A with appropriate information from column B (More than one answer is possible)

D. official 107

108

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following the Norman invasion of 1030. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken only in England and had not extended even as far as Wales, Scotland, or Ireland. However, during the course of the next two centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of international business, banking, and diplomacy.

1. You can improve your English accent...

a. by doing translation exercises.

2. A good way to learn idioms is...

b. by talking to native English speakers.

3. You can improve your writing skills...

c. by reading magazines in English.

4. A good way to learn new vocabulary...

d. by studying a learner’s dictionary.

5. You can learn to read faster...

e. by practicing dialogues with a partner.

6. One way of practicing conversation is ...

f. by watching American movies.

7. You can learn to use grammar correctly...

g. by having a private tutor.

8. You can develop self-confidence in h.by talking to yourself in the shower speaking English...

Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is in English. Two-thirds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers. Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are non native speakers, constituting the largest number of non-native users than any other language in the world.

V. Use the correct form of the word given to complete each sentence 1. English speaking presents special

for foreign learners.(difficult)

B. The French influence on the English language

in a number of national newspapers.(advertise)

C. The expansion of English as an international language

examination. (write)

5. If you want to attend the course, you must pass the . (qualify)

6. The teaching staff are all well 7. We

A. The number of non-native users of English

university. I think it’s really reliable. (repute)

3. Let me introduce you a 4. We placed

1. What is the main topic of this passage?

2. The school is performing well, but we recognize the need for further (improve)

gather our things and run to the bus stop.(hurry)

8. I go hill-walking for

. (relax)

9. Students will take an

at the end of the year.(examine)

10. The university has an international

D. The use of English for science and technology 2. Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England? A. In 1066

B.Around 1350

C. Before 1600

D. After the 1600s

3. According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread of English around the world EXCEPT .

as a center of excellent.(repute)

A. the slave trade

B. the Norman invasion

C. missionaries

D. colonization

4. The word “enclaves” in the passage could best be replaced by which of the following?

C. READING

A. communities

I. Read the following passage and fill in the blank with a suitable word. effectively in numerous Being able to speak English allows you to (1) countries, and this opens up lots of possibilities for you in terms of the countries you could in one day – not to mention travel to as a tourist. You choose to seek (2) lost when you travel to an English-speaking won’t have to worry about (3) country, as you’ll easily be able to ask for directions, and taking guided tours, ordering food and be a source of stress. chatting to the locals will no (4) What’s more, careers that involve lots of travel or international exposure, (5) as the , use English as their (7) language, and airline, tourism and film (6) evidence of a certain level of many employers in these sectors are likely to (8) you. This means that proficiency in English before they will consider (9) if you can speak English, you’ll find that you have a greater number of possible careers to (10) from after you finish at university.

II. Read the passage below and do the tasks. 109

B. organizations

C. regions

D. countries

5. The word “proliferated” in the passage is closest in meaning to which of the following? A. prospered

B. organized

C. disbanded

D. expanded

III. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are True or False LEARNING ENGLISH It is not easy for adult students of English to improve their accent. Unlike children, who are flexible, adults often find it hard to change the way they speak. This is why even the top, or smartest adult students have difficulty with pronunciation. There are several things that an international student can do to improve his or her pronunciation. One method is to sign up for a pronunciation class. Studying pronunciation can help students to understand the rules of English, but in order to practice speaking, students often need to be exposed to English outside the classroom as well. This is why many students say that studying in an English-speaking country greatly affects their English. Living with native speakers can help students to learn newvocabulary as well as improve their accents. International students can

110

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

alsolearn important cultural information. This can help to prevent misunderstandings that can occur when people from different cultures live together.

3. I don’t know her number, so I don’t ring her up.

1. Adult students of English cannot improve their accents because they are slow to change.

_________

4. I don’t know the answer, so I can’t tell you.

2. Most young students are able to change their pronunciation easily.

_________

3. Attending a pronunciation class can be very helpful to adult learners who have problems with their pronunciation.

_________

5. We will get lost because we don’t have a map.

4. All that they need to improve their pronunciation is to practice more outside the classroom.

_________

5. To avoid misunderstandings about cultures, students should live with native speakers.

_________

→ ________________________________________________________________________ → ________________________________________________________________________ → ________________________________________________________________________

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. foreign

B.practice

C. examine

D. WRITING

2. A. dormitory

B.university

C. institute

D.language D.college

I. Rewrite the sentences below as single sentence using relative clauses.

3. A. academic

B.reputation

C. experience

D.intermediate

1. I don’t know the name of the woman. I spoke to her on the phone.

4. A. advertise

B.express

C.remember

D. improve

→ ________________________________________________________________________

5. A. scenery

B. scholarship

C. dictionary

D. advertisement

2. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol. It’s only 30 miles away. → ________________________________________________________________________

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

3. This is Mr Carter. I was telling you about him.

1. They could understand our conversation if they A. will know

→ ________________________________________________________________________

B. know

some English.

C. knew

2. It’s an important part of your cultural identity to keep your

4. That is the room. The meeting is held in that room.

A. accent

→ ________________________________________________________________________

B. skill

C. vocabulary

D. would know in speaking English. D. language

dictionary less and switching to a monolingual one can help you 3. Trying to use a to stop translating in your head when you are speaking or listening.

5. I’ll always remember the day. I first saw that sight on that day. → ________________________________________________________________________

A. bi-monthly

6. She was born in Malaysia. Rubber trees grow well there.

B. bilingual

4. If I had more time I

→ ________________________________________________________________________

A. take

7. No one knows the school. My uncle taught at that school 10 years ago.

5. Much

→ ________________________________________________________________________

D. bicentenary

B. took

C.will take

D. would take

comes through body language and gesture.

A. speech

8. Please ask them the time. The train started the trip at that time.

C. biannual

a Business English course.

B. communication

C. talk

D. exchange

6. Are you someone who can read and write well in English but cannot speak

→ ________________________________________________________________________

A. fluency

9. New Year’s Day is a day. All family members gather and enjoy a family dinner then.

B. a fluency

C. fluent

D. fluently

class, this is a great opportunity to learn about different customs and 7. In a traditions around the world.

→ ________________________________________________________________________ 10. There are many hotels. Tourists can enjoy their holidays there.

A. multi-dimensional

→ ________________________________________________________________________

B. multinational

C. multilingual

D. multi-disciplinary

8. The children

II. Rewrite the sentences using the conditional type 2.

A. which

1. Keep silent or you’ll wake the baby up.

9. Try to

→ ________________________________________________________________________

A. decide

2. Stop talking or you won’t understand the lesson.

attend that English school receive good education. B. whose B. except

A. pleased

C. judge

B. unwilling

11. Mike comes from a city 111

D.whom D.guess

when speaking, take two deep breaths before you say something.

10. If you get

→ ________________________________________________________________________

C. who

the meaning of words rather than going straight for your dictionary.

C. annoyed

is located in the southern part of

D. nervous England. 112

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. when

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

B. that

C. where

A. raise

D. who

your vocabulary in any language.

12. Reading is the best way to B. put up

C. improve

D. increase

13. No one ever improves pronunciation and by watching someone else’s shape of the mouth! You improve English speaking by speaking, not watching. A. accent

B. sounds

C. rhythm

14. The picture reminds him of the time A. where

B. why

A. get on

B. get up

A. second 17. If I

B. foreign taller, I

C. official B. were – might be

D. were – would have been

18. Reading helps you learn vocabulary easily as you will even realizing it when you read.

A. were

B. look up

new words without

C. pick up

D. give up

in my position, what would you do? B. would be

C. are

D. will be

20. If you want to improve your speaking skill, you should attend the courses that are taught in a way. A. lexical

B. communicative

A. which 22. It is not easy to regularly. A. master

C. traditional

B.for which

C. such as

B. challenge B.who

24. Is the first of March the day school? A. which

D. as which

foreign language without communicating with the native speakers C. translate

B.when

D. simplify

things are as they are.

23. Children always want to know the reason A. which

D. domestic

had never experienced before.

21. There was a storm

C. why

D. whom

the astronaut will come and give a speech at our C. that

D. what

B. varieties

C. speakers

D. terms

that screw.

1. The whole machine would fall to pieces if you (remove) a horse if I could afford it.

3. I’d go and see him more often if he (live)

six

so much broken glass on top of it.

English villages are not all alike, but in some ways they are not different (4) one another. can be seen for many Almost every village has a church, the round or square tower of (5) . miles around. Surrounding the church is the churchyard, where people are (6) is a wide stretch of grass, and houses or cottages are built round it. The village (7) and many villages have water brought through pipes into Country life is now fairy (8) some small towns that people can go there to buy each house. Most villages are so (9) (10) they can’t find in the village shop. 1. A. please

B. pleased

C. pleasure

D. pleasant

2. A. because

B. though

C. despite

D. therefore

3. A. build

B. building

C. built

D. is built

4. A. from

B. with

C. on

D. for

5. A. it

B. this

C. that

D. which

6. A. playing

B. rested

C. praying

D. buried

7. A. entrance

B. center

C. green

D. outskirts

8. A. difficult

B. comfortable

C. enjoyable

D. improved

9. A. far away

B.out of

C.beyond

D. close to

10. A. what

B.those

C. which

D. when

command

international

governments

communication

globalization

multilingual

quality

dominant

resources

disadvantage

Did you realize that over a two billion people in the world now speak English? According to a recent report “...three billion people will be speaking or learning English within a decade.” . It’s the language of (2) business and English is the language of (1) politics. It is the primary language used for most computers and for the inner workings of the Internet.

III. Give the correct form of the verbs. 2. I (keep)

those

V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.

of English all over the world such as British English, American 25. There are many English and Indian English. A. dialogues

your job, would it affect your pension?

to live in. Many people think The country is more beautiful than a town and (1) they cannot live there all the so, and go to the country for the summer holidays (2) in a village so that they can go there whenever they year round. Some have a cottage (3) can find the time.

better at basketball.

C. am – will be

A. face up

stuck between two floors?

the walls white, the room would be much brighter.

IV. Read the passage and choose A, B, C or D that best fits each of the gaps.

D. first

A. be – would be

19. If you

7. If you (paint)

D. get by language

16. The language that you learn to speak from birth is

to help if I thought I’d be any use.

10. I’d climb over the wall if there (not be)

C. get down

5. I (offer)

6. What would you do if the lift (get)

9. If you knew you had only six weeks to live, how you (spend) weeks?

D. when

15. He is not exactly rich but he certainly earns enough to

the sale of alcohol at football matches, there might be less

8. If you (change)

D. tone

he studied in New York. C. which

4. If they (ban) violence.

on a bus route. 113

114

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

English is the (3) international language in communications, science, aviation, entertainment, radio and diplomacy. English is an important tool for operating on the world stage. The ability to speak and understand English is mandatory in certain fields, professions, and occupations. In fact, English is so widely spoken, it is referred to as, the “lingua franca” of the modern era.

4. Most people learn Englishby

With the global spread of English serious economic and political (4) will probably come to those not having a reasonable command of the language. We see a future in which mono lingual English graduates face bleaker economic prospects as qualified (5) graduatesprove to have a competitive advantage in global companies and organizations. Given that English has acquired its world-wide reputation due in large part to globalized power employing well-trained non-native speakers for relations, those companies and (6) needs will obviously see the advantage of hiring their international business (7) non-native speakers of the English languages with multilingual talents. The future is in your hands and the future demands a firm (8) of the English language. If you don’t find what you’re looking for on this page just enter your term in the rectangular box above labeled - Search the Web: which is at the top right hand comer of each window. You responses you’ll receive, and I’ll bet before long may be surprised at the number of (9) you’ll find exactly what you’re looking for, all in the comfort and privacy of your own home. So - sit back, put your feet up, and take all the time you want until you find the perfect (10) you’ll want to work with while learning the English language. VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Every year, students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language, mathematics, and English. In England, America, or Australia, many boys and girls study their native language, which is English, mathematics, and another language, perhaps French, or German or Spanish. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books are in English at college or university. Others learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.

B. talking with foreigners

C. watching videos only

D. working hard on their lessons

5. Many boys and girls learn English because

A. they are forced to learn it

B. they have to study their own languages

C. it is included in their study courses

D. English can give them a job

VII. Complete the sentence with one preposition the newspapers.

1. You shouldn’t believe everything you read 3rd November and ends

2. The course starts

January.

first we didn’t like each other, but

the end we became good friends.

the grade I received on my last exam.

4. I was disappointed

learning foreign languages?

5. Are you interested 6. We are looking forward

new possibilities.

7. We can live

a dormitory

8. What aspect

learning English do you find difficult?

campus.

9. Practice listening

English tapes or English programs

10. The hotel is close

the historical district.

VIII. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, c or D) that needs correcting. 1. On the way home, we saw a lot of men, women, and dogs which were playingin the park. A

3. This novel, which written by a well known writer, shouldbe read. A

4. My friend George, that arrived late, was not permittedto enter the class. A

5. This is theonly placewhich we can obtain scientific information. A

B. it helps them in their work

C. English is spoken in their office

D. they want to go abroad

7. 1975 is the year in whenthe revolutiontook place.

A.English is useful only for teenagers

B. English is popular all over the world

8. Mr. Brown, thatteaches me English, is comingtoday.

C. only adults learn English

D. no children like to learn English

3. In America or Australia many school children study

2. The man whom remained in the office was the manager.

A. most of their books are in English 2. According to the writer

the radio.

6. Chemistry isone branch of science on thatmost of the industries depend.

1. Many adults learn English because

A. hearing the languages in the office

B A

D C

9. The hotel where we stay inlast yearwas excellent.

A. such foreign languages as French, German, and Spanish

10. At last they found the woman and her cat whichwere badly injured by the fire.

B. their own language and no foreign language

C. English as a foreign language

D. English and mathematics only 115

116

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

IX. Rewrite the following sentence using a relative clause.

Unit SPACE TRAVEL 10

1. India is a country. The earthquake occurred in this country last month. → ________________________________________________________________________ 2. Bac Giang is a city. I was born and grew up there. → ________________________________________________________________________ 3. We have not decided the day. We’ll go to London on that day.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

________________________________________________________________________ 4. The man made me sad the most. I love him with all my heart. → ________________________________________________________________________

I. SIMPLE PAST (QUÁ KHỨĐƠN)

5. The thief was caught. This was really good news.

a. Với động từ “to be”:

→ ________________________________________________________________________

Form:

6. The gentleman was very young. He was introduced as the most successful businessman. → ________________________________________________________________________

(+) S + was/ were + O

7. His book became the best seller. It was punished last year.

(-) S + wasn’t/ weren’t + O

→ ________________________________________________________________________

(?) Was/ were (not) + S + O?

8. Neil Armstrong lived in the USA. He walked on the moon.

b. Với động từ “to do”:

→ ________________________________________________________________________

Form:

9. Nam is very intelligent. He learns in our class. → ________________________________________________________________________

(+) S + Ved + O

10. Ha Long has grown into a big city over the past few years. I visited the city last year.

(-) S + didn’t + V + O

→ ________________________________________________________________________

(?) Did (not) + S + V + O? c. Uses (Cách sử dụng) - Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và chấm dứt hoàn toàn trong quá khứ. Ex: - I saw a movie yesterday. - Last year, I traveled to Japan. - Diễn tả một chuỗi các hành động liên tiếp xảy ra trong quá khứ. Ex: - Did you add flour, pour the milk and then add the eggs? d. Advs (Trạng ngữ nhận biết) - Yesterday, ago, upon a time, in 1945 (in a specific year in the past....), last... e. Một số lưu ý đối với thì quá khứ đơn: * Quy tắc thêm “ed” với động từ thường: - Hầu hết động từ được thêm “ed” để biến thành động từ dạng quá khứ Ex: work – worked, visit – visited - Một vài động từ kết thúc bằng phụ âm “y” thì biến “y” thành “i” rồi thêm “ed” để biến thành dạng động từ quá khứ. Ex: study – studied, carry –carried - Một vài động từ có dạng 1:1:1 (1 phụ âm + 1 nguyên âm + 1 phụ âm) thì ta gấp đôi phụ âm cuối rồi thêm “ed”. Ex: plan – planned, fit – fitted

117

118

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

* Cách phát âm đối với động từ có đuôi “ed”:

- Hành động xảy ra trước 1 thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ.

1. Đúng nhất: Theo phiên âm quốc tế, khi –ED đứng sau các âm sau sẽ được phát âm như sau:

Ex: I had worked as a librarian before 2010. (Trước năm 2010, tôi là một quản thư)

Phát âm của -ED

c. Advs (Trạng ngữ nhận biết)

Các âm trước -ED

/id/

/t/

/d/

/k/

/d/

- When, before, after

/f/

/p/

/ʃʃ/

ĐỊNH LÝ BÙI VẢN VINH

/tʃʃ/

/s/

/t/

Các nguyên âm và phụ âm còn lại

2. Mẹo vặt (Không đúng 100%): Theo hình vị tự: Phát âm của -ED /id/

Các âm trước -ED t

/t/

WHEN

+ HTĐ

QK +

WHEN

+ QKĐ

QKĐ/ QKTD +

WHEN

+ QKTD

TLĐ/ TLHT/ TLHTTD +

BEFORE

+ HTĐ

QKHT +

BEFORE

+ QKĐ

HTHT

+ BEFORE

AFTER

+ QKHT

d p

/d/

TLĐ/ TLHT/ HTĐ +

QKĐ +

Các nguyên âm và phụ âm còn lại

•

Đọc chơi cho dễ nhớ: Pà xã, có fải chú sháu ghé sang Thuận Phước không?

•

Bạn có thể đặt thành câu khác cho riêng mình để dễ nhớ.

WHEN = AS = AS SOON AS = UNTIL = BY THE TIME

III. DEFINING/ NON-DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSE (Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định và không xác định)

Ex:

1. Defining relative clause(Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định)

/id/

wanted, needed, demanded, suggested, mended, hated, visited, ...

/t/

walked , liked, stopped, raped, washed, watched, laughed, sentenced, rated, breathed, stated, looked, cooked, sniffed, missed, mixed, ...

- Mệnh đề quan hệ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ trước nó, làm cho người đọc và người nghe được danh từ được đề cập là ai, là cái gì.

/d/

played, studied, changed, matched, decreed, ...

- Không có nó câu sẽ không đủ nghĩa.

- Đây là mệnh đề cần thiết vì danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa là không xác định.

- Không sử dụng dấu phẩy.

Notes:

Ex: - The man who lives next door to me is very friendly.

− Khi *th phát âm là / θ / thì –ed mới phát âm là / t / như breathed,...

- The book which I bought yesterday is very interesting.

− Khi *th phát âm là / ð / thì –ed phát âm là / d / như bathed, ...

2. Non-defining relative clause (Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định)

− Khi *gh phát âm là / f / thì –ed phát âm là / t / như laughed, coughed, ...

-Đây là mệnh đề không cần thiết vì danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa đã được xác định cụ thể.

− Khi *gh là âm câm thì –ed phát âm là / d / như ploughed,...

- Không có nó câu vẫn đủ nghĩa.

− Nguyên âm + S + ED thì –ed thường được phát âm là / d / như praised, chased, raised,...

- Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định được ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy.

− Có một chữ có –ed tận cùng được phát âm là /id/. Chữ đó là hundred /ˈhʌn.drəd/

-Trước danh từ thường có: this, that, these, those, my, his, her... và danh từ riêng. Ex: - Mr. Thanh, who is from Ha Tinhprovince, is a friendly English teacher.

II. PAST PERFECT (QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH)

- Ha Noi, which is the capital of Vietnam, is in the north of Vietnam.

a. Form: (+) S + had + Vp2/ed + O

PART 2: PRACTICE

(-) S + hadn’t + Vp2/ed + O

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

(?) Had (not) + S + Vp2/ed + O?

I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

b. Uses (Cách sử dụng) - Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước 1 hành động khác trong QK (hành động xảy ra trước dùng QKHT; hành động xảy ra sau dùng QKĐ) Ex:I had never seen such a beautiful beach before I went to Kauai. 119

1. A. commercial

B. surface

C. approach

D. impressive

2. A. descend

B. explore

C. profession

D. altitude

3. A. astronomical

B. emergency

C. experiment

D. collaborate 120

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

4. A. simulated

B. trainee

C. missionary

D. spacewalk

5. A. observatory

B. historical

C. activity

D. parabolic

6. In 1983, Sally Ride (become) the first American woman inspace after in space twenty years earlier. Russian cosmonaut Valentina Tereshkova (be sent) 7. France (launch) satellite into orbit.

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. astronomy

B. astronomer

C. astrology

8. In 1971, the United Kingdom successfully (launch) that one year earlier. after China (do)

D. astronaut

2. A. telescope

B. microgravity

C. cooperate

D. rocket

3. A. mission

B. universe

C. sense

D. space

4. A. meteorite

B. satellite

C. microgravity

D. orbit

5. A. museum

B. miss

C. hopeless

D. guess

3 4

b. an agreement

3. spaceship

c. a strong position in business

4. a deal

d. rich

5. a foothold

e. becoming known

6. spaceport

f. a spacecraft that carries people through space

7. well-to-do

g. departure point for space flights

8 emerging

7 8

1. All nine planets can be seen through a

; the biggest one being Ganymede.

8. A Jupiter has about 69 different 9. The

6. The planet that we call home.

h. leave the ground and start flying

ACROSS

Your answers:

a. fight, argument

2. a face-off

its satellite into orbit

WORD BANK: Earth, Jupiter, Mercury, moons, rings, star, surface, system, telescope, Venus.

I. Match the words/ expressions in column A with their meanings in column B. A

its test

III. Do word search

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

1. take off

its first satellite before Japan(put)

of Mars is red and rocky.

10. The sun is the biggest

in our Solar System.

DOWN

2. Our Solar

has nine known planets.

3. The largest planet in our Solar System. 4. The closest planet to the Sun.

II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense. 1. In 1543, Nicolaus Copernicus (publish) Spheres” claiming that the Earth and the planets (orbit) 2. Galileo (use) Newton (invent)

“On the Revolutions of the Heaven the Su.

the telescope to view the stars and planets before Isaac the first reflecting telescope.

the Mathematical Principlesof 3. In 1686, Isaac Newton (publish) the foundations for universalgravitation and Natural Philosophy where he (lay) the motion of the Sun and the planets. (describe) 4. After Robert Goddard (work) and (launch)

on the rocket technology, he(invent) the first liquid-fueled rocket in 1926.

5. On November 3, 1957, the Russian dog Laika (become) the first animal in orbit after to outer space by the United States. fruit flies (be sent)

121

5. In 1610, Galileo discovered that Saturn has many

7. The second planet from the sun and is known as Earth’s sister planet. IV. The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank. 1. On the ISS, have to attach themselves so they don’t float ASTRONOMY around. 2. It is cheaper to build an unmanned than the one that is manned. SPACE 3. In 2015 NASA discovered an Earth-like planet which might be because it has ‘just the right’ conditions to support liquid water and HABITAT possibly even life.

122

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

found on Earth is the Hobafrom 4. One of the largest southwest Africa, which weighs about 54,000 kg. flight is part of 5. Experiencing microgravity on a astronaut training programmes. the Sun. 6. It takes 365.256 days for Earth to ? 7. Have you ever experienced 8. The spacecraft was last week. , 9. In 2014 a robot named Philae, part of the Rosetta successfully landed on a comet. 10. The training often takes place in a water tank laboratory so that trainees become familiar with crew activities in simulated in order to perform spacewalks.

METEORIC PARABOLIZE ORBITAL WEIGHT LAUNCH MISS

GRAVITY

V. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. Use each word once only. orbit

operate

comet

float

microgravity

launch

mission

astronomy

astronaut

spacesuit

1. The mission not only taught NASA about Venus, but also how to spacecraft far from Earth. 2. The tail of a between the earth and the sun. 3. The them safely to Earth.

of Apollo 11 was to land two men on the lunar surface and return to fly in space in 1983 when

in space because there is no gravity to pull them towards anything.

5. People

, astronauts can move things that weigh hundreds of pounds with just the

of Apollo 13 was delayed from March 12th to April 11th, 1970 to 7. The give the new prime crew more time to train. 8. Was Viet Nam’s first telecom satellite Vinasat-1 put into 2008? 9. This on the Moon. 10. Quang is interested in and planets.

1. A. are

B. will

C. do

D. can

2. A. our

B. us

C. ours

D. we

3. A. came

B. comes

C. coming

D. come

4. A. they

B. their

C. them

D. they’re

5. A. believe

B. believed

C. believes

D. believing

6. A. discovering

B. discovered

C. discover

D. discovers

7. A. on

B. at

C. in

D. to

8. A. no

B. don’t

C. isn’t

D. not

9. A. we

B. us

C. our

D. ours

10. A. missed

B. misses

C. missing

D. miss

can extend over 84 million miles, nearly the distance

4. Sally Ride became the first American woman she was 32 years old. 6. In tips of their fingers.

‘falling stars’. However, most scientists (5) ) one large asteroid, about six to twelve kilometers across, hit the earth and killed all the dinosaurs about 65 million years ago. Apophis it (7) 2004 and they say that it is about 300 is also big. Scientists (6) meters across. That’s about the size of a large sports stadium. An asteroid this size, according to large enough to destroy our world, but it is large enough to scientists, is (8) ) destroy several cities. It will probably miss the earth, they say, but not by very much – it will miss (9) ) by about only 35,000 kilometers – that’smuch closer than our moon which is about 240,000 kilometers away. Another way of thinking about it is that it will (10) ) us by only a few minutes.

on April 18th,

was worn by astronaut Neil Armstrong, the first human to set foot . He can spend hours studying the sun, moon, stars

II. Read the text. Use the information in the story to answer the questions below by choosing the best answer A, B, C or D. COMETS Andy heard from his friends that a comet was coming. He knew that a comet was a space rock. Space rocks seemed exciting. He wanted to watch it at night. All he had to do was go outside and watch. That was easy enough. That night, he put on a jacket and went outside. He looked around. He saw the moon, but he did not see anything else. There were only a couple clouds, so that was not the problem. He could see some stars, but nothing new or special. Where was the comet? He called his friend on the phone. They talked about it. His friend told him where to look, but he still didn’t see it. What was going on? Was he not special enough to see it? Were his eyes going bad? What was he doing wrong? Andy went to get his dad. Together, they looked up in the sky where it was supposed to be. Finally, after several minutes of looking, he saw a fuzzy thing, brighter and bigger than a star, but nowhere near what he expected. “I thought it’d be like an extra moon or something.” Andy complained. “It’s not big enough for that, and it still might be very far away.” Dad explained.

C. READING

“I still wish I could see it better.”

I. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

Dad nodded and went inside. When he came back out, he had a telescope. Together, they focused in and saw the comet a little better. It wasn’t much, but it helped. “What else can we see?” Andy wondered.

you be on Friday 13, 2029? That is how old you will be when a large How old (1) planet. Asteroids are rocks asteroid, called Apophis, comes very, very close to (2) that circle the sun in space and sometimes (3) closeto Earth and even hit it. Most asteroids in the night sky as are very small and, if you are lucky, youcan sometimes see (4)

Dad smiled and aimed the telescope over at the moon instead. That was cool. Seeing the craters and the details of the moon up closer was nice.

123

124

Astronomy was interesting. Andy made sure to read more about it at school!

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

1. What was Andy excited to see in the sky? A. rainbows

B. clouds

C. the moon

The Earth rotates on its axis, an imaginary straight line through its centre. The two points where the axis of rotation intersects the Earth’s surface are called as the poles, one of them is called the North Pole and the other is known as the South Pole. One rotation with respect to Sun is completed in 24 hours, called a solar day.

D. a comet

2. What problem did Andy have when he tries to look at the comet? A. There were too many and he couldn’t find the right one.

1. When was the Earth created?

B. He couldn’t see it.

__________________________________________________________________________

C. It was too bright to see anything.

2. How is the Earth?

D. The sky was very cloudy.

__________________________________________________________________________

3. When he couldn’t find the comet, what did Andy do first?

3. What main elements does the Earth include?

A. Called a friend

B. Asked dad for help

C. Got a telescope

D. Checked the Internet

__________________________________________________________________________ 4. What are the places of the axis of rotation intersects the Earth’s surface called?

4. When he still couldn’t find the comet, what did Andy do next?

__________________________________________________________________________

A. Called a friend

B. Asked dad for help

C. Got a telescope

D. Checked the Internet

5. How long is a solar day completed? __________________________________________________________________________

5. When he was disappointed by the comet, what did Andy’s father show Andy? A. constellations

B. a planet

C. the moon

D. a comet

D. WRITING I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentences. Use the word given and other words as necessary.

III. Read the text and do the task below. SATURN Saturn is the second-largest planet and is a gas giant like Jupiter. Under clouds of methane, hydrogen, and helium, the sky slowly turns into a giant ocean of liquid chemicals. Saturn is the least dense planet in our solar system; it is made mostly of hydrogen and helium. Because it is so lightweight and spins so quickly, Saturn is not perfectly round like the other planets. Saturn is surrounded by thousands of small rings made of rocks and ice. It also has 140 natural satellites, like moons and pieces of debris. ► Answer the following questions:

1. The class watched a film yesterday. The film was about the Apollo 13 space mission. The film___________________________________________________________________ 2. We are meeting an astronomer tonight. This astronomer has discovered three Earth-like planets. The astronomer ____________________________________________________________ 3. We read about an astronaut. The astronaut travelled into space in 1961. We read about _____________________________________________________________

1. How is Saturn similar to Jupiter? _____________________________________________________________________________

4. Dennis Tito became the first space tourist in 2001. Anousheh Ansari travelled into space as a tourist in 2006.

2. What are the clouds made of?

When Anousheh Ansari ______________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

5. This is the man. He works for NASA.

3. Describe the surface of Saturn.

The is the __________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

6. I’m reading an article. The article is about NASA’s plans to return humans to the moon.

4. Why is Saturn not perfectly round?

I’m reading ________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________ 5. Describe some of the things surrounding Saturn.

II. Rewriting the following sentences using a relative pronoun.

_____________________________________________________________________________

1. This is the astronaut. He visited our school last week. => __________________________________________________________________________

IV. Read the text and answer the following questions.

2. This is the village. Helen Sharman, the first British astronaut, was born there.

The Earth was formed about 4.7 billion years ago. The Earth’s shape is very close to that of a sphere, not perfectly spherical. The Earth’s equatorial diameter is about 12,756 km, which is slightly larger than the polar diameter; about 12,714 km Surface Area of the Earth is 510,065,600 km2 of which 148,939,100 km2 (29.2%) is land and 361,126,400 km2 (70.8 %) is water.

=> __________________________________________________________________________

125

3. Can you talk more about the parabolic flights. You took them for your training? => __________________________________________________________________________

126

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

4. This is the museum. It has some of the best rock collections in the country. => __________________________________________________________________________

5. What (do/they) about as they zip through space? Will theybe frightened? I doubt it. They will be too busy.

5. We’ll explore inland Sweden and visit the summer house. Carin and Ola have built it themselves.

6. The captain says that by the end of the first week, they interesting things about space and alien beings.

=> __________________________________________________________________________

7. By the end of the first month aboard the spaceship, the Martian Explorer, the crew (get used to) living without gravity and to eating theirfood out of tubes. On a (float) around the cabin. normal day they

6. This is the year. The first human walked on the moon on that day. => __________________________________________________________________________ III. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1. Pham Tuan/ Viet Nam’s/ astronaut, and Christer Fuglesang/ Sweden’s first astronaut. => __________________________________________________________________________ 2. He found/ Earth didn’t look/ big as he thought, no boundaries/ Earth could be seen from/ we should cooperate/ take care of it. => __________________________________________________________________________ 3. It seemed/ he/ not enjoy it much/ since/ wasn’t fresh. => __________________________________________________________________________ 4. They talked/ him when he/ in space/ that made him happy. => __________________________________________________________________________ 5. They think/ the chance/ fly to space/ equal for everyone. => __________________________________________________________________________ 6. He/ think teamwork, social skills/ foreign languages/ important/ an astronaut. => __________________________________________________________________________

(find out)whether life 8. Scientists claim that within the next 50 years, they (meet) those littlegreen men, Martians. on Mars exists or not and they 9. In the meantime, let us wish good luck to Captain Armstrong and his crew. They (explore) the outer reaches of the universe. (they/expand) our knowledge of new frontiers and deep space.

10. By 2044

III. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. A. orbit

B. ship

2. As soon as the spacecraft A. has travelled

C. mission

D. parabolic

into space, the crew started toobserve the sun.

B. had travelled

C. travelled

I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

A. there 4. A

B. which

C. where

D. when

A. comet

B. galaxy

5. In July of 1975, the first US-Soviet joint B. relation

C. universe C.mission

D. performance

D. telescope

B. X

C.which

D. who

B. immune

C. astronomer

D. parabolic

A. out of this world

B. the sky’s the limit

B. experiment

C. private

D. habitable

C. it’s over the moon

D. once in a blue

4. A. maintenance

B. satellite

C. meteorite

D. adventure

5. A. universe

B. satellite

C. experience

D. meteorite

8. I

down to earth on my first Monday back to school after my holiday in Nha Trang.

A. come over

B. come back

9. Yuri Gagarin made the first space flight II. Fill in future continuous or future perfect to complete the sentences below. 1. This time tomorrow morning Captain Neil Armstrong and his crew (head) for the planet Mars. earth and

A. which (leave)

(orbit) the earth every 20 seconds. (check)all the instrument all (not/take) it easy.

have lost their

7. He’s so brilliant and he can do anything -

3. A. object

4. By the end of the year 2044 they (go) 100 million light years andyet they

D. solar system

occurred with the Apollo-Soyuz project.

2. A. astronomy

3. Crew members Yuri Gagarin and Sally Ride day long to make sure they are working properly. They

astronauts can

is an enormous system of stars in outer space.

A. whom

C. spacecraft

2. On the first day of their voyage, they

D. was travelling

3. Europe’s biggest ISS project is the Columbus science laboratory carry out scientific experiments in weightless conditions.

A. company

B. galaxy

flight is a part of astronauttraining programmes.

1. Experiencing microgravity on a

6. TheAstronauts Memorial Foundation honours all American astronauts lives on missions or in training.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

1. A. commercial

(discover)many

10. Aircraft flying in seconds. A. straight

B. when

C. come in C. whose

D. where

arcs create microgravity for tests and simulations that last 20-25 B. oval

C. circular

B. was being

D. parabolic broadcast livethis morning.

11. The launch of the Space Shuttle Endeavour A. hats been

D. come on

success attracted worldwide attention.

C. was

D. had been

(arrive) on the planet Mars. They (not/age) even one year. Miraculous! 127

128

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

12. Dan: Do you like to drink tea? Ben: I love coffee, but I only drink tea blue moon. A. one

B. once

C. first

B.it B. gravity

15. I passed all my exam – I'm

A. weightless

. D. microgravity

they are talking about plans to send humans to Mars by2030. B. X

C. who

D. when this world.”

17. “That’s the coolest thing I’ve ever seen. It’s really B. out of

C. over

D. on

18. In 2010, Naoko Yamazaki, the second female Japanese astronaut, on Discovery her training at the Johnson Space Center. space shuttle to the ISS alter she A. had flown – completed

B. flew – had completed

C. flew – was completing

D. was flying –was completing son is training to be an astronaut?

19. Do you want to meet my colleague A. that 20. For people

B. whom

C. whose

D. X

work hard at this company, the sky’s the limit.

A. which

B. who

C. whom

21. Vinasat-1is Viet Nam’s first telecommunication A. spacesuit

B. astronomy

D. X ,which was launched in 2008.

C. microgravity

D. satellite

22. The first was done by Alexei Leonov, a Russia cosmonaut on March 18th, 1965. It was 10 minutes long. A. spaceward

B. spacesuit

C. spacewalk

D. spaceship

quite strange although he

23. Pham Tuan said everything on the ground.

when he was

A. was – had prepared

B. had been – prepared

C. was – prepared

D. was – has prepared

24. At night the ISS can easily be seen from the Earth, as it flies at the kilometres above us. A. attitude

B. height

C. level

B. talk about

26. The Milky Way is just a A. galaxy

of 320

C. homesick

D. heavy

A. was spending – was returning

B. spent – was returning

C. spent – had returned

D. had spent – returned

C. talk with

B. planet

C. comet

B. exploration

C. space

fuel

another

means

carry

demand/ need

possible

because

many

that/ which

Space exploration is the investigation of the universe beyond the Earth’s atmosphere, by (1) of manned and unmanned spacecraft. Despite the technological advancements until the 20th century. The achieved in the past, space exploration was only (2) first successful orbital launch was made by the Soviet Union in 1957 which was called the table, “Sputnik”. When the topic “SPACE EXPLORATION” is put (3) aquestion has often been asked: “Why should we spend money on NASA while there are so (4) problems here on Earth?” However, this might be partially wrong since exploring the unknown may help us progress. The advantages of space exploration include the materials (5) can be obtained from outer space. For instance, asteroids have iron and nickel which could be utilized to for metal. Therefore, numerous commercial companies have invested in satisfy the (6) solid developing technology for asteroid mining. Several comets and asteroids (7) water in them. This water can be used for astronauts and scientists in space stations. The water for the rockets. can also be broken down to hydrogen which can be used as (8) planet. Scientists also believe that dinosaurs disappeared because they couldn’t go to (9) Sooner or later a killer comet will again cross Earth’s path, threatening all life. Fortunately, (10) we have knowledge about comets and space science, we will be able to survive.

on the moon. He was born inOhio on August Neil Armstrong was the first person (1) 5,1930. While he was in college, he left to serve in the U.S. Navy. He flew planes during the Korean War. Then he came back to college and finished the degree he (2) . He later (3) a master’s degree too. Armstrong became an astronaut in 1962. He was the commander of Gemini 8 in 1966. Neil the first successful connection of two vehicles in space. Armstrong (4)

everything under the sun. D. talk of

Armstrong’s second flight was Apollo 11in 1969, and he was the mission commander. He flew with Buzz Aldrin and Michael Collins. Armstrong and Aldrin landed on the moon in a lunar module named “Eagle”. With more than half a billion people (5) on television, the ladder and said,“That’s one small step for a man, one giant leap Armstrong (6) him shortly. They explored the surface for two and a half for mankind.” and Aldrin (7) hours, collecting samples and taking photographs.

in the universe and it contains our Solar System.

27. Virgin Galactic is the world’s first commercial A. spaceship

B. quiet

V. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank.

D. altitude

25. She’s very intelligent and knowledgeable. She can A. talk to

D. reach for

IV. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.

D. once in a blue moon

16. The mission

A. into

C. reach in

B. the sky’s the limit

C. over the moon A. where

B. reach for

30. Mukai Chiaki, the first female Japanese astronaut, 15 days aboard the space to the Earth on July 23, 1994. shuttle Columbia in space before it

A. out of this world

the stars, all of your dreams will come true!

29. Christer Fuglesang said he enjoyed floating around in the ________ environment.

D. where

C.specific gravity

28. If you A. reach at

contained oxygen.

C.having

14. Yuri Gagarin became the first person to eat and drink in A. weightless

D. only

13. To walk on the moon, the astronauts had to carry a suitcase A. which

D. meteorite . D. spaceline

129

130

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

They left behind an American flag, and a plaque reading, “Here men from the planet Earth upon the moon. July 1969 A. D. We came in (9) for all mankind.” first (8)

3. What will NOT be spacious?

After almost a day, they blasted off. They docked with Collins in (10) moon. All three then flew back to the Earth.

around

1. A. to walk

B. walked

C. walk

D. walking

2. A. had started

B. starts

C. started

D. would start

3. A. earned

B. scored

C. took

D. make

4. A. operated

B. functioned

C. carried

D. performed

5. A. to watch

B. watching

C. watch

D. watched

6. A. descended

B. stepped

C. lowered

D. climbed down

7. A. joined in

B. involved

C. joined

D. connected D set a foot

8. A. set foot

B. set feet

C. went

9. A. silence

B. peace

C. freedom

D. communication

10. A. height

B. distance

C.space

D. orbit

the

A. The spaceship

B. The magazines

C. The mission

D. The living quarters

4. Which of the following is considered miserable? A. A crew on board of the Mars One Mission. B. A score of the programme on the probability scale. C. A personality of people taking part in the programme. D. A mission of astronauts to the ISS. 5. How long will it take for a message to come back from Mars? A. Around 20 minutes

B. Only a few seconds

C. Almost immediately

D. About an hour

VII. Complete each of the following sentences using relatives or not relatives. 1. The student

was selected to join the space program is my brother’s friend. the spaceship landed last week.

2. They showed me the place

VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, Cor D for each question.

husband is working for NASA.

3. David introduced me to the woman

A MISSION TO MARS Have you ever had a dream about traveling to another planet in our solar system? If you have, there is an actual programme that is happening right now, and it hopes to send people to Mars in 2023. Known as the Mars One Mission, it will send a crew of four people on a one-way mission to colonize Mars. Those chosen people will have to be ready to say good-bye to the earth forever, as there will not be a return trip. For the people chosen, they will have to learn to do many different things. First of all, they will be living the rest of their lives with just a handful of other people, so they all must have personalities that allow them to get along. Second, the living quarters that they will have won’t be very spacious, so they will have to deal with that condition as well. If they feel homesick, they will only be able to communicate with people back on the earth via e-mail and videos and audio sent back and forth. However, there won’t be any real-time communication. Even at the speed of light, communication between the earth and Mars takes about 20 minutes. Whether the Mars One Mission will actually happen is the big question that a lot of people are asking. There is an enormous skepticism in the science community, and Wired magazine gave the mission a miserable score of two out of ten on its probability scale. However, for those who dream to go to Mars, at least they can say there is a possibility that it could happen. 1. Who might like to go on this mission? A. People who get along with others B. People who get homesick easily C. People with angry personalities

5. The twenty-ninth of May is the day

A. They will communicate with people on the earth.

Mr. Khoa is talking has flown into space three times.

7. The satellite

was launched into space yesterday belongs to Viet Nam.

8. The space age began in 1957 first man-made satellite.

the Soviet Union launched Sputnik 1, the world’s

9. An astronaut is a person

travels in a spacecraft into outer space.

10. The book

D. They will return to do the earth. 131

I’m reading is about the history of space exploration.

VIII. Underline the one mistake in each sentence and then correct it. No. Sentences 1. Venus is the second planet of the sun. 2.

Unlike most of the other planets in the solar system, Venus have no moons.

This is because they are similar into size, gravity and density.

Venus is also very different in the Earth.

These clouds trap the sun’s heat, make Venus the hottest planet in the solar system.

Venus has sometimes called the “Morning star” or the “Evening star”.

The atmosphere of Venus is mostly made up by carbon dioxide with clouds of sulphuric acid.

In Greek mythology, Venus is known as Aphrodite, the goddess of love and beautiful.

B. They will have to live with other people. C. They will live in quarters that don’t have a lot of space inside.

our astronauts will be returning home.

6. The man with

D. People who don't like to communicate 2. What will NOT happen to the people who go on the Mars One Mission?

you want to meet is going to present a paper at the

4. The astronomer conference next Friday.

Correction

132

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

IX. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. The team plays on the left. The team has never won the championship. => The team __________________________________________________________________

Unit CHANGING ROLES IN SOCIETY 11

__________________________________________________________________________ 2. Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin planted an American flag on the moon. They spoke to President Richard Nixon after that. => Before Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin _________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 3. This article describes a ground-breaking space mission to land on a comet. The mission is called Rosetta.

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW 1. BỊ ĐỘNG THÌ TƯƠNG LAI ĐƠN Form: Active:

=> The ground-breaking space mission ____________________________________________

(+) S + will + V(nguyên thể) + O

__________________________________________________________________________

(-) S + won’t + V(nguyên thể) + O

4. Last week they visited a museum. The first artificial satellite is on display there.

(?) Will (not) + S + V(nguyên thể) + O?

=> Last week they _____________________________________________________________ Passive:

__________________________________________________________________________ 5. The Rosetta mission has a task. The task is comparable to a fly trying to land on a speeding bullet.

(+) S + will + be + Vp2 + (by O) (-) S + won’t + be + Vp2 + (by O)

=> The task __________________________________________________________________

(?) Will (not) + S + be + Vp2 + (by O)?

__________________________________________________________________________ Ví dụ: X. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

- She will do a lot of things tomorrow. => A lot of things will be done by her tomorrow.

1. Nhat Nam/ crazy / space. => __________________________________________________________________________ 2. He/ learnt about the universe/ had collected/ of books about space.

2. DEFINING/ NON-DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSE (Mệnhđề quan hệ xác định và không xác định)

=> __________________________________________________________________________

1. Defining relative clause(Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định)

3. To show that there/ more things/ the list but that it’s not necessary/ list everything.

- Đây là mệnh đề cần thiết vì danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa là không xác định.

=> __________________________________________________________________________

- Mệnh đề quan hệ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ trước nó, làm cho người đọc và người nghe được danh từ được đề cập là ai, là cái gì.

4. He/ be not/ impressed/ because/ he thought the meteorite/ like an ordinary piece of rock. => __________________________________________________________________________ 5. He/ compare it/ a ride/ a rollercoaster. => __________________________________________________________________________

- Không có nó câu sẽ không đủ nghĩa. - Không sử dụng dấu phẩy. Ex: - The man who lives next door to me is very friendly. - The book which I bought yesterday is very interesting. 2. Non-defining relative clause(Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định) - Đây là mệnh đề không cần thiết vì danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa đã được xác định cụ thể. - Không có nó câu vẫn đủ nghĩa. - Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định được ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy. - Trước danh từ thường có: this, that, these, those, my, his, her... và danh từ riêng. Ex: - Mr. Thanh, who is from Ha Tinh province, is a friendly English teacher. - Ha Noi, which is the capital of Vietnam, is in the north of Vietnam.

133

134

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

2. She has such a good sense of

PART 2: PRACTICE

. She makes everyone laugh at work. to find out the changing demands of society.

3. Surveys will be

. He never gets lost.

4. He has a very good sense of

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

5. I don’t have much sense of time. I always seem to be late for

I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. pressure

B. whiteboard

C. responsive

D. whiteboard

2. A. drastically

B. distinction

C. enjoyable

D. dependent

3. A. notification

B. individual

C. competition

D. geographical

4. A. demolish

B. syllabus

C. industrial

D. commercial

5. A. computer

B. science

C. theoretical

D. facility

will allow a student to tailor his/her own learning.

7. This

us learn more from real life.

8. I have the same vision of

9. The changing economic role of women, which started in 1948, has greatly role of men. 10. The feudal system promotes male-dominated societies, where women obey men

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. housework

B. vision

C. hospital

D. classroom

2. A. burden

B. curtain

C. turtle

D. curriculum

3. A. responsive

B. content

C. sector

D. sense

4. A. discussion

B. provision

C. permission

D. cushion

5. A. evaluation

B. facilitator

C. guidance

D. female

the .

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in the passive of simple future. (assess) by Hans de Wit, who is the Presidentof the EAIE.

1. The essays

(not evaluate) through exams only.

2. Students’ academic performance

(hold) also in places like restaurants or supermarkets.

3. Classes

(tailor) constantly to meetchanges in society.

4. The school’s curriculum

(free) from most housework by high technology.

5. Women

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank. 1. Women these days prefer to be independent. 2. Most services nowadays are mass-focused, not oriented. 3. I agree that academic performance is not the only criterion to a person. 4. Teacher will become rather than information providers. . 5. The town hasn’t got any parks where people can go and . I want to see something 6. This syllabus is quite more hands-on. to social demands. 7. A successful education must be 8. My son took part in the Beyond 2030 forum, which invited people to of the future. share their . You can always rely on him. 9. He has a strong sense of 10. She has no of style at all. She never chooses the right colour or right clothes for herself.

which will look at the main challenges and

6. There will be an open opportunities in the coming decades.

FINANCIAL INDIVIDUAL

(make) by men.

6. Not all the decisions in the family

(build) to reduce traffic in the city.

7. More flyovers

(demolish) for a department

8. We are staying at the Grand Hotel, which store.

EVALUATION

IV. Complete these sentences, put in who, whose, which or that only if you have to. Put a stick ( ) if the sentence is correct without a relative pronoun.

FACILITY RELAXING THEORY

2. That’s the man

Nelly gave the money to.

3. Is this the ring

you were looking for?

1. Mary,

VISUAL RESPONSIBIE SENSATION

development

unconditionally

discussion

conducted

seeing

participating

affected

appointments

5. Colin told me about his new job,

he’s enjoying very much.

6. This morning I met somebody

I hadn’t seen for ages.

7. My office,

is on the second floor of the building, is very small.

8. The people

we met at the party were very friendly.

9. Amy,

car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.

10. The man

repaired my car is a real expert.

11. The detective lost sight of the man

II. Use the words in the box in their correct forms to complete the sentences.

humour

parents are dead.

4. An orphan is a child

RESPOND

direction

sits next to me, is good at maths.

12. The car

1. Baron Pierre de Coubertin, who was the founder of modern Olympic Gaines,was not in in the Games. favour of women 135

he was following.

won the race looked very futuristic.

13. Is this the article

you were interested in?

14. That’s Jack,

lives next door.

15. I thought I recognized the assistant

served us.

136

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

V. Rewrite the following sentences using relative clauses.

Role models: Teens don’t have much respect for their parents if (9) of them they expect their children to do. Like everybody, teens actually does things (10) appreciate people who practice what they reach.

1. A friend of mine helped me to get a job. His father is the manager of a company. →_________________________________________________________________________ 2. Mike gave half of the £50,000 he won to his parents. →_________________________________________________________________________ 3. London was once the largest city in the world, but the population is now falling. →_________________________________________________________________________ 4. A number of suggestions were made at the meeting, but most of them were not very practical. →_________________________________________________________________________ 5. It is a medieval palace. The king hid in its tower during the civil war. →_________________________________________________________________________ 6. I couldn’t remember the number of my own car. This made the police suspicious.

1. A. provision

B. concept

C. applicant

D. breadwinner

2. A take

B. joint

C. work

D. participate

B. during

C. without

D. within

4. AConsequently

B. Moreover

C. However

D. Therefore

5. A. permission

B. cushion

C. courage

D. respect

6. A. view

B. point

C. benefit

D. response

7. A. less

B. more

C. fewer

D. little

8. A. both

B. among

C. between

D.of

9. A. either

B. both

C. neither

D. all

10. A. who

B. that

C. whom

D. where

A. in

→_________________________________________________________________________ II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

7. You sent me a present. Thank you very much for it. →_________________________________________________________________________ 8. Dr Andy Todd is head of Downlands Hospital. He has criticized government plans to cut health funding. →_________________________________________________________________________ 9. They are choosing the boys for the school’s football team. All of them are under 9. →_________________________________________________________________________ 10. I went to see my nephew Jimmy. I used to look after him when he was small. →_________________________________________________________________________

C. READING I. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. of parental authority has changed. Today, no parent can (2) The (1) their children’s respect for granted: authority has to be earned. Several studies have shown the following problems.

There has been a big change in the roles of men and women at home which in turn (1) their feelings about their roles. However, it is important to highlight how this may end up in distribution of tasks and responsibilities can affect the relationships (2) discords, or even divorces. In order to make a distinction between the past and the present times are provided: in the past, 75% (4) care ofall the washing and (3) ironing. Husbands were involved in cleaning in only 17% and used their time at home on (5) repairs. The care of children was mainly a task carried out by women. The little the more enjoyable aspects of child care time that men spent with children usually (6) because now women are the ones such as play and outings. However, this has (7) to their jobs or their different activities. And who spend less time at home (8) the cooking. nowadays, most husbands stay at home taking care of children and (9) As a consequence of the change in roles, women have become more liberal and think they can their own. Men, on the other hand, feel that their position and manage (10) power in the family has been replaced by women. III. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

Trust: A lot of young people say their parents don’t trust them. Some of them have no knocking. All privacy: their parents read all their emails, and enter their rooms (3) ,these teenagers have little (5) of these actions demonstrate lack of respect. (4) for their parents.

Do you ever think about what schools will be like in the future? Many people think that students will study most regular classes such as maths, science and history online. Students will probably be able to these subjects anywhere using a computer. What will happen if students have problem with a subject? They might connect with a teacher through live videoconferencing. Expert teachers from learning centres will give students help wherever they live.

Communication: Hardly any teens discuss their problems with their parents. That’s because very few teens feel their parents really listen to them. Instead, most parents tend to fire off an immediate (6) to their kid’s first sentence.

Students will still take classes in a school, too. Schools will become places for learning social skills. Teachers will guide students in learning how to work together in getting along with each other. They will help students with group projects both in and out of the classroom.

Freedom: Interestingly. Most rebels come from very authoritarian homes where kids have rules but they have to be clear and very little freedom. Teens need (7) unchangeable. Also, if the mother and father don’t agree about discipline, teens have less respect parents. They also need a lot of support and a little freedom to take their for (8) own decisions. None of them enjoy just listening to adults.

Volunteer work and working at local businesses will teach students important life skills about the world they live in. This will help students become an important part of their communities.Some experts say it will take five years for changes to begin in schools. Some say it will take longer. Most people agree, though, that computers will change education the way TVs and telephones changed life for people all over the world years before.

137

138

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

1. What is the main idea of the passage?

9. Lake Prespa is a lonely beautiful lake. It’s on the north Greek border.

A. All classes will be taught online in the future.

__________________________________________________________________________

B. Teachers will help students from home in the future.

10. The little girl ate sweets the whole way. She sat next to me on the coach.

C. Kids won’t have to go to school in the future.

__________________________________________________________________________

D. Computers will change education in the future. A. They will telephone the teachers who are staying at the school to seek their help.

II. Write the information in brackets as a relative clause (defining or non-defining) in an appropriate place in the sentence.

B. Schools will organise a live videoconference for teachers to help students with problems.

1. Julia’s father has just come back from a skiing holiday. (he is over 80)

2. What will happen if students meet difficulties with a subject?

→_________________________________________________________________________

C. Teachers from learning centres will give them help through live videoconferencing.

2. The problems faced by the company are being resolved. (I’ll look at these in detail in a moment.)

D. They will meet their teachers in person for help with problems with the subject. .

3. The main role of teachers in the future will be

→_________________________________________________________________________

A. helping students with group projects

3. She was greatly influenced by her father. (she adored him)

B. organising live videoconferences

→_________________________________________________________________________

C. providing students with knowledge

4. Parents are being asked to take part in the survey. (their children are between four or six)

D. guiding students to learn computers

→_________________________________________________________________________

4. Students will still go to school to A. play with their friends

C. learn social skills

B. learn all subjects

D. use computers

5. Students will learn important life skills through

5. He isn’t looking forward to the time. (he will have to leave at that time) →_________________________________________________________________________ 6. The Roman coins are now on display in the National Museum. (a local farmer came across them in a field)

A. working in international businesses

B. doing volunteer work

C. going to school every day

D. taking online classes

→_________________________________________________________________________ 7. He pointed to the stairs. (they led down to the cellar) →_________________________________________________________________________

D. WRITING I. Use a relative pronoun to combine each pair of sentences. Put in the commas where necessary. 1. Ann is very friendly. She lives next door. __________________________________________________________________________ 2. The man is a famous actor. You met him at the party last night. __________________________________________________________________________ 3. There are some words. They are very difficult to translate. __________________________________________________________________________ 4. The sun provides us with heat and light. It is one of millions of stars in the universe. __________________________________________________________________________ 5

.Students will be punished. Their homework is late. __________________________________________________________________________

6. I was looking for a book this morning. I’ve found it now. __________________________________________________________________________ 7. Is that the car? You want to buy it. __________________________________________________________________________ 8. Sandra works in advertising. You were talking to her. __________________________________________________________________________ 139

8. These drugs have been withdrawn from sale.(they are used to treat stomach ulcers) →_________________________________________________________________________ 9. The singer had to cancel her concert. (she was recovering from flu) →_________________________________________________________________________ 10. We went to the Riverside Restaurant. (I once had lunch with Henry there) →_________________________________________________________________________ 11. My aunt is now a manager of a department store. (her first job was filling shelves in a supermarket). →_________________________________________________________________________ 12. John Graham’s latest film is his first for more than five years. (the film is set in the north of Australia) →_________________________________________________________________________ 13. The newspaper is owned by the Mears group. (its chairperson is Sir James Bex) →_________________________________________________________________________ 14. The Master’s course is no longer taught. (I took this course in 1990) →_________________________________________________________________________ 15. The minister talked about the plans for tax reform. (he will reveal them next month) →_________________________________________________________________________ 140

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

13. Some at an actual school, not a virtual one, will be required to help students develop appropriate social skills.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

A. attention I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. forum

B. machine

C. changing

D. final

2. A. advantage

B. experience

C. financial

D. strategy

3. A. university

B. announce

C. contribution

D. academic

4. A. apply

B. standard

C. service

D. masterpiece

5. A. burden

B. breadwinner

C. uneconomic

D. tailor

A. will be risen

B. will arise

2. The system of water pipes has broken. The supply

B. will be reducing

C. will reduce

D. will be reduced

A. that

A. equal

B. able

C. same

4. Teachers in modern classrooms are organise the learning process accordingly. A. facilities

A. in where

A. that

B. it

6. The people about A. that

C. which

B. them

A. pleasing

B. satisfying

9. The sushi chef had to spend a few minutes needs of his customers. A. tailoring

B. to tailor

10. The United Nations, A. which

B. that

A. responding

D. supporter

D. tailored

B. responsively B. which

C. responsible

D. it

C. finance

D. financial

C. will remove

D. will be removed

C. will pay

D. will be paid

danger

guide

facilitate

depend

necessary

theory

apply

involve

participate

respond

7. Her children are very

species. to the student. to changes in the curriculum. possible for many students.

will receive notificationwithin the week. in the competition.

. They do all the shopping and cookingby themselves.

8. In the future, students will not home and follow the lesson online.

10. Teachers should act as suits them best.

go to school every day; theycan stay at in household workas it will be shared , enabling their students to study inthe way that

D. responsive

we have much confidence. C. whom

B. will be paid off

9. The modern mother will decrease her by her husband.

to customer demand.

12. Mr. Nam is the teacher in A. that

C. what

A. will pay off

live

in the near future.

6. A leg injury is preventing Peter from active

was established in 1945, has over 200 members.

11. Companies have to be

B. will finish

5. It is announced that successful

one of his orders to fits the dietary C. tailor

A. will be finished

4. Finishing high school at the age of 16 is

D. pleasant

C. deliveryman

D. handy

soon.

3. It is good news that all the schools in our city are

of safety and security

B. provider

B. financier

19. The threat of terrorism

2. The role of the modern teacher is to provide

D. whom

C. content

C. skillful

1. Our school will participate in a big campaign to save

with third place in the competition.

8. The traditional role of a husband is a A. supply

was

D. what

C. who

D. in which

experience with computers.

III. Use the words in the box in their correct forms to complete the sentences.

the novelist wrote were factory workers and their families.

7. Although he did his best, he had to be

C. which

B. hands-on

20. The national debt

D. facilitators

5. The Centre for Education Promotion and Empowerment for Women, established years ago, has worked to gain equality for women.

D. whom

dependent on his parents; he regularly receives money to

A. financially

D. alike

C. decision-makers

C. who he was born and grew up.

B. in that

A. practising 18. He’s still from them.

because their main task is to set goals and

B. directions

B.whose

17. A workshop can give children with D. will be raised

men

was such a brilliant scientist, introduced the theory of relativity.

16. He showed the house

economic and political rights, as well as the right to choose

3. Women have been given their own husband.

society;

D. female-dominated

15. Albert Einstein,

A. will have reduced

D. attendance

B. male-dominated

C. women-dominated

C. will raise

C. attendant

A. man-dominated

II. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. The living standards of people in remote areas

B. attendee

14. Before the rise of Islam in the early 600s, Arabs lived in a traditional, regarded women as their property.

IV. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

D. him

in American society as the main Men have played a significant (1) breadwinner, and protector of the family. But the traditional role of men has slowly 141

142

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

beentransferred to women. Society is changing (2) women going to college, and gaining jobs. It may even happen in several years’time when women are given sole earning (3) in American society as the main (4) of the family. That is due in part to to men in the 1970s. women gained working privileges (5)

1. A. dominated

B. separated

C. nominated

2. A. balance

B. subordination

C. practice

D. progress

3. A. like

B. similar

C. as

D. same

4. A. compare

B. considerate

C. contact

D. household

5. A. responsibility

B. burden

C. task

D. goal

6. A. obligated

B. other

C. allowed

D. release

Up until the 1970s, men were the traditional family breadwinners, while women stayed at home, raised the kids, made dinner every night, cleaned the house, and ran all of the errands. Men went to work every day, making enough money to buy a nice home, buy a new car every so often. Once women were afforded the (6) to work in the same jobs men once held, men’s more traditional foothold in the workplace was loosened. Women were given bigger jobs pay with more responsibility, but women take jobs with major responsibly with (7) than men. The role of men in American society is (8) with more women going to college, and obtaining careers; men are playing more untraditional roles at home. Women are still giving birth to the kids, running errands, cleaning, making dinner. Young care of the children, boys as well as girls, are being raised with dad at home (9) kids. all of Millions of families are also raising their young with mom and dad (10) the responsibilities. Today’s role of men in American society is more of a shared role, with a more undefined role.

D. confined

7. A. constitutional

B. design

C. equalize

D. share

8. A. more

B. less

C. terms

D. a little

9. A. or

B. herb

C. demonstration

D. colonization

10. A. quarrel

B. discriminatory

C. debate

D. argue

VI. Find and correct the mistakes. 1. I enjoyed the book that you told me to read it. A

2. That commentator, his name I have forgotten, is very well-known. A

3. Amelia Earhart, that was one of the pioneers in aviation, attempted to fly the world in 1937, A B C but she and her plane mysteriously disappeared over the Pacific Ocean.

V. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank.

In a traditional Korean society, women’s roles were (1) to the home. From a young age, women were taught the virtues of (2) and endurance to prepare for their future roles as wife and mother. Women, in general, could not participate in society (3) men did, and their role was limited to (4) matters. The situation began to change with the opening of the country to the outside world during the late 19th century. During this period modern schools were introduced, mostly by Western of Christian missionaries. Some of these schools were founded with the specific (5) educating women. These educated women began to engage in the arts, teaching, religious work, women. Women also took part in the independence and enlightening (6) movement against the Japanese occupation, and displayed no less vigor, determination, and courage than the men. With the establishment of the Republic of Korea in 1948, women achieved (7) rights for equal opportunities to pursue education, work, and public life. There is no doubt that the female labor force contributed significantly to the rapid economic growth that Korea achieved during the past three decades. An increasing number of women work in professional fields.

4. Sunday is a daywhere we expect. A

5. Have you ever been to Da Lat when my father has a lovely house? A

6. Tomorrow I’m going to the station to meet my friend which comes to stay with us. A

7. Last summer my family went to Vung Tau where my aunt is living there. A

8. The storieswhatI’ve told you are all true. A

9. There are not many people whose adapt to a new culture without feeling some disorientation A

By 2004, among those graduating from elementary school, 99.5 percent of girls continued their education in middle school. The comparable figure for high school and university was 87.6 percent.

10. San Francisco, thatisa beautiful city, has a population of six Million.

of characteristics of the female labor force, by 2004, 22.6 percent of In (8) managerial positions. female employees were serving in professional (9)

1. We are talking about the girl who used to be a Miss World.

With an increasing number of women entering professional jobs, the government passed the practices against female “Equal Employment Act” in 1987 to prevent (10) workers in regard to hiring and promotion opportunities.

at first. A

B C

VII. Choose the best answer. A. The girl about whom we are talking used to be a Miss World. B. We hardly know a girl who used to be a Miss World. C. The girl who used to be a Miss World said that she knew you. D. We know the girl who used to be a Miss World.

143

144

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

2. He told her about the book. He liked it best A. He told her about the book which he liked it best.

VIII. Write all the pronouns possible to complete each sentence. Write Ø if the sentence is correct without adding a pronoun.

B. He told her about the book which he liked best.

1. We talk about the party

C. He told her about the book whom he liked best.

2. To get to Frank’s house, take the main road

D. He told her about the book whose he liked best

3. The paintings

Sarah wants to organise for my birthday. bypasses the village.

Mr Flowers has in his house are worth around £100,000.

4. Mrs Richmond,

is 42, has three children.

A. The old man is working in this factory which I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.

5. Don is a friend

I stayed with in Australia.

B. The old man whom is working in this factory I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.

6. She was probably the hardest working student

C. The old man whom I borrowed his bicycle yesterday is working in this factory.

7. Stevenson is an architect

D. The old man whose bicycle I borrowed yesterday is working in this factory.

8. The Roman coins, National Museum.

3. The old man is working in this factory. I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.

3. This is my opinion. You can do nothing to change it.

10. There was a little

B. There’s nothing you can do to change my mind.

13. Professor Johnson,

, is the secretary.

14. The man

A. which you have just spoken

15. These walls are all

B. whose you have just spoken C. to whom you have just spoken , isn’t it ? B. used to live

C. use to live

D. use living

7. The police have caught the man

________________________________________________________________________ 2. Felix Reeve is a journalist. His tape recorder was stolen. ________________________________________________________________________

B. whose stole my motorbike.

C. whom stole my motorbike. 8. Colin told me about his new job,

3. This famous picture is worth thousands of pounds. It was damaged during the war.

D. which stole my motorbike.

________________________________________________________________________

very much.

A. that he’s enjoying

B. he’s enjoying

C. which he’s enjoying

D. he’s enjoying it

remain of the city.

1. Is Zedco a company? It was taken over last year.

A. who stole my motorbike.

I have long admired, is visiting the University next week. I introduced to you last night may be the next president of the university.

IX. Use a relative pronoun to combine each pair of sentences. Put in the commas where necessary.

D. to who you have just spoken A. used to living

was only one page long. trading is healthier than our own.

12. We need to learn from companies

D. You can do everything to change it my mind.

6. It is the village where you

I couldn’t hear clearly. we could do to help her.

11. He received a low mark for his essay,

C. There’s nothing can be done except changing my mind. 5. The man

a local farmer came across in a field, are now displayed in the

9. Dorothy said something

A. You can do nothing to change it my mind.

I’ve ever taught.

designs have won international praise.

4. I don’t know the name of the woman. I spoke to her on the phone. ________________________________________________________________________ 5. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol. It is only 30 miles away.

9. The man is my teacher. 1 am grateful to him.

________________________________________________________________________

A. The man whom I grateful to him is my teacher.

6. This is Mr. Carter. I was telling you about him.

B. The man whom I am grateful to is my teacher.

________________________________________________________________________

C. The man is my teacher who I am grateful.

7. They’ve captured all the animals. They escaped from the zoo.

D. The man to him I am grateful is my teacher.

________________________________________________________________________

10. Ngoc is friendly. We are talking about her.

8. A scientist has won the Nobel Prize. He discovered a new planet.

A. Ngoc, we are talking about, is friendly.

________________________________________________________________________

B. Ngoc, whom we are talking about is friendly

9. The river is the Wye. It flows through Hereford.

C. Ngoc, about her we are talking, is friendly.

________________________________________________________________________

D. Ngoc, about whom we are talking, is friendly

10. We climbed to the top of the tower. We had a beautiful view from there. ________________________________________________________________________ 145

146

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Unit MY FUTURE CAREER 12

fancy = đam mê

can’t see = không hiểu

forgive = tha thứ

tolerate = tha thứ, chịu đựng

can’t help = không thể không

understand = hiểu

imagine = tưởng tượng 2. VERB + To V-infinitives:

PART 1: GRAMMAR REVIEW

→ V + to V → V + O + to V

I. MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ SỰ NHƯỢNG BỘ (CLAUSE OF CONCESSION): MẶC DÙ Although Though + S1+ V1 + O, S2 + V + O Even though Much as Despite the fact that In spite of Despite... cụm N ... In spite of , S2 + V2 + O Regardless of Ving Notwithstanding

afford = đủ điều kiện

manage = xoay xở

agree = đồng ý

offer = tỏ ý muốn

appear = hóa ra; hình như

order = ra lệnh

arrange = sắp xếp

prepare = chuẩn bị

ask = yêu cầu

pretend = giả bộ

beg = van nài

promise = hứa

choose = chọn lựa

persuade = thuyết phục

challenge = thách thức

plan = dự định

claim = thỉnh cầu

refuse = từ chối

decide = quyết định

remind = nhắc nhở

expect = mong đợi

swear = thề thốt

Ex:Although it rained cats and dogs, we went to school.

fail = quên; thất bại

seem = dường như

=>Despite raining cats and dogs, we went to school.

force = ép buộc

threaten = cảnh báo; đe dọa

happen = tình cờ

tell = bảo; ra lệnh

II. VERB FORM (DẠNG CỦA ĐỘNG TỪ)

hesitate = ngại ngùng

take = phải, yêu cầu

1. VERB + GERUNDS (Ving):

hope = hy vọng

tend = có khuynh hướng

* Các động từ theo sau giới từ đều chia ởV_ing:

instruct = chi dẫn

want = cần phải

admit = thừa nhận

involve = bao gồm

invite = mời

wish = mong muốn

avoid = tránh

loathe = kinh tởm

learn = học hành

would like = muốn

anticipate = lường trước

mind = phiền

appreciate = tán thánh

miss = hụt, lỡ

3. VERB + sb + V-infinitives:

complete = hoàn thành

mention = đề cập

- let:

để, cho phép

- help:

giúp đỡ

consider = xem xét

prevent = ngăn ngừa

-make:

buộc, bắt

- have:

nhờ, yêu cầu

deny = từ chối

postpone = hoãn lại

-get:

nhờ, thuyết phục

- would rather: thích hơn

detest = ghét

practice = thực hành

- had better:

tốthơn nên

- modal verbs: động từ khuyết thiếu

discuss = thảo luận

resent = căm thù

defend = bảo vệ

resist = kháng cự

4. VERB (GIÁC QUAN) + OBJECT + V/ V-ing:

delay = trì hoãn

recall = gợi nhớ

- see

- notice

-watch

-look at

despise = khinh thường

recollect = nhớ ra

- observe

- hear

-listen to

- feel

enjoy = thích thú

report = báo cáo, tường trình

- smell

- catch

-find

escape = thoát được

resume = cho rằng

* V-infi: nếu nghe/thấy toàn bộ hành động từ đầu đến cuối

excuse = thứ lỗi

risk = liều lĩnh 147

148

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

Ex: I saw my friend run down the street. * V-ing: nếu nghe/thấy 1 phần hành động đang xảy ra.

- force: buộc

- want: muốn

- hire: thuê

- warn: cảnh báo

Ex: I saw my friend running down the street. 8. CÁC DẠNG CỦA “to V” VÀ V-ing” 5. VERB + to V/ V-ing (KHÔNG KHÁC NHAU VỀ NGHĨA) - intend

- advise

- encourage

- allow

- forbid

- permit

- admit

- recommend

* to V:

V + NOT + TO V(INF)

=> We decided not to buy a car.

V + TOBE + V_ING

=> We pretended to be sleeping.

* Nếu sau những từ trên không có tân ngữ thì có thể dùng V-ing

V + TOHAVE + PP

=> You seem to have lost weight.

* Nếu sau những từ trên có tân ngữ thì buộc phải dùng to V

V + TO BE + PP

=> We expect to be invited to the party.

V + TO HAVE BEEN + PP

=> Jane is lucky now to have been given a scholarship last month by her govern.

V + NOT + V_ING

=> I enjoy not being at home.

V + HAVING + PP

=> I appreciate now having had opportunity to meet the king yesterday.

V + BEING + PP

=> I appreciated being invited to your home.

V + HAVING BEEN + PP

=>I appreciate having told the news.

- begin

- start

- continue

- like

- love

- hate

- can’t stand

- can’t bear * V_ing:

* Phải dùng START/BEGIN với “to V” trong 2 trường hợp sau:

Khi động từ START/BEGIN được dùng ở hình thức tiếp diễn. When I got off the train, it was beginning/startingto rain.

Theo sau động từ START/BEGIN là 2 động từ UNDERSTAND, REALIZE. She began to understand/ to realize what he wanted.

6. VERB + to V/ V-ing: (KHÁC NHAU VỀ NGHĨA) - Stop to V

: dừng lại để làm gì.

- Try to V

V_ing : chấm dứt 1 việc gì.

V_ing : thừ làm gì xem kết quả ra sao.

- Prefer to V : thích làm 1 việc gì đó. V_ing : thích việc gì đó. - Needto V

: cần phải làm gì (chủ động). : có ý định/kế hoạch.

V_ing : yêu cầu.

- Like to V

: muốn, quen làm điều gì.

- Agree to V : đồng ý làm gì đó. V_ing : đồng ý chuyện gì đó. - Propose to V : có ý định/ kế hoạch V_ing : gợi ý/ đề nghị.

- Remember/regret/forget + to V Ving

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

V_ing : thích làm điều gì.

V_ing : cần phải được làm gì (bị động) - Mean to V

PART 2: PRACTICE : cố gắng làm điều gì.

1. A. alternative

B. academic

C. variety

D. biologist

2. A. architecture

B. development

C. vocational

D. compulsory

3. A. injection

B. professional

C. management

D. vocational

4. A. researcher

B. leisure

C. meaningful

D. colleague

5. A. sympathetic

B. dynamic

C. consider

D. adaptable

: nhớ/ tiếc/ quên làm gì. : nhớ/ tiếc/ quên đã làm gì (trong quá khứ)

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

7. VERB + OBJECT + to V:

1. A. vision

B.sense

C.rinseless

D. housekeeper

2. A. career

B.applied

C.alternative

D. approach D.content

- advise: khuyên

- instruct: dạy, chỉ thị

3. A. telescope

B.universe

C.profession

- allow: cho phép

- invite: mời

4. A. calm

B. skillful

C.logical

D.cultivation

- ask: yêu cầu

- need: cần

5. A. mechanic

B.technical

C.professional

D.empathetic

- beg: van xin

- order: ra lệnh

- cause: gây, làm cho

- permit: cho phép

B. VOCABULARY ANDGRAMMAR

- challenge: thách thức

- persuade: thuyết phục

I. Here is a job interview. Fill the given sentences to complete the conversation.

- convince: thuyết phục

- remind: nhắc nhở

A. I can see from your CV that you like meeting people and enjoy being sociable.

- dare: thách

- require: đòi hỏi/ yêu cầu

B. Good afternoon.

- encourage: khuyến khích

- teach: dạy

C. Yes, and thank you very much.

- expect: mong

- tell: bảo, nói

D. Will you be able to cope with this and your schoolwork as well?

- forbid: cấm

- urge: thúc giục 149

150

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

E. Did you find our offices all right?

A. truck driver

B. singer

C. student

D. dentist

C. dentist

D. fire fighter

F. You won’t be meeting people in person, but only over the phone.

9. This person takes care of teeth for a living.

Interviewer:

10. This person works in a hospital and treats sick people for a living.

A. hotel worker (1)

Interviewee: Good afternoon.

A. doctor

Interviewer: Please sit down.

Interviewee: Yes, with no difficulty. I’ve passed this building several times before.

C. student

D. truck driver

III. Where does the boss work? Find the correct phrase on the right.

(3)

Interviewee: Yes, I’m a very outgoing sort of person and I’m not afraid to take the initiative, although my friends say I tend to talk too much.

Interviewee: I think I have a good telephone voice, and I am very confident on the phone. I’ve also some experience in sales, as you can see from my CV. I think I would find this work very interesting, and it will give me some good work experience. Interviewer: Okay. As you know we need someone for at least three hours, three evenings a week. (5) I’m confident that I can do that.

Interviewer: Right, then. Shall we give you a trial period of say ... two weeks? If you’d like to come with me I’ll introduce you to my floor manager who will show you the ropes. James:

1. A captain works in

Interviewer: Well, that’s exactly the kind of person we need. Why do you think you will be good at this job, though? (4)

(6)

a. school

2. A chairman works in

b. TV series

3. A head-master works in

c. newspaper

4. A editor works for

d. town

5. A managing director works in

e. shop

6. A producer works in

f. committee

7. A manager works in

g. ship

8. A mayor works in

h. monastery

9. A umpire works in

i. company

10. A abbot works in

j. tennis match

Your answers:

Your answer: 1.

B. teacher

(2)

Interviewer: Right. Well,

James:

B. chef

10.

II. Match the jobs with the job description. 1. This person drives a taxi for a living. A. cook

B. doctor

C. taxi driver

IV. With the job description to choose the best answer A, B or C.

D. waiter

1. This person flies planes.

2. This person teaches students in a high school for a living. A. student

B.dentist

C. teacher

D. bus driver

C. waiter

D. truck driver

C. postal worker

D. truck driver

A. driver

3. This person sings songs for a living. A. singer

B.hairdresser B.doctor

A. chef

B. police officer

C. student

A. footballer A. doctor

D. teacher

B. student

C. singer

A. nurse

D. policeman

B. student

C. singer

B.footballist

C.footballman

B.dietician

C. waiter

B.psychologist

C. surgeon

6. This person writes for a newspaper.

7. This person serves food in a restaurant or a cafe for a living. A. waiter

C. researcher

5. This person works in a hospital and does surgery.

6. This person works at the police station and helps to fights crime and prevent it. A. nurse

B.teacher

4. This person works in a restaurant with the public.

5. This person cooks food in a restaurant for a living. A. chef

C. plane man

3. This person plays football.

4. This person drives a truck for a living. A. nurse

B.pilot

2. This person works in a school.

A. journalist

D. chef

8. This person studies at school and sometimes college and university.

B.author

C. novelist

7. This person speaks many languages. 151

152

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. teacher

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

B.commentator

C. interpreter

study past human activity by excavating, dating ARCHEOLOGY and interpreting objects and sites of historical interest. write news stories, and articles for use on JOURNAL 10. television and radio or within magazines, journals and newspapers. 9.

8. This person acts in films. A. producer

B.actor

C. director

9. This person owns a lot of animals. A. zooman

B.farmer

C.fisherman

10. This person paints pictures. A. decorator

B. cameraman

VII. Complete the sentences using the correct form (ing-form or to-infinitive ofthe verb in brackets)

C. artist

1. The horses struggled (pull)

the wagon out of the mud.

V. Complete the sentences using the correct form (ing-form or to-infinitive of the verb in brackets)

2. Anita demanded (know)

why she had been fired.

1. Reliable friends are always there for you. They never fail (help)

4. I avoided (tell)

2. Why don’t you stop (work)

and take a rest?

3. I was a bit lazy this time, but I promise (study)

5. Fred Washington claims (be) harder next time.

4. If you want a quiet holiday, you should avoid (go) summer. 5. When we told him a plan, he agreed (join) 6. John missed (have)

the

coast

dinner with his old school mates.

8. I can’t stand my boss. I have decided (look)

part in it. him personal

7. I urged Omar (return)

to school and (finish)

it. his education.

8. Mrs. Freeman can’t help (worry)

about her children.

9. Children I forbid you (play)

in the street. There’s too much traffic. everyone my secret.

VIII. Join each pair of sentences into one, beginning with the words provided. 1. Although he is wealthy, he is not spoiled. (Despite) ________________________________________________________________________

at university, Peter?

2. Despite a good salary, he was unhappy in his job. (Though)

VI. The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank. 1. Police support laws through the detection,prevention and investigation of crime. help to advance an understanding of how diet 2. affects the health and well-being of people and animals. school teachers educate children between the ages 3. of 11 and 18 in a national curriculum subject area. provide financial advice to clients thatrange from 4. multinational organisations and governmental bodies to small independent businesses. 5. manage learning resources while keeping the library users’ needs in mind. design buildings that are functional, safe, and 6. beautiful. are responsible for combiningtext 7. Multimedia with sounds, pictures, video clips, virtual reality and other forms. 8. Tour responsible for organising andpreparing holiday tours.

a descendant of George Washington.

10. My little cousin is a blabbermouth! He can’t resist (tell)

for another job.

9. He only wants privacy. He can’t understand people (ask) questions.

in the sun all day I get sunburned easily. Mary the truth because I knew she would be angry.

6. Mr. Kwan broke the antique vase. I’m sure he didn’t mean (do)

our team.

7. This is a very badly organized project. I will never consider (take)

10. Do you ever regret (not study)

you.

3. My skin can’t tolerate (be)

OFFICE

________________________________________________________________________ 3. In spite of the high prices, my roommates go to the movies every Saturday. (Although) ________________________________________________________________________ 4. Even though she had a poor memory, she told interesting stories to the children. (Despite) ________________________________________________________________________

NUTRITIOUS

5. In spite of their poverty, they are very generous. (Although) SECOND

________________________________________________________________________ 6

ACCOUNT

.Though she has been absent frequently, he has managed to pass the test. (In spite of) ________________________________________________________________________

7. In spite of Lee’s Sadness at losing the contest, she managed to smile. (Although) ________________________________________________________________________

LIBRARY

8. My friend ate the chocolate cake even though she was on a diet. (Despite) ARCHITECT

________________________________________________________________________

PROGRAMMER

9. In spite of a headache, he enjoyed the film. (Although) ________________________________________________________________________ 10. My sister will take a plane even though she dislikes flying. (In spite of)

OPERATE

________________________________________________________________________

153

154

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

C. READING

III. Read the following text and choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

I. Read the text and then answer the questions below.

There are as many kinds of careers as there are people. They vary greatly in the type of workinvolved and in the ways they influence a person’s life. The kind of career you have can affect your life in many ways. For example, it can determine where you live and the friends you make. It can reflect how much education you have and can determine the amount of money you earn. Your career can also affect the way you feel about yourself and the way other people act toward you. By making wise decisions concerning your career, you can help yourself build the life you want. To make wise decisions and plans, you need as much information as possible. The more you know about yourself and career opportunities, the better able you will be to choose asatisfying career. People differ in what they want from a career. Many people desire a highincome. Some hope for fame. Others want adventure. Still others want to serve people and make the world a better place. Before you begin to explore career fields, you should determine your values, your interests, and your aptitudes (abilities). Most people are happiest in jobs that fit their values, interests and aptitudes. Each person has many values, which vary in strength. For example, money is the strongest value for some people – that is, wealth is more important to them than anything else. As a result, they focus their thoughts, behavior, and emotions on the goal of earning a high income. Other values include devotion to religion, taking risks, spending time with family, and helping others. People should understand their values prior to making a career decision. You can develop an understanding of your values by asking yourself what is most important to you and by examining your beliefs. For example, is it important to you to work as a member of a team? Or would you rather be in charge or work alone? If working alone or being in charge is important to you, independence is probably one of your primary values.

My name is Marian and I am a flight attendant. Providing the passengers what they need and making sure they are comfortable are my main duties. My job is exciting. I visit many countries every year and never know where I’ll be in the next week. Of course it’s also tiring, and I can’t spend the weekends or holidays with my family but it’s worth it. I wanted to be a flight attendant since I was a little girl, so I did everything I was advised to, in order to get the job I always wanted. I think it’s very important to prepare yourself to do what you dream on, and if you are really concerned on learning and you take it seriously, you will probably get what you want. ► Questions: 1. What does Marian do for a living? __________________________________________________________________________ 2. What are Marian’s main duties at work? __________________________________________________________________________ 3. According to her, what’s advantage of being a flight attendant? __________________________________________________________________________ 4. What does she think is necessary to get what you want? __________________________________________________________________________ II. Read the text again and then decide whether the following statement is True (T) or False (F). No.

Statement

Marian is a pilot.

Marian likes her job.

Marian’s main duties at work are taking care of the passengers and make them feel comfortable.

She travels a lot.

She often spends the weekend with her family and friends.

She wanted to be a flight attendant since she was in college.

If you want something, you have to be concerned on learning and take it seriously.

Marian didn’t listen to the advices she got.

Marian has no idea where she’s going to travel to next week.

10.

She’s tired of her job as a flight attendant.

True (T)

False (F)

1. There are as many kinds of careers as A. they are needed

B, there are people

C. decisions and plans

D. opportunities

2. The kind of career you have can A. influence your interests

. B. change your life completely

C. affect your life in many ways D. influence your aptitudes 3. To make wise career decisions and plans you need

A. a wise advice

B. as much information as possible

C. a lot of money

D. a lot of friends

4. The money you know about yourself and career opportunities

A. the better able you will be to choose a satisfying career B. the better choice you will do C. the better friend you make D. the better education you get 5. Most people are happiest m jobs that

B. fit their values, interests and aptitudes

C. fit their devotion to religion

D. fit their goal of earning a high income

6. Each pence has mans values, which vary

155

A. fit their financial well-being

A. in aptitudes

B. in meanings

C. in interests

D in strength

156

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. to asking some pieces of advice

B. to spending time with family

II. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

C. to taking risks

D. to making a career decision

1. He/ not promoted/ spite of/ efforts.

7. People should understand their values prior

8. You can develop an understanding of your values by

=> __________________________________________________________________________

A. examining your parents and friends

B. examining your beliefs

2. The boss/ denied/ bully/ new employee.

C. examining your interests

D. examining your abilities

=> __________________________________________________________________________ 3. Students/ need/ vocational skills/ before they enter/ world of work.

9. The kind of career can determine A. where you live and the friends you make

=> __________________________________________________________________________

B. your future notoriety

4. She/ a dynamic businesswoman. /She/ so/ energy and focus.

C. your interests

=> __________________________________________________________________________ 5. He/ such/ empathetic nurse/ the patients/ love him.

D. your values 10. The kind of career can reflect

=> __________________________________________________________________________

A. how much information you have

B. how much education you have

6. I feel/ we have too/ academic subjects/ not enough time/ physical education.

C. how much money

D. how much time you have

=> __________________________________________________________________________ 7. As/ opera singer, / he has/ opportunities perform/ Grand Theatre.

D. WRITING

=> __________________________________________________________________________

I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentences. Use the word given and other words as necessary. Do not change the form of the given word.

8. Work/ as architects, / they design/ build.

1. Hung was seriously advised by his teacher, but he insisted on disturbing the class.

=> __________________________________________________________________________

In spite _______________________________________________________________

=> __________________________________________________________________________ 9. They/ won/ big contracts./ They/ successful businesswomen / businessmen. 10. Work/ skilled craftsmen/ craftswomen,/ I learnt/ lot about/ art form.

2. Miss Diep tried several times, but she couldn’t find a taxi.

=> __________________________________________________________________________

Despite ______________________________________________________________ 3. Although he felt tired, he stayed up to keep us company.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

In spite ______________________________________________________________ 4. Mr. Vinh would like more holidays. He doesn’t mind going to school.

I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.

Despite _______________________________________________________________ 5. The work was hard and the wages were low. He decided to the job. In spite _______________________________________________________________ 6. They didn’t have much time, however they came to visit us. Despite _______________________________________________________________

1. A. economical

B. cultivation

C. disappoint

D. administrator

2. A. career

B. practical

C. flextime

D. service

3. A. understand

B. bundle

C. customer

D. burning

4. A. education

B. educational

C.opportunity

D. certificate

5. A. architect

B. mechanic

C. channel

D. chemistry

7. He is too old, but he still does his gymnastics every morning. In spite _______________________________________________________________

II. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.

8. Trang Anh is the boss. She works as hard as her employees.

1. I am trying money to pay for a trip with my best friends in the next summer holiday.

Despite _______________________________________________________________

A. save

9. He has health problems. He is always smiling.

B. to save

C. to be saved

2. The director is an important man behind the

In spite _______________________________________________________________

A. curtain

10. Kieu Anh got good marks. The exam was difficult.

3. If you burn the

Despite _______________________________________________________________

A. morning

B. closed doors

D. saving

in the play. C. scenes

D. wheel

oil night after night, you’ll probably become ill. B. afternoon

C. evening

D. midnight

4. Although many people have some interest in history, few of them decide to become . 157

158

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

A. politics

B. historians

C. scientists

B. sleeping

C. slept

6. That artist painted a beautiful painting of a rhino A. although

B. despite

the fact that he has never seen one.

C.managed

B. to open

C. employments

A. willing

B. curiosity

A. way

C. path C. accessible

A. to write

C. smoking C.thinking

A. to lock A. romantic

B.locking

C. lock

D. attention it before she

A. spend 18. The staff discussed A. postponing

D. she locks

and she wants to become a fashion designer. B.artistic

C.optimistic

D. pessimistic

B.earn

C.do

D.bring

the next meeting until next week. B.to postpone

C. postpone

D. to postponing

19. The possible career paths in education can be to become teachers, education curriculum developers. A. leaders 20. You can make A. a difference

B. administrators

C. managers

A. lamp

B. a fuss

B. oil

22. The driver stopped A. have

C.headway

C.midnight lamp C. having

D. surgery

B. to do

C. doing

D. done

the reading report, I began to listen to music. B. to have written

C. writing

D. written

An interview is never as (1) as your fears. For some (2) , people imagine the interviewer is going to focus on every tiny mistake they make. In truth, the interviewer is as keen for the meeting to go well as you are. It is what makes his or her job (3) . The secret of a good interview is preparing for it.What you wear is very important because it the first impression. So (5) neatly, but comfortably. (4) Make sure that you can deal with anything you are asked. Remember to prepare for questions that are certain to (6) .

A career used to be understood as a single (1) that people did to earn a living. However, in the changing world of work, nowadays people have to keep learning and be responsible for building their future. Therefore, a career is now considered more than a job. process of learning and development of skills and (3) . Rather, it is an (2)

D. a bundle to get it done on D. midnight oil

a coffee because he felt sleepy. B. to have

C. hospital

IV. Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank.

D. businessman

by starting up your own business.

21. The assignment was very lengthy so she was forced to burn the time.

B. medical

some more mathematical puzzles.

Answer the questions fully and precisely. For instance, if one of your interests is reading, be about the sort of books you like. However, do not learn all your answers prepared to (7) . The interviewer wants to meet a human (9) , not a robot. off by (8) the fact that a job interview is so important, you should feel relaxed in (10) order to succeed.

a decent living

17. We need to get a good job to

D. degrees

science mean that many fatal diseases can now be cured.

III. Fill in the blank with suitable words. D.smoked

when they judge her work.

B. note

C. levels

D. despite .

D.capable

15. Ann was very surprised to find the door unlocked. She remembered left. 16. My sister is a(n)

29. I suggest 30. Having finished

or you will die of cancer. B. to smoke

14. I hope they take her age into A. account

D. break

to colder climates.

B. available

13. You should give up A. smoke

A. medicine

D. qualities

D. developing

his friendliness. C. in case

B. qualifications

28. Recent advances in

at all.

D. synthetic

throughout the session.

C. oncoming

B. in spite

A. measures

D.unemploy

A. do B. ladder

B. existing

A. due to

do you think is most suitable for you when you’ve just

12. These plants are all easily A. adaptable

C. knowledge

C. apathetic

27. You will never get a good job if you don’t have any

in the company has trebled over the past decade.

11. What kind of career graduated from college?

B. empathy

A. ongoing

D. opened

D. career

social worker who soon realized that the single mother was at her

24. She is a(n) breaking point.

25. Evaluation of students’ progress in English is

D. make

10. His explanation about why he became a biologist did not satisfy my

and your likes.

C. rates

26. Almost everyone doesn’t trust David C.opening

B. employees

B. abilities

A. sympathy

D. due to

the door?

9. The number of A. employers

A. levels

D. being slept

C. because

B.encouraged

8. Would you mind A. open

23. You should choose a job that is based on your

me to focus on social sciences and humanities.

7. My parents have A. tried

D. researcher

in a room with all of the windows closed.

5. Linda can’t stand A. sleep

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

D had 159

Choosing a career (4) is hard - you have to consider many things. Firstly, you Should consider what you like, what is most important to you, what you are good at and who is about earning as much money there to help you. For example, you may care (5) , or make a difference to society. aspossible or you may want to experience job (6) Then, you should (7) account education and learning styles. You may want to follow an , you may opt for academic route of high school, then college or university. (8) 160

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

vocational training where you learn skills which can be applied directly to a job. Thirdly, you should do your own research to explore possible career paths. For instance, career paths in development, research or administration. Finally, education include teaching, (9) can give you good speak to people. Your parents, your teachers, and even your (10) advice. 1. A. task

B. emission

C. occupation

D. job

2. A. outgoing

B. ongoing

C. easy going

D. go out

3. A. experiment

B. interest

C. experience

D. passion

4. A. park

B. bath

C. line

D. path

B. nearly

C. hardly

D. rarely

C. satisfaction

D. point

7. A. take over

B. take into

C. take up

D. take on

8. A. Specially

B. Luckily

C. Considerately

D. Alternatively

B. programme

C. vacant

D. universe

B. cereals

C. peers

D. parallels

In spite __________________________________________________________________ 5. We couldn’t win the match. We played well. Despite __________________________________________________________________ 6. It rained a lot. We enjoyed our holiday.

V. Complete the sentences with the correct form, gerund or infinitive, of the words in parentheses. (be) recognized.

.Would you like me (do)

them for vou.

5. Would you mind (shut)

the window? I hate (sit)

in a draught.

; I caught a cold yesterday because of (sit)

7. Stop (talk)

; I am trying (finish)

9. He didn’t get the job. He had all the necessary qualifications. In spite __________________________________________________________________ a

a letter. up (jog)

8. His doctor advised him (give) 9. My watch keeps (stop)

10. People used (make)

fire by (rub)

two sticks together.

=> __________________________________________________________________________ 4. My father/ running/ pharmacy./ He/ pharmacist.

=> __________________________________________________________________________ 5. He wants/ become/ fashion designer./ He/ very interested/ fashion and design. => __________________________________________________________________________

o’clock.

6. I took/ account the pay/ the working conditions/ before I decided/ take the job.

4. In spite of not being a professional dancer. Linda practices dancing every day. B

=> __________________________________________________________________________

3. He has a talent/ fixing things,/ he/ an excellent mechanic.

3. Although Vinh will have a very busy day tomorrow, he has arranged meeting him at 4 A B C D

1. The boy finally managed/ deal/ his peers/ the vocational school.

=> __________________________________________________________________________

2. She was awarded the employee of the year though her young age. A

________________________________________________________________________

2. She attempted/ cooperate/ the others/ team/ finish the work.

1. If you don’t want to be late for work again, try to go to bed earlier. B

10. Although the shirts are very expensive, people buy them because they are trendy.

VIII. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.

VI. Find ONE mistake in each of the following sentences and correct it. A

In spite __________________________________________________________________ Despite __________________________________________________________________

with your proposal.

4. Your windows need (clean) 6. I can’t help (sneeze) draught.

In spite __________________________________________________________________ 7. I told her all the truth. However she didn’t believe me. 8. They didn’t play well, but they won the game.

the truth.

him (agree)

1. Mr Thuan was injured. He managed to finish the race.

Although ________________________________________________________________

10. A. spells

evidence you must swear (speak)

VII. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence.

4. Thuy went to school. She was ill.

9. A. curriculum

3. I tried (persuade)

In spite __________________________________________________________________ 3. I didn’t like the CD you have recommended me, but I bought it all the same.

B. courage

2. Before (give)

Despite __________________________________________________________________

6. A. disappoint

(avoid)

2. Although he had no qualifications for it, he got the job.

5. A. mostly

1. He wore glasses

=> __________________________________________________________________________

7. He/ become/ professional footballer/ the local football team.

5. My mother always suggests to read the book beforeseeing the film. 161

162

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

=> __________________________________________________________________________

THE SECOND TERM TEST

8. He/ burnt the midnight oil/ a long time so it’s fair if he gets an A/ his final exam. => __________________________________________________________________________ 9. He a professional singer/ his beautiful voice, he/ make a bundle.

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

=> __________________________________________________________________________

1. A. orchid

B. massive

C. exotic

10. She dreams/ becoming/ physicist/ she really likes physics.

2. A. emergency

B. prefer

C. versatile

D. operate

=> __________________________________________________________________________

3. A. punctual

B. fluent

C. marinate

D. drain

4. A. maple

B. staple

C. massive

D. breathtaking

5. A. persuasion

B. extension

C. confusion

D. explosion

D. stir

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. versatile

B. operate

C. common

D. variety

2. A. dominated

B. architecture

C. parabolic

D. empathy

3. A. magnificence

B. stimulating

C. imperial

D. simplicity

4. A. habitable

B. business

C. consequently

D. externally

5. A. affordable

B. ingredient

C. destination

D. derivative

III. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word. that within 5 years from today, there shall be a significantimprovement in 1. I have a the numbers of women leaders at various levels. A. vision

B.scene

A. for what

B.explaining

3. In the world today people A. converse

C.sight

D.decision

Adam is not chosen for the school football team.

2. There are several reasons

C.form then

D. why

around 2,700 different languages.

B.communicate

C.speak

D. say

until 11.30 pm when there was a power cut.

4. They didn’t stop A. to sing and dancing

B. singing and dance

C. singing and dancing

D. to sing and dance

5. The

ingredient in every meal of Vietnamese people is fish sauce.

A. active

B.essential

C.particular

D natural

6. My sister enjoys travelling round different countries. She is going on a Scotland this summer. A. tour

B. travel

7. She really remembers A. telling – to buy

C. journey her daughter

B. to tell – buying

D. voyage her a bar of soap.

C. to tell – to buy

8. Many vegetables, especially leafy green ones, are A. numerable

B.a lot

C. rich

D. telling – buying sources of calcium. D. attractive

9. The sentence “The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog” in the English alphabet. A. utilizes 163

B.consumes

C. writes

all 26 letters D. uses 164

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

10. Valentina Tereshkova, space. A. she

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

was born in 1937, is the first woman to fly andorbit in

A. whose

B.which

C. who

D. that which allow him or her to

11. Each member of the family has a small bowl and take food from the table throughout the meal. A. knives

B.pans B.ought

13. Yuri Gagarin was in orbit in a spaceship more than 17,000 miles per hour. A. which

B.at which

C. it

A. parts

B. cuts

15. Be patient. You can’t A. consider

D. should

30. I paid

A. its importance

D. this mixed with fried noodles

14. On the Cao Lau noodles in Hoi An were some meat served with vegetables and bean sprouts. C. slices

D. shares

C. believe B. the lamp

C. the oil

D. the midnight oil

18. The main A. components

B. store B. ingredients B.reasonable

21. You A. would

C.but C.had to

A. into investigation B. into account 23. If I could speak Spanish, I A. would have spent B. would spend

A. flowers

C. will spend

26. Kate, with A. whose

1. You will soon pick up health when you get to the seaside.

7. My old school has been pulled down to make room for a new and larger one. 8. Did you find out whether there are any seats left for the show? 9. I wonder who first came up with the idea of a supermarket.

by the head engineer for a fortnight before a new director . at last! I (to wait)

D.must

3. He hated (to bother) important things (to deal)

D. account

for you for twenty

with trifling matters when he had many more with. her efficiency, she was so

4. She would never miss a chance (to show) and (to praise) anxious (to like)

5. The idea was too complicated (to express)

in just one paragraph.

VI. Fill in the blank using the words in the box.

D. had spent

C.set down

D. make up

C.food

D. ability

C.that

gain

marks

recreational footsteps

when

ceremony

associate

activity

objection

Perhaps the most common type of tourism is what most people (1) with people go to a place that is very traveling: recreation tourism. This is (2) different from their regular day-to-day life to relax and have fun. Beaches, theme parks and camp tourists. grounds are often the most common places regularly visited by (3)

I studied in the middle school, is now a student in Canada. B.whom

D. a little

IV. Replace the underlined phrasal verb in each sentence with a one-word verb.

2. Here you (to be) minutes.

quickly and then do a bit of sightseeing.

B.turn up B.smell

C. little

next year studying in Mexico.

24. Once we get to the hotel, let’s just 25. Dogs have a keen sense of

B. a lot of

D.although

of her extra hours of work, that’s

C. consideration

A. much

1. The plant (to ran) (appoint)

D.accessible

see a Yeti if you go to the Himalayas. B.might

D. an importance

V. Use the infinitives given in the correct form to finish the sentences.

it keeps your body functioning properly.

B.or

22. Her new boss is so bad that he does never take why she need to change her job now.

A. check in

D.compositions

C. available

C. importance

10. As I kept my feet wet, I went down with a terrible cold last week.

to the needs of individual users.

20. Drinking enough water is a vital part A. because

D. remain

C. parts

B. the importance

attention, and I didn’t hear what the others were saying.

6. Andrew Carnegie helped to setup about 3000 public library all over the United States, Canada, Britain, and others.

of this drink are wine, orange juice and bitters.

19. The computer program is A. adaptable

C. protect

D. participation

4. We looked over the house again before we decided we would rent it.

17. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is short cooking time which aims to the freshness of food. A. save

C. participate of the English language.

5. The council has failed to deal with the problem of homelessness in the city.

before exams.

A. the midnight lamp

of a large number of

3. He told me that he would bring out a new album the next month.

D. expect

16. The semester is almost over and we’re all burning

D. whom

2. He has laid aside some money so that he will be comfortable in his old age.

to learn a foreign language in a week. B. think

B. participating

29. Not every student is aware of

moved around the Earth at the speed of

C.who

28. Interesting movements have been launched to attract the youths.

D.chopsticks explode.

C. might

advice you ought to listen to, is a clever manindeed. B.which

A. participant

C. pots

12. If you put those sweets in your cola, the bottle A. must

27. Your doctor,

D. who 165

166

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

If the (4) of one’s visit to a particular place is to get to know its history and culture then this type of tourism is known as cultural tourism. They may attend festivals and a better understanding of the people, their beliefs ceremonies in order to (5) and their practices.

known as “Steak Tartare”. In the 17thand 18th centuries trade between Germany and Russia gave rise to the “Tartare steak”, while the “Hamburg steak” became popular with German sailors along the New York City harbor.

For tourists who want to see wildlife or take the joy of just being in the middle of the nature, nature tourism is the answer. Ecotourism and nature treks are all part of this kind of tourism. Bird watching, for example, is one activity that nature tourists are fond of doing. What (6) this kind of tourism is that it has low impact (7) the local community. Religious tourism is another type of tourism where people go to a religious location or of their founder or to attend a religious (9) locations to follow the (8) . Medical or health tourism is a relatively new type of tourist (10) the main focus of the travel is improving one’s health, physical appearance or fitness.

where

It’s speculated that the first “Hamburger steak” was served at Delmonico’s Restaurant in New York City in 1834, but not in a bun. In 1885 Charlie “Hamburger” Nagreen served flattened meatballs between two slices of bread. As late as 1904 Fletcher Davis of Athens, Texas, attracted much attention when he sold his hamburgers at the St. Louis World’s Fair. Davis’s claim to having originated the hamburger has been supported by both McDonalds and Dairy Queen. Brothers Frank and Charles Menches may also have made a major contribution to hamburger history: they sold ground pork sandwiches at the Erie Country Fair in New York, but one day in 1885, they were forced to use chopped beef because their butcher had run out of pork. They mixed in some coffee and brown sugar to beef p the taste and sold their “Hamburger Sandwiches”. The name “Hamburger” came from Hamburg, New York, the location of the fair. 1. What was the Menches’ contribution to hamburger history?

VII. Read the passage below and decide which answer A, B, C or D fits each numbered gap.

A. They began to use chopped pork.

! Just like on the After a long day at work, nothing is better than a good (1) Earth, in space an astronaut goes to bed at a certain time, then wakes up and prepares for work again. There are a few differences though. Space has no “up” or “down”, but it does have (2) . As a (3) , astronauts are weightless and can sleep in (4) orientation. themselves so they don’t float around and bump into However, they have to (5) bags located in small crew cabins. something. Space station crews usually sleep in (6) Each crew cabin is just big enough for one person.

B. They changed the taste of pork.

Generally, astronauts are scheduled for eight hours of sleep at the end of each mission day. on the Earth, though, they may wake up in the middle of their sleep period to use (7) the toilet, or stay up late and look out of the window. Different things such as excitement or (8) _____ can disrupt an astronaut’s sleep (9) . During their sleep period, astronauts have having dreams and nightmares. (10) 1. A. night’s sleeps

B. sleep of night

C. night sleep

D. night’s sleep

2. A. microgravity

B. gravity

C. law of gravity

D. none of gravity

3. A. product

B. conclusion

C. result

D. reason

4. A. any

B. quite

C. no

D. some

5. A. keep

B. fix

C. attach

D. relate

6. A. sleeper

B. slept

C. sleep

D. sleeping

7. A. Like

B.Unlike

C. Alike

D. Liking

8. A. homesickness

B. motion sickness

C. morning sickness D. sleeping sickness

9. A. example

B. design

C. pattern

D. arrangement

10. A. presented

B. showed

C. described

D. reported

C. They began to ground pork for sandwiches. D. They used another meat and added flavors. 2. Which of the following is NOT stated about the Mongols in paragraph 2? A. They kept lambs and mutton nearby. B. They used to eat non-cooked meat. C. They occupied the Russian territories. D. They used to eat while riding a horse. 3. Where did “hamburger” get its name from? A. A place

B. The Germans

C. A man

D. A fair

4. Which of the following is stated in the passage? A. Hamburger was first served in Germany. B. Sailors brought hamburger steak to New York. C. Tartar stake became popular in the 17th century. D. Minced beef appeared in the 15th century. 5. Whom was “hamburger steak” invented by, according to paragraph 3? A. Fletcher Davis

C. Delmonico

C. Charlie “Hamburger” Nagreen

D. McDonalds

IX. Rewrite the following sentences using a relative clause. 1. Rod Lee has won an Oscar. I know his sister. ___________________________________________________________________________

VIII. Read the passage and choose the correct answer to each question. We will probably never know who first sold a beef inside a bun, but there are lots of contenders for having invented something similar. Genghis Khan and his army of Mongol horsemen used to snack on raw beef which they kept underneath their saddles. They also ground meat from lamb or mutton. This was fast food for busy warriors on horseback at that time. When theMongols invaded Russia, the snack became 167

2. Is this the style of hair? Your wife wants to have it. ___________________________________________________________________________ 3. A man answered the phone. He said Tom was out. ___________________________________________________________________________

168

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

KEY

4. 7.05 is the time. My plane arrives then. __________________________________________________________________________

UNIT 1

5. Max isn’t home yet. That worries me. __________________________________________________________________________ 6. Do you know the building? The windows of the building are painted green. __________________________________________________________________________ 7. Last week I went to see the house. I used to live in it. __________________________________________________________________________ 8. I don’t know the girl’s name. She’s just gone into the hall. ___________________________________________________________________________

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I.

l. A

2. B

3. D

4. A

5. C

II.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. B

4. discomforts

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

9. Be sure to follow the instructions. They are given at the top of the page. ___________________________________________________________________________ 10. Hoan Kiem Lake is a historical place. Its water is always blue. ___________________________________________________________________________

II.

III.

1. immorality

2. irregularity

3. inequality

5. misfortune

6. criminal

7. endangered

8. unpleasant

9. arrival

10. Admission

11. unfaithful

12. unrecognizable

13. unconvincing 14. memorable

15. warmth

1. A

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. D

8. C

9. C

10. B

11. D

12. A

13. B

14. B

15. C

16. D

17. C

18. D

19. B

20.D

1. come up with

2.put through

3. artisans

4. attraction

7. look around

8. craft

5. specific region 6. remind IV. V. VI.

9. setup

10. take

1. Before

2. while

3. so that

4. because

6. although

7. because

8. as soon as

9. Although

5. While 10. so that

1. Ocean

2. explorer

3. searching

4. Christianity

5. pineapples

6. mixed

7. necklace

8. earn

9.races

10. serious

1. turned – down

2. looked through

4. passed down

5. gets up

3. keep up with 6. set off

7.lived on

8. deal with

9. closed down

10. come back C. READING I. II.

1. representing

2. materials

3. fear

4. imported

6. However

7. blow

8. shaping

9. works

5. brought 10. performing

1. C

2. A

3.C

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. D

D. WRITING I.

1. The princess was thought to have written the book herself. 2. I can’t lift this table unless you help me. 3. Even if you offer me double the salary, I won’t stay in this job. 4. It is believed that the coins were buried for safe keeping. 5. If you eat so fast, you will get in indigestion.

169

170

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

6. I wish you were going to Ann’s party.

UNIT 2

7. Sam got his face punched at a football match. 8. If the missing money was found, what would you do?

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

9. Jackson was banned (from playing) for the next two matches.

10. If you come this way, you’ll see if Mr Francis is in. II.

II.

7.Although the results of the experiment were successful, the school refused to give any help.

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. A

1. A

2. C

3. B

4. C

5. C

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. C

10. C

11.D

12. D

13. B

14. A

15. B

1. the best

2. trendier

3. nicer

4. the narrowest (hoặc most narrow)

5. farther (hoặc further)

6. harder

7. the noisiest

8. more dangerous

9. the nearest

10. the most interesting

9.If Mary hadn’t walked so slowly, she would have caught the train.

1. especially

2. natural

3. picturesque

10.In the event of his not coming, the meeting will be put off till next week.

4. attraction

5. popular

6. busiest

7. delightful

8. dynamic

9. flowing

10. ideal

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF IV.

1. A

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. C

6. D

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. B

1. look ... up

1.D

2. A

3. A

4. B

5. B

3. put... down

4. lived up to

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. C

10. C

5. grew up

6. showed ....round

11.C

12. A

13. A

14. B

15. B

7. turned down

8. gets on with

1. expectation

2. swimming

3. writing

4. odourless

9. look forward to

10. turned...off

5. service

6. attentively

7. troublesome

8. noticeable

9. fixtures

10. unforgivable 11. disagreement 12. disappearance

13. misinformation

14. injustice

2. thought...over

C. READING I.

15. inconvenience

1.Where did you get the information about Disneyland Resort? II.

2. What time did you get out of bed this morning? 3. I’ll read this leaflet to see what activities are organized at this attraction.

III.

4. They’re going to publish a guidebook to different beauty spots in Viet Nam. 5. I’m thinking with pleasure about the weekend.

VI.

1. A

III.

8.He chose to study computer science because of the good employment prospects.

5. B 10. B

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

6.Thepolitician is concerned with successful elections, whereas the statesman is interested in the future of his people.

IV.

4. D 9. C

2. Between formal and colloquial English there is unmarked English, which is neither so literary and serious as formal English, nor so casual and free as colloquial English.

5.It was raining so hard that they could not work in the fields.

III.

3. A 8. A

II.

4.Though good writing requires general and abstract words as well as specific and concrete ones, it is the latter that make writing vivid, real and clear.

II.

2. A 7. A

1.A student who has studied English for a few years may have a vocabulary of thousands of words.

3.He bought a jeep although his friend advised him against it.

1. D 6. D

1. described

2. Therefore

3. According

4. more

5. makes

6. and

7. can

8. located

9. However

10. busier

l.D

2.B

3. C

4. A

5.C

6. B

7. A

8. D

9. C

10. A

l. F

2. T

3. F

4. F

5. T

6. F

1. home

2. which

3. down

4. surprising

5. tool

6. rely

7. shape

8. being

9. because

10. that

D. WRITING

1. A

2. C

3. B

4. A

5. D

I. The enormous 28-metre figure of Jesus gazing across the East Sea with outstretched arms is located at the Southern end of Small Mountain. Built in 1971, this giant Jesus rests on a 10 metre-high platform. The interior of the statue is hollow and contains a spiral staircase of 129 steps, ascending from the foot of the statue to its neck. The two shouldersof the figure are 171

172

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

balconies, each able to accommodate up to six people, which offer a splendid view of the Surrounding landscape. This is the largest sculpture in Southern Viet Nam. Recent construction a pathway has made the 30-minute hike up the mountain more pleasant and the panoramic view along the way is magnificent. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

III.

IV. V.

l.D

2. C

3. B

4. A

5. C

6. C

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. A

1. A

2. A

3. B

4. C

5. D

1. C

2. A

3. A

4. B

5. C

6. A

7. B

8. D

9. B

10. A

11. C

12. B

13. A

14. D

15. B

1.T

2. F

3. T

4. F

5. T

6. F

1. integrate

2. national

3. main

4. financial

6. multinational

7. think

8. iconic

9. entertainment 10. create

VI.

l.D

VII.

1. A

2.C

3. A

4. F

2. B

3. C

VIII. 1. is the worst hotel (than)

10. Does he know what to look for? III.

IV.

II.

9. She can’t remember when to turn off the oven.

5. E 4. D

4. are five big shopping malls

5. is taller than

6. think it over

2. confused

3. tired

4. angry

6. frustrated

7. delighted

8. worried

9. confident

10. embarrassed

1. D

2. D

3. D

4. B

6. A

7. B

8. C

9.C

5. A 10. C

11. A

12. D

13. A

14. B

15. D

16. B

17. B

18. D

19. D

20. C

C. READING I.

5. increasing 6. B

II.

1. with

2. be

3. grades

4. pressure

5. competition

6. feel

7. like

8. parents

9. make

10. once

1. more

2. have

3. about

4. many

5. suffer

6. form

7. can

8. ways

9. because

10. avoid

D. WRITING

5. B

2. go on with your work

3. is more exciting than

1. bored 5. disappointed

1. The instructor warned the sportsman not to repeat that mistake. 2. The assistant asked me to leave my address with the secretary. 3. The manager told the client to phone him (hoặc her) for an answer the next (hoặcfollowing) day. 4. Mr. John told his wife not to be so silly. 5. Tom asked the girl when she had had that picture taken.

UNIT 3

6. Tom suggested going somewhere for a cup of coffee after class. A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I.

1. D

II.

1. D

2. B 2. B

7. John asked Marry why she didn’t wear her hair a little longer. 3. A

3. C

4. A 4. A

5. A

5. B

8. Ann asked her brother what he was planning to do the next day.

6. D

9. She asked her boyfriend if it was true that his father had fought in the previous war. 10. He said that he didn’t understand why she had refused to join them on the trip.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

1. civilized

2. exposure

5. correspondence 6. unavoidable 9. depth II.

II.

1. looks exactly like

2. that belongs to you

3. sleepless

4. potage

3. am really enjoying working

4. means I take

7. infrequency

8. confidential

5. cycling group consists of

6. you think is going to

7. I am measuring (the width of)

8. never remembers

9. survival depends on its ability

10. are you thinking about

10. disability

1. They don’t know where to put the sofa. 2. The rules didn’t specify who to speak in case of an emergency. 3. Huyen My wondered how to ride the scooter.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

4. Let us decide when to start the project.

1. disconnected

2. existence

3. allowance

4. unpolluted

5. Could you tell me where to find a good hotel?

5. variety

6. satisfaction

7. systematic

8. sweetens

6. We must find out what to do next.

9. residential

10. knowledgeable

7. A good dictionary tells you how to pronounce the words.

II.

8. They are not sure who to meet at the entrance. 173

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. C

5. B

6. C

7. B

8. D

9. B

10. B 174

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

III. IV. V. VI. VII.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

11. C

12. C

13. D

14. A

15. B

C. READING

16. D

17. C

18. D

19. B

20. C

1. A

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. B

6. A

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. D

1. use

2. another

3. posting

4. Rude

5. because

6. hard

7. on

8. check

9. to do

10. or

l.B

2. A

3. A

4. C

5. C

II. III.

1. most

2. been

3. England

4. by

5. started

6. pop

7. songs

8. in

9. that

10. famous

1.A

2. B

3. B

4. C

5. D

6. D

7.A

8. C

9. D

10. B

1. B

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. A

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D

D. WRITING

5. B

6. B

7. B

8. B

2. Jane used to have a lot of friends but she doesn’t know many people now.

1. My mother told me that she would take me to the zoo the following day.

3. She didn’t use to read newspapers but she reads newspapers every day now.

2. Jane asked Bill when he expected to finished his assignment.

4. She used to travel a lot but she doesn’t go away much now.

3. The man asked the boy to show him the way to the bank.

5. She used to play volleyball but now she plays badminton.

4. Mr. John told his wife not to be so silly.

6. She didn’t use to love cooking but now she likes to cook Chinese dishes.

5. The photographer asked me to give a smile

7. She used to wear make – up but now she doesn’t wear make – up at all.

6. Ann asked her friend to help her to make a decision.

8. She didn’t use to drink tea but she likes it now. II.

7. The nurse asked the child to be a good girl and to sit quietly for five minutes.

2. I wish I could fly a plane.

8. My sister asked me if I was crazy.

3. I wish I had a key.

9. She asked me if I had ever seen a flying saucer.

4. I wish Ann were here.

10. James asked if I wanted her to send that letter for me.

5. I wish I were taller. 6. I wish I didn’t have to work tomorrow. 7. I wish you didn’t shout all the time. It’s so annoying.

UNIT 4

8. I wish I could go to the party. 9. I wish I had a computer to get access to the Internet.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. D

II.

1.C

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. C

6. C

7.A

8. D

9. B

10. B

10. I wish the weather were better today. III.

1. I didn’t know about the change of the plan. 2. We used to live in Bristol. 3. My friend won the competition. 4. Did the Romans build this wall?

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. II.

1. B

2. B

3. C

4. C

5. A

5. She wishes she could play the piano.

6. D

7. B

8. D

9. A

10. C

6. We went to Africa in October.

1. didn’t use to be

2.used to write

3. used to play

7. I was having (hoặc eating) (my) breakfast when Susan rang.

4. didn’t use to travel

5. used to walk

6. didn’t use to swim

8. The spacecraft had lights on it.

7. used to watch

8. used to climb

9. didn’t use to buy

9. I was wearing my old coat.

3. houses

4. historical

10. I didn’t make a mistake.

10. used to shop III. IV.

1.home

2. unique

5. characteristics

1. has been

2. worked

3. moved-have been

4. have already gone

5. wore

6. have move-got

7. have been

8. played

9. has become

10. have enjoyed-lived

11. have had

12. have lived

13. went

14. stayed

15. haven’t seen-hasn’t visited

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

175

1. D

2. C

3. A

4. C

5. A

6. C

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. B

II.

1. B

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. D

III.

1. raise

2. heads

3. another

4. middle – center 5. after

6. as

7. wins

8. will

9. period

10. exchange 176

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

IV. V. VI. VII.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

1. for

2. for

3. to

5. for

6. of

7. for

1. hatred

2. happiness

3. comedian

4. excitement

5. sympathized

6. The problem is being studied carefully by the scientists.

6. noisy

7. energetic

8. bored

9. emotional

10. feelings

7. The horse was being ridden by Pat Murphy.

1. C

2. A

3.C

4.B

5.D

8. The robbers have just been arrested by the police.

6. A

7. D

8.D

9.B

10. C

9. We were told that Sue had born her baby.

1. C (could)

2. D (got)

3. C (for)

4. A (did)

5. D (dropped)

6. D (shook)

7. D (playing)

8. B (fall)

2. it stopped

3. they lived

4. I knew

VIII. 1. I were 6. they hurried up

4. about

4. Two children were found in the forest by the police. 5. Your order will be sent as soon as possible.

7. we didn’t have to

10. This room can be used after 5 p.m. IV. 5. Ann were 8. it weren’t

1. recognition

2. religious

3. suggestion

4. unforgettable

6. entrance

7. financial

8. geological

9. contestants

5. enjoyment 10. wooden

1. A

2. C

3. A

4. D

5. A

9. I could

10. you slowed down

11. I hadn’t said

6.D

7. A

8. D

9. C

10. C

12. I had taken

13. I hadn’t had to

14. we hadn’t gone

11. D

12. A

13. B

14. D

15. B

15. I had gone IX. X.

1. which

2. Despite

3. when

4. begin

5. housework

C. READING

6. sheep

7. activities

8. where

9. was

10. effective

1. B

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. A

6. C

7. B

8. B

9. C

10. D

XI.

1. B

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. A

XII.

1. Did you use to eat sweets whenyou were small?

II.

1. attracting

2. as

3. different

4. anywhere

5. in front

6. few

7. to visit

8. from

9. pours

10. proud

1. religious

2. built

3. mountain

4. during

5. first

6. lasts

7. pray

8. couples

9. formed

10. spot

2. She wishes she spent her vacation in Ho Chi Minh City.

D. WRITING

3. They never used to drink coffee when they lived in America.

1. He is known to be armed.

4. He used to have a lot of money, but now he doesn’t.

2. The man is believed to have been killed by terrorists.

5. The boys wish they won the football match.

3. The company is thought to be planning a new advertising campaign.

6. Latin used to be an international language.

4. The President was reported to have suffered a heart attack. 5. The man is alleged to have been driving at 110 miles an hour. 6. The expedition is known to have reached the South Pole in May.

UNIT 5

7. There is said to be a secret tunnel between them. 8. She is considered to have been the best singer that Australia has ever produced.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I.

1.B

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. B

II.

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. C

5. B

9. The weather is expected to be good tomorrow. 10. The Prime Minister and his wife are believed to have separated. II.

I. II.

1. treasures

2. belongings

3. burial

4. wonders

5. man-made

3. They have paved the road in front of my house.

6. chamber

7. tomb

8. ramps

9. spiral

10. mysterious

4. You can see that they haven’t washed the dishes.

1. enjoyed

2. is taught

3. is being considered

4. has taught

5. They will not increase our salaries this year.

5. is built

6. hasn’t been examined

7. were served

6. Didn’t they build that theatre two years ago?

10. annoyed

7. They may discuss the problem again.

8. has gone, has been III.

1. People are making progress in science day after day. 2. A French architect designed the palace.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

9. will surprise

1. New students are always welcomed by the teacher.

8. They have offered my brother a well – paid job.

2. English is spoken all over the world.

9. People reported that the war started again in South American.

3. The phonograph was invented by Thomas Edison in 1877.

10. He told me that his football team had played well last season.

177

178

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

6. It was brave of Anna to spend the night in the old house alone.

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D

5. B

7. It was interesting to hear such a wonderful performance.

II.

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. C

5. C

8. It was very kind of you to give presents to street children before the new school year.

III.

1. B

2. A

3. D

4. A

5. A

9. It is necessary to learn English now.

6. B

7. D

8. B

9. D

10. C

11. B

12. C

13. D

14. D

15. D

16. B

17. B

18. B

19. C

20. B

1. be told

2. repeated

3. be wrapped

4. forgotten

5. been discovered

6. sew

7. been replaced 8. cost

9. whisper

10. be polluted

1. river

2. between

3. including

4. attractions

5. botanical 10. as

IV. V.

10. It is so important to preserve our living environment. II. III. IV.

1. A

2.A

3. C

4. C

5. D

6. D

7. C

8. C

9. A

10. D

1. on-in

2. from

3. in

4. into

5. of

6. from-by

7. On-on

8. with

9. for

10. past-on-to

2. had

3. were singing

5. had forgotten

6. wasplaying

1. had already graduated 4. had seen

6. lung

7. protected

8. scientific

9. recognized

VI.

1. B

2. C

3. A

4. D

VII.

1. B. frightening → frightened

2. C. were took → were taken

3. A. helped → were helped

4. B. composing → composed

C. READING

5. D. announcing → announced

6. A. → Bỏ been

7. D. invented→ been invented

8. C. accompany → accompanied

9. A. was giving → was given

10. B. worry → worried

7. lived

II.

VIII.

8. wanted

9. were studying 10. was working

1.who

2. named

3. entrance

4. campus

5. background

6. Especially

7. period

8. called

9. political

10. competitions

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. A

10. D

1. The building is reported to have been badly damaged by the fire. 2. The Greens had their carpet cleaned.

D. WRITING

3. He is believed to have special knowledge which may be useful to the police.

1. It was kind of them to support the victims after the disaster.

4. The footballer is supposed to be earning ten million pounds a year by journalists.

2. It is necessary to value the improved living conditions we have today.

5. The damage is reported to be extensive.

3. It was stupid of you to cross the road without looking left and right.

6. The game was being watched outside the stadium on a huge screen.

4. It is afraid to go into the lift alone.

7. Holidaymakers continue to be attracted to the south coast.

5. It is important for all of us to follow the instructions carefully.

8. Keith Jones has been described as the world’s greatest guitarist.

6. It is certain to be able to build the country into a powerful one.

9. Robert always hated being teased by other children.

7. It is confident to speak English with the foreigners.

10. Marry should have been offered a drink when she arrived. / A drink should have been offered to Mary when she arrived.

8. It was kind of them to show us the way to train station. 9. It was very clever of him to use a long stick to get some fruits. 10. It is not easy for you to find a parking space in the city centre. II.

UNIT 6

1. The conversation takes place on the school’s 60th anniversary. 2. Our grandparents used to live in an extended family.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

3. Because it explains a lot about how the school was in the past.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. B

5. A

II.

1. A

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. C

4. The roof was made of tiles and some tiles were broken. The window frames were made of wood and some of them were missing.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

5. They can learn that they are lucky to have such great learning facilities nowadays.

1. It was unreasonable of them to complain about the exam results.

6. My mother is a sympathetic woman. She always cares about how we feel.

2. It’s simple to put up the shelves.

7. The boys are willing to do what you want them to. They are really obedient.

3. It was confident of Hung to present his ideas in front of the committee.

8. Having students work in groups, she hoped they could learn to be cooperative.

4. It was surprised for us to get the scholarships.

9. She is tolerant with her children even when they misbehave.

5. It was impolite of her to criticize him in front of his friends.

10. Nowadays the nuclear family is becoming more common in the cities. 179

180

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

4. We enjoy lying on the beach all day.

1. B

2. C

3. D

4. A

5. D

5. Would you like to go for a walk?

II.

1. artifacts

2. coupons

3. fashionable

4. families

5. straw

6. I regret taking your advice. - I regret having taken your advice.

6. period

7. childhood

8. books

9. goods

10. Wages

7. I’ll never forget seeing Nelson Mandela.

1. G

2. B

3. D

4. H

8. I couldn’t help laughing at Wendy’s letter.

5. F

6. C

7. E

8. A

9. Do you want me to phone you this evening?

III. IV. V.

VI.

10. I’m looking forward to seeing them again.

1. D (was)

2. C (to visit -to have visited)

3. B (significantly)

4. D (has improved)

1. for – never

2. since – ever

12. I advised Jack to put his money in the bank.

3. for – since

4. since – ever

13. You can’t stop me doing what I want.

5. for– never

6. for – never– ever

14. Would you mind not interrupting me all the time?

7. since

8. for – never

15. My father allowed me to use his car.

9. for – since

10. since – never

1. appeared

2. been

3. entertainment

4. actually

5. interested

6. international

7. useful

8.to see

9. interactive

THE FIRST TERM TEST

10. communication VII.

11. I’d rather not to go out tonight.

5. C (had spent)

1. A

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. B

II.

1. B

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. C

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. C

5. D

1. B

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. D

6. D

7. A

8. B

9. C

10. A

6. B

7. C

8. B

9. A

10. A

VIII. 1.C

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. A

11. B

12. A

13. A

14. C

15. A

IX.

1. was

2. school

3. classrooms

4. and

5. where

16. D

17. D

18. C

19. A

20. C

6. to

7. between

8. have

9. The

10. There

III.

IV.

1. C

2. B

3. C

4. B

5. D

1. The adults must take responsibility for leading the family.

1. recent

2. included

3. allowance

4. get

5. increasing

2. If we do not have forgiveness, we will not live happily in an extended family with many members.

6. put

7. to

8. as

9. what

10. respond

VI.

1. sources

2. hands

3. consumers

4. was delivered 5. on

6. Sharing

7. parts

8. their

9. looks

1. D

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. A

6. C

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. A

VIII. 1. C

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. A

IX.

1. out of

2. on with

3. down on

4. away from

5. back on

6. up to

7. out of

8. in with

9. away

10. up with

3.Nguyen Sieu Primary School in Ha Noi has introduced traditional games into their curriculum recently. 4. The school would like to offer a gentle form of relaxation after hours of study. 5. The students from the fifth grade play traditional games without any instruction from the teachers. 6. Some students are enjoying “Cat and Mouse game” while others are interested in playing blind man’s bluff.

VII.

7. The school authorities want to increase students’ affection for school so that each day at school is full of happiness.

UNIT 1

8. Family members should support each other during times of trouble.

XI.

10. losing

9. We have the need to love and to be loved so the family is normally the place where love is expressed.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I.

1. D

2. D

3. C

4. C

5. C

10. It is certain that laughter in a positive way to release tensions, and gain a close relationships.

II.

1. D

2. D

3. C

4. D

5. C

1. It’s better to avoid traveling during the rush hour.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

2. The joke (that) I told Michael made him laugh. 3. Let him do what he wants. 181

182

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

I. II. III. IV.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

III.

1. a

2. some

3. any

4. some – any

5. an

6. some

7. a – a

8. some

9. some

10. any

1. don’t go

2. makes

3. is

4. hears

5. will make

6. will bury

7. won’t be

8. doesn’t start

9. won’t let

10. goes

1. processed

2. disgusting

3. served

4. appetizing

5. mixed

6. made

7. delicacy

8. smoky

9. best

10. tasty

1. D

2. C

3. D

4. D

5. D

6. C

7. A

8. A

9. C

10. B

11. C

12. B

13. A

14. A

15. C

16. C

17. D

18. B

19. A

20. D

1. B

2. C

3. D

4. D

IV. V. VI. VII.

5. B hoặc C (B. unless => if hoặc C. doesn’tpass => pass) 6. D

7. A

8. A

9. B

10. D

1. varies

2. characterized

3. ingredients

6. Dishes

7. cuisine

8. sophisticatedly 9. livestock

10. influence

1. experts

2. unhealthy

3. Lots

4. like

5. regularly

6. nearly

7. do

8. much

9. diet

10. becoming

1. any

2. any

3. some-any

4. any

5. some

6. any

7. any

8. some

9. a

10. a

1. few

2. little

3. some

4. much

5. few

6. little

7. Many

8. Many

9. much

10. Most

1. rains, will not go 3. do not argue, will lend

4. take, will not arrive 6. does not tidy up, will not help

7. do not play, will not come

8. eat, will not lose

9. do not make, will not love

10. do not hurry, will not catch

6. as

5. flavors

2. does not read, will not pass

5. does not buy, will be

VIII. 1. unaware C. READING

4. shrimps

2. on

3. of

7. with

8. about (hoặc with) 9. of

4. either

5. and 10. in

1. food 6. barbecues

7. Aboriginal

8. emu

9. cookery

10. bush

II.

1.B

2. C

3. A

4. C

5. A

6.C

7. B

8. D

9. A

10. D

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

1. talking

2. feelings

3. meal

4. eat

5. habit

1. B

2. A

3. D

4. A

5. D

6.drink

7. wine

8. meat

9. seems

10. common

II.

1. A

2. D

3. B

4. B

5. A

III.

2. recipes

3. meat

4. espresso

5. cooking

UNIT 8

D. WRITING

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

1. If you’re a vegetarian, you won’t eat meat. 2. If you live in a cold country, you won’t like hot weather. 3. If you’re a teacher, you will have to work very hard.

II.

4. If you do a lot of exercise, you will stay fit and healthy. 5. If you’re a mechanic, you will understand engines. II.

III.

1. travel

2. journey

3. tour

4. cruise

5. voyage

6. trip

7. flight

8. journey

9. tour

10. trip

1. ø – the

2. ø - the –ø

3. ø– the

4. ø – the(a) – ø

5. ø

6. ø - ø – the

7. the – the

8. ø– an

9. the – an

10. ø

1. D

2. A

3. D

4. B

5. C

6. If you read newspapers, you will know what’s happening in the world.

6. A

7. D

8. D

9. C

10. A

1. It is very important to eat healthy foods.

11. A

12. D

13. B

14. B

15. C

2. Let’s have spaghetti and pizza tonight. 3. The onion needs to be peeled and sliced.

C. READING

4. If you don’t follow these safety instructions, you may get burnt.

5. This is the first time (that) my aunt has ever tasted sushi. II. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. II.

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. A

5. C

6. B

7. D

8. C

9. A

10. B

1. important

2. can

3. from

4. necessary

5. aspects

8. lights

9. for

10. why

6. transportation 7. of

1. B

2. A

3. A

4. A

5. B

III.

1. C

2. C

3. C

4. A

5. A

1. Because an artificial water way opened in 1761 and it joined a coal-mining area with the port of Manchester.

6. A

7. C

8. D

9. D

10. B

2. Because they wore strange clothes, had no real homes and often drank too much beer.

11. C

12. D

13. A

14. C

15. B

3. They carry heavy goods for industry.

16. D

17. B

18. A

19. A

20. B

4. Because it links to the Trent Navigation to carry goods from inland factories to the sea. 183

184

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

5. Because in the mid 19 century, the new railways became the most modern form of transport.

1. B

2. B

3. C

4. D

6. A

7. B

8. D

9. D

1. the – a

2. the – ø

3. The (a) – a – ø – ø

4. ø – the– ø

1. You can’t borrow my dictionary unless you bring it back on Monday.

5. an – ø –the

6. a

7. The

8. The – the

9. ø – the

2. The cost of installation is very high, but solar domestic heating systems are economical to use.

10. a – the – a – a – a 4. B (being picked up)

D. WRITING I.

II.

3. Solar panels are placed on the roof of a house and the Sun’s energy is used to heat water. 4. I don’t agree with a lot of his teaching methods. However, he is a good teacher.

III.

6. The house is quite beautiful. Moreover, the cost is not too high. 7. Do you want to study more or to look for a job? 8. You can go home when you’ve finished this exercise. 9. I don’t get many opportunities to practice my English. Therefore I find it difficult to remember everything I study. 10. I’m practicing speaking English a lot because I don’t want to fail in the oral test.

2. C (widely)

3. B (stay)

5. C (aren’t)

6. C (to sit)

7. A (Watching)

5. A 10. C

10. D (not to fall)

1. A

2. C

3. D

4. B

5. A

6. D

7. B

8. C

9. A

10. B

1. A

2. D

3. B

4. C

5. B

VI.

1.D

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. B

6. C

7. A

8. C

9. D

10. A

1. F

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. T

VII.

VIII. 1. am not interested in 2. is the highest mountain in

1. I took you for a friend of Anna’s, I am sorry.

3. are required to access

2. Busy as she was, she managed to find the time to proofread for me.

4. made up her mind

3. I’d rather you did computer science.

5. are not into travelling

4. It was not until last Monday that he got his visa.

IX.

5. They persisted in saying that I was to blame. 6. Vietnamese coffee is regarded as one of the best in the world.

1. The heated air expands and rises. As a result, an area of low pressure forms over the land. 2. Canada is similar to the United States in that the majority of its people speak English.

7. Provided you ask me well in advance, I’ll be willing to work overtime.

3. Governments will most probably not relocate entire cities just because they are in earthquake zones.

8. She is a more sympathetic listener than anyone else I know. 9. Never have I written such a good essay / a better essay than this.

4. There were no economy seats available, so they were forced to buy expensive ones.

10. I took it for granted that she would learn how to take shorthand after this course. III.

1. C (will)

8. C (old enough) 9. D (it) IV.

5. We’d better not waste water, or we won’t have enough to drink sooner or later.

II.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I.

5 .Two experiments were conducted so that the hypothesis could be tested.

1. Tourism development may lead to soil erosion, pollution and waste.

6. Middle-class families tend to have person-centered structures, whereas working-class families are usually positional.

2. Tourism contributes to an increasing carbon footprint and stress and ecosystems. 3. The infrastructure in a tourist spot cannot satisfy great demand during the peak season. 4. Tourists may cause a significant effect on the local habitats, especially in the country.

Or (Working-class families are usually positional, whereas middle-class families tend to have person-centered structures).

5. Tourists may be aware of damage which they cause, and the tourism authorities have to take measures to solve the problems.

7. Middle-class children do well in most education systems. Working-class children, on the other hand, do relatively poorly.

6. First tourism creates jobs in the tourism industry and in other sectors such as retail and transportation.

8. Western Europe has large reserves of fuel. For instance, the UK has a 250-year supply of coal.

7. However jobs which are created by tourism are often seasonal and poorly paid.

9. A duck has webbed feet so that it can swim easily and walk on soft ground.

8. Second, tourism encourages preservation of traditional customs, handicrafts and festivals, but interaction with tourists can also lead to an erosion of traditional cultures and values.

10. Rail travel is safer than road travel, because far fewer people are killed or injured during train travel. X.

1. Hardly any young engineers were recruited.

9. Finally, ecotourism helps conservation of wildlife by generating funds for maintaining national parks.

2. We have booked five rooms, only two of which have air conditioning.

10. Nevertheless, it also causes pollution through traffic emissions, littering and noise.

4. Had it not been for Mom’s help, I couldn’t have held a big party. 185

3. It looks as if / as though Jane will come to the performance late.

186

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

5. The harder you work, the more successful you are.

UNIT 9

6. Such was Fiona’s disappointment that she could not keep on working. 7. Competent as / though Richard is / may be in his work, he does not know how to deal with this client.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I. 1.D

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. D

8. You should not have allowed a four-year-old child to walk home alone.

II. 1.D

2. B

3. D

4. D

5. D

9. Not until I left home could / did I realize how important the family is / was. 10. Mrs. Green is proud of what her son can contribute / contributes / has contributed to the play.

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

1. cleaned

2. would you be able

5. would you do 6. knew

7. gave

3. didn’t belong

4. won

8. stopped

9. wouldn’t come 10. saw II.

1. Alice, whose mother died last year, is my friend. 2. The boy who threw that stone will be punished. 3. Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly. 4. The man who/that you met at the party last night is a famous actor. 5. There are some words that/ which are very difficult to translate. 6. I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for this morning. 7. Is that the car that/which you want to buy? 8. Sandra, who you were talking to, works in advertising. 9. The little girl who/ that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way. 10. Lan, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist.

III. IV. V.

1. heart

2. aspect

5. level

6. advertisement 7. scenery

3. dormitory

8. dictionary

4. reputation

1. h

2. f

3. c

4. d

5. a

6. b

7. g

8. e

1. difficulties

2. improvement

3. reputable

4. advertisements

5. written

6. qualified

7. hurriedly

8. relaxation

9. examination

10. reputation

C. READING I.

1. communicate

2. work

3. getting

4. longer

5. such

6. industries

7. official

8. require

9. employing

10. choose

II.

1.C

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. D

III.

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. F

D. WRITING I.

1. I don’t know the name of the woman who / that I spoke to on the phone. 2. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol, which is only 30 miles away. 3. This is Mr Carter, who I was telling you about. 4. That is the room where the meeting is held.

187

188

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

5. I’ll always remember the day when I first saw that sight.

7. His book, which was punished last year, became the best seller.

6. She was born in Malaysia, where rubber trees grow well.

8. Neil Armstrong, who walked on the moon, lived in the USA.

7. No one knows the school where my uncle taught 10 years ago.

9. Nam, who learns in our class, is very intelligent.

8. Please ask them the time when the train started the trip.

10. Ha Long, which I visited last week, has grown into a big over the past few years.

9. New Year’s Day is the day when all family members gather and enjoy a family dinner. 10. There are many hotels where tourists can enjoy their holidays. II.

UNIT 10

1. If you didn’t keep silent, you would wake the baby up. 2. If you kept talking, you wouldn’t understand the lesson.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

3. If I knew her number, I would ring her up.

1.B

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. D

4. If I knew the answer, I would tell you.

II.

1.D

2. D

3. A

4. D

5. A

5. If we had a map, we wouldn’t get lost. B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

1.h

2.a

3. f

4. b

5.c

6. g

7. d

8. e

1. C

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

II.

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. B

6. D

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. D

3. published – laid – described

4. had worked – invented – launched

11. B

12. C

13. A

14. D

15. D

5. became – had been sent

6. became – had been sent

16. D

17. B

18. C

19. A

20. B

7. had launched – put

8. launched – had done

21. A

22. A

23. C

24. B

25. B

1. removed

2. would keep

3. lived

4. banned

5. would offer

6. got

7. painted

8. changed

III.

9. would you sent IV. V.

II.

10. weren’t 2. B

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. D

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. A

E 8. M

2. international

3. dominant

5. multilingual

6. governments

7. communication

8. command

9. quality

9. S

10. resources 1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. C

VII.

1. in

2. on – in

3. At – in

4. with

5. in

6. to

7. in – on

8. of

9. on – to

10. to

3. A =>Bỏ which 4. A => who 7. B => which

9. B => bỏ in

10. C => that

3. J

6. E

4. disadvantages

6. C => which

2. S

5. R

1. globalization

2. B => who

4. M I

5. C => where

1. D

VIII. 1. C => that

2. had used – invented

III. 1. T

VI.

IX.

1. published – orbited

U H O

7. V

U F

10. S T

Y IV.

8. A => who

1. India is the country where the earthquake occurred last month. 2. Bac Giang is the city where I was born and grew up. 3. We have not decided the day when we’ll go to London.

1. astronauts

2. spacecraft

3. habitable

5. parabolic

6. orbit

7. weightlessness 8. launched

4. meteorites

9. mission

10. microgravity

1. operate

2. comet

3. mission

4. astronaut

5. float

6. microgravity

7. launch

8. orbit

9. spacesuit

10. astronomy

C. READING

4. The man whom I love with all my heart made me sad the most.

5. The thief was caught, that was really good news. 6. The gentleman who was introduced as the most successful businessman was very young. 189

II.

1.B

2.A

3. D

4.C

5.A

6. B

7.C

8. D

9. B

10. D

1.D

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. C 190

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

III.

IV.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

1. It is a gas giantlike Jupiter.

3. will be checking - will not be taking

2. Clouds are made of methane, hydrogen, and helium.

4. will have arrived - will have gone - won’t have aged

3. Saturn is the least dense planet in our solar system and is made mostly of hydrogen and helium.

5. will they be doing

4. Because it is so lightweight and spins so quickly.

7. will have got used to - they will be floating

5. Saturn is surrounded by thousands of small rings made of rocks and rice.

8. will have found out - will have met

1. It was created about 4.7 billion years ago.

9. will be exploring

6. will have discovered

2. Its shape is very close to that of a sphere, not perfectly spherical.

10. they will have expanded

3. They are land and water.

III.

1. D

2. B

3. C

4. B

5. C

4. They are the North Pole and the South Pole.

6. D

7. B

8. B

9. C

10. D

5. It’s in 24 hours.

11. C

12. B

13. A

14. D

15. C

16. B

17. B

18. B

19. C

20. B

D. WRITING

21. D

22. C

23. A

24. D

25. B

26. A

27. D

28. B

29. A

30. D

3. on

4. many

1.The film (which / that) the class watched yesterday was about the Apollo 13 spacemission. 2. The astronomer (who / whom / that) we are meeting tonight has discovered three Earth-like planets. 3. We read about an astronaut who travelled into space in 1961. 4. When Anousheh Ansari travelled into space as a tourist in 2006, Dennis Tito had become the first space tourist in 2001. 5. This is the man who works for NASA.

V. VI. VII.

6. I’m reading an article which is about NASA’s plans to return humans to the moon. II.

IV.

1. This is the astronaut who visited our school last week. 3. Can you talk more about the parabolic flights which / that you took for your training? 4. This is the museum which / that has some of the best rock collections in the country. 5. We’ll explore inland Sweden and visit the summer house which / that Carin and Ola have built themselves.

IX.

1. Pham Tuan is Viet Nam’s first astronaut, and Christer Fuglesang is Sweden’s first astronaut.

5. They think the chance to fly to space is equal for everyone. 6. He thinks teamwork, social skills, and foreign languages are important for an astronaut. TEST YOURSELF II.

4. D

8. fuel

1. A

2. A

3. A

4. D

6. D

7. C

8. A

9. B

5. B 10. D

1. A

2. D

3. D

4. B

5. A

1. who

2. where

3. whose

4. whom

5. when

6. whom

7. that

8. when

9. that

10. which

2. have => has

3. into => to

4. in => from

5. make => making

6. has => is

7. by => of

8. beautiful =>beauty

1. The team who / that plays on the left has never won the championship.

5. The task (which / that) the Rosetta mission has is comparable to a fly trying to land on a speeding bullet.

4. They talked to him when he was in space and that made him happy.

3. B

10. because

4. Last week they visited a museum where the first artificial satellite is on display.

3. It seemed he didn’t enjoy it much since it wasn’t fresh.

2. D

9. another

3. The ground-breaking space mission (which / that) this article describes is called Rosetta.

2. He found that Earth didn’t look as big as he thought, no boundaries on Earth could be seen from space we should cooperate to take care of it.

1. A

6. demand / need 7.carry

2. Before Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin spoke to President Richard Nixon, they had planted an American flag on the moon.

6. This is the year when the first human walked on the moon.

2. possible

VIII. 1. of => from

2. This is the village where Helen Sharman, the first British astronaut, was born.

III.

1. means 5. that / which

1. Nhat Nam was crazy about space. 2. He had learnt about the universe and had collected lots of books about space. 3. To show that there are more things in the list but that it’s not necessary to list everything. 4. He wasn’t very impressed because he thought the meteorite was like an ordinary piece of rock.

5. C

1. will be leaving - will be heading

5. He compares it to a ride on a rollercoaster.

2. they will be orbiting 191

192

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

III.

UNIT 11

1. D

2. C

3. A

4. C

5. B

D. WRITING

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I.

1. C

2. A

3. A

4. B

5. B

II.

1. B

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. C

1. Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly. 2. The man who/ that you met at the party last night is a famous actor. 3. There are some words that/which are very difficult to translate.

1. financially

2. individually

3. evaluate

4. facilitators

4. The sun, which is one of millions of stars in the universe, provides us with heat and light.

5. relax

6. theoretical

7. responsive

8. vision

5. Students whose homework is late will be punished.

9. responsibility

10.sense

1. participating

2. humour

3. conducted

4. direction

7. Is that the car that /which you want to buy?

5. appointments

6. discussion

7. development

8. seeing

8. Sandra, who you were talking to, works in advertising.

9. affected

10. unconditionally

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I.

II.

III.

1. will be assessed

9. Lake Prespa, which is on the north Greek border, is a lonely beautiful lake. 10. The little girl who /that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way.

2. will not be evaluated

3. will also be held

IV.

6. I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for in the morning.

II.

4. will constantly be tailored

5. will be free

6. will be made

7. will be built

8. will be demolished

1. Julia’s father, who is over 80, has just come back from a skiing holiday. 2. The problems faced by the company, which I’ll look at in detail in a moment, are being resolved. 3. She was greatly influenced by her father, who/ whom she adored.

1. who

4. whose

5. which

7. which

9. whose

10. who/that

11.

12. which / that

13.

4. who

15. who/that

4. Parents whose children are between four and six are being asked to take part in the survey. 5. He isn’t looking forward to the time when he will have to leave.

1. A friend of mine, whose father is the manager of a company, helped me to get a job. 2.Mike won £50,000, half of which he gave to his parents.

6. The Roman coins, which a local farmer came across in a field, are now on display in the National Museum.

3. The population of London, which was once the largest city in the world, is now falling.

7. He pointed to the stairs which / that led down to the cellar.

4. Most of the suggestions which / that were made at the meeting were not very practical, (hoặc Most of the suggestions made at the meeting were not very practical.)

8. These drugs, which are used to treat stomach ulcers, have been withdrawn from sale.

5. It is a medieval palace, in whose tower the king hid during the civil war. / ..., whose tower the king hid in during the civil war.

10. We went to the Riverside Restaurant where I once had lunch with Henry.

9. The singer, who was recovering from flu, had to cancel her concert. 11. My aunt, whose first job was filling shelves in a supermarket, is now a manager of a department store.

6. I couldn’t remember the number of my own car, which made the police suspicious. 7. Thank you very much for the present (which / that) you sent me.

12. John Graham’s latest film, which is set in the north of Australia, is his first for more than five years.

8. Dr Andy Todd, (who is) head of Downlands Hospital, has criticized government plans to cut health funding.

13. The newspaper is owned by the Mears group, whose chairperson is Sir James Hex.

9. All of the boys who are being chosen for the school’s football team are under 9. - All of the boys being chosen for the school’s football team...

14. The Master’s course, which I took in 1990, is no longer taught. 15. The minister talked about the plans for tax reform (that / which) he will reveal next month.

10. I went to see my nephew Jimmy who(m) I used to look after when he was small. C. READING I. II.

1. B

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. D

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. B

1. affects

2. which

3. percentages

4. took

5. household

6. involved

7. changed

8. due

9. doing

10. on

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

193

1. B

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. C

II.

1. D

2. D

3. A

4. D

5. C

6. D

7. C

8. B

9. A

10. A

11. D

12. C

13. D

14. B

15. C

16. D

17. B

18. A

19. D

20. B 194

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

III.

IV.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

1. endangered

2. guidance

3. responsive

4. theoretically

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

5. applicants

6. participation

7. independent

8. necessarily

1. B

2. E

3. A

4. F

5. D

9. involvement

10. facilitators

II.

1. C

2. C

3. A

4. D

5. A

1. role

2. with

3. responsibility

4. breadwinner

6. D

7. A

8. C

9. C

10. A

5. equal

6. opportunity

7.less

8. changing

3. school (a)

4. newspaper (c)

4. D

5. D

5. company (i)

6. TV series (b)

9. A

10. B

7. shop (e)

8. town (d)

9. taking

10. sharing

1. D

2. B

3. C

6. B

7. A

8. C

VI.

1. D →bỏ it

2. B → whose name

3. A → which

4. C → which

5. C → where

6. D → who

7. D → bỏ “there’8. B → which

9. B → who

III.

IV. V.

10. Monastery (h)

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. C

5. C

6. A

7. C

8. B

9. B

10. C

1. to help

2. working

3. to study

4. going

7. taking

8.to look

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. B

5. C

5.tojoin

6.having

6. B

7. A

8. C

9. B

10. B

9. asking

10. not studying

VIII. 1. which / that /Ø

VI.

2. which / that

3. which / that / Ø

IX.

2. committee (f)

9. tennis match (j)

10. B → which VII.

1. ship (g)

4. who

5. whom / that / Ø

6. that / Ø

7. whose

8. which

9. that / Ø

10. that/ Ø

11. which

12. whose

13. who / whom

14. whom / that / Ø

6. C

1. officers

2. Nutritionists

3. Secondary

4. Accountants

5. Librarians

6. Architects

7. Programmers

8. operators 4. telling

9. Archeologists 10. Journalists VII.

1. to pull

2. to know

3. being

5. to be

6. to do

7. to return, finish 8. worrying

9. to play

10. telling

VIII. 1. Despite his wealth, he is not spoiled.

15. that

2. Though he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his job.

1. Is Zedco a company which / that was taken over last year?

3. Although the prices are high, my roommates go to the movies every Saturday.

2. Felix Reeve, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist.

4. Despite (having) a poor memory, she told interesting stories to the children.

3. This famous picture, which was damaged during the war, is worth thousands of pounds

5. Although they are poor, they are very generous.

4. I don’t know the name of the woman who / that I spoke to on the phone.

6. In spite of her frequent absence, he has managed to pass the test.

5. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol, which is only 30 miles away.

7. Although Lee was sad at losing the contest, she managed to smile.

6. This is Mr. Carter, who I was telling you about.

8. Despite (being on) a diet, my friend ate the chocolate cake.

7. They’ve captured all the animals that / which escaped from the zoo.

9. Although he had a headache, he enjoyed the film.

8. The scientist who discovered a new planet has won the Nobel Prize.

10. In spite of disliking flying, my sister will take a plane.

9. The river which flows through Hereford is the Wye.

C. READING

10. We climbed to the top of the tower from which we had a beautiful view.

1. She is a flight attendant. 2. Her main duties are providing the passengers what they need and making sure they are comfortable.

UNIT 12

3. Visiting many countries every year is the advantage of being a flight attendant. 4. If you are really concerned on learning and you take it seriously, you will probablyget what you want.

A. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY I.

1. B

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. A

II.

1. A

2. C

3. B

4. A

5. A

II. III.

195

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. T

5. F

6. F

7. T

8. F

9. T

10. F

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. A

5. B

6. D

7. C

8. B

9. A

10. B 196

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

D. WRITING

VI.

1. In spite of being seriously advised by his teacher, Hung insisted on disturbing the class. 2. Despite trying several times, Miss Diep couldn’t find a taxi.

II.

III.

IV. V.

1. Despite being injured, Mr Thuan managed to finish the race.

3. In spite of feeling tired, he stayed up to keep us company.

2. In spite of having no qualifications for it, he got the job

4. Despite liking more holidays, Mr. Vinh doesn’t mind going to school.

3. Although I didn’t like the CD you have recommended me, I bought it all the same.

5. In spite of the hard work and low wages, he decided to take the job.

4. In spite of her illness / being ill, Thuy went to school.

6. Despite not having much time, they came to visit us.

5. Despite playing well / having played well, we couldn’t win the match.

7. In spite of his age, he still does his gymnastics every morning.

6. In spite of the rain, we enjoyed our holiday.

8. Despite being the boss, she works as hard as her employees.

7. In spite of telling her all the truth, she didn’t believe me.

9. In spite of having health problems, he is always smiling.

8. Despite not playing well, they won the game.

10. Despite the difficult exam, Kieu Anh got good marks.

9. In spite of having all the necessary qualifications, he didn’t get the job.

1. He wasn’t promoted in spite of his efforts.

10. In spite of the expensive shirts, people buy them because they are trendy. VIII. 1. The boy finally managed to deal with his peers at the vocational school.

3. Students need some vocational skills before they enter the world of work.

2. She attempted to cooperate with the others in the team to finish the work.

4. She’s a dynamic businesswoman. She has so much energy and focus.

3. He has a talent for fixing things, so he is an excellent mechanic.

5. He is such an empathetic nurse that the patients love him.

4. My father is running a pharmacy. He is a pharmacist.

6. I feel we have too many academic subjects and not enough time for physical education.

5. He wants to become a fashion designer. He’s very interested in fashion and design.

7. As an opera singer, he has many opportunities perform in the Grand Theatre.

6. I took into account the pay and the working conditions before I decided to take the job.

8. Working as architects, they design buildings.

7. He has become a professional footballer for the local football team.

9. They have won many big contracts. They are successful businesswomen and businessmen.

8. He has burnt the midnight oil for a long time so it’s fair if he gets an A for his finalexam.

10. Working with skilled craftsmen and craftswomen, i learnt a lot about the art form.

9. He’s a professional singer. With his beautiful voice, he could make a bundle.

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF II.

2. C (despite /in spite of) 4. A (Despite / In spite of)

5. B (reading) VII.

2. The boss denied bullying the new employee.

1.C (going) 3. D (to meet)

1. D

2. A

3. A

4. D

10. She dreams of becoming a physicist because she really likes physics. 5. B

1. B

2. C

3. D

4. B

5. B

6. B

7. B

8. C

9. B

10. B

11. C

12. A

13. C

14. A

15. B

1. D

2. D

3. A

4. C

5. B

16. B

17. B

18. A

19. B

20. D

II.

1. D

2. C

3. B

4. D

5. C

21. D

22. B

23. B

24. C

25. A

III.

1. A

2. D

3. C

4. C

5. B

26. D

27. B

28. B

29. C

30. C

6. A

7. A

8. C

9. D

10. C

the second TERM TEST

1. bad

2. reasons

3. enjoyable

11. D

12. C

13. A

14. C

15. D

4. creates

5. dress

6. come up

16. D

17. D

18. B

19. A

20. A

21. B

22. B

23. B

24. A

25. B

26. B

27. A

28. D

29. B

30. C

1. recover

2. saved

3. publish

4. examined

7. talk

8. heart

9. being

10. Despite

1. C

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. A

6. C

7. B

8. D

9. A

10. C

IV.

1. to avoid, being

2. giving, to speak

5. solve

6. build / establish

3. to persuade, to agree

4. cleaning, to do

8. discover

9. produced

5. shutting, sitting

6. sneezing, sitting

10. had / caught

1. had been run – was appointed

2. are – have been waiting 4. to show – to be liked – (to be) praised

7. talking, to finish

8. to give, jogging

3. to be bothered – to deal

9. stopping

10. to make, rubbing

5. to be expressed 197

7. demolished /destroyed

198

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

VI.

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 – Có đáp án

1. associate

2. when

3. recreational

4. objective

5. gain

6. marks

7. on

8. footsteps

9. ceremony

10. activity

1. D

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. C

6. D

7. A

8. B

9. C

10. D

VIII. 1. D

2. A

3. A

4. C

5. A

VII.

IX.

CONTENTS

1. Rod Lee, whose sister I know has won an Oscar. 2. Is this the style of hair which your wife wants to have? 3. A man who answered the phone said Tom was out. 4. 7.05 is the time at which/ when my plane arrives. 5. Max isn’t home yet which worries me.

Unit1:

LOCAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................ 4

Unit2:

CITY LIFE ...................................................................................... 16

Unit3:

TEN STRESS AND PRESSURE..................................................... 26

Unit4: LIFE IN THE PAST ................................................................................. 40

6. Do you know the building the windows of which are painted green? 7. Last week I went to see the house in which /where I used to live. 8. I don’t know the name of the girl who has just gone into the hall. 9. Be sure to follow the instructions that are given at the top of the page. 10. Hoan Kiem Lake, the water of which is always blue, is a historical place.

Unit5:

WONDERS OF VIETNAM ............................................................ 52

Unit6:

VIETNAM: THEN AND NOW ...................................................... 64

THE FIRST TERM TEST ................................................................................... 76

Unit7:

RECIPES AND EATING HABITS ................................................. 81

Unit8:

TOURISM ....................................................................................... 92

Unit9:

ENGLISH IN THE WORLD ..........................................................106

Unit10:

SPACE TRAVEL ...........................................................................118

Unit11:

CHANGING ROLES IN SOCIETY ...............................................134

Unit12:

MY FUTURE CAREER .................................................................147

THE SECOND TERM TEST .............................................................................164

199

200